Showing results for material

Illustration of two children in traditional mexican attire, one playing the guitar and the other dancing, with a tropical background and "¡hola!" text.

Amplify Caminos Pilot Packs

Pilot educator,

This is the beginning of the Amplify Caminos journey in your classroom! Making this important, evidence-based shift shows your commitment and dedication to your emergent bilingual students. We truly appreciate the work you’re doing and are here to help you along the way.

As a previous pilot teacher myself, I know how overwhelming it can feel to start a new curriculum. Within this site, you’ll find resources to help you get started before your implementation training, including a materials checklist, scope and sequence documents, support videos, and more! These tools will support your 6–12 weeks of core Spanish literacy instruction with Amplify Caminos. I hope this site is helpful in getting you started with your pilot.

Thank you for all you do,

—Maggie Buttaccio

Get started

To get started with your new pilot of Amplify Caminos, you’ll first want to review the following:

You may also find these documents helpful as you begin your pilot:

Pilot Pack components checklist

Below you’ll find the Amplify Caminos Pilot Pack components you should have received in your shipment, outlined by grade level and teacher/student materials. Please click your grade-level teacher materials and student materials to review the list and ensure that you received all of the materials.

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 4 Teacher Guide

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 5 Teacher Guide

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 6 Teacher Guide

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 4 Big Book

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 5 Big Book

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 6 Big Book

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Large Letter Cards

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Small Letter Cards

Teacher materials

GK Lectoescritura Image Cards SAMPLER

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 2 Teacher Guide: Los cinco sentidos

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 3 Teacher Guide: Cuentos

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 4 Teacher Guide: Plantas

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 2 Image Cards: Los cinco sentidos

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 3 Image Cards: Cuentos

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 4 Image Cards: Plantas

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 5 Reader

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 6 Reader

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 4 Activity Book

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 5 Activity Book

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 6 Activity Book

Student materials

Conocimiento SAMPLER (Domains 2, 3, 4)

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 1 Teacher Guide

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 2 Teacher Guide

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 3 Teacher Guide

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 1 Big Book

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 2 Big Book

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 3 Big Book

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Large Letter Cards

Teacher materials

G1 Lectoescritura Image Cards SAMPLER

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 2 Teacher Guide: El cuerpo humano

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 3 Teacher Guide: Tierras diferentes

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 5 Teacher Guide: Antiguas civilizaciones

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 2 Image Cards: El cuerpo humano

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 3 Image Cards: Tierras diferentes, cuentos similares

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 5 Image Cards: Antiguas civilizaciones de América

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 1 Reader

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 2 Reader

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 3 Reader

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 1 Activity Book

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 2 Activity Book

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 3 Activity Book

Student materials

Conocimiento SAMPLER (Domains 2, 3, 5)

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 1 Teacher Guide

An orange workbook cover with white outlines of board game pieces and a game path, labeled "Lectoescritura 2" and "Español" for 1st grade.

Teacher materials

Lectoescritura Unit 2 Teacher Guide

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 1 Teacher Guide: Cuentos de hadas

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 4 Teacher Guide: Mitos griegos

Teacher materials

Conocimiento Domain 8 Teacher Guide: Los insectos

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 8 Image Cards: Los insectos

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 4 Image Cards: Mitos griegos

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 1 Reader

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 2 Reader

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 1 Activity Book

Student materials

Lectoescritura Unit 2 Activity Book

Student materials

Conocimiento SAMPLER (Domains 1, 4, 8)

Teacher materials

Unit 2 Teacher Guide: La clasificación de los animales

An orange workbook cover with white outlines of board game pieces and a game path, labeled "Lectoescritura 2" and "Español" for 1st grade.

Teacher materials

Unit 5 Teacher Guide: La luz y el sonido

Teacher materials

Unit 8 Teacher Guide: Los nativos americanos

Teacher materials

Unit 5 Image Cards: La luz y el sonido

Teacher materials

Unit 8 Image Cards: Los nativos americanos: regiones y culturas

Student materials

Unit 2 Spanish Reader

Teacher materials

Unit 5 Spanish Reader

Student materials

Unit 8 Spanish Reader

Student materials

Unit 2 Activity Book

Student materials

Unit 5 Activity Book

Student materials

Unit 8 Activity Book

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Teacher Guide: Poesía

An orange workbook cover with white outlines of board game pieces and a game path, labeled "Lectoescritura 2" and "Español" for 1st grade.

Teacher materials

Unit 5 Teacher Guide: Geología

Teacher materials

Unit 7 Teacher Guide: La Revolución estadounidense

Student materials

Unit 3 Poet’s Journal

Student materials

Unit 5 Spanish Reader

Student materials

Unit 7 Spanish Reader

Student materials

Unit 5 Activity Book

Student materials

Unit 7 Activity Book

Student materials

Anthology SAMPLER

Teacher materials

Unit 2 Teacher Guide: Las primeras civilizaciones americanas

An orange workbook cover with white outlines of board game pieces and a game path, labeled "Lectoescritura 2" and "Español" for 1st grade.

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Teacher Guide: Poesía

Teacher materials

Unit 4 Teacher Guide: Las aventuras de Don Quijote

Student materials

Unit 2 Spanish Reader

Student materials

Unit 2 Activity Book

Student materials

Unit 3 Poet’s Journal

Student materials

Unit 4 Activity Book

Student materials

Anthology SAMPLER

How to access the Amplify Caminos Teacher Resource Site

You will receive your teacher demo account login information from your sales representative.

Contact us

Contact your account executive to sign up for implementation training.

Sign up

Welcome!

As the 2021-2022 school year continues to pose new challenges, you’re likely thinking about making your classroom responsive to student needs due to the covid-19 pandemic.

Got additional questions? Use Zoom to attend office hours with Nadya Awadallah, the DOE’s Elementary Science Lead on Fridays from 12-1pm.

Meeting ID: 835 9458 3142

Passcode: 263518

NYC Newsletters

Educator Spotlight Submission

Calling all NYC DOE educators! Do you know an educator who has gone above and beyond? Would you like to highlight your teaching experience for others? Submit nominations here to see them featured as a spotlight in a future edition of our monthly newsletter and on our Instagram pages!

Introduction

This page includes planning, implementation, and professional learning resources for NYC schools using Amplify Science. Please take a moment to familiarize yourself with the categories in the navigation bar on the left side of the page so that you’ll be able to easily find what you need.

Most New York City educators come here looking for specific information, but if you’re new to Amplify Science, we recommend you read through the program guide to learn a little about the program. 

New to Amplify? – Start HERE!

Teachers and Administrators 

Step 1: Review the Amplify Science Navigation Essentials K-5 Video 

Step 2: Review your Scope and sequence/course structure calendar

Step 3: Review the Unpacking the Kit Videos listed below to understand what’s in your unit 1 kit

Step 4: Access your unique log in information to log-in to the Amplify Science Curriculum outlined below under Login support

Step 5: Log into the platform and access our Program Hub.  Select Using this site for self study for a complete suite of training videos and resources for an initial orientation video series

Step 6: Log into the curriculum and begin studying the Unit Map and Teacher’s Guide resources and begin planning your first lesson. Print out the NYC Program Guide for essential program information.

Step 7: Administrator’s ONLY – Review the K-5 Admin Orientation presentation for an overview on the program. Review materials under Admin Resources. 

NOTE: Should you need any additional guidance on how to get started with prep (or anything else!), please feel free to get in touch with our pedagogical support team. They are available Monday-Friday from 7AM-7PM EST. You can reach them via the chat icon in the lower right- hand corner of your screen when logged in, through email (help@amplify.com), or via phone (800-823-1969).

Getting started resources

NYC Resource Site overview – quick links

Technology requirements

Login support

Materials

  • Materials lists – lists of kit contents by unit
    K | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
  • Spanish materials lists – lists of Spanish print kit contents by unit
    K | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
  • Kit-level packing detail (chart) – high-level information regarding kits including dimensions, weights, etc. 

Unpacking your first Amplify Science classroom kit

All Amplify Science units coming with kits that include hands-on and print materials. The number of boxes (sometimes referred to as “tubs”) varies depending on the unit.

21-22 Login Update

The temporary login credentials for fall ’21 have been deactivated. 

Please make sure you check out the Getting started resources > Login support below for instructions around teacher and the NYC shared student logins.

If there are any issues, please confirm with your STARS programmer that your classes are finalized and then contact the Amplify Help Desk at help@amplify.com or at 1-800-823-1969.

Planning and implementation resources

Use our NYC Field Trip List to plan an engaging field trip for your students!

Use the resources below to plan out your year and ensure you are teaching each standard to mastery.

NYC DOE Supplemental Guiding Documents: Curriculum Gaps

Admin resources

Remote and hybrid learning resources

In response to the shifts towards remote learning, Amplify has created resources for using our programs remotely. Please visit our Program Hub accessible via your Teacher Platform for all of our hybrid and remote learning supports which includes guidance for teachers and parents/guardians.

Additionally, please see below where you’ll find the recordings from our recently held webinars on our remote learning resources and some best practices for implementing Amplify Science in a distance learning setting.

Resource guides

  1. K-8 Remote and hybrid learning guide

On-demand remote learning videos

Professional Learning Opportunities

Interested in attending training? Check out and sign up for this year’s PL offerings here!

All 2021-2022 PL session materials will be uploaded below under Professional learning resources.

Amplify Science Back-to-School Recorded Webinars – Amplify held a series of national office hours throughout the summer and fall to share information about our new resources to support remote and hybrid learning– including recommendations about what to prioritize from your curriculum and essential refresher topics, such as how to navigate your program and find the best planning resources. Feel free to watch all recorded sessions at your convenience.

21-22 Professional learning resources

Fall 2021 materials:

Summer 2021 materials:

Fall 2021 materials:

Summer 2021 materials:

Fall 2021 materials:

Summer 2021 materials:

Fall 2021 materials:

Summer 2021 materials:

Fall 2021 materials:

Summer 2021 materials:

Fall 2021 materials:

Summer 2021 materials:

20-21 Professional learning resources

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

  • K-5 New Teacher Orientation with Participant Notebook
  • Grades 2-3 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
  • Reaching All Learners for Grades 2-3 Webinar
  • Grade 2 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

Spring 2021 materials:

  • Unit 4: Focusing on Evidence of Learning for New Teachers Webinar

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

  • Grade 3 New Teacher Orientation Webinar with Participant Notebook
  • Grades 2-3 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
  • Reaching All Learners for Grades 2-3 Webinar
  • Grade 3 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

  • Grade 4 New Teacher Orientation Webinar with Participant Notebook
  • Grades 4-5 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
  • Reaching All Learners for Grades 4-5 Webinar
  • Grade 4 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

  • Grade 5 New Teacher Orientation Webinar with Participant Notebook
  • Grades 4-5 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
  • Reaching All Learners for Grades 4-5 Webinar
  • Grade 5 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

19-20 Professional learning resources

Summer 2019 materials:

Fall 2019 materials:

Spring 2020 materials:

  • Reaching ALL Learners: Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively in Grades K & 1 – Participant Notebook

Summer 2019 materials:

Fall 2019 materials:

Spring 2020 materials:

  • Reaching ALL Learners: Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively in Grades K & 1 – Participant Notebook

Summer 2019 materials:

Fall 2019 materials:

Spring 2020 materials:

  • Reaching ALL Learners: Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively in Grades 2 & 3 – Participant Notebook

Summer 2019 materials:

Fall 2019 materials:

Spring 2020 materials:

  • Reaching ALL Learners: Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively in Grades 2 & 3 – Participant Notebook

Summer 2019 materials:

Fall 2019 materials:

Summer 2019 materials:

Fall 2019 materials;

Caregiver Resources

Caregiver letters – information about Next Generation Science Standards by grade level

K | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5

Caregiver Hub

Questions

Amplify Science K–5 FAQs

For general questions about the Amplify program (navigation, pedagogy, login), please reach out:

Email – scihelp@amplify.com
Phone – call toll-free at (800) 823-1969, Monday to Friday 7 a.m.–7 p.m. ET

Amplify Chat – click the Amplify Chat icon within the individual teacher account

Archived Professional Learning Resources for NYC (K-8)

Welcome! This page contains archived professional learning resources designed for the New York City Department of Education Amplify Science adoption for grades K–8.

2023-24 Sessions

Previous Years

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

Fall 2019 materials:

Summer 2019 materials:

  • Needs of Plants and Animals Presentation (Year 1 schools)
  • Needs of Plants and Animals Presentation (Year 2 schools)

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

Fall 2019 materials:

Summer 2019 materials:

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

  • K-5 New Teacher Orientation with Participant Notebook
  • Grades 2-3 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
  • Reaching All Learners for Grades 2-3 Webinar
  • Grade 2 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

Fall 2019 materials:

Summer 2019 materials:

  • Plant and Animal Relationships Presentation (Year 1 schools)
  • Plant and Animal Relationships Presentation (Year 2 schools)

Spring 2021 materials:

  • Unit 4: Focusing on Evidence of Learning for New Teachers Webinar

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

  • Grade 3 New Teacher Orientation Webinar with Participant Notebook
  • Grades 2-3 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
  • Reaching All Learners for Grades 2-3 Webinar
  • Grade 3 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

Fall 2019 materials:

Summer 2019 materials:

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

  • Grade 4 New Teacher Orientation Webinar with Participant Notebook
  • Grades 4-5 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
  • Reaching All Learners for Grades 4-5 Webinar
  • Grade 4 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

Fall 2019 materials:

Summer 2019 materials:

  • Energy Conversions P(Year 1 schools)
  • Energy Conversions Energy Conversions (Year 2 schools)

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

  • Grade 5 New Teacher Orientation Webinar with Participant Notebook
  • Grades 4-5 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
  • Reaching All Learners for Grades 4-5 Webinar
  • Grade 5 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

Fall 2019 materials;

Summer 2019 materials:

Winter 2022 materials:

Spring 2021materials:

Winter 2021materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

Summer 2020 materials:

Fall 2019 materials:

Summer 2019 materials:

Winter 2022 materials:

Spring 2021 materials:

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

  • Grade 7: Progress Builds & Embedded Assessments Webinar
  • Grade 7: Amplify Science Remote & Hybrid Resources Webinar

Summer 2020 materials:

Fall 2019 materials:

Summer 2019 materials: 

Winter 2022 materials:

Spring 2021 materials:

Winter 2021 materials:

Fall 2020 materials:

  • Grade 8: Progress Builds & Embedded Assessments Webinar
  • Grade 8: Amplify Science Remote & Hybrid Resources Webinar

Summer 2020 materials:

Fall 2019 materials:

Summer 2019 materials:

Welcome to Amplify Science!

This site contains resources designed to support Clark County’s use of Amplify Science for grades K–8. Check back for exciting updates!

A woman holding a glass, overlaid with illustrations of a telescope, rocket, polar bear, and rain.

Program Introduction

Learn more about Amplify Science

Click the buttons below to explore the Amplify Science Program Guide. You can access the full digital Teacher’s Guide from the Program Guide to explore the program.

Clark County Training Sessions – Reference Materials

2021-2022 Session Materials

Unit 2: Standard Curriculum Relaunch / Guided Planning

New Teacher Training Part 1

2020-2021 Session Materials

New Teacher Orientation Part I

Returning and New Teacher Part II

Orientation Sessions

Remote Learning Session

Unit 2 Unpacking Session Materials

Unit 3 Unpacking the Unit Phenomenon

Unit 4 Unpacking Amplify Science for Hybrid Learning

2021-2022 Session Materials

Unit 2: Standard Curriculum Relaunch / Guided Planning

New Teacher Training Part 1

2020-2021 Session Materials

New Teacher Orientation Part I

Returning and New Teacher Part II

Orientation Sessions

Remote Learning Session

Unit 2 Unpacking Session Materials

Unit 3 Unpacking the Unit Phenomenon

Unit 4 Unpacking Amplify Science for Hybrid Learning

2021-2022 Session Materials

Unit 2: Standard Curriculum Relaunch / Guided Planning

New Teacher Training Part 1

2020-2021 Session Materials

New Teacher Orientation Part I

Returning and New Teacher Part II

Orientation Sessions

Remote Learning Session

Unit 2 Unpacking Session Materials

Unit 3 Unpacking the Unit Phenomenon

Unit 4 Unpacking Amplify Science for Hybrid Learning

2021-2022 Session Materials

Gr 8 Scope and Sequence 2021-22

2020-2021 Session Materials

Grade Level Orientation and Refresher

[Synchronous Session Agenda] LAUSD MS, Summer 21

Navigating Program Essentials

[Asynchronous Session Agenda] LAUSD MS, Summer 21

Remote Learning Session (6-8)

Grade 6

Gr 6 Scope and Sequence 2021-22

Grade 7

Gr 7 Scope and Sequence 2021-22

Grade 8

Gr 8 Scope and Sequence 2021-22

New! Lesson Prep Videos

Unit 1

Grade 3 Lesson Prep Videos can be found in the Resources section in the Amplify Science- Elementary group in Schoology. Access code: W4PK-W466-63F5B

Grade 4 Lesson Prep Videos can be found in the Resources section in the Amplify Science- Elementary group in Schoology. Access code: W4PK-W466-63F5B

Grade 5 Lesson Prep Videos can be found in the Resources section in the Amplify Science- Elementary group in Schoology. Access code: W4PK-W466-63F5B

Remote Learning Resources

We’ve created some guidance on resources you can send home with students and ways for you to adapt our K-5 or 6-8 curriculum for remote learning.

Learn more at Remote Learning Resources for Amplify Science

Onboarding: What to expect

Welcome to Amplify Science! To help you know what’s coming next, we created the following visual that outlines the steps of the onboarding process. You can use it as a reference.

Icons illustrating steps for teachers: attend workshop, log into guide, gather materials, ensure student access to tools, prepare lesson.

Onboarding videos

To start using Amplify Science quickly in your classroom, check out the following onboarding videos. They cover what you need to know to get started fast, from unpacking materials to logging in and navigating the digital Teacher’s Guide.

Unpacking your first hands-on materials kit

The following videos give you a quick look into our Amplify Science classroom kits. For each grade level, we have a video for the first unit in the scope and sequence, and we show you how to unpack the kits for all the units.

A woman in a classroom setting demonstrates a large book with illustrations while sitting at a desk. She gestures towards the book, which is held open. An orange play button overlay is centered on the image.

Looking for help?

Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support

Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We have developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program. This service is completely free for all educators who are using our programs and includes:

  • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans
  • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials
  • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify programs
  • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more

To reach our pedagogical team, use our live chat within your program, call (800) 823-1969, or email edsupport@amplify.com

Timely technical and program support

Our technical and program support is included and available from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.

For your most urgent questions:

  • Use our live chat within your program
  • Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969

For less urgent questions:

A colorful collage featuring a globe, running sheep, ladybug, butterfly, and a princess against a grassy and book-themed background.

Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition Pilot Packs

Beginning-of-year pilot

We know it can be overwhelming to start a new curriculum, but we’re here to help every step of the way! Within this site, you’ll find resources to help you get started before your implementation training, including a materials checklist, unit and domain summaries, support videos, and more. These tools will support your core literacy instruction with Amplify CKLA during your pilot period. We hope this site is helpful in getting you started.

Beginning-of-year pilot
Get started

To get started with your new pilot of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition, you’ll first want to review the following:

You may also find the resources below helpful as you begin your pilot:

Access key materials designed to support your review of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

Amplify CKLA’s all-in-one digital platform offers essential tools that streamline instruction for teachers and engage students with meaningful content. Teachers can plan and deliver lessons efficiently, while students can access assignments, assessments, and fun practice games.

Presentation Screens
Deliver interactive lessons with ready-made, customizable slides for every lesson.

Auto-scored digital assessments
Assess vocabulary, comprehension, and knowledge development at the end of each K–2 Knowledge and 3–5 Integrated Unit.

Standards-based reports
Identify strengths and growth areas for individuals or your entire class. Interactive dashboards offer detailed results from assessments and activities.

Skill-building practice games
Engage students with interactive games that reinforce concepts and make learning fun. Powered by Boost Reading™, these games align with lessons and provide real-time feedback.

eReader
Students access texts, take notes, and use audio-enabled eReaders to enhance their reading experience.

Sound Library
Students watch articulation videos and listen to songs for each sound to support phonological awareness.

Two computer screens display educational assessment interfaces, with reports and questions on charting world geography and sentence usage.
Three book covers: "Stories" with animals, "Poetry" with butterflies, and "Knights" with a knight on horseback, linked by colorful lines and shapes.

Beginning-of-year Pilot Pack materials

Below are the components of your Amplify CKLA Pilot Pack, organized by grade level and teacher/student materials. Please click on your grade level to review the teacher and student materials listed and verify that all items have been received.

Amplify CKLA Kindergarten Skills 1 Teacher Guide cover with a large number 1, a cat, insects, a hat, a table, and speech sound symbols on a pink background.
Skills Unit 1 Teacher Guide
Book cover titled "Skills 2 Teacher Guide" with a large white number 2. Includes illustrations of a cat, insects, a hat, and phonetic symbols. Red background with "Amplify CKLA" label.
Skills Unit 2 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Skills 3" Teacher Guide by Amplify CKLA for Kindergarten featuring large number 3, phonetic symbols, a cat, insects, and a bowl on a pink background.
Skills Unit 3 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Skills 4" teacher guide with a large number 4, cat, insects, and speech sound symbols on a pink background. Top left shows "Amplify CKLA" and "Grade K.
Skills Unit 4 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Amplify CKLA Skills 5 Teacher Guide." Features a large number 5, a cat, a hat, a stand, insects, and speech balloons with phonetic symbols on a pink background.
Skills Unit 5 Teacher Guide
Illustration of three characters standing by a white fence. A man and two dressed animals observe chickens and chicks in the foreground, with a barn and tree in the background.
Skills Unit 4 Big Book
Illustrated book cover titled "Ox and Man" shows an ox and three children running through a colorful landscape with hills and trees under a blue sky with clouds.
Skills Unit 5 Big Book
Red educational card cover with "Small Letter Cards" for Grade K. Features illustrations of a cat, insects, table with an apple, and a hat. Speech bubbles showing phonetic sounds.
Small Letter Card Set
Red cover with illustrations of a cat, insects, fruit bowl, and hat. Label reads "Skills Large Letter Cards" for Grade K. Various phonetic symbols and patterns are scattered around.
Large Letter Card Set
Red educational poster with phonetic symbols. Includes illustrations of a cat, a table with an apple, and insects. Labeled "Amplify CKLA" and "Grade K" with "Skills Sound Posters" at the bottom.
Sound Posters Sample
Cover of Amplify CKLA Grade K Skills Sound Cards with a bowl, cat, hat, and insects on a pink background. ISBN and barcode displayed.
Sound Cards Sample
Cover of a book titled "Assessment Guide: Check-Point Assessments" with images of a cat, dragonfly, bugs, and a hat on a red background.
Skills Assessment Guide (Black Line Master)
Book cover for "Star Light, Star Bright: Nursery Rhymes and Fables, Teacher Guide." Features illustrations of animals, a house, and a garden. Amplify CKLA logo is visible.
Knowledge 1 Teacher Guide
Children and adults engaging in various outdoor activities, such as playing instruments and picnicking, in a park; cover of "See, Hear, Smell, Taste, Touch: The Five Senses" teacher guide.
Knowledge 2 Teacher Guide
Children's book cover depicting a boy playing a violin outdoors with animals and trees, titled "Underdogs and Heroes: Stories.
Knowledge 3 Teacher Guide
Book cover depicting a child sitting in a garden with trees and plants, picking flowers. The title reads "See How They Grow: Plants.
Knowledge 4 Teacher Guide
A whimsical book cover featuring a countryside cottage with a red door and vibrant garden. Illustrations of Mother Goose, a tortoise, a hare, and clouds are scattered around. Title: "Nursery Rhymes and Fables.
Knowledge 1 Image Cards
A diverse group of people enjoying a park, with children playing, a person playing guitar, others cooking on a barbecue, and a person petting a dog. A small ice cream stand is nearby.
Knowledge 2 Image Cards
Illustration of a child playing a violin in a forest clearing, surrounded by animals including chickens, a sheep, and a bear. A large pink boot-shaped house is in the background.
Knowledge 3 Image Cards
Children's book cover: a child in a hat tends a garden with trees, flowers, and a squirrel. Text reads "See How They Grow: Plants" for Grade K.
Knowledge 4 Image Cards
A screenshot of a cell phone.
Skills 1–5 Activity Book Sample
Red educational cover with illustrations of a cat, insects, a hat, and phonetic symbols. Text reads: "Amplify CKLA Skills Chaining Folder Sample For Review Purposes Only.

Student materials

Chaining Folder
Red book cover titled "Skills Picture Reader." Features illustrations of a cat, table, insects, dragonfly, and a hat with speech bubbles containing vowels. Designed for kindergarten.
Picture Reader Sample
Cover of Amplify CKLA Activity Book for Kindergarten, featuring a red design, a globe, sunflowers, and a list of topics including the five senses and geography.
Knowledge 1–4 Activity Book Sample
Cover of "Skills 1" teacher guide from Amplify CKLA. Features a large number one, knight, frog, coins, and phonetic symbols on a yellow background.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 1 Teacher Guide
Yellow book cover titled "Skills 2: Teacher Guide" from Amplify CKLA. Features a large number "2," a frog, a knight, coins, phonetic symbols, and a moon.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 2 Teacher Guide
Yellow book cover titled "Skills 3 Teacher Guide" with illustrations of coins, a knight, a grasshopper, and phonetic symbols. Amplify CKLA logo at top.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 3 Teacher Guide
Illustration of two children posing with a bagpiper dressed in traditional Scottish attire; text below reads "Snap Shots.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 1 Big Book
Illustration of a family hugging under a tree, with a house in the background. The word "Gran" is at the top of the image.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 2 Big Book
Illustrated book cover titled "Fables" shows a fox sitting on a stump, reading aloud to a rabbit and a bird, surrounded by mushrooms and grass under tall trees.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 3 Big Book
Screenshot of a language learning webpage focusing on English consonants, including sounds such as /g/, /ch/, /j/, /v/, /s/, and /f/, displayed with example words and visual cues.

Teacher materials

Code Poster Set
Cover of "Skills Spelling Cards" by Amplify CKLA, featuring a knight, frog, moon, and sound symbols on a yellow background.

Teacher materials

Spelling Card Set
Orange card with "Amplify CKLA Grade 1" and "Skills Large Letter Cards." Features a moon, knight, frog, coins, and phonetic symbols.

Teacher materials

Large Letter Card Set
Yellow book cover titled "Assessment Guide: Check-Point Assessments" with images of a knight, coins, a frog, and a planet. Text includes "Amplify CKLA" and "Skills.

Teacher materials

Skills Assessment Guide (Black Line Master)
Book cover with a spider web in the foreground. A red house, animals, and trees are in the background. Title reads "The Moral of the Story: Fables and Tales.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 1 Teacher Guide
Book cover titled "From Nose to Toes: How Your Body Works" featuring X-ray images of body parts.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 2 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Common Threads: Different Lands, Similar Stories" by Amplify CKLA. Features illustrations of children sitting on a red mushroom and standing near a large flower.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 3 Teacher Guide
Book cover titled "Reach for the Stars: Astronomy" featuring an astronaut, a spaceship, Earth, and Saturn in space. Part of the Amplify CKLA series, Grade 4, Unit 1, Teacher Guide.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 4 Teacher Guide
Illustration of a rural scene with a red house, cow, cat, woman, muddy path, and a spider on a web. The text reads: "The Moral of the Story: Fables and Tales, Grade 1.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 1 Image Cards
Educational book cover titled "From Nose to Toes: How Your Body Works" featuring X-ray images and illustrations of human anatomy.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 2 Image Cards
Children exploring a whimsical forest scene with oversized mushrooms and a snail shell. Text on the cover reads "Common Threads: Different Lands, Similar Stories, Grade 1, Image Cards.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 3 Image Cards
Illustrated cover of a Grade 1 astronomy book titled "Reach for the Stars," featuring a space scene with an astronaut, Earth, Saturn, and shooting stars.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 4 Image Cards
Cover of "Activity Book: Volume 1" featuring coins, a knight, and a grasshopper on a yellow background with phonetic symbols and a globe.

Student materials

Skills 1–3 Activity Book
Illustration of two children posing with a bagpiper. The background is filled with doodles, and "Snap Shots" is written at the bottom of the image.

Student materials

Skills Unit 1 Reader
Illustration of a family hugging under a tree, with a house in the background. The word "Gran" is at the top of the image.

Student materials

Skills Unit 2 Reader
Illustrated book cover titled "Fables" shows a fox sitting on a stump, reading aloud to a rabbit and a bird, surrounded by mushrooms and grass under tall trees.

Student materials

Skills Unit 3 Reader
Yellow cover of an activity book titled "Amplify CKLA Grade 1" featuring images of a map, a child with a hat, a shuttle, and a forest path. "Knowledge" sections listed on the cover.

Student materials

Knowledge 1-4 Activity Book Sample
Cover of "Skills 1" teacher guide from Amplify CKLA, featuring a large number 1, a crow, acorn, pencil, and glove clipart on a green background.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 1 Teacher Guide
Green book cover titled "Skills 2" with illustrations of a bird, acorn, pencil, mittens, and speech symbols. Includes "Amplify CKLA" and "Grade 2 - Teacher Guide" text.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 2 Teacher Guide
Green book cover titled "Skills 3" for Grade 2, featuring a large number 3, a crow, an acorn, a pencil, and a mitten.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 3 Teacher Guide
Vowels chart displaying various vowel sounds with example words in boxes on a green and white background.

Teacher materials

Code Posters
Textbook cover titled "Skills Spelling Cards" with a green background, pencil, crow, acorn, mitten, and phonetic symbols. Banner reads "Amplify CKLA, Grade 2.

Teacher materials

Spelling Card Set
Green book cover titled "Assessment Guide: Check-Point Assessments" with images of a crow, acorn, and pencil. Grade 2 is noted in the corner.

Teacher materials

Skills Assessment Guide (Black Line Master)
Book cover titled "Fortunes and Feats: Fairy Tales and Tall Tales" shows a giant boot, train, waterfall, fisherman with a fish, and a person on a giant's hand.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 1 Teacher Guide
Textbook cover reads "Amplify CKLA, Knowledge 2: The Birthplace of Democracy: Ancient Greece, Teacher Guide." Illustration depicts an ancient Greek scene with a building and people in togas.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 2 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Legends and Heroes: Greek Myths" Teacher Guide, depicting classical Greek statues, ancient ruins, and mythological figures against a marble backdrop.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 3 Teacher Guide
A book cover titled "Our Planet: Cycles in Nature," featuring a pond scene with a frog, lily pads, fish, and plants, labeled "Knowledge 4" and "Teacher Guide," by Amplify CKLA.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 4 Teacher Guide
Illustration of ancient Greece with people under tents, classical buildings, columns, and a mountainous backdrop. Text on image reads: "The Birthplace of Democracy: Ancient Greece, Grade 2.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 2 Image Cards
Cover of a book titled "Legends and Heroes: Greek Myths" featuring an ancient Greek statue, ruins, amphora, and flying birds against a sunset landscape. Grade 2 indicated.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 3 Image Cards
Book cover for "Our Planet: Cycles in Nature" by Amplify CKLA, Grade 2. Features a pond with a frog, lily pads, and flowers. ISBN and barcode visible at the bottom.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 4 Image Cards
Cover of a book titled "Amplify CKLA, Units 2-3, Activity Book." The green background features a crow, acorn, pencil, gloves, and phonetic symbols.

Student materials

Skills 1–3 Activity Book Sample
Illustration of an anthropomorphic cat dressed as a cowboy, holding a bag of gold coins, standing beside a treasure chest. Text reads "The Cat Bandit.

Student materials

Skills Unit 1 Reader
Illustration of a bearded man sitting on a bed, reading to a boy and girl. The book cover reads "Bedtime Tales" with a colorful, patterned background.

Student materials

Skills Unit 2 Reader
Illustration of children engaging in outdoor sports activities, with text "Kids Excel" above them against a backdrop of trees and a bridge.

Student materials

Skills Unit 3 Reader
Green cover of an activity book titled "Amplify CKLA," featuring a hot air balloon and a medieval castle illustration. Text includes various learning topics.

Student materials

Knowledge 1-4 Activity Book Sample
Cover of a book titled "Classics Tales: Student Edition" from Amplify, featuring a cross-section of a tree with underground rooms and a scene above of a person walking.

Teacher materials

Unit 1 Teacher Guide
The image shows the cover of a book titled "Fur, Fins, and Feathers: Animal Classification." It features illustrations of various animals and a pond surrounded by lush greenery.

Teacher materials

Unit 2 Teacher Guide
Book cover of "Amplify CKLA Teacher Guide: Rhythm and Rhyme: Poetry Unit 3" featuring butterflies, lily pads, and flowers in a pond scene.

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Teacher Guide
Illustration of Ancient Rome with people in togas, Colosseum, aqueduct, hills, and buildings. Text reads "Amplify CKLA, Unit 4, Rise and Fall: Ancient Rome, Teacher Guide.

Teacher materials

Unit 4 Teacher Guide
Cover of Amplify CKLA Grade 3 unit titled "Timeless Tales: Classic Stories" showing a cross-section of underground animal homes and a rider on a horse above ground.

Teacher materials

Unit 1 Image Cards
Cover of a poetry image cards book titled "Rhythm and Rhyme: Poetry," featuring butterflies and lily pads on a pond with a landscape background.

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Image Cards
Cover image of a textbook titled "Rise and Fall: Ancient Rome" featuring the Colosseum and ancient Roman architecture with people in historical attire and distant hills.

Teacher materials

Unit 4 Image Cards
Blue cover with geometric patterns, labeled "Amplify CKLA" at the top and "Spelling Cards" at the bottom, featuring a "Grade 3" badge.

Teacher materials

Spelling Card Set
Cover of an Amplify CKLA Grade 3 Activity Book showing two units: "Classic Stories" with an underground scene, and "Animal Classification" with a pond scene.

Student materials

Unit 1–2 Activity Book
Book cover of "Rhythm and Rhyme: Poetry," Unit 3, Grade 3, featuring a scenic illustration with a turtle, butterflies, lily pads, and flowers by a pond.

Student materials

Unit 3 Poet’s Journal
Cover of "Amplify CKLA" Grade 3 Activity Book Unit 4, featuring an illustration of Ancient Rome, including the Colosseum and Roman structures against a painted sky background.

Student materials

Unit 4 Activity Book
Book cover titled "Classic Stories" from Amplify CKLA. Illustrations show a cross-section of animals in underground homes and a landscape above with a tree, cyclist, and bridge.

Student materials

Unit 1 Reader
Children's book cover titled "Unit 2: Rattenborough's Guide to Animals" featuring jungle scenery with various animals, including a monkey, jaguar, parrots, and a crocodile.

Student materials

Unit 2 Reader
Illustrated book cover titled "Stories of Ancient Rome" by Amplify CKLA, featuring Roman architecture and people in ancient attire with hills and aqueducts in the background.

Student materials

Unit 4 Reader
Blue book cover titled "Amplify CKLA Skills 1" featuring a large number 1, a deer, a slice of cake, a comb, and trophy icons.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 1 Teacher Guide (supplemental)
Blue "Skills 2" book cover with number 2, a deer, a comb, cakes, trophies, and phonetic symbols. Labeled "Amplify CKLA Teacher Guide.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 2 Teacher Guide (supplemental)
Blue "Skills Assessment Guide: Unit Assessments" book cover with geometric patterns, labeled "Amplify CKLA" Edition 3 in the top left corner.

Teacher materials

Skills Assessment Guide Black Line Master (supplemental)
Blue book cover titled "Skills Activity Book: Volume 1" with images of a comb, trophies, cake, and a deer. It includes the Amplify CKLA logo at the top left corner.

Student materials

Skills Activity Book: Unit 1–2 Black Line Master (supplemental)
Textbook cover titled "Personal Narratives" with spiral binding, featuring images of an accordion, bike, windmill, chocolate milkshake, and crayons. Angle of view shows part of a rotary phone.

Teacher materials

Unit 1 Teacher Guide
Book cover featuring two knights on horses with flags, in a medieval setting. Title: "Medieval Knights and Castle Life: Europe’s Middle Ages.” Grade 4, Unit 2.

Teacher materials

Unit 2 Teacher Guide
Amplify CKLA Grade 4 book cover titled "Meaning and Metaphor: Poetry" features an illustration of a bookshelf with colorful books, a tree, and mythical creatures.

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Amplify CKLA: Eureka! Student Inventor, Teacher Guide" featuring illustrated presenters at podiums, with a colorful wheel displaying various icons.

Teacher materials

Unit 4 Teacher Guide
Cover of an activity book titled "Amplify CKLA," with images depicting "Personal Narratives" and "Europe's Middle Ages" against a meadow background. Grade 4 indicated at the top.

Student materials

Unit 1–2 Activity Book
Book cover for "Meaning and Metaphor: Poetry" showing a tree, a book, and a horse silhouette, with colorful elements like leaves and stars on a bookshelf. Grade 4, Unit 3, Amplify CKLA.

Student materials

Unit 3 Poet’s Journal
Cover of "Inventor's Notebook," Amplify CKLA, Grade 4, Unit 4. Features a green, spiral-bound notebook with a doodle on a colorful geometric background.

Student materials

Unit 4 Inventor’s Notebook
Textbook cover titled "Personal Narratives" with spiral binding, featuring images of an accordion, bike, windmill, chocolate milkshake, and crayons. Angle of view shows part of a rotary phone.

Student materials

Unit 1 Reader
Book cover featuring two knights on horses with flags, in a medieval setting. Title: "Medieval Knights and Castle Life: Europe’s Middle Ages.” Grade 4, Unit 2.

Student materials

Unit 2 Reader
A book cover titled "Grade 4 Unit 4: Eureka! Files, Reader" with pencils and colorful tabs.

Student materials

Unit 4 Reader
Cover of an educational book titled "In My Own Words: Personal Narratives" from Amplify CKLA. It features images of bicycles, a building in Washington D.C., and an old bus in Montgomery, AL.

Teacher materials

Unit 1 Teacher Guide
Book cover featuring illustrations of ancient structures, landscapes, and plants with the title "Early Americas: Maya, Aztec, and Inca" on top.

Teacher materials

Unit 2 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Amplify CKLA" Grade 5, Unit 3: Visions in Verse; Poetry. Features a colorful landscape with trees, birds, a pond, and flowers. Labeled as a Teacher Guide.

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Teacher Guide
Illustration of Don Quixote on a horse, pointing at windmills in a field. Cover text reads, "A Knight's Tale: Don Quixote, Teacher Guide, Unit 4, Amplify CKLA.

Teacher materials

Unit 4 Teacher Guide
Cover of the Amplify CKLA Grade 5 Activity Book featuring Unit 1, Personal Narratives, and Unit 2, Maya, Aztec, and Inca topics, against a blue background with marine imagery.

Student materials

Unit 1–2 Activity Book
Book cover titled "Visions in Verse: Poetry" with birds, a snake, and varied fruit near a pond.

Student materials

Poet’s Journal
Cover of "Don Quixote" activity book, featuring a circular illustration of Don Quixote tilting at windmills, with a blue background and marine-themed border.

Student materials

Unit 4 Activity Book
Cover of "Personal Narratives" reader for Grade 5, featuring images of a bicycle, postcards from Miami, Montgomery bus, U.S. Capitol, and a space shuttle. Colorful stationery surrounds the book.

Student materials

Unit 1 Reader
Textbook cover titled "Early Americas: Civilizations and Empires" with images of a pyramid, a landscape, and plants. Part of a Grade 5 curriculum by Amplify CKLA.

Student materials

Unit 2 Reader
Cover of "Adventures of Don Quixote" shows a man in armor on a horse facing a windmill. It's labeled as a Dover Children's Thrift Classic, with easy-to-read type and by Argentine Palacios.

Student materials

Unit 4 Reader

Access the Amplify CKLA all-in-one digital platform

Teachers and students piloting CKLA 3rd Edition will receive login information to access the digital platform.

If you have not received your login information please contact your administrative team. If you are in charge of licensing and enrollment for your school/district and have not received login information please reach out to your account representative or help@amplify.com.

Contact us

Contact your account executive to sign up for implementation training.

Illustration of diverse activities: a girl with arms outstretched among birds, an ancient temple, a child reading, and sketches and letters on a sandy layer.

Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition Pilot Packs

Pilot educator,

This is the beginning of the Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA) 2nd Edition journey in your classroom! Making this important, evidence-based shift shows your commitment and dedication to your students. We truly appreciate the work you’re doing and are here to help you along the way.

We know it can be overwhelming to start a new curriculum, but we’re here to help! Within this site, you’ll find resources to help you get started before your implementation training, including a materials checklist, unit and domain summaries, support videos, and more! These tools will support your 6–12 weeks of core literacy instruction with Amplify CKLA. We hope this site is helpful in getting you started with your pilot.

Thank you for all you do,

—The Amplify CKLA team

Get started

To get started with your new pilot of Amplify CKLA, you’ll first want to review the following:

You may also find these documents helpful as you begin your pilot:

CKLA_PilotPackMicrosite_MaterialsModule_Hero_112822-01

Pilot Pack components checklist

Below you’ll find the Amplify CKLA Pilot Pack components you should have received in your shipment, outlined by grade level and teacher/student materials. Please click your grade-level teacher materials and student materials to review the list and ensure that you received all of the materials.

An orange workbook cover featuring a ladybug illustration, part of "Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts." The text "Skills 5" is shown at the bottom.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 5 Teacher Guide

Orange book cover for "Skills 6" from Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts, featuring outlined hands and items like hats and pants. Subtext: Teacher Guide, TK Masterscripts.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 6 Teacher Guide

Orange language arts workbook cover with a white shower sketch, water drops, and the word "Skills 7" at the bottom. Drawings include fish, bird, and words like "bath," "th," "finch," and "splash.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 7 Teacher Guide

Book cover titled "Ox and Man" shows people running with an ox on a green hillside.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 5 Big Book: Ox and Man

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 6 Big Book: Kit

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 7 Big Book: Seth

Kindergarten_small-letter-cards

Teacher materials

Skills Small Letter Card Set

Teacher materials

Skills Large Letter Cards

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 2 Teacher Guide: The 5 Senses

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 3 Teacher Guide: Stories

Colorful illustration of a lush hillside with a variety of plants and a house in the background, titled "knowledge 4 plants" for a kindergarten workbook.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 4 Teacher Guide: Plants

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 2 Image Cards: The 5 Senses

Cover of "knowledge 3" kindergarten image cards featuring a colorful illustration of children and animals engaging with storybook characters in a fantasy setting.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 3 Image Cards: Stories

Illustration on a book cover showing various plants, a garden, and a red house, under a bright sun, titled "knowledge 4 - plants" for kindergarten level.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 4 Image Cards: Plants

Illustration of children exploring giant sensory organs in a vibrant landscape, representing the five senses in a playful educational setting.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 2 Flip Book: The 5 Senses

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 3 Flip Book: Stories

Illustration on a book cover showing various plants, a garden, and a red house, under a bright sun, titled "knowledge 4 - plants" for kindergarten level.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 4 Flip Book: Plants

Back cover of an amplify core knowledge language arts pilot sample card deck, with qr code and isbn, featuring education-themed illustrations.

Teacher materials

Sound Cards Sampler

Educational poster titled "sound posters" for kindergarten, featuring various illustrations like a boat, globe, and animals on a red background with a qr code on the bottom right.

Teacher materials

Sound Posters Sampler

Student materials

Skills Unit 6 Reader: Kit

Student materials

Skills Unit 7 Reader: Seth

Student materials

Skills Unit 5 Activity Book

Student materials

Skills Unit 6 Activity Book

Student materials

Skills Unit 7 Activity Book

Student materials

Chaining Folder

Book cover titled "look at the", marked as a "pilot sample" with educational doodles on a red background, labeled "picture reader" for "kindergarten" skills.

Student materials

Picture Reader Sampler

Educational book cover titled "amplify core knowledge language arts" featuring colorful illustrations of animals, fruits, and plants across four seasonal themes.

Student materials

Knowledge Domains 2, 3, and 4 Sampler

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 2 Teacher Guide

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 3 Teacher Guide

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 4 Teacher Guide

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 2 Big Book: Gran

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 3 Big Book: Fables

Teacher materials

Skills Vowel Code Flip Book

Teacher materials

Skills Large Letter Cards

A grade 1 spelling cards booklet titled "core knowledge language arts" from the center for early reading-amplify, featuring educational symbols like a pencil and sun on a orange cover.

Teacher materials

Skills Spelling Cards

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 2 Teacher Guide: The Human Body

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 3 Teacher Guide: Different Lands, Similar Stories

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 5 Teacher Guide: Early American Civilizations

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 2 Image Cards: The Human Body

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 3 Image Cards: Different Lands, Similar Stories

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 5 Image Cards: Early American Civilizations

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 2 Flip Book: The Human Body

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 3 Flip Book: Different Lands, Similar Stories

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 5 Flip Book: Early American Civilizations

Illustration of a grandmother embracing two children, with a house labeled "gran" in the background, surrounded by foliage.

Student materials

Skills Unit 2 Reader: Gran

Student materials

Skills Unit 3 Reader: Fables

Illustration of various animals, including a puffin, deer, fox, otter, and others, on a green background with the title "the green fern zoo.

Student materials

Skills Unit 4 Reader: The Green Fern Zoo

Student materials

Skills Unit 2 Activity Book

Student materials

Skills Unit 3 Activity Book

Student materials

Skills Unit 4 Activity Book

Student materials

Skills Individual Code Chart

Illustration of a colorful educational book cover titled "amplify core knowledge language arts" for grade 1, featuring diverse thematic circles like farming, space, and cultures.

Student materials

Knowledge Domains 2, 3, and 5 Sampler

Green book cover titled "Skills 2," showing a white outline drawing of a mole above the word "mole." Background features doodles and words like "bite" and "bat.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 2 Teacher Guide

Bright green cover of a textbook titled "Skills 3," featuring a graduation cap illustration. The text mentions "Core Knowledge Language Arts" and "Grade 2 Teacher Guide.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 3 Teacher Guide

Green educational worksheet displaying a large letter "V" surrounded by various illustrations representing words starting with "V," such as a volcano and violin.

Teacher materials

Skills Vowel Code Flip Book

A green educational workbook cover titled "Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts," featuring a large white letter 'C' and doodles of animals and objects in the background.

Teacher materials

Skills Consonant Code Flip Book

Cover of "Core Knowledge Language Arts: Spelling Cards, Grade 2" featuring symbols like an eye, lightbulb, key, paw, and letters on a green background.

Teacher materials

Skills Spelling Cards

Cover illustration of a book titled "Knowledge 1: Fairy Tales and Tall Tales." Shows a giant lumberjack, castle, fish, and a person facing the scene, surrounded by trees and a river.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 1 Teacher Guide: Fairy Tales and Tall Tales

Cover of a book titled "Knowledge 4, Greek Myths," showing illustrations of mythical figures, creatures, and landscapes under a sunny sky.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 4 Teacher Guide: Greek Myths

Illustrated book cover showing a garden scene with butterflies, insects, flowers, and greenery under a blue sky. Title reads "Knowledge 8: Insects" from the Core Knowledge Language Arts series.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 8 Teacher Guide: Insects

Illustrated book cover featuring Greek mythological characters, including a lion-headed figure and an archer, with a landscape of mythical creatures and structures in the background.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 4 Image Cards: Greek Myths

Colorful illustration of a natural scene with insects, flowers, and a pond on a book cover titled "Knowledge 8 Insects" for Grade 2 language arts.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 8 Image Cards: Insects

Illustration of a giant lumberjack with an axe, a cow, and people on a castle wall, in a colorful storybook design. Titled "Knowledge 1: Fairy Tales and Tall Tales.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 1 Flip Book: Fairy Tales and Tall Tales

Illustration of Greek mythology featuring Artemis aiming a bow, a Minotaur in a labyrinth, and mythical symbols. Labeled "Knowledge 4 Greek Myths" for a language arts program.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 4 Flip Book: Greek Myths

Colorful illustration of a garden with flowers, a beehive, butterflies, bees, and a beekeeper by a pond. The book is titled "Knowledge 8: Insects" for Grade 2 Language Arts.

Teacher materials

Knowledge Domain 4 Image Cards: Greek Myths

Illustrated book cover titled "Bedtime Tales" showing a man sitting on a bed with two children, one boy and one girl, leaning against him. Colorful patterns are in the background.

Student materials

Skills Unit 2 Reader: Bedtime Tales

Children play jump rope on a basketball court near a park. The words "Kids Excel" are on the image.

Student materials

Skills Unit 3 Reader: Kids Excel

A workbook cover featuring a stylized illustration of a mole, labeled "mole" and "oe." It includes sketches of a bed, clock, and letters. Title: "Skills 2 Activity Book, Grade 2.

Student materials

Skills Unit 2 Activity Book

Image of a green activity book cover titled "Skills 3" with a graduation cap illustration and various educational doodles in the background.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 3 Activity Book

A chart featuring various hand-drawn doodles, including a sailboat, dog, hat, bell, and cooking pot, used for language arts.

Student materials

Skills Individual Code Chart

Cover of a Grade 2 activity book titled "Knowledge" by Amplify, featuring colorful illustrations of myths and folktales, including "Kite" and "Why the Sky Is Far Away.

Student materials

Knowledge Domains 1, 4, and 8 Sampler

Illustrated book cover titled "Unit 2 Animal Classification," featuring a leopard, frog, turtle, crane, rocks, and foliage under a partly cloudy sky.

Teacher materials

Unit 2 Teacher Guide: Animal Classification

Cover of a textbook titled "Unit 5: Light and Sound" featuring an illustration of a bouncing cow and various objects like a tree and lemon slices on a table.

Teacher materials

Unit 5 Teacher Guide: Light and Sound

Book cover titled "Unit 3: Native American Regions and Cultures" with an illustration of a desert landscape and sky designs.

Teacher materials

Unit 8 Teacher Guide: Native Americans: Regions and Culture

Illustrated cover depicting a dog chasing a bee under a tree with a sun and lens flare in the background. Text reads "Unit 5, Light and Sound, Image Cards, Grade 3" with Amplify logo.

Teacher materials

Unit 5 Image Cards: Light and Sound

Book cover with a stylized illustration of a person in a rocky landscape under a cloudy sky. Text reads: "Unit 8 Native Americans: Regions and Cultures, Image Cards, Grade 2.

Teacher materials

Unit 8 Image Cards: Native Americans: Regions and Cultures

Colorful illustration of various animals including a jaguar, heron, frog, turtle, and fish in a natural setting, featured on the cover of an educational material titled "Rattenborough’s Guide to Animals.

Student materials

Unit 2 Reader: Rattenborough’s Guide to Animals

Cover of "Adventures in Light and Sound," Unit 5 Reader by Amplify, showing illustrations of a dog jumping near a tree, with abstract shapes and colors in the background.

Student materials

Unit 5 Reader: Adventures in Light and Sound

Book cover featuring a landscape painting of cliffs under a cloudy sky, labeled "Unit 8: Native American Stories," with "Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts" at the top.

Student materials

Unit 8 Reader: Native American Stories

Illustrated book cover featuring a leopard, frog, turtle, crane, and jewel-like objects in a natural setting. Title reads "Unit 2 Animal Classification, Grade 3.

Teacher materials

Unit 2 Activity Book: Animal Classification

Illustrated cover of an educational book titled "Unit 5: Light and Sound" for Grade 1, depicting a tree, playing squirrels, a sun, and large glasses on a white table.

Student materials

Unit 5 Activity Book: Light and Sound

Cover of a book titled "Unit 8: Native Americans: Regions and Cultures," featuring an illustration of a person walking through a desert landscape.

Student materials

Unit 8 Activity Book: Native Americans: Regions and Cultures

Cover of a Unit 3 Poetry workbook featuring gold illustrations of mythical creatures and designs on a brown background.

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Teacher Guide: Poetry

A geology textbook cover with an image of wavy, layered rock formations. The text on the cover reads "Unit 5 Geology.

Teacher materials

Unit 5 Teacher Guide: Geology

Cover of "Unit 7: American Revolution" shows people in colonial attire ringing a large bell indoors.

Teacher materials

Unit 7 Teacher Guide: American Revolution

A journal cover titled "Poet's Journal" for Grade 6, Unit 2. The design includes brown illustrations of a sun, dinosaur, leaves, and other decorative elements on a tan background.

Student materials

Unit 3 Poet’s Journal

Textbook cover titled "Unit 5: Geology: The Changing Earth" featuring a photo of wave-like rock formations with layered patterns.

Student materials

Unit 5 Reader: Geology: The Changing Earth

Illustration of colonial people and a large bell, with text: "Unit 7 American Revolution: The Road to Independence.

Student materials

Unit 7 Reader: American Revolution: The Road to Independence

Textbook cover titled "Unit 5: Geology" featuring a photo of layered rock formations with swirling patterns and vivid colors.

Student materials

Unit 5 Activity Book: Geology

Illustration of people ringing a large bell in a historical setting, with men, women, and a child present. Text on the cover reads "Unit 7 American Revolution" for Grade 4.

Student materials

Unit 7 Activity Book: American Revolution

Textbook cover titled "Unit 2: Early American Civilizations" with an illustrated figure in red, white, and green, adorned with feathers and holding a staff.

Teacher materials

Unit 2 Teacher Guide: Early American Civilizations

Book cover featuring illustrations of an umbrella, microscope, compass, bird, and stars. Label indicates Unit 3 on poetry for 5th-grade language arts.

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Teacher Guide: Poetry

Cover of a workbook titled "Adventures of Don Quixote," featuring an illustration of Don Quixote and Sancho Panza on horseback under a crescent moon.

Teacher materials

Unit 4 Teacher Guide: The Adventures of Don Quixote

Textbook cover titled "Unit 2: Early American Civilizations: Maya, Aztec, and Inca," featuring colorful illustration of a figure in traditional attire.

Student materials

Unit 2 Reader: Early American Civilization

Cover of "Poet's Journal," Grade 6, Unit 5. Features illustrations of an umbrella, crow, book, key, and a telescope against a brown background. Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts at top.

Student materials

Unit 3 Poet’s Journal

Cover of "Adventures of Don Quixote" by Argentina Palacios, Dover Children's Thrift Classics. It features an illustration of Don Quixote and his horse near windmills.

Student materials

Unit 4 Reader: The Adventures of Don Quixote (trade book)

Cover of a Grade 5 activity book titled "Unit 2: Early American Civilizations" features a colorful illustration of an Aztec-style figure.

Student materials

Unit 2 Activity Book: Early American Civilization

Cover illustration of "Adventures of Don Quixote" from Unit 4, featuring Don Quixote on horseback with a spear, under a crescent moon, in a vintage purple-toned style.

Student materials

Unit 4 Activity Book: The Adventures of Don Quixote

Access the Amplify CKLA digital experience

You will receive your teacher demo account login information from your sales representative.

Contact us

Contact your account executive to sign up for implementation training.

Welcome to Amplify Science!

On this page, you’ll find resources to help you get started with Amplify Science and have a great first year. Use the menu on the left side of your screen to quickly jump from section to section. Let’s dig in.

A child wearing safety goggles performs a science experiment with a cup and stirrer, surrounded by science-related graphics including molecules, a circuit board, a wave, and a robotic arm.

Program introduction

Onboarding: what to expect

Welcome to Amplify Science! To help you know what’s coming next, we created the following outline of the steps of the on-boarding process. You can use it as a reference.

Admin tools

Administrators please see the following tools to help you support your staff in implementing Amplify Science:

CPS Implementation Rubric

Pre-launch Checklist for Teachers

Five things to consider (and share with teachers) as you being to implement Amplify Science

Elementary school resources (grades K–5)

To ensure your first day using Amplify Science in the classroom is as seamless and smooth as possible, we recommend reviewing the following checklist before the first day of school.

What’s coming to my school?
Each unit of Amplify Science comes with a hands-on materials kit. Each hands-on materials kit arrives in one to three boxes and contains:

  • Consumable materials for two uses of 25 or 36 students (depending on school purchase)
  • Non-consumable materials.
  • Classroom wall materials.
  • Premium print materials (card sorts, vocabulary rings, etc.).
  • 18 copies of each Student Book (5 titles each unit)  (K–1 will receive 5 big books/unit)
  • A blackline master of the Student Investigation Notebook
  • One set of Student Investigation Notebooks (25 or 36)

You can find complete materials lists for each unit in the following PDF. This information is also available in the digital Teacher’s Guide within the program.

On-boarding videos
Our team has created a series of short videos to help get you started with Amplify Science:

Planning guides
As you prepare to plan for a unit, download our planning guides to help walk you through the most important resources to locate in either the print or digital Teacher’s Guide to help you plan:

Additional resources
If you’re interested in learning more about each unit’s anchor phenomena, the Student Books in each unit, and more program features, download the resources below:

Middle school resources (grades 6–8)

To ensure your first day using Amplify Science in the classroom is as seamless and smooth as possible, we recommend reviewing the following checklist before the first day of school.

What’s coming to my school?
Each unit of Amplify Science comes with a hands-on materials kit. Each hands-on materials kit arrives in one to three boxes and contains:

  • Consumable materials for five uses of 40 students
  • Non-consumable materials.
  • Classroom wall materials.
  • Premium print materials (cards, maps, etc.).
  • A blackline master of the Student Investigation Notebook

You can find complete materials lists for each unit in the following PDF. This information is also available in the digital Teacher’s Guide within the program.

Onboarding videos
Our team has created a series of short videos to help get you started with Amplify Science:

Planning guide
As you prepare to plan for a unit, download our planning guide to help walk you through the most important resources to locate in either the print or digital Teacher’s Guide to help you plan.

Additional resources
If you’re interested in learning more about each unit’s anchor phenomena, the Student Books in each unit, and more program features, download the resources below:

Looking for help?

Timely technical, program, and pedagogical support
Our technical and program support is included and available from 8 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day. As a part our support, Amplify also has an Educational Support Team of former teachers and administrators who provide instructional support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program.

For your most urgent questions:

  • Use our live chat within your program
  • Call our toll-free number: 1 888 850 0945

For less urgent questions:

Reach out to our support team at: help@amplify.com

A collage featuring a hot air balloon, dove, frog, parrot, rocket ship, and Earth with illustrated mountains and stars across a colorful background.

Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition Pilot Packs

Middle-of-year pilot

We know it can be overwhelming to start a new curriculum, but we’re here to help every step of the way! Within this site, you’ll find resources to help you get started before your implementation training, including a materials checklist, unit and domain summaries, support videos, and more. These tools will support your core literacy instruction with Amplify CKLA during your pilot period. We hope this site is helpful in getting you started.

Middle-of-year pilot
Get started

To get started with your new pilot of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition, you’ll first want to review the following:

You may also find the resources below helpful as you begin your pilot:

Access key materials designed to support your review of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

Amplify CKLA’s all-in-one digital platform offers essential tools that streamline instruction for teachers and engage students with meaningful content. Teachers can plan and deliver lessons efficiently, while students can access assignments, assessments, and fun practice games.

Presentation Screens
Deliver interactive lessons with ready-made, customizable slides for every lesson.

Auto-scored digital assessments
Assess vocabulary, comprehension, and knowledge development at the end of each K–2 Knowledge and 3–5 Integrated Unit.

Standards-based reports
Identify strengths and growth areas for individuals or your entire class. Interactive dashboards offer detailed results from assessments and activities.

Skill-building practice games
Engage students with interactive games that reinforce concepts and make learning fun. Powered by Boost Reading™, these games align with lessons and provide real-time feedback.

eReader
Students access texts, take notes, and use audio-enabled eReaders to enhance their reading experience.

Sound Library
Students watch articulation videos and listen to songs for each sound to support phonological awareness.

Two computer screens display educational assessment interfaces, with reports and questions on charting world geography and sentence usage.

Middle-of-year Pilot Pack materials

Below are the components of your Amplify CKLA Pilot Pack, organized by grade level and teacher/student materials. Please click on your grade level to review the teacher and student materials listed and verify that all items have been received.

A spiral-bound book cover titled "Skills 5" with a large number 5 in the center, surrounded by images of a cat, chair, bugs, and a hat, on a pink background.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 5 Teacher Guide
A kindergarten teacher guide titled "Skills 6" with illustrations of a cat, insects, a hat, and phonetic symbols on a pink background.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 6 Teacher Guide
Red spiral notebook cover titled "Skills 7" with illustrations of a cat, insects, a hat, and various symbols.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 7 Teacher Guide
Illustrated book cover titled "Ox and Man" with a man riding an ox, followed by two people, set in a vibrant landscape.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 5 Big Book
Illustrated underwater scene with a child wearing goggles, surrounded by colorful fish and coral. The word "kit" is at the top of the image.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 6 Big Book
Illustration of three animated characters in a flying car above a futuristic cityscape with the name "Seth" in the sky.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 7 Big Book
Educational card cover for "Small Letter Cards" from Amplify CKLA. Pink background with various icons including a hat, cat, insects, and phonetic symbols. Grade K marked in the corner.

Teacher materials

Small Letter Card Set
Red cover of a language learning book featuring a cat, hat, table, fruits, and insects with speech bubbles containing phonetic symbols. Text reads “Amplify CKLA” and “Skills Large Letter Cards.”.

Teacher materials

Large Letter Card Set
Illustrated poster with a cat, insects, a hat, and a table with an apple. Features phonetic symbols /a/, /e/, and /u/. Text reads "Amplify CKLA" and "Skills Sound Posters, Grade K".

Teacher materials

Sound Posters Sample
A red card labeled "Sound Cards" with images of a cat, insect, hat, and food, speech bubbles with "/u/", and an ISBN barcode; labeled "Amplify CKLA Grade K.

Teacher materials

Sound Cards Sample
Illustrated book cover of "The Five Senses" shows people enjoying activities in a park, such as playing music, picnicking, and interacting with animals.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 2 Teacher Guide
Illustrated book cover titled "Underdogs and Heroes: Stories." Features a child playing violin, animals, and a farmhouse in the background. Part of Amplify CKLA Knowledge 3 for Grade K.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 3 Teacher Guide
Cover of a geography teacher guide titled "All Around the World: Geography," featuring images of a globe, landscapes, and people.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 7 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Shaped by Nature: Art and the World Around Us" teacher guide for Grade K. Features colorful art supplies and nature imagery.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 10 Teacher Guide
Illustration of people in a park: children playing, adults with a barbecue, a man playing guitar, a food truck, and a person with a black dog. Text: "Knowledge 2 - The Five Senses".

Teacher materials

Knowledge 2 Image Cards
Illustrated book cover with farm animals, a child playing the violin, and a pink building in the background. Title: "Underdogs and Heroes: Stories.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 3 Image Cards
Cover of "All Around the World: Geography" book, featuring a globe, children, and photos of various landscapes and cities.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 7 Image Cards
Cover of "The First Drawing" by Mordicai Gerstein, featuring a prehistoric child drawing a mammoth on a cave wall, with a torch illuminating the scene.

Teacher materials

The First Drawing
Illustrated book cover titled "van Gogh and the Sunflowers" by Laurence Anholt, featuring a drawn man and child holding sunflowers.

Teacher materials

Van Gogh and the Sunflowers
Illustrated book cover titled "My Name is Georgia" by Jeanette Winter, featuring a woman holding a red flower against a sky with clouds.

Teacher materials

My Name is Georgia
The book cover features "A Life Made by Hand: The Story of Ruth Asawa" by Andrea D'Aquino, with abstract art and a flower design.

Teacher materials

A Life Made by Hand
Book cover of "Rainbow Weaver" featuring an illustrated girl with long hair in a colorful woven outfit, set against a bright sky. Authored by Linda Elovitz Marshall, illustrated by Elisa Chavarri.

Teacher materials

Rainbow Weaver/Tejedora del Arcoiris
Book cover of "Luna Loves Art" by Joseph Coelho and Fiona Lumbers, featuring a girl with art supplies and colorful splashes.

Teacher materials

Luna Loves Art

Cover of "Amplify CKLA" Skills activity book for Grade K, featuring illustrations of insects, a cat, and a hat on a pink background with phonetic symbols.

Student materials

Skills Unit 5, 6 and 7 Activity Book Sample
Illustration of a diver swimming among colorful fish and coral under the sea with the word "Kit" at the top.

Student materials

Skills Unit 6 Reader
A cartoon family rides in a green futuristic flying car, surrounded by tall skyscrapers and colorful sky elements. The name "Seth" is in the sky.

Student materials

Skills Unit 7 Reader
Pink sample cover for the Amplify CKLA Skills Chaining Folder. Features a cat, hat, ladybug, bee, and dragonfly illustrations, along with phonetic symbols and a warning: "FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY.

Student materials

Chaining Folder
A kindergarten picture reader book with images of a cat, hat, insects, table with vase, and phonetic symbols on a pink background.

Student materials

Picture Reader Sample
Red Amplify CKLA activity book cover featuring a globe, sunflowers, and a list of contents related to geography and art.

Student materials

Knowledge 2, 3, 7 and 10 Activity Book Sample
Yellow book cover titled "Skills 2" with illustrations of a frog, knight, and coins. Part of Amplify CKLA, Grade 1, Unit 2.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 2 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Skills 3 Teacher Guide" with a large number 3. Features images of coins, a planet, a knight, and a frog. Various phonetic symbols are scattered in the background.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 3 Teacher Guide
Cover of a workbook titled "Skills 4" featuring a large number 4, a knight, a frog, coins, a moon, and various phonetic symbols on an orange background.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 4 Teacher Guide
Illustrated book cover titled "Gran" showing an older woman hugging two children in front of a house.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 2 Big Book
Illustration of a fox reading a book titled "Fables" to a rabbit and squirrel in a forest clearing with sunlight filtering through the trees.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 3 Big Book
Cover of a workbook titled "From Nose to Toes: How Your Body Works," featuring X-ray images of skeletons and organs on a spiral-bound teacher guide.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 2 Teacher Guide
Textbook cover titled "Common Threads: Different Lands, Similar Stories," with illustrations of three children exploring nature, including a large mushroom and vibrant flowers.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 3 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Charting the World: Geography" teacher guide, featuring a hand-drawn world map with colored pins, a compass, and pencils.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 5 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Adventure Stories: Tales from the Edge" showing Earth's view with space paraphernalia and an inset of a historic building and explorers on brown horses.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 10 Teacher Guide
Educational book cover featuring X-ray images, cartoon organs, and germs. Title: "From Nose to Toes: How Your Body Works," Grade 1. Includes a cartoon of a brain in a skull.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 2 Image Cards
Illustrated book cover showing characters exploring a vibrant woodland with large mushrooms and plants. Title: "Common Threads: Different Lands, Similar Stories." Grade 1, Amplify CKLA.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 3 Image Cards
A geography workbook cover featuring a hand-drawn world map, various papers, a magnifying glass, a compass, and pencils on a wooden table.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 5 Image Cards
Educational chart for Grade 1 consonants showing pronunciation and examples like "g" in "gag" and "ch" in "chip.

Teacher materials

Code Poster Set
Cover of a yellow booklet titled "Skills Spelling Cards" with images of coins, a frog, a robot, the moon, and phonetic symbols.

Teacher materials

Spelling Card Set
Yellow educational card with a knight, frog, coins, moon, speech bubbles with phonetic symbols, and text that reads "Amplify CKLA" and "Skills Large Letter Cards.

Teacher materials

Large Letter Card Set
Book cover titled "My Name is Gabito" by Monica Brown, illustrated by Raúl Colón, featuring a boy reaching for a book under a tree.

Teacher materials

My Name is Gabito/Me llamo Gabito
Book cover of "Tomas and the Galapagos Adventure" by Carolyn Lunn, illustrated by Ashley Rades, featuring a child with a turtle and a volcanic island in the background.

Teacher materials

Tomas and the Galapagos Adventure
Book cover of "The Astronaut with a Song for the Stars," showing a person playing a flute in a spacecraft.

Teacher materials

The Astronaut with a Song
for the Stars: The Story of Dr. Ellen Ochoa
Book cover of "Mae Among the Stars" featuring an illustration of a child in a space suit against a starry background.

Teacher materials

Mae Among the Stars
Illustrated book cover titled "Shark Lady" showing a woman in scuba gear swimming with a shark, surrounded by fish and ocean plants.

Teacher materials

Shark Lady: The True Story of How Eugenie Clark Became the Ocean’s Most Fearless Scientist
Cover of "Manfish: A Story of Jacques Cousteau" by Jennifer Berne, featuring an illustration of a diver with fish, set against a deep blue background.

Teacher materials

Manfish
Book cover of "Keep On! The Story of Matthew Henson" featuring an illustration of Henson in polar gear with a dog, a sun, and a flag. Written by Deborah Hopkinson, illustrated by Stephen Alcorn.

Teacher materials

Keep On! The Story of Matthew Henson, Co-Discoverer of the North Pole
Book cover titled "The Top of the World: Climbing Mount Everest" by Steve Jenkins, featuring an illustration of a climber on a snowy peak with mountains in the background.

Teacher materials

The Top of the World: Climbing Mount Everest

Cover of a book titled "Amplify CKLA Skills Units 2-4 Activity Book" with images of a moon, coins, a frog, and a knight on a yellow background.

Student materials

Unit 2, 3 and 4 Skills Activity Book Sample
Illustration of a smiling person wearing glasses hugging two children under a tree, with a house and text "Gran" in the background.

Student materials

Skills Unit 2 Reader
Illustrated book cover titled "Fables" features a fox reading to forest animals in a woodland setting.

Student materials

Skills Unit 3 Reader
Book cover titled "The Green Fern Zoo" featuring illustrations of various animals against a leafy background.

Student materials

Skills Unit 4 Reader
Cover of an activity book titled "Amplify CKLA." It features an open book with a person, a space shuttle, and nature in the background. A list of knowledge themes is included.

Student materials

Knowledge 2, 3, 5 and 10 Activity Book Sample
Green book cover titled "Skills 2" with a large number 2, featuring images of a crow, acorn, gloves, and a pencil.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 2 Teacher Guide
Green workbook cover titled "Skills 3" with images of a crow, acorn, pencil, and gloves. Grade 2.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 3 Teacher Guide
Book cover for "Skills 4 Teacher Guide" from Amplify CKLA, Grade 2, featuring a large number 4, a crow, acorn, pencil, mitten, and various symbols on a green background.

Teacher materials

Skills Unit 4 Teacher Guide
A chart displays various vowel sounds with phonetic symbols and example letter combinations on a green and white background labeled "Vowels.

Teacher materials

Code Posters
Green educational card cover with a crow, acorn, pencil, mittens, and phonetic symbols. Title: "Amplify CKLA Skills Spelling Cards, Grade 2.

Teacher materials

Spelling Card Set
Book cover titled "Fortunes and Feats: Fairy Tales and Tall Tales" featuring a knight, a dragon, a train, and a castle in a whimsical landscape.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 1 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Butterflies, Bees, and Beetles: Insects" teacher guide, featuring a colorful illustration of various insects and flowers against a sky background.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 5 Teacher Guide
Cover of a book titled "Sounds and Stanzas: Poetry" with whimsical illustrations of animals and leaves emerging from an open book. It is labeled as a Teacher Guide, Level 2.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 7 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Taking Flight: The Age of Aviation" teacher guide. It features a propeller, hot air balloons, a blimp, and a sunrise above clouds.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 10 Teacher Guide
Cover of a book titled "Butterflies, Bees, and Beetles: Insects" featuring various insects, flowers, and grass under a blue sky.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 5 Image Cards
Colorful book cover with a person reading, surrounded by illustrated animals and autumn leaves. Text reads, "Amplify CKLA, Knowledge 7, Sounds and Stanzas: Poetry, Image Cards.

Teacher materials

Knowledge 7 Image Cards
Children's book cover of "Up and Away!" by Jason Henry, featuring a whimsical illustration of a flying ship with two characters and colorful birds.

Teacher materials

Up and Away! How Two Brothers Invented the Hot Air Balloon
Illustration of Louis Blériot's historic flight across the English Channel in a vintage aircraft, with people preparing the plane.

Teacher materials

The Glorious Flight: Across the Channel with Louis
Book cover of "The Flying Girl: How Aida de Acosta Learned to Soar" by Margarita Engle, illustrated by Sara Palacios, showing a girl flying an early aircraft with birds nearby.

Teacher materials

The Flying Girl: How Aída de Acosta Learned to Soar
Book cover titled "Wood, Wire, Wings." A woman looks at flying airplanes. Authors: Kirsten W. Larson and illustrator Tracy Subisak. Subheading: "Emma Lilian Todd Invents an Airplane.

Teacher materials

Wood, Wire, Wings: Emma Lilian Todd Invents an Airplane
Cover of "Helicopter Man" shows a helicopter silhouette against a sunset, with a black-and-white photo of a man holding a hat. Title in yellow, author Ellen B. text included.

Teacher materials

Helicopter Man: Igor Sikorsky and His Amazing Invention
Illustrated book cover titled "The Tuskegee Airmen Story" by Lynn M. Homan and Thomas Reilly. It shows a pilot in front of an aircraft named "Boss Lady.

Teacher materials

The Tuskegee Airmen Story
Cover of "Skyward" by Sally Deng, featuring illustrations of female pilots and planes from WWII. Subheading: "The Story of Female Pilots in WWII." Published by Flying Eye Books.

Teacher materials

Skyward: The Story of Female Pilots in WWII
Book cover titled Book cover of "Aim for the Skies" featuring portraits of Jerrie Mock and Joan Merriam Smith with an illustration of Amelia Earhart in the background.

Teacher materials

Aim for the Skies: Jerrie Mock and Joan Merriam Smith’s Race to Complete Amelia Earhart’s Quest
Cover of a book titled "Amplify CKLA, Units 2-3, Activity Book." The green background features a crow, acorn, pencil, gloves, and phonetic symbols.

Student materials

Skills Unit 2 and 3 Activity Book Sample
A green activity book cover labeled “Skills Unit 4” features a pencil, a raven, an acorn, a mitten, and phonetic symbols. The top left corner displays the Amplify CKLA logo.

Student materials

Skills Unit 4 Activity Book Sample
Illustrated book cover titled "Bedtime Tales" featuring a bearded man with two children sitting on a patterned quilt.

Student materials

Skills Unit 2 Reader
Illustrated book cover titled "Kids Excel" shows children playing double Dutch jump rope in a park setting.

Student materials

Skills Unit 3 Reader
A woman and a boy walk together on a city sidewalk. The woman is smiling and holding papers; the boy is wearing a red shirt and looks happy. Text reads "The Job Hunt.

Student materials

Skills Unit 4 Reader
Green cover of an Amplify CKLA Grade 2 Activity Book featuring a hot air balloon, magnifying glass, and list of knowledge topics.

Student materials

Knowledge 1, 5, 7 and 10 Activity Book Sample
A textbook cover titled "Fur, Fins, and Feathers: Animal Classification." It features illustrations of various animals in a lush forest and pond setting.

Teacher materials

Unit 2 Teacher Guide
A book cover titled "Rhythm and Rhyme: Poetry" for Grade 3. It features an illustration of a pond with butterflies, a frog, and water lilies.

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Teacher Guide
Textbook cover titled "Unit 6: Regions and Cultures: Native Americans" with various related images including landscapes, dwellings, and icebergs, and a Teacher Guide note.

Teacher materials

Unit 6 Teacher Guide
Cover of "Novel Study: Charlotte's Web" teacher guide, featuring a barn scene with farm tools, a spider web, ribbons, a jug, and a picnic table.

Teacher materials

Unit 7 Teacher Guide
Illustrated cover showing various Native American scenes, including boats, wildlife, a longhouse, and traditional dwellings. Text reads "Regions and Cultures: Native Americans, Unit 6, Grade 3.

Teacher materials

Unit 6 Image Cards
Illustrated cover of a book titled "Rhythm and Rhyme: Poetry" featuring a pond with butterflies, lily pads, and a barcode at the bottom left. Grade 3 and "Amplify CKLA" are noted in the corner.

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Image Cards
Cover of an activity book titled "Amplify CKLA" with images of a deer, parrot, and elephant, over a blue background.

Student materials

Unit 2 and 6 Activity Book Sample
Book cover of "Rhythm and Rhyme: Poetry" featuring a pond with butterflies and lilies. Upper left corner shows "Amplify CKLA Grade 3.

Student materials

Poet’s Journal
Cover of "Novel Study: Charlotte's Web" activity book showing a barn scene with farm decorations, a sneaker, and a window view of a pasture.

Student materials

Unit 7 Activity Book Sample
Illustrated book cover titled "Rattenborough’s Guide to Animals," featuring a jungle scene with a monkey, parrot, leopard, pelican, and alligator.

Student materials

Unit 2 Reader
Book cover titled "Regions and Cultures: Native Americans," featuring images of indigenous landscapes, canoes, teepees, and dwellings. Grade 3, Unit 6.

Student materials

Unit 6 Reader
Cover of "Charlotte's Web" by E.B. White, showing a girl holding a pig with a medal award graphic and anniversary edition label.

Student materials

Charlotte’s Web
Cover of a teacher guide titled "Meaning and Metaphor: Poetry" featuring bookshelves with colorful, imaginative illustrations.

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Teacher Guide
Textbook cover titled "Our Planet: Geology" featuring a volcano with lava, surrounded by forests, part of a 4th-grade curriculum unit from Amplify CKLA.

Teacher materials

Unit 5 Teacher Guide
Illustrated book cover titled "Road to Independence: The American Revolution." Shows a candle-lit desk with parchment, a quill, and a pendulum clock by a window with stars.

Teacher materials

Unit 6 Teacher Guide
Cover of a teacher guide titled "Novel Study: From the Mixed-Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler" featuring a bookshelf and various items.

Teacher materials

Unit 7 Teacher Guide
Book cover titled "Meaning and Metaphor: Poetry" for Grade 4. Features colorful illustrations of animals and trees among books on a shelf. Badge says "Poet's Journal.

Student materials

Poet’s Journal
Cover of an Amplify CKLA activity book featuring a volcano, kite, and candle illustrations. Text indicates topics: our planet, geology, road to independence, and the American Revolution.

Student materials

Unit 5 and 6 Activity Book Sample
Activity book cover for Grade 4 Unit 7, "From the Mixed-Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler." Features a bookshelf with various items and view of a cityscape through a window.

Student materials

Unit 7 Activity Book Sample
Textbook cover titled "The Changing Earth," unit 5, grade 4. It features an erupting volcano with a cross-section view.

Student materials

Unit 5 Reader
Book cover titled "Road to Independence" from "Amplify CKLA Grade 4, Unit 6." Features a historical setting with quill, candle, and clock by a window at night.

Student materials

Unit 6 Reader
Cover of "From the Mixed-Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler" featuring two children on a red carpeted museum staircase.

Student materials

From the Mixed Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler
Cover of a teacher's guide titled "Early Americas: Maya, Aztec, and Inca," featuring images of temples, mountains, a bird, and cacti.

Teacher materials

Unit 2 Teacher Guide
Cover of a teacher guide titled "Visions in Verse: Poetry." Features a scenic landscape with birds, trees, and a pond, plus a pink spiral binding on the left.

Teacher materials

Unit 3 Teacher Guide
Cover of "The Deep Blue World: Oceans" teacher guide featuring illustrations of marine life, including a whale shark, turtle, and various fish. The background is a vibrant ocean scene.

Teacher materials

Unit 5 Teacher Guide
Book cover titled "The Phantom Tollbooth," featuring a room with a bookshelf and a window showing a fantastical landscape.

Teacher materials

Unit 7 Teacher Guide
Purple textbook cover titled "Early Americas: Maya, Aztec, and Inca" for Grade 5, Unit 2. Features an illustration of a city, a bird, and a hand.

Student materials

Unit 2 Activity Book Sample
Activity book cover titled "The Deep Blue World: Oceans" with illustrations of a diver, sea creatures, and an open book on a purple background.

Student materials

Unit 5 Activity Book Sample
Cover of a poetry journal titled "Visions in Verse" for Grade 5, featuring a tree, birds, and a snake in a colorful landscape.

Student materials

Poet’s Journal
Cover of the "Novel Study: The Phantom Tollbooth" activity book, featuring a colorful room with bookshelves, toys, and a scenic painting on the wall.

Student materials

Unit 7 Activity Book Sample
Textbook cover titled "Early Americas: Civilizations and Empires" for Grade 5, featuring images of ancient ruins, landscapes, and a cactus.

Student materials

Unit 2 Reader
Textbook cover titled "Life in the Fathoms" featuring a diver, various sea creatures, and colorful coral reefs.

Student materials

Unit 5 Reader
Cover of "The Phantom Tollbooth" by Norton Juster, featuring a boy peering into a large clock held by a dog with a clock face.

Student materials

The Phantom Tollbooth

Access the Amplify CKLA all-in-one digital platform

Teachers and students piloting CKLA 3rd Edition will receive login information to access the digital platform.

If you have not received your login information please contact your administrative team. If you are in charge of licensing and enrollment for your school/district and have not received login information please reach out to your account representative or help@amplify.com.

Contact us

Contact your account executive to sign up for implementation training.

Overview Video

The Lawrence Hall of Science

Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

  • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
  • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
  • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
  • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
The logo for The Lawrence Hall of Science, University of California, Berkeley, features blue text on a light background and is recognized by educators using Amplify Science for middle school science programs.

Instructional model

The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

DO

First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

TALK

Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

READ

Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

WRITE

Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

VISUALIZE

By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

Program structure

Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS, and support students in mastering the standards.

Graphic showing a research process with four steps: spark intrigue with a real-world problem, explore evidence, explain and elaborate, and evaluate claims, connected in a cycle with arrows.

Unit types

While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

In grades 6–8:

  • One unit is a launch unit.
  • Three units are core units.
  • Two units are engineering internships.

Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

Unit sequence

Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

Three columns listing education curriculum topics for grades 6, 7, and 8, focusing on science themes such as microbiomes, mars geology, and harnessing human energy.

Program components

Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3-D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

Amplify Science TG

Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

More hands-on with Flextensions:
Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

Amplify Science California supports 3-D learning with more materials than any other program.

Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

A laptop displays a PowerPoint presentation in presenter view, with slides about observing objects in plastic containers and related sensory instructions.

Explore your print samples

With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

A laptop screen shows an energy simulation, with surrounding text and diagrams explaining the Earth's system and energy flow.
  • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
  • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

A note about the Materials Kits:

Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

Our unit-specific kits:

  • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
  • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
  • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

What comes in each grade level kit? Click the links below to see the grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit.

Access your digital samples

Explore as a teacher

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the username: t1.jeffersoncounty@demo.tryamplify.net
  • Enter the password: Amplify1-jeffersoncounty
  • Click the Science icon.
  • Click on the Program Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
  • Select any unit.

To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform,watch the below navigational video.

Explore as a student

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a student.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the username: s1.jeffersoncounty@demo.tryamplify.net
  • Enter the password: Amplify1-jeffersoncounty
  • Click the Science icon.
  • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
  • Select any unit.

Resources to support your review

Publisher presentation

The Lawrence Hall of Science

Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

  • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
  • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
  • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
  • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
Amplify Science and Lawrence Hall of Science

Instructional model

The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

DO

First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

TALK

Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

READ

Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

WRITE

Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

VISUALIZE

By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

Program structure

Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS, and support students in mastering the Oregon Science Standards.

Graphic showing a research process with four steps: spark intrigue with a real-world problem, explore evidence, explain and elaborate, and evaluate claims, connected in a cycle with arrows.

Unit types

While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

In grades 6–8:

  • One unit is a launch unit.
  • Three units are core units.
  • Two units are engineering internships.

Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

Unit sequence

Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

Three columns listing education curriculum topics for grades 6, 7, and 8, focusing on science themes such as microbiomes, mars geology, and harnessing human energy.

Program components

Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3-D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

Amplify Science TG

Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

More hands-on with Flextensions:
Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

Amplify Science California supports 3-D learning with more materials than any other program.

Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

A laptop displays a PowerPoint presentation in presenter view, with slides about observing objects in plastic containers and related sensory instructions.

Full coverage of the Oregon Science Standards

Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS). As such, it aligns to the Oregon Science Standards, which were also borne out of the NGSS.

The guidance below is meant to provide support for integrating additional activities that support full coverage of Oregon’s standards. Organized by grade level, each section below will outline:

  • Additional activities that support 100% alignment to the Oregon Science Standards.
  • The standard being addressed with the activities.
  • The recommended placement of the activities within a specific Amplify Science unit.
  • PDFs of any accompanying materials that are necessary to implement the activities.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Changed How We Think About Brain Cells

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studied the nervous system.

Recommended placement: Metabolism unit, Lesson 3.2

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Changed How We Think About Brain Cells” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies Underwater Currents

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studies ocean currents.

Recommended placement: Oceans, Atmosphere, and Climate unit, Lesson 2.1

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies Underwater Currents” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies How the Environment Affects Our Traits

About this activity: In this activity, students read two short articles, one about current research on genes and proteins, and one about a scientist who is studying how the environment can affect our traits.

Recommended placement: Traits and Reproduction unit, Lesson 2.4

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies How the Environment Affects Our Traits” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Who Becomes a Space Scientist?

About this activity: In this activity, Students read a short article about a scientist who studies space.

Recommended placement: Geology on Mars unit, Lesson 3.1

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Who Becomes a Space Scientist?” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies How Plants Find Water Underground

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studies how plants’ roots get water.

Recommended placement: Matter and Energy in Ecosystems unit, Lesson 1.6

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies How Plants Find Water Underground” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Bringing Back the Buffalo

About this activity: In this activity, students change one competing population to try to decrease the other in the Sim, and read a short article about a scientist who studies buffalo.

Recommended placement: Populations and Resources unit, Lesson 3.2

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Bringing Back the Buffalo” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Rereading “A Continental Puzzle”

About this activity: In this activity, students reread “A Continental Puzzle” and think about how patterns were helpful to Wegener’s work.

Recommended placement: Plate Motion unit, Lesson 3.2

Materials:

Instructions: Direct students back to “A Continental Puzzle” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students re-read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies Variation in Monkey Populations

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studies variation of traits in monkey populations.

Recommended placement: Natural Selection unit, Lesson 1.6

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies Variation in Monkey Populations” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Extinctions and Human Impacts

About this activity: The purpose of this lesson is for students to see how increases in human population and consumption of natural resources can negatively impact Earth’s systems.

Recommended placement: Natural Selection unit, Lesson 4.5

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Extinctions and Human Impacts” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Steno and the Shark

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about Nicolas Steno, a scientist from the 1600s whose studies of fossilized sharks’ teeth embedded in rock layers laid the foundation for the modern understanding of stratigraphy.

Recommended placement: Evolutionary History unit, Lesson 2.4

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Steno and the Shark” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Scale in the Solar System

About this activity: In this activity, students read and annotate the articles “Scale in the Solar System” and “The Solar System Is Huge.”

Recommended placement: Earth, Moon, and Sun unit, Lesson 1.2

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Scale in the Solar System” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Explore your print samples

Amplify Science physical samples can be found at the Hamersley Library at Western Oregon University. There you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

A laptop screen shows an energy simulation, with surrounding text and diagrams explaining the Earth's system and energy flow.
  • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
  • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

A note about the Materials Kits:

Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

Our unit-specific kits:

  • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
  • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
  • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

At your request, we did not include our materials kits with our submissions samples. However, we did provide grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit, which you can also find with the links below.

Access your digital samples

Explore as a teacher

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the teacher username and password found on your unique login flyer enclosed in your physical sample box.
  • Click the Science icon.
  • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
  • Select any unit.

To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

Explore as a student

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a student.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the student username and password found on your unique login flyer enclosed in your physical sample box.
  • Click the Science icon.
  • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
  • Select any unit.

Resources to support your review

Oregon standards correlation for grades 6–8

QCD Science Adoption Criteria 2022 for grades 6-8

QCD IMET Citation guidance for grades 6-8

Oregon Science IMET for grades 6-8 (Excel download)

Oregon QCD-IMET Citation guidance for grades 6-8

Research behind Amplify Science

Phenomena in grades 6–8

Program structure for grades 6–8

Active Reading in grades 6–8

Engineering in Amplify Science

Approaches to assessment in grades 6–8

Oregon Enhanced ELA State Review for K–5

To view this protected page, enter the password below:



Welcome to Amplify Science 6–8!

Amplify Science is an engaging core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning.

With Amplify Science, Oregon students don’t just passively learn about science concepts. Instead, they take on the role of scientists and engineers to actively investigate and figure out real-world phenomena. They do this through a blend of cohesive and compelling storylines, hands-on investigations, collaborative discussions, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools.

Two students, one black and one asian, smiling and studying together at a laptop in a classroom with other students in background.

Publisher presentation

The Lawrence Hall of Science

Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

  • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
  • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
  • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
  • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

Proven to work

A pdf cover from wested titled "learning and literacy development together: initial results from a curriculum study," featuring an adult helping children with schoolwork in a classroom.

WestEd Randomized
Control Trial for Grade 1

Read More

Pdf cover titled "curriculum materials designed for the next generation science standards: initial results from gold standard research trials", published by wested.

WestEd Randomized
Control Trial for Grade 7

Read More

A teacher and students engage in a science activity around a table. The text promotes the Amplify Science K–8 curriculum, highlighting its focus on hands-on learning and real-world problem-solving.

Amplify Science NE
Grades K–5

Read More

Instructional model

The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

Do

First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

Talk

Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

Read

Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

Write

Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

Visualize

By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers
do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

Program structure

Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS, and support students in mastering the Oregon Science Standards.

Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

Unit types

While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

In grades 6–8:

  • One unit is a launch unit.
  • Three units are core units.
  • Two units are engineering internships.

Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

Unit sequence

Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

Three columns listing education curriculum topics for grades 6, 7, and 8, focusing on science themes such as microbiomes, mars geology, and harnessing human energy.

Program components

Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

Amplify Science TG

Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

More hands-on with Flextensions:
Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

Assorted office and household items displayed on a white background, including rubber bands, binder clips, cardboard, and sports balls.

Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

Amplify Science Classroom Slides

Full coverage of the Oregon Science Standards

Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS). As such, it aligns to the Oregon Science Standards, which were also borne out of the NGSS.

The guidance below is meant to provide support for integrating additional activities that support full coverage of Oregon’s standards. Organized by grade level, each section below will outline:

  • Additional activities that support 100% alignment to the Oregon Science Standards.
  • The standard being addressed with the activities.
  • The recommended placement of the activities within a specific Amplify Science unit.
  • PDFs of any accompanying materials that are necessary to implement the activities.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Changed How We Think About Brain Cells

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studied the nervous system.

Recommended placement: Metabolism unit, Lesson 3.2

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Changed How We Think About Brain Cells” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies Underwater Currents

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studies ocean currents.

Recommended placement: Oceans, Atmosphere, and Climate unit, Lesson 2.1

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies Underwater Currents” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies How the Environment Affects Our Traits

About this activity: In this activity, students read two short articles, one about current research on genes and proteins, and one about a scientist who is studying how the environment can affect our traits.

Recommended placement: Traits and Reproduction unit, Lesson 2.4

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies How the Environment Affects Our Traits” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Who Becomes a Space Scientist?

About this activity: In this activity, Students read a short article about a scientist who studies space.

Recommended placement: Geology on Mars unit, Lesson 3.1

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Who Becomes a Space Scientist?” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies How Plants Find Water Underground

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studies how plants’ roots get water.

Recommended placement: Matter and Energy in Ecosystems unit, Lesson 1.6

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies How Plants Find Water Underground” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Bringing Back the Buffalo

About this activity: In this activity, students change one competing population to try to decrease the other in the Sim, and read a short article about a scientist who studies buffalo.

Recommended placement: Populations and Resources unit, Lesson 3.2

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Bringing Back the Buffalo” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Rereading “A Continental Puzzle”

About this activity: In this activity, students reread “A Continental Puzzle” and think about how patterns were helpful to Wegener’s work.

Recommended placement: Plate Motion unit, Lesson 3.2

Materials:

Instructions: Direct students back to “A Continental Puzzle” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students re-read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies Variation in Monkey Populations

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studies variation of traits in monkey populations.

Recommended placement: Natural Selection unit, Lesson 1.6

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies Variation in Monkey Populations” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Extinctions and Human Impacts

About this activity: The purpose of this lesson is for students to see how increases in human population and consumption of natural resources can negatively impact Earth’s systems.

Recommended placement: Natural Selection unit, Lesson 4.5

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Extinctions and Human Impacts” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Steno and the Shark

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about Nicolas Steno, a scientist from the 1600s whose studies of fossilized sharks’ teeth embedded in rock layers laid the foundation for the modern understanding of stratigraphy.

Recommended placement: Evolutionary History unit, Lesson 2.4

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Steno and the Shark” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Scale in the Solar System

About this activity: In this activity, students read and annotate the articles “Scale in the Solar System” and “The Solar System Is Huge.”

Recommended placement: Earth, Moon, and Sun unit, Lesson 1.2

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Scale in the Solar System” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Explore your print samples

With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

Three laptop screens displaying educational content on earth's energy system, including diagrams and text annotations.
  • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
  • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

A note about the Materials Kits:

Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

Our unit-specific kits:

  • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
  • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
  • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

At your request, we did not include our materials kits with our submissions samples. However, we did provide grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit, which you can also find with the links below.

Access your digital samples

Explore as a teacher

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the username: t.or68sci@tryamplify.net
  • Enter the password: Science5OR
  • Click the Science icon.
  • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
  • Select any unit.

To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

Explore as a student

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a student.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the username: s.or68sci@tryamplify.net
  • Enter the password: Science5OR
  • Click the Science icon.
  • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
  • Select any unit.

Resources to support your review

Administrators, welcome to Amplify Science!

Here you’ll find information about enrollment and licensing, technical requirements, professional learning resources, and more.

Onboarding: What to expect

Welcome to Amplify Science! There are six basic steps to onboarding. Use this visual as a reference, but also know that our dedicated implementation team will be there to support you during the entire process.

Technology requirements and guidelines

To ensure that your hardware and network meet the minimum technical requirements for performance and support of your curriculum products, please see Amplify’s customer requirements page.

You’ll also want to add the URLs on this page to the corresponding district- or school-level filters so that your teachers and students can access their Amplify Science materials.

Data sharing agreement

Partnering with Amplify through our data sharing program deepens learning outcomes and gives you the performance analysis you need to make impactful decisions within your district or school. By signing our data sharing agreement, your district will help us to better understand student performance as it relates to your state’s standards. It also allows us to compare results with the curriculum-embedded assessments and state-level assessments. These analyses will help you identify the areas where your teachers and students are excelling or may be experiencing challenges.

Stay tuned for additional updates.

Enrollment and licensing overview

During the enrollment and licensing call, your Amplify implementation partner will walk you through the enrollment process. We recommend exploring the enrollment web tool ahead of the call for suggestions on which enrollment method may be best for your district.

The following guides provide additional information about enrollment methods and the data sharing process.

Preparing for your materials

Each unit of Amplify Science comes with a hands-on materials kit.

Each hands-on materials kit arrives in 1–3 boxes and contains the following:

  • Consumable materials
  • Nonconsumable materials
  • Classroom wall materials
  • Premium print materials (cards, maps, etc.)
  • 18 copies of each Student Book (K–5)
  • A blackline master copy of the Student Investigation Notebook (K–5)

You can find complete materials lists for each unit in the following PDFs. This information is also available in the digital Teacher’s Guide within the program.

Once your district’s purchase order has been sent to Amplify and is processed, Amplify will provide tracking information on your materials kits and any additional print materials you’ve ordered.

Administrator Reports

Self-service Administrator Reports allow insight into teacher and student usage and student performance data for the current school year.

Access is limited to district and school administrators. Administrators can directly access these reports at my.amplify.com/admin-reports.

Get more information.

Announcements

Summer extension
With summer fast approaching, we recognize that some districts may be extending the school year and/or continuing the use of Amplify curriculum and programs for summer instruction. If your summer instruction will continue past June 30 and/or you need to make rostering or enrollment changes, follow our guidance on extending your rollover date.

Use stimulus funding to drive transformation
Learn about ESSER I, II, and III funding (or CARES, CRRSA, and ARP) and how to use these funds to help with learning recovery and acceleration. Districts have significant flexibility in how to use the ESSER money, with ESSER II and III specifying that some of the funds should be used to address unfinished learning. All Amplify programs and services meet the criteria for the funding. Get more information about funding and guidelines.

Next steps: How do I support my teachers?

Pre-launch checklist for teachers
Please share our Program Hub with your educators. It will provide helpful information as they prepare to implement Amplify in their classrooms, including a pre-launch checklist. Note that they’ll need to be logged into Amplify Science to access the Hub. If they don’t have a login yet, you can also download and share the  Amplify Science pre-launch checklist for teachers PDF.

Professional learning
We partner with every district to make sure the Amplify Science rollout meets their unique needs. Check out these sample agendas to get a better understanding of what our team has to offer.

Advice and answers
The Science help website is filled with step-by-step resources to address educators’ questions. Encourage your educators to read through these tutorials and search for topics they want to learn more about.

Contact us

Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support
Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We’ve developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support at no cost to educators using our programs. This free service includes:

  • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials.
  • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify Science.
  • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more.

To reach our pedagogical team, click the orange icon while logged into the curriculum to get immediate help, call (866) 629-2446, or email edsupport@amplify.com.

Timely technical and program support
Our Customer Care and Support team is available Monday through Friday, 7 a.m. to 9 p.m. ET, and Sunday, 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. ET, through a variety of channels:

  • Live chat: Click the orange icon while logged into the curriculum to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.
  • Phone: Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969.
  • Email: Send an email to help@amplify.com.

Join our community
Our Amplify Science Facebook group is a community of Amplify Science educators from across the country. It’s a space to share best practices, ideas, and support on everything from implementation to instruction. Join today.

Inspiring the next generation of Massachusetts scientists, engineers, and curious citizens

Amplify Science is an engaging new core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning.

Collage of four images: a jungle illustration with a giraffe, students using computers, a boy studying with classmates, and an animated hillside with kites flying.

A powerful partnership

Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify. This partnership extends to 2032, allowing us to continuously improve our program and provide our customers with the most up-to-date enhancements, free of charge. Get a glimpse at our latest back-to-school updates here.

Instructional model

The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

Three blue panels describing educational activities: "hands-on science" with lab experiments, "discuss" with collaborative learning, and "read" with literacy in science articles.

Phenomena-based approach

In each Amplify Science unit, students take on the roles of scientists or engineers in order to investigate a real-world problem. Students work to define the problem and collect and make sense of evidence. Once the context is clear, students collect evidence from multiple sources and through a variety of modalities. At the end of the unit, students are presented with a brand new problem, giving them an opportunity to apply what they’ve learned over the course of the unit to a new context. This represents a shift from asking students to learn about science to supporting students in figuring out the science.

Flowchart of a learning unit divided into four chapters, showing stages of student engagement from introduction to application, with assessments indicated at various points.

Resources to support your review

Scope and Sequence

GRADE

Kindergarten

UNITS

  • Needs of Plants and Animals
  • Pushes and Pulls
  • Sunlight and Water

Grade 1

  • Needs of Plants and Animals
  • Pushes and Pulls
  • Sunlight and Water

Grade 2

  • Plant and Animal Relationships
  • Properties of Materials
  • Changing Landforms

Grade 3

  • Balancing Forces
  • Inheritance and Traits
  • Environments and Survival
  • Weather and Climate

Grade 4

  • Energy Conversions
  • Vision and Light
  • Earth’s Features
  • Waves, Energy, and Information

Grade 5

  • Patterns of Earth and Sky
  • Modeling Matter
  • The Earth System
  • Ecosystem Restoration

Flexible implementation

One of the key features of Amplify Science is the flexibility that it offers. We give students authentic opportunities to experience the full breadth of what it means to be a scientist or engineer. Just as scientists gather evidence from many types of sources, so do students in our program. Like scientists, students gather evidence not just from physical models, but also from digital models, texts, videos, photographs, maps, data sets, and even their peers!
Simply put, real scientists don’t just get messy—they read, write, analyze, hypothesize, model, test, and communicate with purpose, too.

Illustration of the indirect effects of overfishing on northern benguela jelly populations displayed on a laptop screen.

Student Books
Beginning and young readers have unique developmental needs, and science instruction should support these students in reading more independently as they progress through sections of content, the school year, and each grade. One way Amplify Science meets these needs is by strategically deploying different modes of reading throughout each unit: Read-Aloud, Shared Reading, and Partner Reading.

A collage of various educational book covers related to science and math, featuring illustrated themes like sports, nature, and energy.

Student Investigation Notebooks

Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks provide space for students to:

  • record data.
  • reflect on ideas from texts and investigations.
  • construct explanations and arguments.
Collection of educational books from 'amplify science' on topics including ocean atmosphere, matter and energy ecosystems, and insect interactions, displayed in various angles.

Digital student experience

Students access the digital simulations and Modeling Tools, as well as lesson activities and assessments, through the digital student experience. Students can interact with the digital student experience as they:

  • conduct hands-on investigations.
  • engage in Active Reading and writing activities.
  • participate in discussions.
  • record observations.
  • craft end-of-unit scientific arguments.

Dive into a quick example of our powerful simulations

Grades K–5 simulation

A digital illustration showcasing a laptop and a tablet displaying complex data analysis software interfaces with graphs and heatmaps.

Hands-on materials kits

Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science and is integrated
into every unit. Students actively take on the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them.

Check out this 2-minute video to see an Amplify Science hands-on investigation in action.

Each unit kit contains:

  • consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials.
  • print classroom display materials.
  • premium print materials for student use (sorting cards, maps, etc.).
A perforated rectangular board, three small containers with different powders, a black battery holder with red wires, and three colored alligator clips are arranged on a white background.

Teaching support

Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including:

  • detailed lesson plans.
  • unit and chapter overview documentation.
  • differentiation strategies.
  • standards alignments.
  • in-context professional development.
A laptop displaying the Geology on Mars webpage sits beside a book titled "Geology on Mars," both featuring the same cover image of Mars and a spacecraft, perfect for enhancing three-dimensional learning in any science classroom.

Massachusetts Academic Standards in Science coverage

Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the NGSS, a set of standards that closely align with the Massachusetts Learning Standards for Science coverage. Most grade levels’ respective set of Amplify Science units therefore address the necessary MASS (see correlation). 

For grades K, 1, 2, 3, and 5, teachers should plan to also use the resources provided in the sections below to achieve full coverage of the appropriate standards before their students move on to the next grade band. Organized by grade level, each section outlines:

  • companion lesson materials that were written to support 100% alignment to the Massachusetts Learning Standards for Science coverage when used with the core Amplify Science units for the grade level
  • the standard being addressed with each companion lesson; and
  • the recommended placement of each companion lesson within a specific Amplify Science unit

Standard: K-PS1-1(MA). Investigate and communicate the idea that different kinds of materials can be solid or liquid depending on temperature.

Recommended placement: Following Lesson 5.6 of Sunlight and Weather

Resources: After students finish reflecting on their unit-long exploration of energy and temperature, play and discuss this read-aloud video of the student book Can you Change it Back?, which is featured in the grade 2 unit Properties of Materials. You might also consider borrowing the physical books from a grade 2 colleague’s Properties of Materials kit and reading it as a class instead of or in addition to playing the video.

Using the book, you will introduce students to the idea that heating and cooling can cause changes to materials. In the book, students are presented with a variety of materials and asked to predict whether a certain change caused by heating or cooling is reversible or irreversible.

Companion lesson: “Seasonal Changes”

Standard: 1-ESS1-2– Analyze provided data to identify relationships among seasonal patterns of change, including relative sunrise and sunset time changes, seasonal temperature and rainfall or snowfall patterns, and seasonal changes to the environment.

Recommended placement: Following Lesson 5.1 of Spinning Earth

Resources: Season Changes Classroom Slides and Student Sheet

Companion lesson: “Properties and Weight”

Standard: 2-PS1-3– Analyze a variety of evidence to conclude that when a chunk of material is cut or broken into pieces, each piece is still the same material and, however small each piece is, has weight. Show that the material properties of a small set of pieces do not change when the pieces are used to build larger objects.

Recommended placement: Following Lesson 4.4 of Properties of Materials.

Resources: Weight and Properties Classroom SlidesResources, and Student Sheet

Companion lesson 1: Extinct Insects

Standard: 3-LS4-1: Use fossils to describe types of organisms and their environments that existed long ago and compare those to living organisms and their environments. Recognize that most kinds of plants and animals that once lived on Earth are no longer found anywhere.

Recommended placement: Following Lesson 2.3 of Environments and Survival

Resources: Extinct Insects Classroom Slides and Student Sheet

Companion lesson 2: Friction

Standard: 3-PS2-1: Provide evidence to explain the effect of multiple forces, including friction, on an object. Include balanced forces that do not change the motion of the object and unbalanced forces that do change the motion of the object.

Recommended placement: Following Lesson 1.1 of Balancing Forces

Resources: Friction Classroom SlidesResources, and Student Sheet

Companion lesson 1: Composters

Standard: 5-LS2-2(MA)– Compare at least two designs for a composter to determine which is most likely to encourage decomposition of materials.

Recommended placement: Following Lesson 3.7 of Ecosystem Restoration

Resources: Composters Classroom Slides and Student Sheet

Companion lesson 2: Properties of Materials

Standard: 5-PS1-3 (MA) – Make observations and measurements of substances to describe characteristic properties of each, including color, hardness, reflectivity, electrical conductivity, thermal conductivity, response to magnetic forces, and solubility.

Recommended placement: Following Lesson 1.3 of Modeling Matter

Resources: Properties of Materials Classroom SlidesResourcesArticlesCopymaster, and Student Sheet

Companion lesson 3: Water Filters

Standard: 5-ESS3-2(MA)– Test a simple system designed to filter particulates out of water and propose one change to the design to improve it.

Recommended placement: Following Lesson 5.6 of The Earth System

Resources: Water Filters Classroom Slides and Student Sheet

Benchmark Assessments

Amplify’s Benchmark Assessments are designed to help teachers measure student progress toward the three dimensions—Disciplinary Core Ideas (DCIs), Science and Engineering Practices (SEPs), and Crosscutting Concepts(CCCs)—and performance expectations (PEs) of the NGSS. The assessments provide important insight into how students are progressing toward mastery of different standards ahead of high-stakes, end-of-year assessments.

The Benchmark Assessments are built to be delivered after specific units in the recommended Amplify Science scope and sequence.* They are given three or four times per year, depending on the grade level. The benchmarks are intended to show progress at various points in time across a school year, and are therefore not summative in nature. Digital items and item clusters are also tagged to specific NGSS standards, allowing customization to align with other course sequences. The assessments are available via the following platforms:

Print
PDF files: For administering Benchmark Assessments on paper

Digital platforms

  • Illuminate
  • SchoolCity
  • Otus
  • QTI (“Question and Test Interoperability”) files
    Not sure whether QTI files are compatible with your assessment platform? Contact your school IT or assessment platform representative for more information.
    Please note that Amplify is able to provide access to the QTI files themselves, but is not able to support the integration process. Your assessment platform provider should be able to assist with QTI file integration.

Remote and hybrid learning support

A child sits at a desk using a laptop. Next to the desk is a bookshelf with books, a fishbowl, and a soccer ball.

See an example of our remote and hybrid learning support below:

Intended to make extended remote and hybrid learning easier, Amplify Science @Home includes two useful options for continuing instruction: @Home Videos and @Home Units.
Amplify Science @Home Videos are recordings of real Amplify Science teachers teaching the lessons. For those teachers who are unable to meet synchronously with their students, the recorded lessons are a great way to keep their students on track and engaged with Amplify Science while at home.

Amplify Science @Home Units are modified versions of Amplify Science units, strategically designed to highlight key activities from the program. The @Home Units take significantly less instructional time than the complete Amplify Science program and allow students to engage with science at home. Each @Home unit includes:

  • Teacher overviews explaining how to use the materials, including suggestions for enhancing the @Home Units if synchronous learning or in-class time with students is available
  • Overviews to send home to families

Student materials will be available in two formats:

  • @Home Slides (PDF/PPT) + Student Sheets (PDF) for students with access to technology at home
  • Downloadable @Home Packets (PDF) for students without access to technology at home

Download the remote and hybrid learning guide

Explore the digital Teacher’s Guide

To familiarize yourself with navigation of the digital Teacher’s Guide, watch our navigational guide videos:

Grades K–5:

Looking for help?

Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support

Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We’ve developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program. This service is completely free for all educators who are using our programs and includes:

  • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans.
  • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials.
  • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify programs.
  • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more.

Timely technical and program support

Our technical and program support is included and available Monday through Friday, from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.

Ready to dive in?

Contact your Massachusetts representative:

Tracy Yefimenko
518-466-3497
tyefimenko@amplify.com

Amplify CKLA usage & branding guidelines

Welcome to Amplify’s guidelines on using CKLA materials both under its Open Education Resource (OER) license (CC BY-NC-SA) and Amplify’s license to school districts. These guidelines apply to all variants of the CKLA program, including those not authored by Amplify. These guidelines address the following programs:

  • Amplify CKLA
  • Amplify Texas ELAR/SLAR
  • TEA’s K-5 RLA Literacy / SLAR program
  • TEA’s Bluebonnet Learning K-5 Reading Language Arts
  • CKF Core Knowledge Language Arts

Amplify is committed to supporting educators in using CKLA resources to enhance classroom learning while protecting the integrity of the CKLA program and Amplify’s exclusive rights.

Our goal is to encourage impactful, efficacious use of the program while providing clear guidelines on permissible and prohibited uses.

1. Amplify’s license and what it means

Amplify partnered with the Core Knowledge Foundation (CKF) to develop the Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA) curriculum. You can learn more about this program and Amplify’s partnership with CKF here.

Amplify holds the exclusive commercial license to all CKLA content. In more than a decade of partnership, we have worked with CKF to enhance and supplement the program, now in its third edition nationally. Amplify licenses Amplify CKLA and Amplify ELAR/SLAR Texas to school districts, along with a full suite of assessment, intervention, and supplemental products, as well as professional development and coaching services. Learn more here.

As the exclusive commercial partner for CKLA, Amplify is the only organization permitted to use the materials commercially.

If your organization purchases CKLA materials from Amplify, you get the customary usage rights for those purchased materials specified in Amplify’s Customer Terms & Conditions.

2. Open Non-Commercial license

Some versions of the CKLA program are available under a Creative Commons NonCommercial license (CC BY-NC-SA 4.0). This includes Amplify Texas ELAR/SLAR, TEA’s K–5 RLA Literacy / SLAR program, TEA’s Bluebonnet Learning K–5 Reading Language Arts and CKF Core Knowledge Language Arts.

CC BY-NC-SA is the OER license for these materials. The license allows users to share and adapt the materials, as long you follow these terms:

  • Attribution — You must give appropriate credit, provide a link to the license, and indicate if changes were made.
  • NonCommercial — You may not use the material for commercial purposes.
  • ShareAlike — If you remix, transform, or build upon the material, you must distribute your contributions under this same CC BY-NC-SA license.

Below we explain how Amplify and CKF apply these terms to common situations — which uses are permitted under the licenses, and which uses are prohibited or require a special permission or commercial arrangement.

Materials licensed under Creative Commons licenses are known as Open Education Resources (OER), and Amplify is proud to have been one of the earliest champions of OER materials in K-12. We believe that OER materials enable a widespread adoption of high quality materials and innovative adaptations by educators for their classrooms, alongside commercial versions that include a full suite of supports.

3. Permitted uses of CKLA content

In these guidelines, when we say “CKLA Content”, we are referring to all versions of the program that was based on the original content from CKF, both those under OER licenses and commercially licensed. Many uses by educators are permissible under either the commercial or OER license. The only difference is that your rights under the commercial license only last as long as that license is maintained by your school or district.

Amplify encourages educators to leverage CKLA Content to foster innovative and effective learning experiences. Below are uses that are permitted without any additional license, as long as you follow attribution guidelines and share-alike requirements.

Classroom Activities and Custom Materials. Educators may create supplementary activities, worksheets, lesson plans, and projects based on the CKLA Content for use within their classroom or school. For these purposes, educators may incorporate portions of the CKLA Content.

Sharing and Selling Materials based on CKLA Content. Educators may also share classroom activities and custom materials with other educators, including by selling the materials on sites like Teachers Pay Teachers. However, if these materials are sold, they may not include CKLA Content.

For any materials you create, you are required to follow our attribution and disclaimer guidelines below.

If you are unsure whether your planned use qualifies as “non-commercial” or is otherwise permitted by Amplify please reach out to us directly.

4. Restricted uses of CKLA program content

To protect the CKLA program’s value and respect Amplify’s exclusive commercial rights, certain uses of the CKLA content are prohibited without first obtaining a commercial license. Amplify reserves the right to enforce these restrictions to protect our rights.

No third party may embed, republish, or incorporate any portion of the CKLA content in products or services intended for sale, licensing, or other commercial purpose. Examples of prohibited uses include embedding CKLA content as a part of digital platforms, apps, or resources marketed to educators or the public, as well as using the content as an input or training data for such products.

This prohibition applies to all types of individuals and organizations (both for-profit and non-profit), and applies to both paid and free uses.

See “Commercial License and Partnerships” below for information on commercial arrangements.

4. Commercial licenses and partnerships

For those interested in using CKLA content in a way that may be commercial, Amplify offers various licensing options. These negotiated licenses allow approved partners to use the CKLA content within their commercial products under specific terms and conditions.

To inquire about a commercial license or discuss a partnership opportunity, please contact our partnerships team at partnerships@amplify.com.

5. Attribution and branding guidelines

Our trademarks are valuable assets of Amplify and its licensors, and we want to ensure our users and partners use them correctly. These trademarks include the Amplify, Core Knowledge Language Arts, and CKLA word marks and logos.
These marks and logos may only be used if you have an existing partnership with us, and you’ve reached out to Amplify to secure our approval to use them.

If you are creating materials based on CKLA Content in accordance with the guidelines above, you are required to include the following attribution in a reasonably perceptible location on each copy of those materials:

“These materials are based on Amplify CKLA but are not affiliated with, sponsored by, reviewed, approved, or endorsed by Amplify Education, Inc. or the Core Knowledge Foundation. ‘Amplify’, ‘CKLA’ and other marks are the property of Amplify Education, Inc. and its licensors.”

Why these guidelines matter

Amplify’s goal is to support educational access to high-quality curriculum resources while protecting the intellectual property and integrity of the CKLA program. By adhering to these guidelines, you help ensure that CKLA remains an accessible and respected resource for educators while supporting its continued improvement.

For additional questions on using the program, or if you need further clarification on any of these points, please contact us.

A powerful partnership

Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

The word "Amplify" is written in orange bold letters with a period at the end against a white background.
The logo for The Lawrence Hall of Science, University of California, Berkeley, features blue text on a light background and is recognized by educators using Amplify Science for middle school science programs.

Back to school 2020–21 updates

Back to school 2020 is coming! Click here for more information on all of the improvements and new features we’re adding to Amplify Science for the new school year.

Program introduction

Onboarding: what to expect

Welcome to Amplify Science! To help you know what’s coming next, we created the following outline of the steps of the onboarding process. You can use it as a reference.

Administrators receive launch email

  • Share the information with teachers
  • Submit the shipping survey sent to your email

Log In

  • Go to learning.amplify.com
  • Click on Log in with Clever or Google 
  • Enter your FCPS credentials
  • Demo Account for full access to Amplify Curriculum without access to personalized class rosters:
    • Go to learning.amplify.com
    • Click on login with Amplify
    • Username: t.Fayette2020@tryamplify.net
    • Password:  AmplifyNumber1

Ensure you have received all materials and components

  • Teachers have access to a series of “Unboxing your materials kit” videos. If you’re interested in watching those, click here.

Check out the professional learning opportunities and/or access the Getting Started Resources below.

If you need assistance, please see the help resources or reach out to your Educational Partnerships Manager or PD manager at caffleck@amplify.com, pworks@amplify.com with any questions.

K–5 resources

To ensure your first day using Amplify Science in the classroom is as seamless and smooth as possible, we recommend reviewing the following checklist before the first day of school.

A graphic with the text "Pre-launch checklist for teachers" and an orange "Download PDF" button below. An icon of a checklist with a down arrow is on the left.

What’s coming to my school?

Each unit of Amplify Science comes with a hands-on materials kit. Each hands-on materials kit arrives in one to three boxes and contains:

  • Consumable materials for two uses of 25 or 36 students (depending on school purchase)
  • Non-consumable materials
  • Classroom wall materials
  • Premium print materials (card sorts, vocabulary rings, etc.).
  • 18 copies of each Student Book (5 titles each unit, K–1 will receive 5 big books per unit)
  • A blackline master of the Student Investigation Notebook

You can find complete materials lists for each unit in the following PDF. This information is also available in the digital Teacher’s Guide within the program.

Button for downloading a PDF of a K-5 materials list. An icon of a document with a downward arrow is on the left.

Onboarding videos

Our team has created a series of short videos to help get you started with Amplify Science:

What’s online?

Planning strategies

How to log in and navigate

NGSS introduction

Planning guides

As you prepare to plan for a unit, download our planning guides to help walk you through the most important resources to locate in either the print or digital Teacher’s Guide to help you plan:

    Additional resources

    If you’re interested in learning more about each unit’s anchor phenomena, the Student Books in each unit, and more program features, download the resources below:

      Welcome to Amplify Science K–5!

      Amplify Science is an engaging core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning.

      With Amplify Science, Detroit students won’t just passively learn about science concepts. Instead, they will take on the role of scientists and engineers to actively investigate and figure out real-world phenomena. They will do this through a blend of cohesive and compelling storylines, hands-on investigations, collaborative discussions, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools.

      Four children around a table engaged in a classroom science project, examining materials closely, with educational posters in the background.

      What is Amplify Science?

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true three-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.

      Proven to work

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 1

      Read More

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 7

      Read More

      Amplify Science NE
      Grades K–5

      Read More

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      Do

      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      Talk

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      Read

      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      Write

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      Visualize

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers
      do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS) and support students in mastering the Pennsylvania Science Standards.

      Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also emphasizes a particular science and engineering practice.

      In grades K–2:

      • One unit emphasizes the practice of investigation.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of modeling.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of engineering design.

      In grades 3–5, students experience the three unit types above, plus:

      • One additional unit that emphasizes the practice of argumentation.

      Investigation units focus on the process of strategically developing investigations and gathering data to answer questions. Students are first asked to consider questions about what happens in the natural world and why, and are then involved in designing and conducting investigations that produce data to help answer those questions.

      Modeling units provide extra support to students engaging in the practice of modeling. Students use physical models, investigate with computer models, and create their own diagrams to help them visualize what might be happening on the nanoscale.

      Engineering design units provide opportunities for students to solve complex problems by applying science principles to the design of functional solutions, and iteratively testing those solutions to determine how well they meet preset criteria.

      Argumentation units provide students with regular opportunities to explore and discuss available evidence, time and support to consider how evidence may be leveraged in support of claims, and independence that increases as they mount written arguments in support of their claims.

      Unit sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts, than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      Chart outlining science curriculum by grade, from kindergarten through grade 5, listing topics such as

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock-full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

      Assorted office and household items displayed on a white background, including rubber bands, binder clips, cardboard, and sports balls.

      Each unit of Amplify Science K–5 includes six unique Student Books written by the Lawrence Hall of Science specifically for the program. These content-rich nonfiction and informational texts provide opportunities for students to search for evidence relevant to their firsthand investigations, see science practices and dispositions modeled, extend their science knowledge, provide real world connections as they master reading-to-learn and close reading skills, and construct evidence-based arguments.

      Important note:
      Students in grades K–5 are never asked to read alone. Rather, books are read to, with, and by students with ample scaffolding and support provided by the teacher. Big Books are read aloud or together with the class to introduce ideas. Student Books allow for small-group reading and reading in pairs.

      Imagen de lado a lado de dos libros titulados "Un día ocupado en Villa Empuja" y "A Busy Day in Pushville", ambos ilustrados por Anthony Lewis.

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades K–5, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Dos libros de ciencias titulados “Empujar y jalar: diseñar una máquina de pinball” y “Pushes and Pulls: Designing a Pinball Machine” exhibidos uno al lado del otro.

      Amplify Science offers digital experience licenses that make elementary instruction more flexible for students and teachers, as well as providing additional means to engage in remote, hybrid, or in-person learning!

      Student-facing digital lessons
      With the digital experience, students can engage with digital lesson content in one cohesive experience. It’s the same content from Amplify science in a new, integrated format where students can interact with slides, Sims, modeling tools, videos, books, and more.

      Ecosystem Restoration digital simulation

      Digital student notebook pages
      Students can draw, write, record audio, and insert images into their Investigation Notebook pages. Their work is automatically saved and delivered to you in real time. When students edit their work, those edits are immediately reflected on your teacher work review page. You can access student responses by clicking “View Work,” where you can see students’ Investigation Notebook pages from the lesson, updating live.

      Assign in Amplify
      The digital experience allows flexibility with optional features like scheduling assignments in advance and setting due dates. You can use Scheduling to determine the date and time that the assignment appears in Student Home. You also have the flexibility to schedule when assignments appear and use dates to remove assignments from Student Home.

      Assign in LMS
      You can also assign lessons via our integrations with Google Classroom and Microsoft Teams, or by copying a lesson link and sharing it with students through the platform of your choice. The assignment link you send will provide students with direct access to the full lesson—slides, videos, digital tools, and worksheet activities—no student platform navigation required!

      Teacher platform and presentation
      Teacher-facing lesson content—including sample teacher talk, student responses, pedagogical support, and possible student responses—shows on a teacher’s private Teacher Guide tab. Students only see the lesson slides that are being presented.

      Graphic depicting a teacher's device synced with a class presentation for K—5 students. The teacher's laptop displays an Amplify Science lesson on environments, which is mirrored on a larger screen for the class

      Explore your print samples

      With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides, Student Investigation Notebooks, and sets of Student Books for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

      It’s important that you see the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provide a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

      Three laptop screens displaying educational content on earth's energy system, including diagrams and text annotations.
      • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
      • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      Our unit-specific kits:

      What’s different about Amplify’s unit-specific material kits?  They…

      • Include more materials — We give teachers enough non-consumable materials to support a class of 36 students and enough consumables to support 72 student uses. In other words, each kit will last two years.
      • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of four to five students.
      • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      Grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit:

      Access your digital samples

      Explore as a teacher

      When you’re ready to explore the teaching experience on your own, follow these instructions to access the Amplify Science digital teacher platform.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark the page.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: t1.dpsscience@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-dpsscience
      • Click on Science on the left hand side.
      • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

      Explore as a student

      When you’re ready to explore the student learning experience on your own, follow these instructions to access the Amplify Science digital student platform.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark the page.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: s1.dpsscience@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-dpsscience
      • Click the backpack icon on the top right.
      • Click Science K-5
      • Select any unit.

      Spanish-language support

      Amplify Science is committed to providing support to meet the needs of all learners, including multiple access points for Spanish-speaking students. Developed in conjunction with Spanish-language experts and classroom teachers, several components are available in Spanish across the Amplify Science curriculum.

      Spanish-language materials include:

      COMPONENTTEACHER/STUDENT
      Student Investigation NotebooksStudent
      Student BooksStudent
      Printed classroom materials
      Unit and chapter questions, key concepts, vocabulary cards, etc.
      Teacher and student
      CopymastersTeacher
      AssessmentsTeacher
      Spanish teacher support license
      This license includes teacher talk, projections, and downloadable PDFs of all print materials in Spanish.
      Teacher

      Resources to support your review

      Welcome, Utah K-8 reviewers!

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Acceptable Use Policy

      Amplify Education, Inc. (“Amplify”) products support classroom instruction and learning and include Amplify CKLA, Amplify ELA, Amplify Science, Amplify Desmos Math, Desmos Math, Boost Reading, Boost Math, mCLASS, Mathigon, services at classroom.amplify.com (for creating and assigning activities) and student.amplify.com (for use of the activities or curricula as directed by an instructor), and any other product or service that links to this Acceptable Use Policy (together, the “Products”). This Acceptable Use Policy (the “AUP”) provides the general terms and conditions applicable to your use of the Products. By accessing, downloading, or using the Products, you agree to be bound by the terms of this AUP. 

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this AUP supersedes or limits your rights under the terms of any other agreement you or your institution have entered into with Amplify regarding the use of Products. In the event of any conflict between the AUP and the terms and conditions of an applicable agreement that you or your institution have entered into with Amplify, the terms and conditions of such agreement shall control.

      Our Products are geared towards K–12 students, educators, and staff who use the Products as authorized by their School District or State Agency (each as defined in the Privacy Policy (defined below), and together, “School”) (“Authorized School Users”). Student Data (defined below) is owned and controlled by the School, and Amplify receives Student Data as a “school official” under Section 99.31 of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (“FERPA”) for the purpose of providing the Products hereunder. In addition, we rely on the School acknowledging that it is acting as the parent’s agent and consenting on the parent’s behalf to process personal information of students under the age of 13 (“Child Users”) in accordance with the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (“COPPA”). 

      Schools may provide authorization in two ways: 

      (1) by the School agreeing to our Customer Terms and Conditions located at amplify.com/customer-terms or another agreement between Amplify and the School, as applicable; or 

      (2) by an educator, staff member, or agent of a School (“Educator”) agreeing to this AUP. If you are an Educator and wish to use the Products in your classroom, you represent and warrant that the use of the Products in your classroom has been authorized by your School, and that you are authorized to accept this AUP on behalf of the School.

      In each case, we provide these Products solely for the benefit of the School and for no other commercial purpose. We require all Schools to review our Privacy Policy, available at amplify.com/customer-privacy (“Privacy Policy”), and to make a copy of the Privacy Policy available to the parents or guardians of Child Users.

      We also provide limited opportunities for individual users to sign up for a restricted account for at-home use of our Products (together, with Authorized School Users, “Authorized Users”). Please see Additional terms for Mathigon and Amplify Classroom accounts (Section 18) for additional information.

      1. License

      Subject to compliance with this AUP, you are granted a non-transferable, non-exclusive, non-sublicensable license to access and use the Products. You understand that your use of the Products does not confer to you any intellectual property rights held by Amplify or its licensors. Unless otherwise indicated, any future release, update, or other addition to functionality or content of the Products will be subject to this AUP. 

      2. Restrictions

      You may access and use the Products solely for non-commercial instructional and administrative purposes. Guidelines for such purposes may be set forth at http://amplify.com/amplify-program-usage-guidelines and additional guidelines may be detailed in materials associated with the Product You are accessing. Further, You may not, except as expressly authorized by Amplify: (a) copy, modify, translate, distribute, disclose, or create derivative works based on the contents of, sell, or otherwise exploit, the Products, or any part thereof; (b) decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer the Products, or otherwise use the Products to develop functionally similar products or services; (c) modify, alter, or delete any of the copyright, trademark, or other proprietary notices in or on the Products; (d) rent, lease, or lend the Products or use the Products for the benefit of any third party; (e) avoid, circumvent, or disable any security or digital rights management device, procedure, protocol, or mechanism in the Products; (f) use any content from the Products, including but not limited to text, images, videos, assessments, lesson plans, or code, as input or training material for any machine learning or artificial intelligence system, including large language models, neural networks, or other algorithmic models, for any purposes, commercial or non-commercial; or (g) permit any Authorized User or third party to do any of the foregoing. You also agree that any works created in violation of this section are derivative works, and, as such, You agree to assign, and hereby assign, all right, title, and interest in such works to Amplify. The Products and derivatives thereof may be subject to export control laws, restrictions, regulations, and orders of the U.S. and other jurisdictions (together, “Export Laws”). You agree to comply with all applicable Export Laws, and will not, and will not permit Authorized Users to, export, or transfer for the purpose of re-export, any Product to any prohibited or embargoed country in violation of any U.S. export law or regulation. Further, You represent that You are not located in a country that is subject to a U.S. Government embargo, subject to sanctions by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control, or included on any restricted party list maintained by the U.S. Bureau of Industry and Security. The software and associated documentation portions of the Products are “commercial items” (as defined at 48 CFR 2.101), comprising “commercial computer software” and “commercial computer software documentation,” as those terms are used in 48 CFR 12.212. Accordingly, if You are associated with the U.S. Government or its contractor, You will receive only those rights set forth in this Agreement in accordance with 48 CFR 227.7201-227.7204 (for Department of Defense and their contractors) or 48 CFR 12.212 (for other U.S. Government licensees and their contractors).

      3. Use of the products

      In connection with your access to and use of the Products, you agree not to: (a) post, upload, or otherwise transmit or link to content that is: unlawful; threatening; harmful; abusive; pornographic or includes nudity; offensive; harassing; excessively violent; tortious; defamatory; false or misleading; obscene; vulgar; libelous; hateful; or discriminatory; (b) violate the rights of others, including patent, trademark, trade secret, copyright, privacy, publicity, contract, or other proprietary rights; (c) harass or harm another person; (d) exploit or endanger a minor; (e) impersonate any person or entity; (f) introduce or engage in activity that involves the use of viruses, bots, worms, Trojan horses, time bombs, spyware, or any other computer code, files, or programs that interrupt, destroy, or limit the functionality of any computer software or hardware or telecommunications equipment, or otherwise permit the unauthorized access to or use of a computer or a computer network; (g) interfere with, damage, disable, disrupt, impair, create an undue burden on, or gain unauthorized access to the Products or any account (as defined below), or Amplify’s servers or networks; (h) restrict or inhibit any other person from using the Products (including by hacking or defacing the Products); (i) remove, disable, block, or obscure any portion of the Products; (j) use technology or any automated system, such as scripts or bots, to collect user names, passwords, email addresses, or any other data from or through the Products, or to circumvent or modify any security technology or software that is part of the Products; (k) send or cause to send (directly or indirectly) unsolicited bulk messages or other unsolicited bulk communications of any kind through the Products; (l) solicit, collect, or request any information for commercial or unlawful purposes; (m) post, upload, or otherwise transmit an image, audio recording, or video of another person without that person’s consent; (n) use the Products to advertise, promote, or engage in any commercial activity (including engaging in advertising, sales, contests, sweepstakes, or other promotions) without Amplify’s prior written consent; (o) frame or mirror the Products without Amplify’s express prior written consent; (p) use the Products in a manner inconsistent with any applicable law, rule, or regulation; (q) use any robot, spider, search/retrieval application, or other manual or automatic device to retrieve, index, “scrape,” “data mine,” or in any way gather content of the Products or reproduce or circumvent the navigational structure or presentation of the Products; (r) attempt, facilitate, or encourage others to do any of the foregoing. In addition to the foregoing restrictions, your use of the Products may also be subject to an additional acceptable use policy provided to you by your School, as applicable. You are responsible for meeting the hardware, software, telecommunications, and other requirements listed at amplify.com/customer-requirements.

      4. Intellectual property

      The Products and any Product logo, and certain other of the names, logos, and materials displayed in the Products, may constitute trademarks, trade names, or service marks (“Marks”) of Amplify or other entities. You are not authorized to use any such Marks. Ownership of all such Marks and the goodwill associated therewith remains with Amplify or those other entities. The content provided to you in the Products, including the software, graphs, text, and graphics, is protected under copyright laws, is subject to other intellectual property and proprietary rights and laws, and is owned by Amplify or its licensors. Your access to the Products does not transfer to you or any third party any rights, title, or interest in or to such intellectual property rights. You may not use the content of the Products, in whole or in part, to train or fine-tune any machine learning or artificial intelligence model or system, including for research, product development, commercial services, or any other purpose, commercial or non-commercial. Such use constitutes unauthorized derivative work and a violation of Amplify’s intellectual property rights. Your rights to make use of the Products are limited to those provided under this AUP, any additional terms as may be agreed upon between your School and Amplify, and any available exceptions under applicable intellectual property laws. Amplify Products are protected by patents (see amplify.com/virtual-patent-marking).

      5. Account information

      Your authentication to enable your access and use of these Products is based in part upon information supplied by you. You are required to (a) provide accurate information to Amplify and promptly report any changes to such information, (b) not share or allow others to use your account, (c) maintain the confidentiality and security of your account information, and (d) use the Products solely via such authorized accounts. You may not share your credentials (i.e., username and password) to access the Products with anyone except the person for whom that account was created. You agree to notify Amplify immediately of any unauthorized use of your account or related authentication information. Amplify will not be responsible for any losses arising out of the unauthorized use of your account.

      6. Student data

      The parties acknowledge and agree that in the course of providing the Products, Amplify may collect, receive, or generate information that directly relates to an identifiable current or former student of a School (“Student Data”). Student Data may include personal information from a student’s “educational records,” as defined by FERPA. Student Data is owned and controlled by the School and Amplify receives Student Data as a “school official” under Section 99.31 of FERPA for the purpose of providing the Products hereunder. Individually and collectively, Amplify and School agree to uphold our obligations, as applicable, under FERPA, COPPA, the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment (“PPRA”), and applicable state laws relating to Student Data privacy. Amplify’s Privacy Policy governs the collection, use, and disclosure of Student Data collected or stored on behalf of the School under this AUP. The School is responsible for providing notice or obtaining appropriate consents under applicable laws to authorize Authorized School Users’ use of the Products, including making a copy of the Privacy Policy available to the parents or guardians of Child Users. Please see Additional Terms for Mathigon and Amplify Classroom accounts (Section 18) for additional information.

      7. Confidentiality

      You acknowledge that in connection with these terms, Amplify may provide you with certain sensitive or proprietary information (“Confidential Information”), including software, source code, assessment instruments, research, designs, methods, processes, customer lists, training materials, product documentation, know-how, or trade secrets, in whatever form. You agree (a) not to use Confidential Information for any purpose other than use of the Products in accordance with the AUP, and (b) to take all steps reasonably necessary to maintain and protect the Confidential Information of Amplify in strict confidence. Confidential Information shall not include information that, as evidenced by your contemporaneous written records: (i) is or becomes publicly available through no fault of your own; (ii) is rightfully known to you prior to the time of its disclosure; (iii) has been independently developed by you without any use of the Confidential Information; or (iv) is subsequently learned from a third party not under any confidentiality obligation.  

      8. User materials

      You represent, warrant, and covenant that you have all the necessary rights, including consents and intellectual property rights, in connection with any data, information, content, and other materials provided to or collected by Amplify from you or on your behalf in connection with your use of the Products, including materials and content that you post, upload, transmit, email, or otherwise make available on, through, or in connection with the Products (“User Materials”), and that except as otherwise agreed by your School and Amplify, you retain any ownership rights that you have in your User Materials. You hereby grant to Amplify and its affiliates, licensees, and authorized users, a perpetual, non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free, sublicensable (through multiple tiers), transferable (in whole or in part), worldwide license to use, modify, excerpt, adapt, create derivative works and compilations based upon, publicly perform, publicly display, reproduce, and distribute such User Materials in connection with the Products, subject to Amplify’s Privacy Policy. You and your School are responsible for the accuracy, integrity, completeness, quality, legality, and safety of such User Materials. You further represent and warrant that the posting of such User Materials through or in connection with the Products does not violate the privacy rights, publicity rights, copyrights, contract rights, or any other rights of any person or entity. Amplify and your School reserve the right (but have no obligation) to monitor the Products, including for inappropriate content or conduct, and to remove any content in their discretion without liability to you or any third party. Further, Amplify reserves the right to investigate and take appropriate legal action against anyone who, in Amplify’s discretion, violates this AUP or attempts to do so, including terminating or suspending a user’s account or access to or use of the Products, or reporting any content or conduct to law enforcement authorities. You are solely responsible for creating and maintaining your own backup copies of your User Materials. Amplify is not responsible for any loss, theft, or damage of any kind to any User Materials. 

      9. Feedback

      If you provide us with any ideas, proposals, or suggestions related to the Products (“Feedback”), you hereby acknowledge and agree that your provision of any Feedback is gratuitous, unsolicited, and without restriction, and does not place Amplify under any fiduciary or other obligation. You hereby grant to Amplify a worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, transferable, and fully sublicensable (through multiple tiers) license to reproduce, distribute, perform and/or display (publicly or otherwise), adapt, modify, and otherwise use such Feedback, in any format or media now known or hereafter developed, and you hereby represent and warrant that you have all necessary rights to grant the foregoing license.

      10. Third party links and services

      The Products may make available, or third parties may provide, links to websites, software, applications, resources, advertisements, content, or other products or services created, hosted, or made available by third parties (“Third Party Services”). When you access or use a Third-Party Service, you are interacting with the applicable third party, not with Amplify, and you do so at your own risk. Inclusion of any Third-Party Service or a link thereto within the Products does not imply approval or endorsement of such Third-Party Service. Amplify does not control any content that is not Amplify content, and as such, you may be exposed to offensive, indecent, inaccurate, or otherwise objectionable content in the course of accessing or using such Third-Party Services linked from the Products. You are solely responsible for your interactions with other users of the Products, providers of Third-Party Services, and any other third parties with whom you interact on, through, or in connection with the Products. AMPLIFY IS NEITHER RESPONSIBLE NOR LIABLE FOR ANY THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, INCLUDING THE ACCURACY, INTEGRITY, COMPLETENESS, QUALITY, LEGALITY, USEFULNESS, OR SAFETY OF, OR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS RELATING TO, SUCH THIRD-PARTY SERVICES. ANY ACCESS TO OR USE OF SUCH THIRD-PARTY SERVICES MAY BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AND INFORMATION COLLECTION, USAGE, AND DISCLOSURE PRACTICES OF THIRD PARTIES. THIS AUP DOES NOT CREATE ANY RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN YOU AND ANY PROVIDER OF THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, AND NOTHING IN THIS AUP WILL BE DEEMED TO BE A REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY BY AMPLIFY WITH RESPECT TO ANY THIRD-PARTY SERVICE.

      11. Digital Millennium Copyright Act

      The Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998 (“DMCA”) provides recourse for copyright owners who believe that material appearing on the Internet infringes their rights under U.S. copyright law. If you believe that any material residing on or linked to from the Products infringes your copyright, please send (or have your agent send) to Amplify’s Copyright Agent, by email, fax, or regular mail, a written notification of claimed infringement with all of the following information: (a) identification of the copyrighted work claimed to have been infringed, or, if multiple copyrighted works are covered by a single notification, a representative list of such works; (b) identification of the claimed infringing material and information reasonably sufficient to permit us to locate the material on the Products (such as the URL(s) of the claimed infringing material); (c) information reasonably sufficient to permit us to contact you, such as an address, telephone number, and, if available, an e-mail address; (d) a statement by you that you have a good-faith belief that the disputed use is not authorized by the copyright owner, the copyright owner’s agent or the law; (e) a statement by you that the above information in your notification is accurate, and a statement by you, made under penalty of perjury, that you are the owner of an exclusive right that is allegedly infringed, or that you are authorized to act on such owner’s behalf; and (f) your physical or electronic signature. Amplify’s Copyright Agent for notification of claimed infringement can be reached as follows: Amplify Education, Inc., 55 Washington Street #800, Brooklyn NY 11201; Attn: Copyright Agent. Amplify’s Copyright Agent for notification of claimed infringement can also be reached electronically at legal@amplify.com. Amplify reserves the right to terminate infringers’ and suspected infringers’ accounts or their access to or use of the Products.

      12. Changes to the products

      Amplify may, without prior notice, change any Product or stop providing any features of any Product. We may permanently or temporarily terminate or suspend your access to any Product features without notice for any reason, including if in our sole determination you violate any provision of this AUP. Upon termination, you continue to be bound by this AUP.

      13. Warranty disclaimer

      PRODUCTS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND BY AMPLIFY. AMPLIFY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY AS TO TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE. YOU ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR SELECTING THE PRODUCTS TO ACHIEVE YOUR INTENDED RESULTS AND FOR THE ACCESS AND USE OF THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING THE RESULTS OBTAINED FROM THE PRODUCTS. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, AMPLIFY MAKES NO WARRANTY THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL BE ERROR-FREE OR FREE FROM INTERRUPTIONS OR OTHER FAILURES OR WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS. AMPLIFY IS NEITHER RESPONSIBLE NOR LIABLE FOR ANY THIRD-PARTY CONTENT OR SOFTWARE INCLUDED IN PRODUCTS, INCLUDING THE ACCURACY, INTEGRITY, COMPLETENESS, QUALITY, LEGALITY, USEFULNESS, OR SAFETY OF, OR IP RIGHTS RELATING TO, SUCH THIRD-PARTY CONTENT AND SOFTWARE. ANY ACCESS TO OR USE OF SUCH THIRD-PARTY CONTENT AND SOFTWARE MAY BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AND INFORMATION COLLECTION, USAGE, AND DISCLOSURE PRACTICES OF THIRD PARTIES.

      14. Limitation of liability

      IN NO EVENT WILL AMPLIFY BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, RELIANCE, OR COVER DAMAGES, DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST DATA, LOST BUSINESS, OR ANY OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES, EVEN IF AMPLIFY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AMPLIFY’S ENTIRE LIABILITY TO YOU ARISING OUT OF PERFORMANCE OR NONPERFORMANCE BY AMPLIFY OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AUP, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES IS BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE, WILL NOT EXCEED $100 IN AGGREGATE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL AMPLIFY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENCES OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THE PRODUCTS THAT VIOLATES THIS AUP OR ANY APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION.

      15. Termination

      Amplify may terminate or suspend your access to the Products at any time for any reason, including if Amplify believes that you have violated the AUP or have engaged in conduct that violates applicable law or is otherwise harmful to the interests of Amplify, any other Amplify user, or any third party. Upon termination, you will: cease using the Products and return, purge, or destroy all copies of any Products and, if so requested, certify to Amplify in writing that such surrender or destruction has occurred. Sections 3–13, 16, and 17 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

      16. Governing Law

      This Agreement will be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the U.S., state of New York, without giving effect to the choice of law rules thereof.

      17. Additional terms for iOS apps

      By downloading any Products through Apple, Inc.’s App Store (“iOS Products”), you agree that the following additional terms apply to your use of our iOS Products:

      1. This AUP is not a legal agreement with Apple, Inc. (“Apple”). As between Amplify and Apple, Amplify (not Apple) is responsible for the iOS Products and the contents thereof.
      2. The license to use the iOS Products under Section 3 above is limited to use (i) on iOS devices that you or your School owns or controls, separate from and in addition to any specific technical requirements for any iOS Product, and (ii) as permitted by the Usage Rules set forth in Apple Media Services Terms and Conditions.
      3. You must comply with applicable third-party terms of agreement when using the Products.
      4. Without limiting Section 13 above and solely as between Amplify and Apple, you acknowledge that: (i) Apple has no obligation whatsoever to furnish any maintenance and support services with respect to the iOS Products; (ii) Amplify (not Apple) is responsible for addressing any claims of yours or of any third party relating to the iOS Products or your possession and/or use of the iOS products, including but not limited to (1) product liability claims, (2) any claim that the iOS Products fail to conform to any applicable legal or regulatory requirement, and (3) claims arising under consumer protection, privacy, or similar legislation; (iii) in the event of any failure of the iOS Products to conform to any applicable warranty, you may notify Apple, and Apple will refund the purchase price for the iOS Products to you; to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Apple will have no other warranty obligation whatsoever with respect to the iOS Products, and any other claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs, or expenses attributable to any failure to conform to any warranty will be Amplify’s sole responsibility; and (iv) in the event of any third-party claim that the iOS Products or your possession and use of the iOS Products infringes that third party’s intellectual property rights, Amplify (not Apple) will be responsible for any investigation, defense, settlement, and discharge of any such intellectual property infringement claim.
      5. You represent and warrant that: (i) you are not located in a country that is subject to a U.S. Government embargo, or that has been designated by the U.S. Government as a “terrorist supporting” country; and (ii) you are not listed on any U.S. Government list of prohibited or restricted parties.
      6. Apple and Apple’s subsidiaries are third-party beneficiaries of these Terms, and upon your acceptance of these Terms, Apple will have the right (and will be deemed to have accepted the right) to enforce these Terms against you as a third-party beneficiary thereof.
      7.  Any questions, complaints, or claims with respect to the Products should be directed to: 

      Email: privacy@amplify.comMail: Amplify Education, Inc., 55 Washington St. #800, Brooklyn, NY, 11201

      18. Additional terms for Mathigon and Amplify Classroom accounts.

      a. Mathigon updates: Amplify no longer offers accounts for Child Users, but we will continue to allow Child Users to access their active legacy Mathigon accounts where verifiable parental consent was obtained. We will continue to protect personal information in accordance with the Privacy Policy and applicable law.

      b. Mathigon and Amplify Classroom:

      i. School Use:

      1. Educators: If you are an Educator, you can create a Mathigon or an Amplify Classroom account using any existing email or through an existing third-party account (e.g. Google, Microsoft). Go to https://mathigon.org/signup#teacher  to sign up for Mathigon. Go to classroom.amplify.com to sign up for Amplify Classroom.
      2. Students can also sign up using a unique class code provided by an Educator. Educators are responsible for gaining appropriate authorization or permission from their School to use the Products with students, including Child Users, before providing their unique class code or linking the Products to a third-party service like Google Classroom. For such use in the school context, we do not request additional consent from parents in accordance with the “school official” exception under FERPA and relevant COPPA guidance. For more information, visit our Privacy Policy, which describes how we collect, use, and disclose personal information and data through the provision of our Products in schools. 

      ii. Outside of School Use: If you are an individual user using the Products at home or otherwise outside of the school context, you are prohibited from collecting or providing any personal information from students or minors. You are permitted to access the platform for instructional purposes, but you may not enroll or roster minors, create accounts for minors, or input any personal information of minors into the Product.

      19. Updates to this policy

      We may change this Acceptable Use Policy in the future. For example, we may update it to address changes in our product offerings, or to address changes in the law or best practices. If we make changes that materially impact your legal rights or use of our products, we will provide prominent notification to you (e.g. via the Site or by email).  Otherwise, we will post any updates to the policy with an updated “Last Revised Date” and all changes will become effective immediately. Please check the Last Revised Date to confirm if the policy has been revised.

      Last Modified: February 2, 2026

      Welcome to Amplify Science Pennsylvania
      (K–5)!

      Amplify Science is an engaging core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning.

      With Amplify Science, Pennsylvania students shift from learning about to figuring out science through authentic three-dimensional (3D) learning and phenomena-based exploration. In each unit, students take on the role of a scientist or engineer to investigate a real-world problem. This prepares them to become critical thinkers who can solve problems in their communities and beyond.

      Four children gather around a classroom table, engaging with their Amplify Science project, as notebooks and papers are spread out in front of them—an inspiring scene supported by Pennsylvania teachers.

      What is Amplify Science Pennsylvania?

      Customized lessons for Pennsylvania

      Amplify Science Pennsylvania (K–5) combines our nationally recognized, proven curriculum with custom lessons specifically designed to ensure you are meeting Pennsylvania’s STEELS standards.

      A digital interface displays six science lessons from Amplify Science, with "Ancient Water Purification" in Lesson 2.9 highlighted as a PA STEELS Custom Lesson. Each lesson features a simple sky and mountain graphic, perfect for Science programs for elementary.

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach in which students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true three-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
      Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

      Proven to work

      A pdf cover from wested titled "learning and literacy development together: initial results from a curriculum study," featuring an adult helping children with schoolwork in a classroom.

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 1

      Read More

      Pdf cover titled "curriculum materials designed for the next generation science standards: initial results from gold standard research trials", published by wested.

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 7

      Read More

      A teacher and students engage in a science activity around a table. The text promotes the Amplify Science K–8 curriculum, highlighting its focus on hands-on learning and real-world problem-solving.

      Amplify Science Pennsylvania NE
      Grades K–5

      Read More

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science Pennsylvania program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      Do

      Firsthand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science Pennsylvania has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      Talk

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      Read

      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      Write

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      Visualize

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers
      do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures that students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science Pennsylvania to address 100% of the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS) and support students in mastering the Pennsylvania Science Standards.

      Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also emphasizes a particular science and engineering practice.

      In grades K–2:

      • One unit emphasizes the practice of investigation.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of modeling.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of engineering design.

      In grades 3–5, students experience the three unit types above, plus:

      One additional unit that emphasizes the practice of argumentation.

      Investigation units focus on the process of strategically developing investigations and gathering data to answer questions. Students are first asked to consider questions about what happens in the natural world and why, and are then involved in designing and conducting investigations that produce data to help answer those questions.

      Modeling units provide extra support to students engaging in the practice of modeling. Students use physical models, investigate with computer models, and create their own diagrams to help them visualize what might be happening on the nanoscale.

      Engineering design units provide opportunities for students to solve complex problems by applying science principles to the design of functional solutions, and iteratively testing those solutions to determine how well they meet preset criteria.

      Argumentation units provide students with regular opportunities to explore and discuss available evidence, time and support to consider how evidence may be leveraged in support of claims, and independence that increases as they mount written arguments in support of their claims.

      Unit sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multimodal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts, than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      Chart outlining science curriculum by grade, from kindergarten through grade 5, listing topics such as

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock-full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science Pennsylvania and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      Two children sit at a table blowing into plastic straws held together, likely making musical sounds, with containers and rubber bands on the table.

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough non-consumable materials to support a class of 36 students and enough consumable items to support 72 students. In other words, each kit can last two years! Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need for the unit and then put it all back with ease.

      Assorted office and household items displayed on a white background, including rubber bands, binder clips, cardboard, and sports balls.

      Each unit of Amplify Science Pennsylvania (K–5) includes six unique Student Books written by educators at the Lawrence Hall of Science specifically for the program. These content-rich nonfiction and informational texts provide opportunities for students to search for evidence relevant to their firsthand investigations, see science practices and dispositions modeled, extend their science knowledge, provide real-world connections as they master reading-to-learn and close reading skills, and construct evidence-based arguments.

      Important note:
      Students in grades K–5 are never asked to read alone. Rather, books are read to, with, and by students with ample scaffolding and support provided by the teacher. Big Books are read aloud or together with the class to introduce ideas. Student Books allow for small-group reading and reading in pairs.

      Two children's books, one in Spanish "Un día ocupado en Villa Empuja" and one in English "A Busy Day in Pushville," both illustrated by Anthony Lewis and depicting a busy town scene.

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades K–5, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Amplify Science Student Investigation Notebooks

      Amplify Science Pennsylvania offers digital experience licenses that make elementary instruction more flexible for students and teachers and provide additional means to engage in remote, hybrid, or in-person learning!

      Student-facing digital lessons
      With the digital experience, students can engage with digital lesson content in one cohesive experience. It’s the same content from Amplify Science Pennsylvania in a new, integrated format, in which students can interact with slides, Sims, modeling tools, videos, books, and more.

      Ecosystem Restoration digital simulation

      Digital student notebook pages
      Students can draw, write, record audio, and insert images into their Investigation Notebook pages. Their work is automatically saved and delivered to you in real time. When students edit their work, those edits are immediately reflected on your teacher work review page. You can access student responses by clicking “View Work,” where you can see students’ Investigation Notebook pages from the lesson, updating live.

      Assign in Amplify
      The digital experience allows flexibility with optional features such as scheduling assignments in advance and setting due dates. You can use Scheduling to determine the date and time that the assignment appears in Student Home. You also have the flexibility to schedule when assignments appear and to use dates to remove assignments from Student Home.

      Assign in LMS
      You can also assign lessons via our integrations with learning management systems (LMS) such as Google Classroom and Microsoft Teams, or by copying a lesson link and sharing it with students through the platform of your choice. The assignment link you send will provide students with direct access to the full lesson—slides, videos, digital tools, and worksheet activities—no student platform navigation required!

      Teacher platform and presentation
      Teacher-facing lesson content—including sample teacher talk, student responses, pedagogical support, and possible student responses—shows on a teacher’s private Teacher Guide tab. Students only see the lesson slides that are being presented.

      Graphic depicting a teacher's device synced with a class presentation for K—5 students. The teacher's laptop displays an Amplify Science lesson on environments, which is mirrored on a larger screen for the class

      Explore your print samples

      With your Amplify Science Pennsylvania print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides, Student Investigation Notebooks, and sets of Student Books for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher Reference Guides:

      It’s important that you see the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provide a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free Teacher’s Guide!

      Three laptop screens displaying educational content on earth's energy system, including diagrams and text annotations.
      • Teacher’s Reference Guide: Unlike a typical Teacher’s Guide that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
      • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, the slides are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science Pennsylvania, and is integrated into every unit. To make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science Pennsylvania materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      What’s different about Amplify’s unit-specific material kits?

      • They include more materials. We give teachers enough non-consumable materials to support a class of 36 students and enough consumables to support 72 student uses. In other words, each kit will last two years.
      • They’re more manageable. Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of four to five students.
      • They include supportive videos. Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      Grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit:

      Spanish-language support

      Amplify Science Pennsylvania is committed to providing support to meet the needs of all learners, including multiple access points for Spanish-speaking students. Developed in conjunction with Spanish-language experts and classroom teachers, several components are available in Spanish across the Amplify Science Pennsylvania curriculum.

      Spanish-language materials include:

      COMPONENT TEACHER/STUDENT
      Student Investigation Notebooks Student
      Student Books Student
      Printed classroom materials
      Unit and chapter questions, key concepts, vocabulary cards, etc.
      Teacher and student
      Copymasters Teacher
      Assessments Teacher
      Spanish teacher support license
      This license includes teacher talk, projections, and downloadable PDFs of all print materials in Spanish.
      Teacher

      Resources to support your review

      Contact us

      Support is always available. Our team is dedicated to helping you every step of the way.

      Contact your dedicated Pennsylvania representative.

      A woman with long brown hair and glasses wearing a light blue sweater, smiling at the camera against a gray background.

      Julie Couch

      District Enrollment
      <1800 students

      A woman with long blonde hair and blue eyes is smiling at the camera, wearing a black top, in a well-lit indoor setting.

      Jen Mee

      Western PA

      A smiling person with shoulder-length gray hair, wearing a peach-colored scarf and a gray sweater, stands against a plain white background. This image captures the essence of Pennsylvania teachers who are dedicated to enriching Science programs for elementary students.

      Monica Vincent

      Southeast PA

      A man with curly brown hair and a beard, smiling broadly, wearing a suit, dress shirt, and floral tie, standing outdoors with trees and grass in the background.

      Keenan Zambelli

      Northeast & Central PA

      Welcome to Amplify California Language Arts

      Amplify California Language Arts programs are designed to meet the California Framework and the California Common Core State Standards for Language Arts. Scroll down and click to view the grade-level student materials in each program.

      TK–8 student materials

      Note: For review of digital materials go to learning.amplify.com, click “Log in with Amplify” and enter the username and password provided.

      Note: For review of digital materials go to learning.amplify.com, click “Log in with Amplify” and enter the username and password provided.

      Note: For review of digital materials go to learning.amplify.com, click “Log in with Amplify” and enter the username and password provided.

      Note: For review of digital materials go to learning.amplify.com, click “Log in with Amplify” and enter the username and password provided.

      Note: For review of digital materials go to learning.amplify.com, click “Log in with Amplify” and enter the username and password provided.

      Note: For review of digital materials go to learning.amplify.com, click “Log in with Amplify” and enter the username and password provided.

      Note: For review of digital materials go to learning.amplify.com, click “Log in with Amplify” and enter the username and password provided.

      Note: For review of digital materials go to learning.amplify.com, click “Log in with Amplify” and enter the username and password provided.

      Note: For review of digital materials go to learning.amplify.com, click “Log in with Amplify” and enter the username and password provided.

      The power of high-quality instructional materials for K–8 science

      A teacher helps two young students with a classroom activity involving small craft sticks at a table, demonstrating how to teach reading comprehension using engaging hands-on methods ideal for k-5 reading comprehension.

      Simply put, quality teaching means quality learning. But there is another key part of the equation: quality curriculum.

      Research confirms that the instructional materials used in classrooms play a powerful role in shaping how teachers teach, and how students learn.

      Shifting from low-quality or pieced-together materials to well-designed, high-quality instructional materials can significantly improve student achievement. This growing evidence—sometimes described as “the curriculum effect”—is one reason that states and districts across the country are paying closer attention to the quality of the materials they adopt.

      So what does high-quality instructional materials actually mean? And what does it look like in a real science classroom?

      What does HQIM mean in science education?

      High-quality instructional materials (often called HQIM) are curriculum materials intentionally designed to support student learning: aligned to rigorous standards, grounded in research, and built to support teachers.

      High-quality instructional materials work alongside teachers, shaping instructional practices in ways that reduce guesswork, support consistency, and free up time and energy. This lets teachers do what they do best: interact with students. HQIM provide a coherent system that supports both teaching and learning over time.

      And high-quality science curriculum materials go the extra mile, clearly articulating learning goals, providing guidance for facilitation and discussion, and including embedded opportunities to check for understanding. They also support a range of learners by offering scaffolds, differentiation strategies, and multiple ways for students to engage with content.

      How HQIM align with NGSS science standards

      The Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS) define what students should know and be able to do in science. At their core, these academic standards emphasize three-dimensional learning, integrating science practices, core ideas, and crosscutting concepts.

      In science, HQIM are designed for three-dimensional learning: where students don’t just learn about science, but actively figure out how the natural world works. Three-dimensional learning integrates:

      • Science and engineering practices (what scientists do).
      • Disciplinary core ideas (what scientists know).
      • Crosscutting concepts (how scientific ideas connect).

      HQIM are designed from the ground up to weave these dimensions together, rather than adding them on as an afterthought. That coherence helps students build understanding over time, and helps teachers see how each lesson fits into a larger learning story.

      What do HQIM look like in a science classroom?

      One of the best ways to recognize high-quality instructional content is to look not only at the materials, but also at the students using them.

      Instead of memorizing disconnected facts, students taught with HQIM are engaged in the kinds of practices scientists use every day.

      In classrooms using HQIM for science, you’ll often see students:

      • Investigating real-world phenomena that spark curiosity.
      • Asking questions, analyzing data, and building explanations.
      • Using evidence from multiple sources—texts, simulations, discussions, and investigations.
      • Revisiting ideas over time to deepen understanding.

      “It is so encouraging to hear students engaged in conversation and building their ideas off of one another,” says classroom teacher Sarah Loessl of Big Hollow School District 38 in Illinois. “Students finding the confidence to challenge one another and use evidence to support their thinking is so much fun to watch.”

      How HQIM support teachers

      A key feature of high-quality instructional materials is that they’re designed by teachers, with teachers in mind.

      This means materials that:

      • Clearly articulate learning goals.
      • Provide guidance for facilitation and discussion.
      • Include embedded formative assessment opportunities.
      • Support a range of learners, including multilingual/English learners and students who need additional scaffolds or challenges.

      When materials shoulder this heavy lifting, teachers can spend less time creating from scratch and more time engaging with students.

      How can teachers start engaging with HQIM?

      Even if curriculum adoption decisions happen at the district level, teachers play a critical role in bringing HQIM to life.

      Getting familiar with high-quality instructional materials can start with questions like:

      • What are students expected to figure out in this lesson?
      • How does this activity connect to a larger phenomenon or question?
      • Where are students using evidence to explain their thinking?
      • How does the curriculum support discussion, sense-making, and revision of ideas?

      Developing a shared understanding of what high-quality science instruction looks like helps everyone—teachers, coaches, and leaders—move in the same direction.

      Where does Amplify Science fit in?

      Amplify Science is an example of high-quality instructional materials designed specifically for K–8 science and aligned to NGSS science standards.

      It’s built around phenomena-based, three-dimensional learning and developed with educators, researchers, and scientists to support both student learning and teacher practice. The goal is coherence, engagement, and understanding that grows over time.

      Ready to learn more?

      To support educators and leaders in building a shared understanding of HQIM, we’ve created a free science HQIM resource bundle, including:

      • A classroom look-fors checklist.
      • A three-dimensional learning explainer.
      • An NGSS alignment overview.
      • A closer look at the HQIM student experience.
      • Registration for two upcoming webinars focused on HQIM in science.

      Whether you’re new to the concept or ready to deepen your practice, these resources are designed to make high-quality instructional materials highly understandable and accessible to all.

      Explore the HQIM bundle and upcoming webinars to learn more.

      Inspiring the next generation of South Carolina scientists, engineers, and curious citizens

      Amplify Science is an engaging new core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning.

      Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

      Collage showing students engaged in classroom science activities and two scientific illustrations: a cheetah in foliage and a diagram of clouds and raindrops above a hill.

      Our Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      DO
      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit, from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      TALK
      Student-to-student discourse and full class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      READ
      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation, and importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      WRITE
      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      VISUALIZE
      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Explore the Digital Teacher’s Guide

      When you’re ready to review, click the orange button below and use your provided login credentials to access the Amplify Science Digital Teacher’s Guide. If you need login credentials, contact Jeff Rutter, jrutter@amplify.com.

      Resources to support your review

      Scope and sequence

      GRADE
      UNIT
      Kindergarten
      • Needs of Plants and Animals
      • Pushes and Pulls
      • Sunlight and Water
      Grade 1 
      • Animal and Plant Defenses
      • Light and Sound
      • Spinning Earth
      Grade 2 
      • Plant and Animal Relationships
      • Properties of Materials
      • Changing Landforms
      Grade 3 
      • Balancing Forces
      • Inheritance and Traits
      • Environments and Survival
      • Weather and Climate
      Grade 4 
      • Energy Conversions
      • Vision and Light
      • Earth’s Features
      • Waves, Energy, and Information
      Grade 5 
      • Patterns of Earth and Sky
      • Modeling Matter
      • The Earth System
      • Ecosystem Restoration
      Grade
      Units

      Grade 6

      • Launch: Microbiome
      • Metabolism
      • Metabolism Engineering Internship
      • Thermal Energy
      • Plate Motion
      • Plate Motion Engineering Internship
      • Rock Transformations
      • Weather Patterns
      • Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate

      Grade 7

      • Launch: Harnessing Human Energy
      • Phase Change
      • Phase Change Engineering Internship
      • Magnetic Fields
      • Earth’s Changing Climate
      • Earth’s Changing Climate Engineering Internship
      • Chemical Reactions
      • Populations and Resources
      • Matter and Energy in Ecosystems

      Grade 8

      • Launch: Geology on Mars
      • Earth, Moon, and Sun
      • Light Waves
      • Force and Motion
      • Force and Motion Engineering Internship
      • Traits and Reproduction
      • Natural Selection
      • Natural Selection Engineering Internship
      • Evolutionary History

      South Carolina College- and Career-Ready Science Standards 2021

      Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS), and the South Carolina College- and Career-Ready Science Standards 2021 are closely aligned to the NGSS at K-8. The guidance below is meant to provide support for integrating additional companion activities that support full coverage of the South Carolina College- and Career-Ready Science Standards 2021.

      Organized by grade level, each section below will outline:

      • Additional activities that support 100% alignment to the  South Carolina College- and Career-Ready Science Standards 2021; 
      • The standard being addressed with the activities; 
      • The recommended placement of the activities within a specific Amplify Science unit; and 
      • PDFs of any accompanying materials that are necessary to implement the activities.

      Standard: MS-PS1-4: Develop a model that predicts and describes changes in particle motion, temperature, and state of a pure substance when thermal energy is added or removed.
      Recommended placementThermal Energy unit, Lesson 4.4, addition to Activity 3
      Materials“Liquid Oxygen”
      By reading the article “Liquid Oxygen,” which describes how the relationship between attraction and kinetic energy determines when a substance changes phase, students extend their understanding of the possible effects of adding or removing thermal energy to include changes in state (phase). Oxygen is one of the most common elements in the world, but most people are only familiar with oxygen in the gas phase. Because oxygen molecules are only weakly attracted to one another, condensing oxygen is difficult. This article introduces students to molecular attraction and discusses its role in phase change, including how it can be used to turn oxygen from a gas to a liquid.
      Instructions:
      Download PDFs of the “Liquid Oxygen” and distribute it to students. Before they begin reading, remind students of the Active Reading Guidelines. 

      Standard: MS-PS4-2: Develop and use a model to describe that waves are reflected, absorbed, or transmitted through various materials.
      Recommended placementWeather Patterns unit, Lesson 4.4, addition to Activity 3
      Materials“Harvesting Sunlight”, “Why No One in Space Can Hear You Scream” and “Making Waves at Swim Practice”
      After investigating weather patterns, which includes a focus of the effects of energy from sunlight, students extend their learning about light by reading three articles about light and other waves.
      “Harvesting Sunlight:” Students read this article to learn about the types of light from the sun that plants use for photosynthesis. The article describes how the sun emits all types of light, but plants can only use certain types of visible light for photosynthesis, mostly red and blue light. Plants also absorb other types of light, and these types of light affect plants in different ways. Students use this information to gather evidence that there are different types of light that can affect a material in different ways.
      “Why No One in Space Can Hear You Scream:” Students read this article to learn about how waves are transmitted. Explosions that would be deafening on Earth are silent in space. This is because sound is produced by sound waves and, unlike light waves, sound waves need matter to travel through. Reading about this phenomenon helps students understand the similarities and differences between mechanical and electromagnetic waves.
      “Making Waves at Swim Practice:” A practice for the school swim team provides an everyday context for discussing light waves and sound waves in this engaging article. First, the article explores sound waves traveling through different materials–the air, the water of the pool, and even a metal poolside bench. Students discover that sound waves travel at different speeds in different materials. The later part of the article discusses light waves, which also travel at different speeds in different materials. As light waves move from one material to another, they change speed and bend. This bending of light waves is called refraction, and it explains why objects that are partly in the water and partly out of the water (such as the legs of a person sitting on the side of a pool) appear ripply and bent.
      Instructions:
      Plan one class period for each article. Download PDFs of the  “Harvesting Sunlight,” “Why No One in Space Can Hear You Scream,” and “Making Waves at Swim Practice” articles. For each article, before students begin reading, preview the article and discuss what students already know and what they wonder about the topic, then remind students of the Active Reading Guidelines. 

      Standard: MS-PS2-3: Ask questions about data to determine the factors that affect the strength of electric and magnetic forces. MS-PS2-5: Conduct an investigation and evaluate the experimental design to provide evidence that fields exist between objects exerting forces on each other even though the objects are not in contact.
      Recommended placementHarnessing Human Energy unit, Lesson 3.4, after Activity 1
      Materials“Earth’s Geomagnetism” and “Painting with Static Electricity”
      After concluding their investigations of energy transfers and conversions, students read two articles that introduce the topic of forces that act at a distance.
      “Earth’s Geomagnetism:” What makes a compass needle point north, no matter what? This article introduces students to Earth’s geomagnetic field and the field lines scientists use to show its direction.
      “Painting with Static Electricity:” This article gives students the opportunity to learn about electrostatic fields and forces in the context of spray painting without making a mess. Electrostatic painting systems use electrostatics to draw spray paint toward the object being painted, and nowhere else. Painters charge the object they are painting with a negative charge and the paint with a positive charge. The opposite charges are attracted to one another, causing the paint to move toward the object. This surprising use of electrostatics saves time and paint and keeps things tidy!
      Instructions
      Plan one class period for each article. Download PDFs of the “Earth’s Geomagnetism” and “Painting with Electricity” articles. For each article, before students begin reading, preview the article and discuss what students already know and what they wonder about the topic, then remind students of the Active Reading Guidelines. 

      What’s included

      Science articles
      The middle school science articles serve as sources for evidence collection and were authored by science and literacy experts at the Lawrence Hall of Science.

      Illustration of the indirect effects of overfishing on northern benguela jelly populations displayed on a laptop screen.

      Student Investigation Notebooks
      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks provide space for students to:

      • Record data
      • Reflect on ideas from texts and investigations
      • Construct explanations and arguments

      Available with full-color article compilations for middle school units.

      Collection of educational books from 'amplify science' on topics including ocean atmosphere, matter and energy ecosystems, and insect interactions, displayed in various angles.

      Digital student experience
      Students access the digital simulations and modeling tools, as well as lesson activities and assessments, through the digital student experience. Students can interact with the digital student experience as they:

      • Conduct hands-on investigations
      • Engage in active reading and writing activities
      • Participate in discussions
      • Record observations
      • Craft end-of-unit scientific arguments
      A digital illustration showcasing a laptop and a tablet displaying complex data analysis software interfaces with graphs and heatmaps.

      Teacher’s Guides
      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including:

      • Classroom Slides
      • Detailed lesson plans
      • Unit and chapter overview documentation
      • Differentiation strategies
      • Standards alignments
      • In-context professional development
      A laptop displaying a website about Mars exploration with a brochure next to it. Both screens show Mars-related images.

      Hands-on materials kits
      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science. Each unit kit contains:

      • Consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials
      • Print classroom display materials
      • Premium print materials for student use (sorting cards, maps, etc.)
      A perforated rectangular board, three small containers with different powders, a black battery holder with red wires, and three colored alligator clips are arranged on a white background.

      Remote and hybrid learning supports

      A person sitting at a desk using a laptop, with a bookshelf containing books, a fish tank, and a soccer ball nearby.

      Amplify has launched a new remote learning solution called Amplify Science@Home. Intended to make extended remote learning and hybrid learning easier, Amplify Science@Home includes two useful options for continuing instruction: @Home Videos and @Home Units. 

      Amplify Science @Home Videos are recordings of real Amplify Science teachers teaching the lessons. For those teachers who are unable to meet synchronously with their students, the recorded lessons are a great way to keep their students on track and engaged with Amplify Science while at home. These videos will be produced for all K–5 units, and for the first four units of each 6–8 grade level. Their release will be rolling, beginning in August.   

      Amplify Science@Home Units are modified versions of Amplify Science units, strategically designed to highlight key activities from the program. The @Home Units take significantly less instructional time than the complete Amplify Science program and allow students to engage with science at home. @Home Units will be developed for all Amplify Science K–8 units. Each @Home unit includes:

      • Teacher overviews explaining how to use the materials, including suggestions for enhancing the @Home Units if synchronous learning or in-class time with students is available.
      • Overviews to send home to families.

      Student materials are available in two formats:

      • @Home Slides (PDF/PPT) + Student Sheets (PDF) for students with access to technology at home.
      • Downloadable @Home Packets (PDF) for students without access to technology at home.

      Download the Remote and hybrid learning guide.

      Looking for help?

      Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support

      Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We have developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program. This service is completely free for all educators who are using our programs and includes:

      • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans
      • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials
      • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify programs
      • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more

      To reach our pedagogical team, use our live chat within your program, call (800) 823-1969, or email edsupport@amplify.com

      Timely technical and program support

      Our technical and program support is included and available from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.

      For your most urgent questions:

      • Use our live chat within your program
      • Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969

      For less urgent questions:

      Contact us

      Contact your South Carolina team representatives:
      Jeff Rutter
      Field Manager
      jrutter@amplify.com
      (727) 512-8440

      Cathy McMillan
      Senior Account Executive
      cmcmillan@amplify.com
      (904) 465-9904

      Amplify Science Overview

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
      The logo for The Lawrence Hall of Science, University of California, Berkeley, features blue text on a light background and is recognized by educators using Amplify Science for middle school science programs.

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      DO

      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      TALK

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      READ

      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      WRITE

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      VISUALIZE

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS, and support students in mastering the standards.

      Graphic showing a research process with four steps: spark intrigue with a real-world problem, explore evidence, explain and elaborate, and evaluate claims, connected in a cycle with arrows.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also emphasizes a particular science and engineering practice.

      In grades K–2:

      • One unit emphasizes the practice of investigation.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of modeling.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of engineering design.

      In grades 3–5, students experience the three unit types above, plus:

      • One additional unit that emphasizes the practice of argumentation.

      Investigation units focus on the process of strategically developing investigations and gathering data to answer questions. Students are first asked to consider questions about what happens in the natural world and why, and are then involved in designing and conducting investigations that produce data to help answer those questions.

      Modeling units provide extra support to students engaging in the practice of modeling. Students use physical models, investigate with computer models, and create their own diagrams to help them visualize what might be happening on the nanoscale.

      Engineering design units provide opportunities for students to solve complex problems by applying science principles to the design of functional solutions, and iteratively testing those solutions to determine how well they meet preset criteria.

      Argumentation units provide students with regular opportunities to explore and discuss available evidence, time and support to consider how evidence may be leveraged in support of claims, and independence that increases as they mount written arguments in support of their claims.

      Unit sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      A chart showing science topics by grade: K covers plants, weather, and forces; 1 covers animals, sound, and Earth; 2 covers relationships, materials, and landforms; 3–5 cover energy, traits, systems, and climate.

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3-D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      Two children sit at a table blowing into plastic straws held together, likely making musical sounds, with containers and rubber bands on the table.

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough non-consumable materials to support a class of 36 students and enough consumable items to support 72 students. In other words, each kit can last two years! Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need for the unit and then put it all back with ease.

      Amplify Science California supports 3-D learning with more materials than any other program.

      Each unit of Amplify Science K–5 includes six unique Student Books written by the Lawrence Hall of Science specifically for the program. These content-rich nonfiction and informational texts provide opportunities for students to search for evidence relevant to their firsthand investigations, see science practices and dispositions modeled, extend their science knowledge, provide real world connections as they master reading-to-learn and close reading skills, and construct evidence-based arguments.

      Important note:
      Students in grades K–5 are never asked to read alone. Rather, books are read to, with, and by students with ample scaffolding and support provided by the teacher. Big Books are read aloud or together with the class to introduce ideas. Student Books allow for small-group reading and reading in pairs.

      Illustrations of two children's book covers displayed on a tablet, titled "on dia ocupado en villa empuja" and "a busy day in pushville," showing a busy street scene.

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades K–5, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Amplify Science Student Investigation Notebooks

      Amplify Science offers digital experience licenses that make elementary instruction more flexible for students and teachers, as well as providing additional means to engage in remote, hybrid, or in-person learning!

      Student-facing digital lessons
      With the digital experience, students can engage with digital lesson content in one cohesive experience. It’s the same content from Amplify science in a new, integrated format where students can interact with slides, Sims, modeling tools, videos, books, and more.

      Ecosystem Restoration digital simulation

      Digital student notebook pages
      Students can draw, write, record audio, and insert images into their Investigation Notebook pages. Their work is automatically saved and delivered to you in real time. When students edit their work, those edits are immediately reflected on your teacher work review page. You can access student responses by clicking “View Work,” where you can see students’ Investigation Notebook pages from the lesson, updating live.

      [IMAGE TO COME]

      Assign in Amplify
      The digital experience allows flexibility with optional features like scheduling assignments in advance and setting due dates. Teacher can use Scheduling to determine the date and time that the assignment appears in Student Home. They also have the flexibility to schedule when assignments appear and use dates to remove assignments from Student Home.

      Assign in LMS
      You can also assign lessons via our integrations with Google Classroom and Microsoft Teams, or by copying a lesson link and sharing it with students through the platform of your choice. The assignment link you send will provide students with direct access to the full lesson—slides, videos, digital tools, and worksheet activities—no student platform navigation required!

      Teacher platform and presentation
      Teacher-facing lesson content—including sample teacher talk, student responses, pedagogical support, and possible student responses—shows on a teacher’s private Teacher Guide tab. Students only see the lesson slides that are being presented.

      Graphic depicting a teacher's device synced with a class presentation for K—5 students. The teacher's laptop displays an Amplify Science lesson on environments, which is mirrored on a larger screen for the class

      Explore your print samples

      With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides, Student Investigation Notebooks, and sets of Student Books for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

      It’s important that you see the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provide a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

      A laptop screen shows an energy simulation, with surrounding text and diagrams explaining the Earth's system and energy flow.
      • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
      • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      What’s different about Amplify’s unit-specific material kits?  They…

      • Include more materials — We give teachers enough non-consumable materials to support a class of 36 students and enough consumables to support 72 student uses. In other words, each kit will last two years.
      • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
      • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      Grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit:

      Access your digital samples

      Explore as a teacher

      When you’re ready to explore the teaching experience on your own, follow these instructions to access the Amplify Science digital teacher platform.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark the page.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: t1.jeffersoncounty@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-jeffersoncounty
      • Click on Science on the left hand side.
      • Click on the Program Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform,watch the below navigational video.

      Explore as a student

      When you’re ready to explore the student learning experience on your own, follow these instructions to access the Amplify Science digital student platform.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark the page.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: s1.jeffersoncounty@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-jeffersoncounty
      • Click the backpack icon on the top right.
      • Click Science K-5
      • Select any unit.

      Resources to support your review

      Our Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      DO
      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit, from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      TALK
      Student-to-student discourse and full class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      READ
      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation, and importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      WRITE
      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      VISUALIZE
      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Supporting resources

      Scope and sequence

      GRADE

      UNITS

      Kindergarten

      • Needs of Plants and Animals
      • Pushes and Pulls
      • Sunlight and Water

      Grade 1

      • Animal and Plant Defenses
      • Light and Sound
      • Spinning Earth

      Grade 2

      • Plant and Animal Relationships
      • Properties of Materials
      • Changing Landforms

      Grade 3

      • Balancing Forces
      • Inheritance and Traits
      • Environments and Survival
      • Weather and Climate

      Grade 4

      • Energy Conversions
      • Vision and Light
      • Earth’s Features
      • Waves, Energy, and Information

      Grade 5

      • Patterns of Earth and Sky
      • Modeling Matter
      • The Earth System
      • Ecosystem Restoration

      GRADE

      UNITS

      Grade 6

      • Launch: Microbiome
      • Metabolism
      • Metabolism Engineering Internship
      • Thermal Energy
      • Plate Motion
      • Plate Motion Engineering Internship
      • Rock Transformations
      • Weather Patterns
      • Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate

      Grade 7

      • Launch: Harnessing Human Energy
      • Phase Change
      • Phase Change Engineering Internship
      • Magnetic Fields
      • Earth’s Changing Climate
      • Earth’s Changing Climate Engineering Internship
      • Chemical Reactions
      • Populations and Resources
      • Matter and Energy in Ecosystems

      Grade 8

      • Launch: Geology on Mars
      • Earth, Moon, and Sun
      • Light Waves
      • Force and Motion
      • Force and Motion Engineering Internship
      • Traits and Reproduction
      • Natural Selection
      • Natural Selection Engineering Internship
      • Evolutionary History

      South Carolina College- and Career-Ready Science Standards 2021

      Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS), and the South Carolina College- and Career-Ready Science Standards 2021 are closely aligned to the NGSS at K-8. The guidance below is meant to provide support for integrating additional companion activities that support full coverage of the South Carolina College- and Career-Ready Science Standards 2021.

      Organized by grade level, each section below will outline:

      • Additional activities that support 100% alignment to the  South Carolina College- and Career-Ready Science Standards 2021; 
      • The standard being addressed with the activities; 
      • The recommended placement of the activities within a specific Amplify Science unit; and 
      • PDFs of any accompanying materials that are necessary to implement the activities.

      Standard: MS-PS1-4: Develop a model that predicts and describes changes in particle motion, temperature, and state of a pure substance when thermal energy is added or removed.
      Recommended placementThermal Energy unit, Lesson 4.4, addition to Activity 3
      Materials“Liquid Oxygen”
      By reading the article “Liquid Oxygen,” which describes how the relationship between attraction and kinetic energy determines when a substance changes phase, students extend their understanding of the possible effects of adding or removing thermal energy to include changes in state (phase). Oxygen is one of the most common elements in the world, but most people are only familiar with oxygen in the gas phase. Because oxygen molecules are only weakly attracted to one another, condensing oxygen is difficult. This article introduces students to molecular attraction and discusses its role in phase change, including how it can be used to turn oxygen from a gas to a liquid.
      Instructions:
      Download PDFs of the “Liquid Oxygen” and distribute it to students. Before they begin reading, remind students of the Active Reading Guidelines. 

      Standard: MS-PS4-2: Develop and use a model to describe that waves are reflected, absorbed, or transmitted through various materials.
      Recommended placementWeather Patterns unit, Lesson 4.4, addition to Activity 3
      Materials“Harvesting Sunlight”, “Why No One in Space Can Hear You Scream” and “Making Waves at Swim Practice”
      After investigating weather patterns, which includes a focus of the effects of energy from sunlight, students extend their learning about light by reading three articles about light and other waves.
      “Harvesting Sunlight:” Students read this article to learn about the types of light from the sun that plants use for photosynthesis. The article describes how the sun emits all types of light, but plants can only use certain types of visible light for photosynthesis, mostly red and blue light. Plants also absorb other types of light, and these types of light affect plants in different ways. Students use this information to gather evidence that there are different types of light that can affect a material in different ways.
      “Why No One in Space Can Hear You Scream:” Students read this article to learn about how waves are transmitted. Explosions that would be deafening on Earth are silent in space. This is because sound is produced by sound waves and, unlike light waves, sound waves need matter to travel through. Reading about this phenomenon helps students understand the similarities and differences between mechanical and electromagnetic waves.
      “Making Waves at Swim Practice:” A practice for the school swim team provides an everyday context for discussing light waves and sound waves in this engaging article. First, the article explores sound waves traveling through different materials–the air, the water of the pool, and even a metal poolside bench. Students discover that sound waves travel at different speeds in different materials. The later part of the article discusses light waves, which also travel at different speeds in different materials. As light waves move from one material to another, they change speed and bend. This bending of light waves is called refraction, and it explains why objects that are partly in the water and partly out of the water (such as the legs of a person sitting on the side of a pool) appear ripply and bent.
      Instructions:
      Plan one class period for each article. Download PDFs of the  “Harvesting Sunlight,” “Why No One in Space Can Hear You Scream,” and “Making Waves at Swim Practice” articles. For each article, before students begin reading, preview the article and discuss what students already know and what they wonder about the topic, then remind students of the Active Reading Guidelines. 

      Standard: MS-PS2-3: Ask questions about data to determine the factors that affect the strength of electric and magnetic forces. MS-PS2-5: Conduct an investigation and evaluate the experimental design to provide evidence that fields exist between objects exerting forces on each other even though the objects are not in contact.
      Recommended placementHarnessing Human Energy unit, Lesson 3.4, after Activity 1
      Materials“Earth’s Geomagnetism” and “Painting with Static Electricity”
      After concluding their investigations of energy transfers and conversions, students read two articles that introduce the topic of forces that act at a distance.
      “Earth’s Geomagnetism:” What makes a compass needle point north, no matter what? This article introduces students to Earth’s geomagnetic field and the field lines scientists use to show its direction.
      “Painting with Static Electricity:” This article gives students the opportunity to learn about electrostatic fields and forces in the context of spray painting without making a mess. Electrostatic painting systems use electrostatics to draw spray paint toward the object being painted, and nowhere else. Painters charge the object they are painting with a negative charge and the paint with a positive charge. The opposite charges are attracted to one another, causing the paint to move toward the object. This surprising use of electrostatics saves time and paint and keeps things tidy!
      Instructions
      Plan one class period for each article. Download PDFs of the “Earth’s Geomagnetism” and “Painting with Electricity” articles. For each article, before students begin reading, preview the article and discuss what students already know and what they wonder about the topic, then remind students of the Active Reading Guidelines. 

      What’s included

      Science articles
      The middle school science articles serve as sources for evidence collection and were authored by science and literacy experts at the Lawrence Hall of Science.

      Student Investigation Notebooks
      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks provide space for students to:

      • Record data
      • Reflect on ideas from texts and investigations
      • Construct explanations and arguments

      Available with full-color article compilations for middle school units.

      Cuatro folletos blancos con detalles en naranja brillante y varias imágenes de temas de la naturaleza en las portadas. Los títulos son parcialmente visibles, centrándose en información sobre el agua y sus usos.

      Digital student experience
      Students access the digital simulations and modeling tools, as well as lesson activities and assessments, through the digital student experience. Students can interact with the digital student experience as they:

      • Conduct hands-on investigations
      • Engage in active reading and writing activities
      • Participate in discussions
      • Record observations
      • Craft end-of-unit scientific arguments
      Una fotografía de tres pantallas de computadora que muestran diferentes interfaces de software: código sobre un fondo negro, un mapa de calor del clima y un entorno de programación gráfico.

      Teacher’s Guides
      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including:

      • Classroom Slides
      • Detailed lesson plans
      • Unit and chapter overview documentation
      • Differentiation strategies
      • Standards alignments
      • In-context professional development
      A laptop displaying the Geology on Mars webpage sits beside a book titled "Geology on Mars," both featuring the same cover image of Mars and a spacecraft, perfect for enhancing three-dimensional learning in any science classroom.

      Hands-on materials kits
      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science. Each unit kit contains:

      • Consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials
      • Print classroom display materials
      • Premium print materials for student use (sorting cards, maps, etc.)
      A perforated rectangular board, three small containers with different powders, a black battery holder with red wires, and three colored alligator clips are arranged on a white background.

      Remote and hybrid learning supports

      Una persona sentada en un escritorio usando una computadora portátil, con una estantería que contiene libros, una pecera y una pelota de fútbol cerca.

      Amplify has launched a new remote learning solution called Amplify Science@Home. Intended to make extended remote learning and hybrid learning easier, Amplify Science@Home includes two useful options for continuing instruction: @Home Videos and @Home Units. 

      Amplify Science @Home Videos are recordings of real Amplify Science teachers teaching the lessons. For those teachers who are unable to meet synchronously with their students, the recorded lessons are a great way to keep their students on track and engaged with Amplify Science while at home. These videos will be produced for all K–5 units, and for the first four units of each 6–8 grade level. Their release will be rolling, beginning in August.   

      Amplify Science@Home Units are modified versions of Amplify Science units, strategically designed to highlight key activities from the program. The @Home Units take significantly less instructional time than the complete Amplify Science program and allow students to engage with science at home. @Home Units will be developed for all Amplify Science K–8 units. Each @Home unit includes:

      • Teacher overviews explaining how to use the materials, including suggestions for enhancing the @Home Units if synchronous learning or in-class time with students is available.
      • Overviews to send home to families.

      Student materials are available in two formats:

      • @Home Slides (PDF/PPT) + Student Sheets (PDF) for students with access to technology at home.
      • Downloadable @Home Packets (PDF) for students without access to technology at home.

      Download the Remote and hybrid learning guide.

      Looking for help?

      Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support

      Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We have developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program. This service is completely free for all educators who are using our programs and includes:

      • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans
      • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials
      • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify programs
      • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more

      To reach our pedagogical team, use our live chat within your program, call (800) 823-1969, or email edsupport@amplify.com

      Timely technical and program support

      Our technical and program support is included and available from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.

      For your most urgent questions:

      • Use our live chat within your program
      • Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969

      For less urgent questions:

      Contact us

      Contact your South Carolina team representatives:
      Jeff Rutter
      Field Manager
      jrutter@amplify.com
      (727) 512-8440

      Lisa Jurovaty
      Account Executive (West South Carolina)
      ljurovaty@amplify.com
      (803) 526-1899

      Cathy McMillan (East South Carolina)
      Senior Account Executive
      cmcmillan@amplify.com
      (904) 465-9904

      Plumstead Christian School

      Amplify Science Middle School: Microbiome Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-489-1

      Amplify Science Middle School: Harnessing Human Energy Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-497-6

      Amplify Science Middle School: Metabolism Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-490-7

      Amplify Science Middle School: Force and Motion Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-500-3

      Amplify Science Middle School: Force and Motion Engineering Internship Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-502-7

      Amplify Science Middle School: Rock Transformations Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-513-3

      Amplify Science Middle School: Thermal Energy Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-504-1

      Amplify Science Middle School: Plate Motion Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-509-6

      Amplify Science Middle School: Plate Motion Engineering Internship Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-514-0

      Amplify Science Middle School: Traits and Reproductions Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-494-5

      Amplify Science Middle School: Populations and Resources Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-491-4

      Amplify Science Middle School: Chemical Reactions Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-503-4

      Amplify Science Middle School: Weather Patterns Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-510-2

      Amplify Science Middle School: Light Waves Kit

      Curriculum kit: Includes both print materials and manipulatives for 1 teacher with 5 classes of 40 students each.
      978-1-64089-505-8

      Amplify Science Middle School: Full Year Grade 6 Course (Integrated Model)

      Bundle of 9 units of Amplify Science Middle School curriculum for Grade 6 using the Integrated model of science instruction.
      150640086

      Amplify Science Middle School: Full Year Grade 7 Course (Integrated Model)

      Bundle of 9 units of Amplify Science Middle School curriculum for Grade 7 using the Integrated model of science instruction.
      150640087

      Amplify Science Middle School: Full Year Grade 8 Course (Integrated Model)

      Bundle of 9 units of Amplify Science Middle School curriculum for Grade 8 using the Integrated model of science instruction.
      150640088

      Welcome, K–8 Reviewers!

      We’re honored to introduce you to Amplify Desmos Math California. We’re confident you’ll find this comprehensive program to be a powerful tool for bringing the vision of the California Math Framework to life in classrooms across the state.

      Please start with the video on the right to learn how to navigate the program and access key features referenced within our submission. Below you’ll find additional resources to support your review.

      Your Review Samples

      As a curriculum that incorporates both print and digital resources, it’s important that you explore both our physical materials (delivered to you in grade-specific tubs) and our digital materials (accessible through our platform). We invite you to explore both types of resources using the instructions and tips below.

      Print Samples

      Your print samples should have arrived in grade-specific tubs with a copy of two Reviewer binders. The K-5 Reviewer binder is contained within the Grade K shipping box and the Grade 6-8 Reviewer binder can be located in the Grade 6 shipping box. As you begin the process of organizing your materials, please refer to the inventory checklist found inside each tub as well as within your Reviewer Binder.

      Digital Samples

      In order to access your digital samples, you’ll need to log into our platform using your unique login credentials found on a Digital Access Flyer inside of your Reviewer Binder. Once you have located the flyer:

      • Click the orange button below to access the platform.
      • Click “Log in with Amplify.”
      • Enter the username and password provided on your Digital Access Flyer.

      Navigation Tips

      Below you will find helpful tips for navigating Amplify Desmos Math California. We recommend reading these pages alongside the program’s print materials and digital experience to gain a deeper understanding of the program. 

      Click the links below to read about navigating program features including:

      Built for California

      The Amplify Desmos Math California program is designed around the vision articulated in the California Mathematics Framework to enable all California students to become powerful users of mathematics. Our program incorporates the latest research in student learning, meaning that we:

      • Focus on the Big Ideas: Amplify Desmos Math California’s courses, units, and lessons are centered around the Big Ideas. Big Ideas, like standards, are not considered in isolation. In addition to each unit and lesson’s focal Big Ideas, Amplify Desmos Math California also provides connections among the Big Ideas across units and lessons.
      • Center on open and engaging tasks: Amplify Desmos Math California is grounded in engaging tasks meant to address students’ often-asked question: “Why am I learning this?”  Students are invited into learning with low-floor, high-ceiling tasks that provide an entry point for all. Open tasks in Amplify Desmos Math California provide the space for students to try on multiple strategies and represent their thinking in different ways, and allow student explanation and discussion to serve as the center of the classroom. All lessons offer both print and digital representations of lessons.
      • Provide enhanced digital experiences: Amplify Desmos Math California includes digitally-enhanced lesson activities, incorporating interactive digital tools alongside print materials. These purposefully-placed resources allow students to visualize mathematical concepts, receive actionable feedback while practicing, encounter personalized learning support from an onscreen tutor, and engage in discussions about their thinking and approaches.
      • Treat core instruction and differentiation as integral partners: The Amplify Desmos Math California curriculum provides teachers with lessons, strategies, and resources to eliminate barriers and increase access to grade-level content without reducing the mathematical demand of tasks. Every activity has multiple entry points to ensure that all students are supported and challenged. Intervention and personalized learning activities are directly connected to lesson content and offer students the individualized support as they dive into the mathematics.

      Category 1: Mathematics Content/Alignment with the Standards

      Standards Maps

      The links below provide the Standards Maps for Amplify Desmos Math California for each grade level.

      Evaluation Criteria Map

      Linked here is the Evaluation Criteria Map for grades K–8. Please note that you will need to be logged into the digital platform to access the links in the Evaluation Criteria Map.

      Standards for Mathematical Practice

      The links below provide the alignment of Amplify Desmos Math California to the Standards for Mathematical Practice at each grade level.

      Drivers of Investigation and Content Connections

      Amplify Desmos Math California incorporates the Drivers of Investigation (DIs) and Content Connection (CCs) throughout the program. Throughout the year, students engage with open and authentic tasks of varying durations — from lesson activities to unit-level Explore lessons and longer course-level Investigations. Every lesson and investigation opportunity is grounded around the why, how, and what of the learning experience, and helps teachers bring mathematical concepts to life. 

      A three-column chart details: Drivers of Investigation, Standards for Mathematical Practice, and Content Connections, each with their respective codes and brief descriptions.

      California English Language Development Standards

      The links below provide the alignment of Amplify Desmos Math California to the California English Language Development Standards at each grade level.

      California Environmental Principles and Concepts

      Select lessons, performance tasks, and investigations across grade levels in Amplify Desmos Math California are aligned to one or more of the California Environmental Principles and Concepts. Click the links below to view how the California Environmental Principles and Concepts are represented in each grade level.

      Category 2: Program Organization

      Amplify Desmos Math California thoughtfully combines conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and application. Each lesson is designed to tell a story by posing problems that invite a variety of approaches before guiding students to synthesize their understanding of the learning goals.

      Big Ideas

      Amplify Desmos Math California’s courses, units, and lessons are centered around the Big Ideas. In addition to each unit and lesson’s focal Big Ideas, Amplify Desmos Math California also provides connections among the Big Ideas across units and lessons. Please refer to Keeping the Big Ideas at the Center (linked below) for specific lesson designs and alignment with the Big Ideas for each grade level.

      Program Structure

      Amplify Desmos Math California combines the best of problem-based lessons, intervention, personalized practice, and assessments into a coherent and engaging experience for both students and teachers.

      A diagram showing three stages: Core instruction, Integrated personalized learning, and Embedded intervention, under Screening and progress monitoring with daily tiered support.

      Lessons and units in Amplify Desmos Math California are designed around a Proficiency Progression, a model that steps out problem-based learning by systematically building students’ curiosity into lasting grade-level understanding.

      Five steps for learning: 1. Activate prior knowledge, 2. Collaborate, 3. Refine ideas, 4. Guide to understanding, 5. Practice and extend for lasting understanding.

      In the Proficiency Progression, lessons begin by activating students’ natural curiosity and offering opportunities to generate new ideas through collaboration. Teachers are then able to refine ideas through intentional facilitation and guide students to grade-level understanding, while students retain the ability to use different strategies and methods to show their comprehension of the content. Students are provided ample opportunities to develop lasting understanding.

      Scope and Sequence

      Below you can view the scope and sequence for each grade level. 

      A chart displaying seven kindergarten math units with themes, number of instructional days, and assessment days, totaling 136 suggested instructional days.
      Grade 1 instructional units overview showing 7 units on math topics, total suggested days is 153, with each unit listing instructional and assessment days.
      Grade 2 math curriculum map showing 8 units with topics, number of instructional and assessment days, and total days; suggested instructional days: 156.
      Seven instructional units are shown, each with a title, icon, number of instructional and assessment days, and total days; a note suggests 150 instructional days in total.
      A Grade 4 math curriculum overview showing seven units with titles, number of instructional days, and assessment days; the suggested total instructional days is 152.
      A curriculum map displays seven math units with icons, titles, instructional days, and assessment days, totaling 149 suggested instructional days.
      A chart showing Grade 6 math units, each with instructional days, assessment days, and optional days. Total suggested instructional days is 142, plus 19 optional days.
      Overview of Grade 7 math curriculum units, showing unit titles, number of instructional, assessment, and optional days for each, with a total of 125 instructional days plus 22 optional days.
      Eight illustrated cards display Grade 8 math units, each with the unit title, topics covered, number of instructional and assessment days, and a total of 131 suggested instructional days.
      Curriculum chart showing eight units split into two volumes, with topics, instructional days, assessment days, and optional days listed for each unit over an accelerated 6th-grade year.
      A chart displays the breakdown of Accelerated 7 math units, indicating topics, number of instructional days, assessment days, and optional days for each of the nine units across two volumes.

      Lesson Design and Structure

      A four-part diagram shows: Warm-Up, Activities with a graph of student ideas to grade-level understanding, Synthesis with notes, and Practice and differentiation with students building a structure.

      Amplify Desmos Math California is designed with a structured approach to problem-based learning that systematically builds on students’ curiosity and allows students to grapple with the Big Ideas of the California Framework. Every lesson activity is organized into a Launch, Monitor, Connect format.

      • Launch: The launch is a short, whole-class conversation that creates a need or excitement, provides clarity, or helps students connect their prior knowledge or personal experience, which ensures that everyone has access to the upcoming work.  
      • Monitor: As students work individually, in pairs, or in groups, teachers explore student thinking, ask questions, and provide support to help move the conversations closer to the intended math learning goal. 
      • Connect: Teachers connect students’ ideas to the key learning goals of the lesson, facilitating class discussions that help synthesize and solidify the Big Ideas 

      Each lesson within Amplify Desmos Math California follows the same structure. 

      • Warm-Up: Every Amplify Desmos Math California lesson begins with a whole class Warm-Up. Warm-Ups are an invitational Instructional Routine intended to provide a social moment at the start of the lesson in which every student has an opportunity to contribute. Warm-Ups may build fluency or highlight a strategy that may be helpful in the current lesson or act as an invitation into the math of the lesson.
      • Lesson Activities: Each lesson includes one or two activities. These activities are the heart of each lesson. Students notice, wonder, explore, calculate, predict, measure, explain their thinking, use math to settle disputes, create challenges for their classmates, and more. Guidance is provided to help teachers launch, monitor, and connect student thinking over the course of the activity.
      • Synthesis and Show What You Know: The Synthesis is an opportunity for the teacher and students to pull all the learning of the lesson together into a lesson takeaway. Students engage in a facilitated discussion to consolidate and refine their ideas about the learning goals, and the teacher synthesizes students’ learning. Show What You Know is a daily assessment opportunity for students to show what they know about the learning goals and what they are still learning.
      • Centers (K–5): Centers are hands-on activities for students in grades K–5 to play collaboratively to strengthen their understanding of key skills and concepts. In grades K–1, students have Daily Center Time built into every lesson. 
      • Practice and Differentiation: Daily practice problems for the day’s lesson are included both online and in the print Student Edition, including fluency, test practice, and spiral review.

      Kindergarten–Grade 1

      A lesson plan timeline showing phases: Warm-Up (5–10 min, whole class), Lesson Activities (25–30 min), Synthesis (10 min), Centers (15 min), and Practice (time varies).

      Grades 2–5

      A horizontal flowchart shows a classroom lesson sequence: Warm-Up (5–10 min), Lesson Activities (35 min), Synthesis (10 min), and Practice (time varies); groupings vary.

      Grades 6–8

      A horizontal timeline shows four lesson segments: Warm-Up (5 min), Lesson Activities (30 min), Synthesis (10 min), and Practice (time varies).

      Routines

      Amplify Desmos Math California features a variety of lesson routines. Instructional routines and Math Language Routines (MLRs) are used within lessons to highlight student-developed language and ideas, cultivate conversation, support mathematical sense-making, and promote meta-cognition. Both are called out at point-of-use within the Teacher Edition and Teacher Presentation Screens. Below are the types of routines used throughout the Amplify Desmos Math California curriculum:

      • MLR1: Stronger and Clearer Each Time
      • MLR2: Collect and Display
      • MLR3: Critique, Correct, Clarify
      • MLR5: Co-Craft Questions
      • MLR6: Three Reads
      • MLR7: Compare and Connect
      • MLR 8: Discussion Supports
      • Decide and Defend
      • Notice and Wonder
      • Number Talk
      • Tell a Story
      • Think-Pair-Share
      • Which One Doesn’t Belong?

      Category 3: Assessments

      A variety of performance data in Amplify Desmos Math California provides evidence of student learning, while helping students bolster their skills and understanding.

      Unit-Level Assessment

      Amplify Desmos Math California has embedded unit assessments that offer key insights into students’ conceptual understanding of math. These assessments provide regular, actionable information about how students are thinking about and processing math, with both auto-scoring and in-depth rubrics that help teachers anticipate and respond to students’ learning needs.

      • Pre-Unit Check: Each unit in grades 2–8 begins with a formative assessment designed to identify the student skills that will be particularly relevant to the upcoming unit. This check is agnostic to the standards covered in the following unit and serves not as a deficit-based acknowledgment of what students do not know, but rather as an affirmation of the knowledge and skills with which students come in.
      • End-of-Unit Assessment: Students engage with rigorous grade-level mathematics through a variety of formats and tasks in the summative End-of-Unit Assessment. A combination of auto-scored (when completed digitally) and rubric-scored items provides deep insights into student thinking. All Amplify Desmos Math California End-of-Unit Assessments include two forms.
      • Sub-Unit Quizzes: Sub-Unit Quizzes are formative assessments embedded regularly in Grades Kindergarten through Algebra 1. In these checks, students are assessed on a subset of conceptual understandings from the unit, with rubrics that help illuminate students’ current understanding and provide guidance for responding to student thinking.
      • Sub-Unit Checklists: These checklists enable teachers to observe key skills and concepts that cannot be assessed on a pencil-and-paper assessment in Kindergarten–Grade 1. The checklists outline the supports students need to achieve mathematical growth and success.
      • Performance Tasks: At the end of each unit in grades 3–8, there is a summative assessment performance task provided to evaluate students’ proficiency with the concepts and skills addressed in the unit. 

      Lesson-Level Assessments

      Amplify Desmos Math California lessons include daily moments of assessment to provide valuable evidence of learning for both the teacher and student. Beyond formative, summative, and benchmark assessments, students also have opportunities for self-reflection with Watch Your Knowledge Grow. Students take ownership of their learning by reflecting and tracking their progress before and after each unit.

      • Show What You Know: Each lesson has a daily formative assessment focused on one of the key concepts in the lesson. Show What You Know moments are carefully designed to minimize completion time for students while maximizing daily teacher insights to attend to student needs during the following class. 
      • Responsive Feedback™: Teachers have the ability to see and provide in-the-moment feedback as students progress through a digital lesson. Responsive Feedback motivates students and engages them in the learning process.

      Diagnostic Assessment

      Every grade level features an asset-based diagnostic assessment designed to be administered at the beginning of the year.  Delivered digitally and to the whole class, our diagnostic assessment is uniquely designed to reveal underlying math thinking and identify what students know about grade-level math. With data beyond just right and wrong, teachers have the type of deeper level of insights need to take the right next step.

      CAASPP-Aligned Assessment Preparation

      Amplify Desmos Math is designed to support students’ mathematical development through problem-based learning, differentiation, and embedded assessments. The program’s emphasis on conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and application aligns with the mathematical practices and content standards assessed by the CAASPP.

      Amplify Desmos Math California includes a CAASPP-aligned Item Bank. This standards-aligned bank of questions allows teachers to filter and search by grade and standard to find items. Once assigned on the digital platform, students will experience CAASPP-like practice with the online digital tools.

      Data and Reporting

      Amplify Desmos Math California provides teachers and administrators with unified reporting and insights so that educators have visibility into what students know about grade-level math—and can plan instruction accordingly for the whole class, small groups, and individual students. Reporting functionality integrates unit assessments, lesson assessments, diagnostic data, and progress monitoring for a comprehensive look at student learning. Program reports show proficiency and growth by domain, cluster, standard, and priority concept using performance data from unit assessments, then highlight areas of potential student need to allow teachers to modify their instruction and target differentiated support.

      Administrator reporting provides a complete picture of student, class, and district performance, allowing administrators to implement instructional and intervention plans.

      Category 4: Access and Equity

      The Amplify Desmos Math California curriculum provides teachers with lessons, strategies, and resources to eliminate barriers and increase access to grade-level content without reducing the mathematical demand of tasks. Our lessons are developed using the Universal Design for Learning (UDL) framework to proactively ensure that all learners can access and participate in meaningful, challenging learning opportunities.

      Every activity has multiple entry points to ensure that all students are supported and challenged. Intervention and personalized learning activities are directly connected to the day’s content and offer students the individualized supports they need to be successful.

      Each lesson and unit contains guidance for teachers on how to identify students who may need support, students who need to keep strengthening their understanding, and students who may be ready to stretch their learning. In addition, teachers are provided with recommendations for resources to use with each group of students.

      Universal Design for Learning

      Each lesson in the program incorporates opportunities for engagement, representation, action, and expression based on the guidelines of Universal Design for Learning (UDL).

      • Multiple Means of Engagement: Students engage in both print and digital learning, and are regularly participating in discussions and hands-on activities. Students are invited to build their own challenge for other students to solve, which provides opportunities for choice and
        autonomy, as well as joy and play.
      • Multiple Means of Representation: Students are encouraged to demonstrate their learning using mathematical representations, both print and digital, and regularly engage with their peers in analyzing multiple possible solutions. Classes engage in open-ended discussions about what individual students notice and wonder about mathematical concepts.
      • Multiple Means of Action and Expression: Learners differ in how they navigate learning environments and express what they know. Students can communicate their ideas in multiple ways, including in print, sketching, uploading photos, or recording an audio response.

      Accessibility

      Lesson facilitation supports

      Every lesson includes at least one specific suggestion the teacher can use to increase access to the lesson without reducing the mathematical demand of the tasks. These suggestions address the following areas:

      • Visual-spatial processing
      • Conceptual processing
      • Executive functioning
      • Memory and attention
      • Fine motor skills

      Accessibility tools

      Students have the ability to control accessibility tools so that each learning experience is customized to their individual needs. In many instances, these tools can be turned on or off at any point of instruction.

      • Text to speech: Reads text instructions to students in multiple languages
      • Enlarged font: Increases the size of all text on screen
      • Braille mode: Includes narration of digital interactions
      • Language selection: Toggles between languages

      Differentiation: In-Lesson Teacher Moves

      Within every lesson activity, teachers can use the suggestions in the Differentiation Teacher Moves table to provide in-the-moment instructional support while students are engaged in the work of the lesson. This table can help teachers anticipate the ways students may approach the activity, and provides prompts that they can use during the lesson to Support, Strengthen, and Stretch individual students in their thinking. Teachers are provided with clear student actions and understanding to look for, each matched with immediately usable suggestions for how to respond to the student thinking illustrated in each row of the table. In addition to using these suggestions in the moment as teachers monitor student work, teachers can review the Differentiation table in advance to help them anticipate how students are likely to approach the activity.

      A table showing differentiation teacher moves with examples of representing groups in different ways, support prompts, and a stretch question about patterns with more teams.

      Differentiation: Beyond the Lesson

      Teachers are provided with recommendations for resources to use with each group of students needing support, strengthening, and stretching after each lesson. Support, Strengthen, and Stretch resources include:

      • Mini-Lessons: 15-minute, small-group direct instruction lessons targeted to a specific concept or skill
      • Item Banks: Space for teachers to create practice and assessments by using filters and searching for standards, summative-style items, and more
      • Fluency Practice: Adaptive, personalized practice built out for basic operations and more
      • Centers (K–5): Lesson-embedded routines and practice for students that are vertically aligned across grade levels
      • Extensions: Lesson-embedded Teacher Moves including possible stretch questions and activities for students
      • Lesson Practice: Additional practice problems support every lesson
      • Math Adventures: Strategy-based math games where students engage with math concepts and practice skills in a fun digital environment
      • Lesson Summary Support: Support for students and caregivers that provides efficient explanation of the learning goal with clear examples

      Math Identity and Community

      The Math Identity and Community feature supports teachers in helping students build confidence in their own mathematical thinking, develop skills to work with and learn from others when doing math, and learn how math is an interwoven part of their broader community. The embedded prompts throughout the lessons are designed to highlight what it means to be good at math, the value of sharing ideas, and the power of flexible and creating thinking. Here are some examples of the Math Identity and Community supports embedded in each lesson:

      • I can be all of me in math class. You will work with partners every day in math class. What do you want your partners to know about you? 
      • We are a math community. What does good listening look like and sound like in a math community? 
      • I am a doer of math. What math strengths did you use today?

      Unit Stories

      Every unit in grades K–5 contains a Unit Story. These Unit Stories are brief fiction stories read aloud by the teacher at the beginning of each unit that connect to the math of the unit and introduce characters that students will get to know as they engage in the unit. Teachers read the story aloud from their Teacher Edition while projecting illustrations for students from the story, found in the Teacher Presentation Screens for the story. Across the unit, the Unit Story context and characters are used at appropriate points to inspire and engage students in the math as well as in reflections about their math identity and community.

      Math Language Development

      Every lesson in Amplify Desmos Math California includes opportunities for all students to develop mathematical language as they experience the content. Amplify Desmos Math California purposefully progresses language development from lesson to lesson and across units by supporting students in making their arguments and explanations stronger, clearer, and more precise. This systematic approach to the development of math language can be broken down into the following four categories of support:

      • Vocabulary: Units and lessons start by surfacing students’ language for new concepts, then building connections between their language and the new vocabulary for that unit. This honors the language assets that students bring into their learning.
      • Language goals: Language goals attend to the mathematics students are learning, and are written through the lens of one or more of four language modalities: reading, writing, speaking, and listening.
      • Math Language Routines: Math Language Routines are used within lessons to highlight student-developed language and ideas, cultivate conversation, support mathematical sense-making, and promote meta-cognition.
      • Multilingual/English learner supports: Supports for multilingual/English learners (ML/ELs) are called out at intentional points within each lesson. These specific, targeted suggestions support ML/ELs with modifications that increase access to a task, or through development of contextual or mathematical language (both of which can be supportive of all learners). 

      Multilingual and English Learner Supports

      Amplify partnered with the English Learner Success Forum (ELSF), a national nonprofit organization that advocates for high-quality instructional materials that are inclusive of multilingual learners. ELSF reviewed Amplify Desmos Math California, and provided directional guidance and feedback to ensure that the program reflects their research-based instructional strategies for multilingual/English learners.

      Our Math Language Development Resources book contains lesson-specific strategies and activities for all levels of English Learners (i.e., Emerging, Expanding, Bridging). With support for every lesson, teachers are empowered to help all students, regardless of their language skills, to participate fully, grasp the material, and excel in their mathematical journey.

      Amplify Desmos Math California includes a digital glossary for languages other than Spanish. Translations will be provided for up to nine languages.

      Amplify Desmos Math California will include Spanish student-facing materials beginning in the 2026–27 school year.

      Category 5: Instructional Planning and Support

      Amplify Desmos Math California includes a variety of embedded instructional supports to empower teachers to lead effectively and gain actionable insights into student growth and progress. Teachers are equipped with a comprehensive set of resources designed to fulfill the requirements of Category 5.

      Within the Teacher Edition front matter:

      • Scope and sequence
      • Big Ideas, Drivers of Investigation, and Content Connections
      • Grade level standards
      • Standards for Mathematical Practice
      • English Language Development Standards
      • Environmental Principals and Concepts

      Within each Unit and Sub-Unit Overview:

      • Big Ideas, Drivers of Investigation, and Content Connections
      • Math that Matters Most
      • Grade level standards
      • Standards for Mathematical Practice
      • English Language Development Standards
      • Environmental Principals and Concepts

      Within each Lesson:

      • Big Ideas, Drivers of Investigation, and Content Connections
      • Grade level standards
      • Standards for Mathematical Practice
      • English Language Development Standards
      • Environmental Principals and Concepts

      At the course level (within the Teacher Edition front matter):

      • Navigating the Program (both print and digital)
      • Facilitating Lesson Activities with Launch, Monitor and Connect
      • Overview of the Digital Facilitation Tools

      At the lesson level:

      • Suggestions for timing
      • What materials to prep
      • How to organize and group students 
      • Key lesson takeaways with the Synthesis
      • Recommendations for Differentiation
      • Strategies for intervention and extensions (in the Intervention, Extensions, and Investigation Resources book)

      At the activity level:

      • Differentiation recommendations
      • Accessibility tips
      • ML / EL tips
      • Teacher look-fors
      • Recommended Teacher Moves
      • Prompts for guiding student thinking 
      • Sample student responses

      A variety of language development supports are provided within the Student and Teacher Editions and Math Language Development Resources book. 

      At the lesson level:

      • Diagrams and visuals
      • Sentence frames and word banks
      • Graphic organizers, including Frayer models
      • Vocabulary routines
      • Embedded language supports aligned to the CA ELDs
      • Lesson-specific strategies for Emerging, Expanding, and Bridging

      At the unit level: 

      • Words With Multiple Meanings
      • Contextual vocabulary

      At the course level:

      • English/Spanish cognates
      • Multilingual Glossary 
      • Additional Practice Resources book
      • Assessment Resources book 
      • Assess and Respond guidance paired with each assessment opportunity
      • Show-What-You-Know activities
      • Answer keys and rubrics 
      • Performance tasks

      Amplify Science – Oklahoma

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Amplify Science – Oklahoma

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Inspiring the next generation of Oklahoma scientists, engineers, and curious citizens

      Amplify Science is an engaging new core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning.

      A powerful partnership

      Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

      Our Instructional Model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      DO
      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit, from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      TALK
      Student-to-student discourse and full class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      READ
      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation, and importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      WRITE
      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      VISUALIZE
      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Resources to support your review

      Remote and hybrid learning supports

      Oklahoma remote and hybrid overview video

      Amplify has launched a new remote learning solution called Amplify Science@Home. Intended to make extended remote learning and hybrid learning easier, Amplify Science@Home includes two useful options for continuing instruction: @Home Videos and @Home Units. 

      Amplify Science @Home Videos are recordings of real Amplify Science teachers teaching the lessons. For those teachers who are unable to meet synchronously with their students, the recorded lessons are a great way to keep their students on track and engaged with Amplify Science while at home. These videos will be produced for all K–5 units, and for the first four units of each 6–8 grade level. Their release will be rolling, beginning in August.   

      Amplify Science@Home Units are modified versions of Amplify Science units, strategically designed to highlight key activities from the program. The @Home Units take significantly less instructional time than the complete Amplify Science program and allow students to engage with science at home. @Home Units will be developed for all Amplify Science K–8 units. Each @Home unit includes:

      • Teacher overviews explaining how to use the materials, including suggestions for enhancing the @Home Units if synchronous learning or in-class time with students is available.
      • Overviews to send home to families.

      Student materials are available in two formats:

      • @Home Slides (PDF/PPT) + Student Sheets (PDF) for students with access to technology at home.
      • Downloadable @Home Packets (PDF) for students without access to technology at home.

      Download the Remote and hybrid learning guide.

      What’s included

      Flexible resources that work seamlessly together

      Science articles
      The middle school science articles serve as sources for evidence collection and were authored by science and literacy experts at the Lawrence Hall of Science.

      Student Investigation Notebooks
      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks provide space for students to:

      • Record data
      • Reflect on ideas from texts and investigations
      • Construct explanations and arguments

      Available with full-color article compilations for middle school units.

      Digital student experience
      Students access the digital simulations and modeling tools, as well as lesson activities and assessments, through the digital student experience. Students can interact with the digital student experience as they:

      • Conduct hands-on investigations
      • Engage in active reading and writing activities
      • Participate in discussions
      • Record observations
      • Craft end-of-unit scientific arguments

      Teacher’s Guides
      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including:

      • Classroom Slides
      • Detailed lesson plans
      • Unit and chapter overview documentation
      • Differentiation strategies
      • Standards alignments
      • In-context professional development

      Hands-on materials kits
      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science. Each unit kit contains:

      • Consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials
      • Print classroom display materials
      • Premium print materials for student use (sorting cards, maps, etc.)

      Scope and sequence

      GRADE
      UNIT
      Kindergarten
      • Needs of Plants and Animals
      • Pushes and Pulls
      • Sunlight and Water
      Grade 1 
      • Animal and Plant Defenses
      • Light and Sound
      • Spinning Earth
      Grade 2 
      • Plant and Animal Relationships
      • Properties of Materials
      • Changing Landforms
      Grade 3 
      • Balancing Forces
      • Inheritance and Traits
      • Environments and Survival
      • Weather and Climate
      Grade 4 
      • Energy Conversions
      • Vision and Light
      • Earth’s Features
      • Waves, Energy, and Information
      Grade 5 
      • Patterns of Earth and Sky
      • Modeling Matter
      • The Earth System
      • Ecosystem Restoration
      Grade
      Units

      Grade 6

      • Launch: Microbiome
      • Metabolism
      • Metabolism Engineering Internship
      • Thermal Energy
      • Plate Motion
      • Plate Motion Engineering Internship
      • Rock Transformations
      • Weather Patterns
      • Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate

      Grade 7

      • Launch: Harnessing Human Energy
      • Phase Change
      • Phase Change Engineering Internship
      • Magnetic Fields
      • Earth’s Changing Climate
      • Earth’s Changing Climate Engineering Internship
      • Chemical Reactions
      • Populations and Resources
      • Matter and Energy in Ecosystems

      Grade 8

      • Launch: Geology on Mars
      • Earth, Moon, and Sun
      • Light Waves
      • Force and Motion
      • Force and Motion Engineering Internship
      • Traits and Reproduction
      • Natural Selection
      • Natural Selection Engineering Internship
      • Evolutionary History

      Oklahoma Academic Standards for Science coverage

      Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS), and the Oklahoma Academic Standards for Science (OASS) are closely aligned to the NGSS at K-8. The guidance below is meant to provide support for integrating additional activities that support full coverage of the OASS. You can view the full K–8 OASS correlation here.

      Organized by grade level, each section below will outline:

      • additional activities that support 100% alignment to the Oklahoma Academic Standards for Science; 
      • the standard being addressed with the activities; 
      • the recommended placement of the activities within a specific Amplify Science unit; and 
      • PDFs of any accompanying materials that are necessary to implement the activities. 

      Standard: 1.ESS3.1: Communicate solutions that will reduce the impact of humans on the land, water, air, and/or other living things in the local environment.

      Recommended placementAnimal and Plant Defenses unit, Chapter 1

      MaterialsThe Student Book Investigating Monarchs from the unit Needs of Plants and Animals

      Investigating Monarchs emphasizes the needs of monarch caterpillars and butterflies and shows what happens when these animals are not able to meet their needs. The book first introduces the life cycle of monarchs, explaining that monarch caterpillars must eat milkweed to survive and change into butterflies. Their summer habitat must have milkweed. The butterflies then migrate a long distance, from the United States to a forest in the mountains of Mexico, where they take shelter in the trees. Their winter habitat must have trees. Scientists discovered that the monarch population in Mexico was greatly reduced because people were cutting down the trees. The forest was then protected, but the monarch population did not recover as expected. Scientists in the United States found evidence that this was because fields with milkweed are being replaced by farms and buildings. This book could be read with the class either before or after Chapter 1 of the Animal and Plant Defenses unit, which focuses on what plants and animals need to do to survive. Students could be asked to reflect on what the monarchs need to survive (including food and shelter), and how human activities impacted the monarchs’ ability to meet those needs. After reading the book, students could brainstorm ideas for how to reduce the impact of humans on the local environment.

      Standard: MS-PS4-2: Develop and use a model to describe that waves are reflected, absorbed, or transmitted through various materials.

      Recommended placementMetabolism unit, Lesson 3.3, addition to Activity 5 

      Materials“What Eyes Can See” science article

      As students investigate metabolism and the body systems, the article “What Eyes Can See” should be assigned to deepen their understanding of information processing and sense receptors and connect that understanding to the emerging idea of the interaction of waves with various materials. The article explores how the only thing we can really see is light. Light travels from a light source to the eye, passing through some materials and bouncing off others. Tiny organs inside the eye called rods and cones absorb energy from light, making vision possible. These interactions between light and materials determine our visible world. 

      Instructions:

      Download the PDF “What Eyes Can See” above and remind students of the Active Reading Guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. For example, “Have you ever had an experience where something looked different in one kind of light than in another kind of light? Or where something seemed to appear or disappear when the light changed?”

      Standard: MS-PS3-1: Construct and interpret graphical displays of data to describe the relationships of kinetic energy to the mass of an object and to the speed of an object.

      Recommended placementHarnessing Human Energy unit, Lesson 1.4, after Activity 4 

      MaterialsForce and Motion SimulationActivity instructions and copymasters

      In this activity, students use the Force and Motion Simulation to investigate the relationship between kinetic energy, mass, and velocity. 

      Instructions

      Download the PDF linked above for the Lesson Guide and copymasters needed for the activity. Note that this investigation is typically implemented during the Force and Motion unit. This means the Lesson Guide will contain some incongruous labeling (e.g., unit name), as well as instructions that are out of context and unnecessary for the purposes of addressing this standard at grade 7. We suggest skipping to step 4 of the Instructional Guide to avoid some of this. Your students will get additional exposure to this activity, and indeed the standard as a whole, when they get to the Force and Motion unit in grade 8.

      Standards:

      • MS-PS2-3: Ask questions about data to determine the factors that affect the strength of electric and magnetic forces.
      • MS-PS2-5: Conduct an investigation and evaluate the experimental design to provide evidence that fields exist between objects exerting forces on each other even though the objects are not in contact.

      Recommended placementForce and Motion unit, after Lesson 1.5 

      MaterialsFlextension PDF

      This hands-on activity builds on and reinforces students’ understanding of forces that act at a distance, with a focus on electrostatic force. Students explore electrostatic forces, prompted by a set of challenges that they try to accomplish. Next, students generate scientific questions based on their observations. Electrostatic force is less predictable and consistent than magnetic force, and investigating it can be both challenging and intriguing. The purpose of this lesson is for students to gain firsthand experience with electrostatic force and to gain experience generating scientific questions based on observations. You might choose to include this Flextension if you would like your students to have more exposure to electrostatic force, and if you would like to challenge your students to explore and ask questions about a challenging type of force. 

      Instructions:

      Download the PDF linked above for a detailed Lesson Guide and the copymasters associated with the activity. Note that this activity is typically implemented as an add-on Flextension during the Magnetic Fields unit. This means that you will see some information that is out of context (e.g., placement information, unit title), but the activity itself also works for the purposes of the Force and Motion unit. If you have any questions, please reach out to our support team via the chat icon in your account or help@amplify.com

      Explore the Digital Teacher’s Guide

      When you’re ready to review, click the orange button below and use your provided login credentials to access the Amplify Science Digital Teacher’s Guide.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital Teacher’s Guide, watch our navigational guide videos:

      Grades K–5:

      Grades 6–8:

      Looking for help?

      Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support

      Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We have developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program. This service is completely free for all educators who are using our programs and includes:

      • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans
      • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials
      • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify programs
      • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more

      To reach our pedagogical team, use our live chat within your program, call (800) 823-1969, or email edsupport@amplify.com

      Timely technical and program support

      Our technical and program support is included and available from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.

      For your most urgent questions:

      • Use our live chat within your program
      • Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969

      For less urgent questions:

      Contact us

      Contact your South Carolina team representatives:
      Jeff Rutter
      Field Manager
      jrutter@amplify.com
      (727) 512-8440

      Cathy McMillan
      Senior Account Executive
      cmcmillan@amplify.com
      (904) 465-9904

      Amplify Science Success Story

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true three-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
      Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

      Proven to work

      A pdf cover from wested titled "learning and literacy development together: initial results from a curriculum study," featuring an adult helping children with schoolwork in a classroom.

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 1

      Read More

      Pdf cover titled "curriculum materials designed for the next generation science standards: initial results from gold standard research trials", published by wested.

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 7

      Read More

      A teacher and students engage in a science activity around a table. The text promotes the Amplify Science K–8 curriculum, highlighting its focus on hands-on learning and real-world problem-solving.

      Amplify Science NE
      Grades K–5

      Read More

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      DO

      Firsthand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      TALK

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      READ

      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      WRITE

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      VISUALIZE

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS and support students in mastering the Oregon Science Standards.

      Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also emphasizes a particular science and engineering practice.

      In grades K–2:

      • One unit emphasizes the practice of investigation.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of modeling.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of engineering design.

      In grades 3–5, students experience the three unit types above, plus:

      • One additional unit that emphasizes the practice of argumentation.

      Investigation units focus on the process of strategically developing investigations and gathering data to answer questions. Students are first asked to consider questions about what happens in the natural world and why, and are then involved in designing and conducting investigations that produce data to help answer those questions.

      Modeling units provide extra support to students engaging in the practice of modeling. Students use physical models, investigate with computer models, and create their own diagrams to help them visualize what might be happening on the nanoscale.

      Engineering design units provide opportunities for students to solve complex problems by applying science principles to the design of functional solutions, and iteratively testing those solutions to determine how well they meet preset criteria.

      Argumentation units provide students with regular opportunities to explore and discuss available evidence, time and support to consider how evidence may be leveraged in support of claims, and independence that increases as they mount written arguments in support of their claims.

      Unit sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts, than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      Chart outlining science curriculum by grade, from kindergarten through grade 5, listing topics such as

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock-full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      Two children sit at a table blowing into plastic straws held together, likely making musical sounds, with containers and rubber bands on the table.

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough non-consumable materials to support a class of 36 students and enough consumable items to support 72 students. In other words, each kit can last two years! Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need for the unit and then put it all back with ease.

      Amplify Science California supports 3-D learning with more materials than any other program.

      Each unit of Amplify Science K–5 includes six unique Student Books written by the Lawrence Hall of Science specifically for the program. These content-rich nonfiction and informational texts provide opportunities for students to search for evidence relevant to their firsthand investigations, see science practices and dispositions modeled, extend their science knowledge, provide real world connections as they master reading-to-learn and close reading skills, and construct evidence-based arguments.

      Important note:
      Students in grades K–5 are never asked to read alone. Rather, books are read to, with, and by students with ample scaffolding and support provided by the teacher. Big Books are read aloud or together with the class to introduce ideas. Student Books allow for small-group reading and reading in pairs.

      Illustrations of two children's book covers displayed on a tablet, titled "on dia ocupado en villa empuja" and "a busy day in pushville," showing a busy street scene.

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades K–5, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Amplify Science Student Investigation Notebooks

      Amplify Science offers digital experience licenses that make elementary instruction more flexible for students and teachers, as well as providing additional means to engage in remote, hybrid, or in-person learning!

      Student-facing digital lessons
      With the digital experience, students can engage with digital lesson content in one cohesive experience. It’s the same content from Amplify science in a new, integrated format where students can interact with slides, Sims, modeling tools, videos, books, and more.

      Ecosystem Restoration digital simulation

      Digital student notebook pages
      Students can draw, write, record audio, and insert images into their Investigation Notebook pages. Their work is automatically saved and delivered to you in real time. When students edit their work, those edits are immediately reflected on your teacher work review page. You can access student responses by clicking “View Work,” where you can see students’ Investigation Notebook pages from the lesson, updating live.

      Assign in Amplify
      The digital experience allows flexibility with optional features like scheduling assignments in advance and setting due dates. You can use Scheduling to determine the date and time that the assignment appears in Student Home. You also have the flexibility to schedule when assignments appear and use dates to remove assignments from Student Home.

      Assign in LMS
      You can also assign lessons via our integrations with Google Classroom and Microsoft Teams, or by copying a lesson link and sharing it with students through the platform of your choice. The assignment link you send will provide students with direct access to the full lesson—slides, videos, digital tools, and worksheet activities—no student platform navigation required!

      Teacher platform and presentation
      Teacher-facing lesson content—including sample teacher talk, student responses, pedagogical support, and possible student responses—shows on a teacher’s private Teacher Guide tab. Students only see the lesson slides that are being presented.

      Graphic depicting a teacher's device synced with a class presentation for K—5 students. The teacher's laptop displays an Amplify Science lesson on environments, which is mirrored on a larger screen for the class

      Explore your print samples

      With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides, Student Investigation Notebooks, and sets of Student Books for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

      It’s important that you see the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provide a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

      A laptop screen displays a simulation of energy arrows entering and exiting Earth's system, flanked by diagrams explaining water flow and an energy token model.
      • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
      • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      What’s different about Amplify’s unit-specific material kits?  They…

      • Include more materials — We give teachers enough non-consumable materials to support a class of 36 students and enough consumables to support 72 student uses. In other words, each kit will last two years.
      • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
      • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      Grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit:

      Access your digital samples

      Explore as a teacher

      When you’re ready to explore the teaching experience on your own, follow these instructions to access the Amplify Science digital teacher platform.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark the page.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: t1.jeffersoncounty@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-jeffersoncounty
      • Click on Science on the left hand side.
      • Click on the Program Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

      Explore as a student

      When you’re ready to explore the student learning experience on your own, follow these instructions to access the Amplify Science digital student platform.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark the page.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: s1.jeffersoncounty@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-jeffersoncounty
      • Click the backpack icon on the top right.
      • Click Science K-5
      • Select any unit.

      Resources to support your review

      Publisher presentation

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
      The logo for The Lawrence Hall of Science, University of California, Berkeley, features blue text on a light background and is recognized by educators using Amplify Science for middle school science programs.

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      DO

      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      TALK

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      READ

      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      WRITE

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      VISUALIZE

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS, and support students in mastering the Oregon Science Standards.

      Graphic showing a research process with four steps: spark intrigue with a real-world problem, explore evidence, explain and elaborate, and evaluate claims, connected in a cycle with arrows.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also emphasizes a particular science and engineering practice.

      In grades K–2:

      • One unit emphasizes the practice of investigation.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of modeling.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of engineering design.

      In grades 3–5, students experience the three unit types above, plus:

      • One additional unit that emphasizes the practice of argumentation.

      Investigation units focus on the process of strategically developing investigations and gathering data to answer questions. Students are first asked to consider questions about what happens in the natural world and why, and are then involved in designing and conducting investigations that produce data to help answer those questions.

      Modeling units provide extra support to students engaging in the practice of modeling. Students use physical models, investigate with computer models, and create their own diagrams to help them visualize what might be happening on the nanoscale.

      Engineering design units provide opportunities for students to solve complex problems by applying science principles to the design of functional solutions, and iteratively testing those solutions to determine how well they meet preset criteria.

      Argumentation units provide students with regular opportunities to explore and discuss available evidence, time and support to consider how evidence may be leveraged in support of claims, and independence that increases as they mount written arguments in support of their claims.

      Unit sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      Chart outlining science curriculum by grade, from kindergarten through grade 5, listing topics such as

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3-D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      Two children sit at a table blowing into plastic straws held together, likely making musical sounds, with containers and rubber bands on the table.

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough non-consumable materials to support a class of 36 students and enough consumable items to support 72 students. In other words, each kit can last two years! Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

      Amplify Science California supports 3-D learning with more materials than any other program.

      Each unit of Amplify Science K–5 includes six unique Student Books written by the Lawrence Hall of Science specifically for the program. These content-rich nonfiction and informational texts provide opportunities for students to search for evidence relevant to their firsthand investigations, see science practices and dispositions modeled, extend their science knowledge, provide real world connections as they master reading-to-learn and close reading skills, and construct evidence-based arguments.

      Important note:
      Students in grades K–5 are never asked to read alone. Rather, books are read to, with, and by students with ample scaffolding and support provided by the teacher. Big Books are read aloud or together with the class to introduce ideas. Student Books allow for small-group reading and reading in pairs.

      Amplify Science Student Books

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades K–5, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Amplify Science Student Investigation Notebooks

      Amplify Science offers digital experience licenses that make elementary instruction more flexible for students and teachers, as well as providing additional means to engage in remote, hybrid, or in-person learning!

      Student-facing digital lessons
      With the digital experience, students can engage with digital lesson content in one cohesive experience. It’s the same content from Amplify science in a new, integrated format where students can interact with slides, Sims, modeling tools, videos, books, and more.

      Amplify Science SIM

      Digital student notebook pages
      Students can draw, write, record audio, and insert images into their Investigation Notebook pages. Their work is automatically saved and delivered to you in real time. When students edit their work, those edits are immediately reflected on your teacher work review page. You can access student responses by clicking “View Work,” where you can see students’ Investigation Notebook pages from the lesson, updating live.

      [IMAGE TO COME]

      Assign in Amplify
      The digital experience allows flexibility with optional features like scheduling assignments in advance and setting due dates. Teacher can use Scheduling to determine the date and time that the assignment appears in Student Home. They also have the flexibility to schedule when assignments appear and use dates to remove assignments from Student Home.

      Assign in LMS
      You can also assign lessons via our integrations with Google Classroom and Microsoft Teams, or by copying a lesson link and sharing it with students through the platform of your choice. The assignment link you send will provide students with direct access to the full lesson—slides, videos, digital tools, and worksheet activities—no student platform navigation required!

      Teacher platform and presentation
      Teacher-facing lesson content—including sample teacher talk, student responses, pedagogical support, and possible student responses—shows on a teacher’s private Teacher Guide tab. Students only see the lesson slides that are being presented.

      Amplify Science Student Digital

      Explore your print samples

      Amplify Science physical samples can be found at the Hamersley Library at Western Oregon University. There you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides, Student Investigation Notebooks, and sets of Student Books for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

      It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

      A laptop screen shows an energy simulation, with surrounding text and diagrams explaining the Earth's system and energy flow.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      Our unit-specific kits:

        • Include more materials — We give teachers enough non-consumable materials to support a class of 36 students and enough consumables to support 72 student uses. In other words, each kit will last two years.
        • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
        • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      At your request, we did not include our materials kits with our submissions samples. However, we did provide grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit, which you can also find with the links below.

      Access your digital samples

      Explore as a teacher

      When you’re ready to explore the teaching experience on your own, follow these instructions to access the Amplify Science digital teacher platform.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the teacher username and password found on your unique login flyer enclosed in your physical sample box.
      • Click the Science icon.
      • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

      Explore as a student

      When you’re ready to explore the student learning experience on your own, follow these instructions to access the Amplify Science digital student platform.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the student username and password found on your unique login flyer enclosed in your physical sample box.
      • Click the Science icon.
      • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      Resources to support your review

      What is Amplify Science?

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true three-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
      Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

      Proven to work

      A pdf cover from wested titled "learning and literacy development together: initial results from a curriculum study," featuring an adult helping children with schoolwork in a classroom.

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 1

      Read More

      Pdf cover titled "curriculum materials designed for the next generation science standards: initial results from gold standard research trials", published by wested.

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 7

      Read More

      A teacher and students engage in a science activity around a table. The text promotes the Amplify Science K–8 curriculum, highlighting its focus on hands-on learning and real-world problem-solving.

      Amplify Science NE
      Grades K–5

      Read More

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      Do

      Firsthand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      Talk

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      Read

      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      Write

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      Visualize

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS and support students in mastering the Utah Science Standards.

      Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also emphasizes a particular science and engineering practice.

      In grades K–2:

      • One unit emphasizes the practice of investigation.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of modeling.
      • One unit emphasizes the practice of engineering design.

      In grades 3–5, students experience the three unit types above, plus:

      • One additional unit that emphasizes the practice of argumentation.

      Investigation units focus on the process of strategically developing investigations and gathering data to answer questions. Students are first asked to consider questions about what happens in the natural world and why, and are then involved in designing and conducting investigations that produce data to help answer those questions.

      Modeling units provide extra support to students engaging in the practice of modeling. Students use physical models, investigate with computer models, and create their own diagrams to help them visualize what might be happening on the nanoscale.

      Engineering design units provide opportunities for students to solve complex problems by applying science principles to the design of functional solutions, and iteratively testing those solutions to determine how well they meet preset criteria.

      Argumentation units provide students with regular opportunities to explore and discuss available evidence, time and support to consider how evidence may be leveraged in support of claims, and independence that increases as they mount written arguments in support of their claims.

      Unit sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts, than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      Chart outlining science curriculum by grade, from kindergarten through grade 5, listing topics such as

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock-full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      Two children sit at a table blowing into plastic straws held together, likely making musical sounds, with containers and rubber bands on the table.

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough non-consumable materials to support a class of 36 students and enough consumable items to support 72 students. In other words, each kit can last two years! Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need for the unit and then put it all back with ease.

      Each unit of Amplify Science K–5 includes six unique Student Books written by the Lawrence Hall of Science specifically for the program. These content-rich nonfiction and informational texts provide opportunities for students to search for evidence relevant to their firsthand investigations, see science practices and dispositions modeled, extend their science knowledge, provide real world connections as they master reading-to-learn and close reading skills, and construct evidence-based arguments.

      Important note:
      Students in grades K–5 are never asked to read alone. Rather, books are read to, with, and by students with ample scaffolding and support provided by the teacher. Big Books are read aloud or together with the class to introduce ideas. Student Books allow for small-group reading and reading in pairs.

      Illustrations of two children's book covers displayed on a tablet, titled "on dia ocupado en villa empuja" and "a busy day in pushville," showing a busy street scene.

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades K–5, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Amplify Science Student Investigation Notebooks

      Amplify Science offers digital experience licenses that make elementary instruction more flexible for students and teachers, as well as providing additional means to engage in remote, hybrid, or in-person learning!

      Student-facing digital lessons
      With the digital experience, students can engage with digital lesson content in one cohesive experience. It’s the same content from Amplify science in a new, integrated format where students can interact with slides, Sims, modeling tools, videos, books, and more.

      Ecosystem Restoration digital simulation

      Digital student notebook pages
      Students can draw, write, record audio, and insert images into their Investigation Notebook pages. Their work is automatically saved and delivered to you in real time. When students edit their work, those edits are immediately reflected on your teacher work review page. You can access student responses by clicking “View Work,” where you can see students’ Investigation Notebook pages from the lesson, updating live.

      Assign in Amplify
      The digital experience allows flexibility with optional features like scheduling assignments in advance and setting due dates. You can use Scheduling to determine the date and time that the assignment appears in Student Home. You also have the flexibility to schedule when assignments appear and use dates to remove assignments from Student Home.

      Assign in LMS
      You can also assign lessons via our integrations with Google Classroom and Microsoft Teams, or by copying a lesson link and sharing it with students through the platform of your choice. The assignment link you send will provide students with direct access to the full lesson—slides, videos, digital tools, and worksheet activities—no student platform navigation required!

      Teacher platform and presentation
      Teacher-facing lesson content—including sample teacher talk, student responses, pedagogical support, and possible student responses—shows on a teacher’s private Teacher Guide tab. Students only see the lesson slides that are being presented.

      Graphic depicting a teacher's device synced with a class presentation for K—5 students. The teacher's laptop displays an Amplify Science lesson on environments, which is mirrored on a larger screen for the class

      Explore your print samples

      With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides, Student Investigation Notebooks, and sets of Student Books for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

      It’s important that you see the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provide a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

      A laptop screen displays a simulation of energy arrows entering and exiting Earth's system, flanked by diagrams explaining water flow and an energy token model.
      • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
      • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      What’s different about Amplify’s unit-specific material kits?  They…

      • Include more materials — We give teachers enough non-consumable materials to support a class of 36 students and enough consumables to support 72 student uses. In other words, each kit will last two years.
      • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
      • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      Grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit:

      Access your digital samples

      Explore as a teacher

      When you’re ready to explore the teaching experience on your own, follow these instructions to access the Amplify Science digital teacher platform.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark the page.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: t.scienceut@tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: AmplifyNumber1
      • Click on Science on the left hand side.
      • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

      Explore as a student

      When you’re ready to explore the student learning experience on your own, follow these instructions to access the Amplify Science digital student platform.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark the page.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: s.scienceut@tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: AmplifyNumber1
      • Click the backpack icon on the top right.
      • Click Science K-5
      • Select any unit.

      Resources to support your review

      Inspiring the next generation of Oklahoma scientists, engineers, and curious citizens

      Amplify Science is an engaging new core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning.

      A powerful partnership

      Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      DO
      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      TALK
      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      READ
      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      WRITE
      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      VISUALIZE
      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Oklahoma Instructional Samplers

      Video: Oklahoma Spotlight on All Learners (SPED, G & T, EL, DEI)

      Resources to support your review

      Remote and hybrid learning support

      Oklahoma Spotlight Video: Remote and Hybrid Learning

      Amplify has launched a new remote learning solution called Amplify Science @Home. Intended to make extended remote learning and hybrid learning easier, Amplify Science@Home includes two useful options for continuing instruction: @Home Videos and @Home Units. 

      Amplify Science @Home Videos are recordings of real Amplify Science teachers teaching the lessons. For those teachers who are unable to meet synchronously with their students, the recorded lessons are a great way to keep their students on track and engaged with Amplify Science while at home. These videos will be produced for all K–5 units, and for the first four units of each 6–8 grade level. Their release will be rolling, beginning in August 2021.   

      Amplify Science@Home Units are modified versions of Amplify Science units, strategically designed to highlight key activities from the program. The @Home Units take significantly less instructional time than the complete Amplify Science program and allow students to engage with science at home. @Home Units will be developed for all Amplify Science K–8 units. Each @Home unit includes:

      • Teacher overviews explaining how to use the materials, including suggestions for enhancing the @Home Units if synchronous learning or in-class time with students is available.
      • Overviews to send home to families.

      Student materials are available in two formats:

      • @Home Slides (PDF/PPT) + Student Sheets (PDF) for students with access to technology at home.
      • Downloadable @Home Packets (PDF) for students without access to technology at home.

      Download the remote and hybrid learning guide.

      What’s included

      Flexible resources that work seamlessly together
      Oklahoma Spotlight Video: Instructional Resources: More than a textbook!

      Science articles
      The middle school science articles serve as sources for evidence collection and were authored by science and literacy experts at the Lawrence Hall of Science.

      Student Investigation Notebooks
      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks provide space for students to:

      • record data.
      • reflect on ideas from texts and investigations.
      • construct explanations and arguments.

      Available with full-color article compilations for middle school units.

      Digital student experience
      Students access the digital simulations and modeling tools, as well as lesson activities and assessments, through the digital student experience. Students can interact with the digital student experience as they:

      • conduct hands-on investigations.
      • engage in active reading and writing activities.
      • participate in discussions.
      • record observations.
      • craft end-of-unit scientific arguments.

      Oklahoma Spotlight Video: Spotlight on Simulations

      Teacher’s Guides
      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including:

      • Classroom Slides.
      • detailed lesson plans.
      • unit and chapter overview documentation.
      • differentiation strategies.
      • standards alignments.
      • in-context professional development.

      Oklahoma Spotlight Video: Classroom Slides

      Hands-on materials kits
      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science. Each unit kit contains:

      • consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials.
      • print classroom display materials.
      • premium print materials for student use (sorting cards, maps, etc).

      Scope and sequence

      GRADE

      UNITS

      Kindergarten

      • Needs of Plants and Animals
      • Pushes and Pulls
      • Sunlight and Water

      Grade 1

      • Animal and Plant Defenses
      • Light and Sound
      • Spinning Earth

      Grade 2

      • Plant and Animal Relationships
      • Properties of Materials
      • Changing Landforms

      Grade 3

      • Balancing Forces
      • Inheritance and Traits
      • Environments and Survival
      • Weather and Climate

      Grade 4

      • Energy Conversions
      • Vision and Light
      • Earth’s Features
      • Waves, Energy, and Information

      Grade 5

      • Patterns of Earth and Sky
      • Modeling Matter
      • The Earth System
      • Ecosystem Restoration

      GRADE

      UNITS

      Grade 6

      • Launch: Microbiome
      • Metabolism
      • Plate Motion
      • Plate Motion Engineering Internship
      • Rock Transformations
      • Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate
      • Weather Patterns
      • Thermal Energy
      • Phase Change

      Grade 7

      • Launch: Harnessing Human Energy
      • Chemical Reactions
      • Populations and Resources
      • Matter Energy and Ecosystems
      • Earth’s Changing Climate
      • Earth’s Changing Climate Engineering Internship
      • Magnetic Fields

      Grade 8

      • Launch: Geology on Mars
      • Force and Motion
      • Force and Motion Engineering Internship
      • Light Waves
      • Earth, Moon, and Sun
      • Traits and Reproduction
      • Natural Selection
      • Evolutionary History

      Oklahoma Academic Standards for Science coverage

      Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS), and the Oklahoma Academic Standards for Science (OASS) are closely aligned to the NGSS at K–8. The guidance below is meant to provide support for integrating additional activities that support full coverage of the OASS. You can view the full K–8 OASS correlation here.

      Organized by grade level, each section below will outline:

      • additional activities that support 100% alignment to the Oklahoma Academic Standards for Science; 
      • the standard being addressed with the activities; 
      • the recommended placement of the activities within a specific Amplify Science unit; and 
      • PDFs of any accompanying materials that are necessary to implement the activities. 

      Standard: 1.ESS3.1: Communicate solutions that will reduce the impact of humans on the land, water, air, and/or other living things in the local environment.

      Recommended placement: Animal and Plant Defenses unit, Chapter 1

      MaterialsThe Student Book Investigating Monarchs from the unit Needs of Plants and Animals

      Investigating Monarchs emphasizes the needs of monarch caterpillars and butterflies and shows what happens when these animals are not able to meet their needs. The book first introduces the life cycle of monarchs, explaining that monarch caterpillars must eat milkweed to survive and change into butterflies. Their summer habitat must have milkweed. The butterflies then migrate a long distance, from the United States to a forest in the mountains of Mexico, where they take shelter in the trees. Their winter habitat must have trees. Scientists discovered that the monarch population in Mexico was greatly reduced because people were cutting down the trees. The forest was then protected, but the monarch population did not recover as expected. Scientists in the United States found evidence that this was because fields with milkweed are being replaced by farms and buildings. This book could be read with the class either before or after Chapter 1 of the Animal and Plant Defenses unit, which focuses on what plants and animals need to do to survive. Students could be asked to reflect on what the monarchs need to survive (including food and shelter), and how human activities impacted the monarchs’ ability to meet those needs. After reading the book, students could brainstorm ideas for how to reduce the impact of humans on the local environment.

      Standard: MS-PS4-2: Develop and use a model to describe that waves are reflected, absorbed, or transmitted through various materials.

      Recommended placement: Metabolism unit, Lesson 3.3, addition to Activity 5 

      Materials“What Eyes Can See” science article

      As students investigate metabolism and the body systems, the article “What Eyes Can See” should be assigned to deepen their understanding of information processing and sense receptors and connect that understanding to the emerging idea of the interaction of waves with various materials. The article explores how the only thing we can really see is light. Light travels from a light source to the eye, passing through some materials and bouncing off others. Tiny organs inside the eye called rods and cones absorb energy from light, making vision possible. These interactions between light and materials determine our visible world. 

      Instructions:

      Download the PDF “What Eyes Can See” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. For example, “Have you ever had an experience where something looked different in one kind of light than in another kind of light? Or where something seemed to appear or disappear when the light changed?”

      Standard: MS-PS3-1: Construct and interpret graphical displays of data to describe the relationships of kinetic energy to the mass of an object and to the speed of an object.

      Recommended placement: Harnessing Human Energy unit, Lesson 1.4, after Activity 4 

      MaterialsForce and Motion simulationActivity instructions and copymasters

      In this activity, students use the Force and Motion Simulation to investigate the relationship between kinetic energy, mass, and velocity. 

      Instructions

      Download the PDF linked above for the Lesson Guide and copymasters needed for the activity. Note that this investigation is typically implemented during the Force and Motion unit. This means the Lesson Guide will contain some incongruous labeling (e.g., unit name), as well as instructions that are out of context and unnecessary for the purposes of addressing this standard at grade 7. We suggest skipping to step 4 of the Instructional Guide to avoid some of this. Your students will get additional exposure to this activity, and indeed the standard as a whole, when they get to the Force and Motion unit in grade 8.

      Standards:

      • MS-PS2-3: Ask questions about data to determine the factors that affect the strength of electric and magnetic forces.
      • MS-PS2-5: Conduct an investigation and evaluate the experimental design to provide evidence that fields exist between objects exerting forces on each other even though the objects are not in contact.

      Recommended placementForce and Motion unit, after Lesson 1.5 

      MaterialsFlextension PDF

      This hands-on activity builds on and reinforces students’ understanding of forces that act at a distance, with a focus on electrostatic force. Students explore electrostatic forces, prompted by a set of challenges that they try to accomplish. Next, students generate scientific questions based on their observations. Electrostatic force is less predictable and consistent than magnetic force, and investigating it can be both challenging and intriguing. The purpose of this lesson is for students to gain firsthand experience with electrostatic force and to gain experience generating scientific questions based on observations. You might choose to include this Flextension if you would like your students to have more exposure to electrostatic force, and if you would like to challenge your students to explore and ask questions about a challenging type of force. 

      Instructions:

      Download the PDF linked above for a detailed Lesson Guide and the copymasters associated with the activity. Note that this activity is typically implemented as an add-on Flextension during the Magnetic Fields unit. This means that you will see some information that is out of context (e.g., placement information, unit title), but the activity itself also works for the purposes of the Force and Motion unit. If you have any questions, please reach out to our support team via the chat icon in your account or help@amplify.com

      Explore the Digital Teacher’s Guide

      When you’re ready to review, click the orange button below and use your provided login credentials to access the Amplify Science Digital Teacher’s Guide.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital Teacher’s Guide, watch our navigational guide videos:

      Grades K–5:

      Grades 6–8:

      Looking for help?

      Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support

      Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We’ve developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program. This service is completely free for all educators who are using our programs and includes:

      • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans.
      • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials.
      • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify programs.
      • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more.

      To reach our pedagogical team, use our live chat within your program, call              (800) 823-1969, or email edsupport@amplify.com

      Timely technical and program support

      Our technical and program support is included and available from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.

      For your most urgent questions:

      • Use our live chat within your program.
      • Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969.

      For less urgent questions:

      Contact us

      Contact your Oklahoma representative:
      Julie Godfrey
      Account Executive
      jgodfrey@amplify.com
      (817) 360-0527

      Website Terms of Use

      Description of Site Services; Acceptance of Terms of Use

      Welcome to www.amplify.com (together with any successor sites and the Site Services and Company Content (each as defined below), in whole and in part, the “Site”). The Site is operated by Amplify Education, Inc. (“Company” or “we”). The services that Company makes available on or through the Site include education-related articles, information and instructional services, purchasing functionality, support chat functionality and any other features, content, services, functionality and applications offered from time to time by Company on or through the Site (collectively, “Site Services”).

      BY ACCESSING OR USING THE SITE, YOU REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT YOU ARE OF LEGAL AGE TO ENTER INTO THIS TERMS OF USE AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT”) AND YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BY PURCHASING GOODS AND SERVICES ON THE SITE, YOU ARE ACCEPTING THE PRACTICES DESCRIBED IN THIS AGREEMENT AS WELL AS ANY ADDITIONAL TERMS OF USE THAT MAY BE ASSOCIATED WITH THE PARTICULAR GOODS AND SERIVICES YOU ARE PURCHASING.

      Please read this Agreement carefully. If you are an employee or other representative of a school or other organization who is accessing or using the Site on behalf of such organization, then you are agreeing to this Agreement on behalf of yourself and such organization. We may modify this Agreement at any time in our discretion, and we may provide such modifications to you by any reasonable means, including by posting the revised version of this Agreement on the Site. You can determine when this Agreement was last revised by referring to the “LAST UPDATED” legend at the top of this Agreement. Your access to or use of the Site following any changes to this Agreement will constitute your acceptance of those changes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any changes to this Agreement shall not apply to any dispute between you and us arising prior to the date on which we posted the revised version of this Agreement incorporating such changes or otherwise notified you of such changes. If you do not agree to be bound by this Agreement, you must not access or use the Site. Your access to and use of certain parts of the Site may require you to accept additional terms and conditions, and may require you to download certain Software or Content (each as defined below).

      Jurisdictional Issues

      The Site is controlled and operated by Company from the United States, and is not intended to subject Company to the laws or jurisdiction of any state, country or territory other than that of the United States. Company does not represent or warrant that the Site is appropriate or available for use in any particular jurisdiction other than the United States. In choosing to access and use the Site, you do so on your own initiative and at your own risk, and you are responsible for complying with all local laws, rules and regulations. You are also subject to United States export controls and are responsible for any violations of such controls, including any United States embargoes and other federal rules and regulations restricting exports. We may limit the Site’s availability to any person, geographic area or jurisdiction we choose, at any time and in our discretion. Not all products or services described on the Site are available in all states or territories.

      Company content

      The Site contains information, text, files, images, video, sounds, musical works, computer code, works of authorship, applications, and other materials and content (collectively, “Content”) of Company or its licensors (“Company Content”). The Site (including the Company Content) is protected by copyright, trademark, trade secret and other laws, and as between you and Company, Company owns and retains all rights in the Site. Company hereby grants to you a limited, revocable, non-sublicensable license, during the term of the Agreement, to access, display and perform the Company Content (excluding any computer code) solely for your personal, non-commercial use and solely as necessary to access and use the Site. Except as expressly permitted by Company in this Agreement or on the Site, you may not copy, download, stream, capture, reproduce, duplicate, archive, upload, modify, translate, create derivative works based upon, publish, broadcast, transmit, retransmit, distribute, perform, display, sell or otherwise use or transfer any Content. You may not, either directly or through the use of any device, software, online resource or other means, remove, alter, bypass, avoid, interfere with or circumvent any copyright, trademark or other proprietary notice on the Content or any digital rights management mechanism, device, or other content protection or access control measure associated with the Content.

      User content

      You may not access or use the Site for any commercial purpose. You are responsible for all Content that you post, upload, transmit, e-mail or otherwise make available on, through or in connection with the Site (collectively, “User Content”). Please choose carefully the Content that you make available on, through or in connection with the Site. Company does not control any Content other than Company Content, and as such you may be exposed to offensive, indecent, inaccurate or otherwise objectionable Content by accessing or using the Site. Company is not responsible or liable for any Content or the conduct of any Site user. If you become aware of any misuse of the Site, please report such misuse immediately to Company at general@amplify.com. Company reserves the right (but has no obligation) to monitor the Site, including for inappropriate Content or conduct, and to remove any Content in Company’s discretion and without liability to you or any third party.

      Your proprietary rights

      You retain any ownership rights that you have in your User Content. You hereby grant to Company and its affiliates, licensees and authorized users, a perpetual, non-exclusive, fully paid-up and royalty-free, sublicensable (through multiple tiers), transferable (in whole or in part), worldwide license to use, modify, excerpt, adapt, create derivative works and compilations based upon, publicly perform, publicly display, reproduce and distribute such User Content on, through or in connection with the Site and/or any other commercial or non-commercial endeavor of Company or any of its affiliates, including in connection with any distribution or syndication thereof to Third Party Services (as defined below), on and through all media formats now known or hereafter devised, for any and all purposes including promotional, marketing, trade and commercial purposes. The exercise of such rights shall not require any further permission or notice, payment or attribution to you or any third party. Company reserves the right to limit the storage capacity made available for User Content.

      You represent and warrant that: (a) you own the User Content made available by you, or otherwise have the right to grant the license set forth in this Section, and (b) the posting of such User Content through or in connection with the Site does not violate the privacy rights, publicity rights, copyrights, contract rights or any other rights of any person or entity. You agree to pay for all royalties, fees and any other monies owing to any person or entity by reason of the use of such User Content.

      Use of the site

      You agree not to:

      • Post, upload or otherwise transmit or link to Content that is: unlawful; threatening; harmful; abusive; pornographic or includes nudity; offensive; harassing; excessively violent; tortious; defamatory; false or misleading; obscene; vulgar; libelous; hateful; or discriminatory.
      • Violate the rights of others, including patent, trademark, trade secret, copyright, privacy, publicity, contract or other proprietary rights.
      • Harass or harm another person.
      • Exploit or endanger a minor.
      • Impersonate any person or entity.
      • Introduce or engage in activity that involves the use of viruses, bots, worms, Trojan horses, Easter eggs, time bombs, spyware or any other computer code, files or programs that interrupt, destroy or limit the functionality of any computer software or hardware or telecommunications equipment, or otherwise permit the unauthorized access to or use of a computer or a computer network.
      • Interfere with, damage, disable, disrupt, impair, create an undue burden on, or gain unauthorized access to the Site or any Account, or Company’s servers or networks;
      • Restrict or inhibit any other person from using the Site (including by hacking or defacing the Site). Cover, remove, disable, block or obscure the Site (including advertisements on the Site).
      • Use technology or any automated system, such as scripts or bots, to collect user names, passwords, e-mail addresses or any other data from or through the Site, or to circumvent or modify any security technology or software that is part of the Site.
      • Send or cause to send (directly or indirectly) unsolicited bulk messages or other unsolicited bulk communications of any kind through the Site. If you do so, you acknowledge you will have caused substantial harm to Company, and that the amount of such harm would be extremely difficult to measure. As a reasonable estimation of such harm, you agree to pay to Company $50.00 for each actual or intended recipient of such communication.
      • Modify, adapt, translate, reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the Site.
      • Solicit, collect or request any information for commercial or unlawful purposes.
      • Post, upload or otherwise transmit an image or video of another person without that person’s consent.
      • Use the Site to advertise, promote or engage in any commercial activity (including engaging in sales, contests or sweepstakes) without Company’s prior written consent.
      • Frame or mirror the Site without Company’s express prior written consent.
      • Use the Site in a manner inconsistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.
      • Use any robot, spider, site search/retrieval application or other manual or automatic device to retrieve, index, “scrape,” “data mine,” or in any way gather content of the Site or reproduce or circumvent the navigational structure or presentation of the Site without Company’s express prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company grants to the operators of public search engines the permission to use spiders to copy material from the Site for the sole purpose of, and solely to the extent necessary for, creating publicly-available searchable indices of such material, but not caches or archives of such material. Company reserves the right to revoke these exceptions either generally or in specific cases.
      • Attempt, facilitate or encourage others to do any of the foregoing.

      Company reserves the right to investigate and take appropriate legal action against anyone who, in Company’s discretion, violates this Agreement or attempts to do so, including terminating or suspending a user’s Account or access to or use of the Site, or reporting any User Content or conduct to law enforcement authorities.

      You (and not Company) are responsible for obtaining and maintaining all telecommunications, broadband and computer hardware, equipment and services needed to access and use the Site, and for paying all charges related thereto.

      User disputes

      You are solely responsible for your interactions with other users of the Site, providers of Third Party Services (as defined below) or any other third parties with whom you interact on, through or in connection with the Site.

      Purchases

      Company may make available products and services for purchase through the Site, and may use third-party suppliers and service providers to enable e-commerce functionality on the Site. You may only purchase products and services that appear on the Site and that are delivered to an address located in the United States. You may only purchase products and services for personal, non-commercial use by you, your educational institution or students of your educational institution. We may limit quantities or refuse any order for any reason or no reason, including if we have reasonable cause to believe an order is for onward sale or resale other than through distribution channels approved by us. We make no promise that products or services available on the Site are appropriate or available for use in locations outside the United States, and purchasing products or services for delivery to or use in territories where their contents are unlawful is prohibited. If you choose to purchase products or services from locations outside the United States, you do so at your own risk. It is your responsibility to ascertain and obey all applicable local, state, federal and international laws (including minimum age requirements) in regard to the possession, use and sale of any product or service made available through the Site.

      If you wish to purchase any product or service made available through the Site, you may be asked to supply certain information relevant to your transaction, including your credit card number, the expiration date of your credit card, your billing address and your shipping information. YOU REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT YOU HAVE THE LEGAL RIGHT TO USE ANY CREDIT CARD(S) USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSACTION. By submitting such information, you grant to Company the right to provide such information to third parties for purposes of facilitating the completion of transactions initiated by you or on your behalf. Verification of information may be required prior to the acknowledgement or completion of any transaction. While it is our practice to confirm orders by e-mail, the receipt of an e-mail order confirmation does not constitute our acceptance of an order or our confirmation of an offer to sell a product or service.

      Details of the products and services available for purchase are set forth on the Site. All prices are displayed exclusive of all taxes and shipping/freight charges. Available payment methods, methods of shipping and shipping charges (including charges for expedited shipping, if available) are detailed on the Site. Company may also collect and remit sales tax on your purchase as required by United States law. If you are a tax-exempt entity, please enter the appropriate information where requested on your order form and we will not collect sales tax on your purchase.

      Generally, credit and debit cards are not charged until we either ship the product(s) or confirm store availability (at which time you will be charged only for the products we have actually shipped along with any applicable taxes and shipping charges). However, we may pre-authorize your order amount with your credit or debit card issuer at the time you place the order, which may have an effect on your available credit line. When paying for a preorder with a debit card, you will be charged at the time you place your preorder. Please contact your credit or debit card issuer for more information. If you ordered a special delivery product, you will be charged once a delivery time is confirmed. For digitally delivered orders, your credit or debit card will be charged at the time that you initiate the download of the product.

      All purchases made through the Site are made pursuant to a shipment contract. As a result, risk of loss and title for products purchased through the Site pass to you upon delivery of the products to the carrier. You are responsible for filing any claims with carriers for damaged and/or lost shipments. Please note that all shipping addresses must be compliant with the shipping restrictions contained on the Site.

      Products, services and specifications

      All products and services described or depicted on the Site, and all related features, content, specifications and prices, are subject to change at any time without notice. Certain weights, measures and similar descriptions are approximate and are provided for convenience purposes only. Packaging may vary from that shown. We make reasonable efforts to accurately display the attributes of our products, including the applicable colors; however, the actual color you see will depend on your computer system, and we cannot guarantee that your computer will accurately display such colors. The inclusion of any product or service on the Site at a particular time does not imply or warrant that such product or service will be available at any time. Occasionally, the manufacture or distribution of a certain product or service may be delayed for a number of reasons. In such event, we will make reasonable efforts to notify you of the delay and keep you informed of the revised delivery schedule. By placing an order, you represent that the products and services ordered will be used only in a lawful manner. All DVDs and similar products are sold for private, non-commercial home use (where no admission fee is charged), non-public performance, or classroom or instructional use only, and may not be duplicated.

      Return and exchange policy

      Unless otherwise specified in the terms associated with a particular product, you may return or exchange any product purchased through the Site within fourteen (14) days of receipt, by calling our customer service hotline, 1–800–823–1969, in the event that the purchased product is defective or you received the wrong product. Except for the foregoing, you may not return, cancel or exchange any product or service. Certain jurisdictions may provide additional statutory rights. Nothing herein is meant to limit your return or cancellation rights under local law. In the event that a return or exchange is due to an incorrect order or faulty product, we will be responsible for the shipping costs associated with such return. We will ship a replacement product upon receiving your defective or incorrect product and verifying the reason for the return or exchange.

      Accuracy of information

      We attempt to ensure that information on the Site is complete, accurate and current. Despite our efforts, the information on the Site may occasionally be inaccurate, incomplete or out of date. We make no representation as to the completeness, accuracy or currency of any information on the Site. For example, products or services included on the Site may be unavailable, may have different attributes than those listed, or may carry a different price than that stated on the Site. If an item’s correct price is higher than our stated price, we will, at our discretion, either contact you for instructions before shipping or cancel your order and notify you of such cancellation. Items in your “Shopping Bag” reflect the current price displayed on the item’s product detail page. Please note that this price may differ from the price displayed when the item was first placed in your Shopping Bag. In addition, we may make changes in information about price and availability without notice.

      Chemicals, agricultural materials, and other hazardous materials

      Certain products made available through the Site may include chemicals, agricultural materials or other material that may be subject to regulations or restrictions with respect to import or export, or to whom we may sell such material or where or how such material may be used. It is your responsibility to read and abide by all warning notices that accompany any products that you purchase. In addition, we reserve the right to request additional information from you, verify your identity, limit sales to certified educational or research institutions, or cancel or delay your order if required by law or if we believe it is necessary or advisable. Due to special shipping and handling requirements, freight companies routinely impose a surcharge on each package of hazardous material shipped. In such event, we will add such surcharge to your order.

      Registration and account security

      You may have the ability to create an account on or through the Site (an “Account”). If you submit registration information to create an Account, you represent and warrant that all information submitted to Company in connection with such registration is complete and accurate, and that you will update such information if it changes. If you create an Account, you are responsible for all use of your Account, and for maintaining the confidentiality of the information used to access your Account (including user name and password). You agree not to share your user name or password with anyone, or use anyone else’s Account at any time. You agree to notify Company immediately if you suspect any unauthorized use of, or access to, your Account (including your user name and password). You acknowledge that the reuse of your password in connection with accounts on other websites increases the risk that the security of your Account may be compromised.

      The Site may make available, or third parties may provide, links to other websites, applications, resources, advertisements, Content or other products or services created, hosted or made available by third parties (“Third Party Services”), and such third party may use other third parties to provide portions of the Third Party Service to you, such as technology, development or payment services. When you access or use a Third Party Service, you are interacting with the applicable third party, not with Company, and you do so at your own risk. Company is not responsible for and makes no warranties, express or implied, as to the Third Party Services or the providers of such Third Party Services (including the accuracy or completeness of the information provided by such Third Party Service or the privacy practices of any third party). Inclusion of any Third Party Service or a link thereto on the Site does not imply approval or endorsement of such Third Party Service. Company is not responsible or liable for the content or practices of any Third Party Service or third party, even if such Third Party Service links to or is linked by the Site, and even if such Third Party Service is operated by an affiliate of Company or a company otherwise connected with us or the Site

      Feedback

      Unless we expressly agree otherwise in writing, if you provide us with any ideas, proposals, suggestions or materials (“Feedback”), whether related to the Site or otherwise, you hereby acknowledge and agree that (a) your provision of any Input is gratuitous, unsolicited and without restriction and does not place Company under any fiduciary or other obligation; and (b) any Feedback is not confidential and Company has no confidentiality obligations with respect to such Feedback.. You hereby grant to us a world-wide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, transferable and fully sublicensable (through multiple tiers) license, without additional consideration to you or any third party, to reproduce, distribute, perform and display (publicly or otherwise), adapt, modify and otherwise use and exploit such Feedback, in any format or media now known or hereafter developed, and you hereby represent and warrant that you have all necessary rights to grant the foregoing license. We may use Feedback for any purpose whatsoever without permission or notice, compensation or attribution to you or any third party. You are and remain responsible and liable for the content of any Feedback.

      Privacy

      Please review the Privacy Policy for the Site, available at http://www.amplify.com/privacy, to learn about our information collection, usage and disclosures practices with respect to information collected by us through the Site. Please note that certain products or services made available by us, other than the Site, may be subject to different privacy policies. In addition, the Site’s Privacy Policy does not address, and we are not responsible or liable for, the information collection, usage and disclosures practices of any third party or Third Party Service.

      Disclaimers

      THE SITE, USER CONTENT, THIRD PARTY SERVICES, AND ALL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES SOLD THROUGH THE SITE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SITE PRODUCTS”) ARE MADE AVAILABLE “AS-IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” AND COMPANY DOES NOT GUARANTEE OR PROMISE ANY SPECIFIC RESULTS FROM USE OF THE SITE PRODUCTS. COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN PARTICULAR, COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES MAKE NO WARRANTY THAT THE SITE OR USER CONTENT OR THIRD PARTY SERVICES, OR YOUR ACCESS TO OR USE THEREOF, WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED, TIMELY, SECURE, ERROR-FREE, ACCURATE OR RELIABLE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL WE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENCES OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THE SITE PRODUCTS THAT VIOLATES ANY APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION. CERTAIN STATE LAWS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF CERTAIN DAMAGES. IF THESE LAWS APPLY TO YOU, SOME OR ALL OF THE ABOVE DISCLAIMERS, EXCLUSIONS, OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU, AND YOU MIGHT HAVE ADDITIONAL RIGHTS.

      Under no circumstances will Company or its affiliates be responsible for any loss or damage, including property damage, personal injury or death, resulting from use of the Site, Products, problems or technical malfunction in connection with use of the Site, Products, attendance at any Company event or the conduct of any Site users, whether online or offline. Your use of the Site, Products is solely your responsibility and at your own risk. The User Content and Third Party Services do not necessarily reflect the opinions or policies of Company or its affiliates.

      Limitations on liability

      IN NO EVENT WILL COMPANY OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFIT DAMAGES, ARISING FROM YOUR USE OF THE SITE PRODUCTS, EVEN IF COMPANY OR ONE OF ITS AFFILIATES HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES TO YOU FOR ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE ACTION, WILL AT ALL TIMES BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID, IF ANY, BY YOU TO COMPANY FOR THE SITE PRODUCTS.

      Indemnity

      You agree to indemnify and hold harmless Company, its affiliates, subcontractors and other partners, and each of their respective officers, agents, partners and employees, from any losses, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), liabilities, claims or demands, due to or arising out of your use of the Site, your breach or alleged breach of this Agreement, your violation or alleged violation of any rights of another, or any Content that you post or otherwise submit on, through or in connection with the Site.

      Termination

      This Agreement remains in full force and effect while you access or use the Site. If you create an Account, you may terminate your Account at any time, for any reason, by contacting us at general@amplify.com. Company may terminate or suspend your Account and/or your access to or use of the Site at any time, for any or no reason, with or without prior notice or explanation, and without liability. Upon any such suspension or termination, your right to access and use the Site will immediately cease, and Company may immediately deactivate or delete your Account and all files and other information associated with it, and/or bar any further access to such files and other information. Company shall not be liable to you or any third party for any suspension or termination of your Account or of access to or use of the Site or any such files or other information, and shall not be required to make such files and other information available to you after any such suspension or termination. Sections 2, 5, 13, 17, 18, 19, 22, and 26 shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

      U.S. export controls

      All software made available in connection with the Site (“Software”) may be subject to United States export controls. No Software may be downloaded from or through the Site or otherwise exported or re-exported in violation of U.S. export laws.

      Governing law

      The terms of this Agreement are governed by the laws of the State of New York, U.S.A., without regard to its conflicts of law provisions, and regardless of your location.

      Arbitration

      EXCEPT FOR DISPUTES THAT QUALIFY FOR SMALL CLAIMS COURT, ALL DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, STATUTE, FRAUD, MISREPRESENTATION OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY, WILL BE RESOLVED THROUGH FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION BEFORE A NEUTRAL ARBITRATOR INSTEAD OF IN A COURT BY A JUDGE OR JURY, AND YOU AGREE THAT COMPANY AND YOU ARE EACH WAIVING THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY A JURY. YOU AGREE THAT ANY ARBITRATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL TAKE PLACE ON AN INDIVIDUAL BASIS; CLASS ARBITRATIONS AND CLASS ACTIONS ARE NOT PERMITTED AND YOU ARE AGREEING TO GIVE UP THE ABILITY TO PARTICIPATE IN A CLASS ACTION.

      Arbitration procedure

      Any arbitration under Section 23 above will be administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Arbitration Rules and Supplementary Procedures for Consumer-Related Disputes (“Supplementary Procedures”), as amended by this Agreement. The Supplementary Procedures are available online at http://www.adr.org/aaa/ShowPDF?doc=ADRSTG_015820. The arbitrator will conduct hearings, if any, by teleconference or videoconference, rather than by personal appearances, unless the arbitrator determines upon request by you or by us that an in-person hearing is appropriate. Any in-person appearances will be held at a location which is reasonably convenient to both parties with due consideration of their ability to travel and other pertinent circumstances. If the parties are unable to agree on a location, such determination should be made by the AAA or by the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision will follow the terms of this Agreement and will be final and binding. The arbitrator will have authority to award temporary, interim or permanent injunctive relief or relief providing for specific performance of this Agreement, but only to the extent necessary to provide relief warranted by the individual claim before the arbitrator. The award rendered by the arbitrator may be confirmed and enforced in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement will preclude you from bringing issues to the attention of federal, state, or local agencies, and, if the law allows, they can seek relief against us for you.

      Employment opportunities

      Company may, from time to time, post Company employment opportunities on the Site and/or invite users to submit resumes to Company. If you choose to submit your name, contact information, resume and/or other personal information to Company in response to such employment listings, you are authorizing Company to use this information for all lawful and legitimate hiring, employment and other business purposes. Company also reserves the right, at its discretion, to forward such information to Company’s affiliates for their legitimate business purposes. Nothing in this Agreement or contained on the Site will constitute a promise by Company to review any such information, or to contact, interview, hire or employ any individual who submits such information.

      The Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998 (“DMCA”) provides recourse for copyright owners who believe that material appearing on the Internet infringes their rights under U.S. copyright law. If you believe that any material residing on or linked to from the Site infringes your copyright, please send (or have your agent send) to Company’s Copyright Agent a notification of claimed infringement with all of the following information: (a) identification of the copyrighted work claimed to have been infringed, or, if multiple copyrighted works are covered by a single notification, a representative list of such works; (b) identification of the claimed infringing material and information reasonably sufficient to permit us to locate the material on the Site (such as the URL(s) of the claimed infringing material); (c) information reasonably sufficient to permit us to contact you, such as an address, telephone number, and, if available, an e-mail address; (d) a statement by you that you have a good-faith belief that the disputed use is not authorized by the copyright owner, the copyright owner’s agent or the law; (e) a statement by you that the above information in your notification is accurate and a statement by you, made under penalty of perjury, that you are the owner of an exclusive right that is allegedly infringed or are authorized to act on such owner’s behalf; and (f) your physical or electronic signature. Company’s Copyright Agent for notification of claimed infringement can be reached as follows: Copyright Agent, Amplify Education, Inc., 55 Washington Street, Brooklyn, NY 11201; Facsimile: 212-796-2311; Attn: Legal. Company’s Copyright Agent for notification of claimed infringement can also be reached electronically at: legal@amplify.com. Company reserves the right to terminate infringers’ and suspected infringers’ Accounts or their access to or use of the Site.

      Notice for California residents

      Under California Civil Code Section 1789.3, California users are entitled to the following consumer rights notice: If you have a question or complaint regarding the Site, please contact us by writing to Amplify Education, Inc., 55 Washington Street, Brooklyn, NY 11201 or by calling us at 212–213–8177 or sending a fax to 212–796–2311. California residents may reach the Complaint Assistance Unit of the Division of Consumer Services of the California Department of Consumer Affairs by mail at 1625 North Market Blvd., Sacramento, CA 95834, or by telephone at (916) 445–1254 or (800) 952–5210.

      Other terms

      This Agreement does not, and shall not be construed to, create any partnership, joint venture, employer-employee, agency or franchisor-franchisee relationship between you and Company. You may not assign, transfer or sublicense any or all of your rights or obligations under this Agreement without our express prior written consent. We may assign, transfer or sublicense any or all of our rights or obligations under this Agreement without restriction. The failure of Company to exercise or enforce any right or provision of this Agreement will not operate as a waiver of such right or provision. The Section titles in this Agreement are for convenience only and have no legal or contractual effect. References to and mentions of the word “include,” “includes,” “including,” or “e.g.” will mean “including, without limitation.” References to “discretion” will mean “sole discretion.” This Agreement operates to the fullest extent permissible by law. If any provision of this Agreement is unlawful, void or unenforceable, that provision is deemed severable from this Agreement and does not affect the validity or enforceability of any remaining provisions. Without limitation, you agree that a printed version of this Agreement and of any notice given in electronic form shall be admissible in judicial or administrative proceedings based upon or relating to this Agreement to the same extent and subject to the same conditions as other business documents and records originally generated and maintained in printed form. Company will not be responsible for failures to fulfill any obligations due to causes beyond its control.

      Please contact us at legal@amplify.com with any questions regarding this Agreement.

      A powerful partnership

      Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify. This partnership extends to 2032, allowing us to continuously improve our program and provide our customers with the most up-to-date enhancements, free of charge. Get a glimpse at our latest back-to-school updates here.

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      Three blue panels describing educational activities: "hands-on science" with lab experiments, "discuss" with collaborative learning, and "read" with literacy in science articles.

      Phenomena-based approach

      In each Amplify Science unit, students take on the roles of scientists or engineers in order to investigate a real-world problem. Students work to define the problem and collect and make sense of evidence. Once the context is clear, students collect evidence from multiple sources and through a variety of modalities. At the end of the unit, students are presented with a brand new problem, giving them an opportunity to apply what they’ve learned over the course of the unit to a new context. This represents a shift from asking students to learn about science to supporting students in figuring out the science.

      Flowchart of a learning unit divided into four chapters, showing stages of student engagement from introduction to application, with assessments indicated at various points.

      Resources to support your review

      Remote and hybrid learning support

      A child sits at a desk using a laptop. Next to the desk is a bookshelf with books, a fishbowl, and a soccer ball.

      See an example of our remote and hybrid learning support below:

      This fall, Amplify launched a new remote learning solution called Amplify Science@Home. Intended to make extended remote and hybrid learning easier, Amplify Science @Home includes two useful options for continuing instruction: @Home Videos and @Home Units.
      Amplify Science @Home Videos are recordings of real Amplify Science teachers teaching the lessons. For those teachers who are unable to meet synchronously with their students, the recorded lessons are a great way to keep their students on track and engaged with Amplify Science while at home. These videos will be produced for all K–5 units, and for the first four units of each 6–8 grade level. Their release will be rolling, beginning in August.

      Amplify Science @Home Units are modified versions of Amplify Science units, strategically designed to highlight key activities from the program. The @Home Units take significantly less instructional time than the complete Amplify Science program and allow students to engage with science at home. @Home Units will be developed for all Amplify Science K–8 units. Each @Home unit includes:

      • Teacher overviews explaining how to use the materials, including suggestions for enhancing the @Home Units if synchronous learning or in-class time with students is available
      • Overviews to send home to families

      Student materials will be available in two formats:

      • @Home Slides (PDF/PPT) + Student Sheets (PDF) for students with access to technology at home
      • Downloadable @Home Packets (PDF) for students without access to technology at home

      Download the remote and hybrid learning guide

      Benchmark Assessments

      Amplify’s Benchmark Assessments are designed to help teachers measure student progress toward the three dimensions—Disciplinary Core Ideas (DCIs), Science and Engineering Practices (SEPs), and Crosscutting Concepts(CCCs)—and performance expectations (PEs) of the NGSS. The assessments provide important insight into how students are progressing toward mastery of different standards ahead of high-stakes, end-of-year assessments.

      The Benchmark Assessments are built to be delivered after specific units in the recommended Amplify Science scope and sequence.* They are given three or four times per year, depending on the grade level. The benchmarks are intended to show progress at various points in time across a school year, and are therefore not summative in nature. Digital items and item clusters are also tagged to specific NGSS standards, allowing customization to align with other course sequences. The assessments are available via the following platforms:

      Print
      PDF files: For administering Benchmark Assessments on paper

      Digital platforms

      • Illuminate
      • SchoolCity
      • Otus
      • QTI (“Question and Test Interoperability”) files
        Not sure whether QTI files are compatible with your assessment platform? Contact your school IT or assessment platform representative for more information.
        Please note that Amplify is able to provide access to the QTI files themselves, but is not able to support the integration process. Your assessment platform provider should be able to assist with QTI file integration.

      Flexible implementation

      One of the key features of Amplify Science is the flexibility that it offers. We give students authentic opportunities to experience the full breadth of what it means to be a scientist or engineer. Just as scientists gather evidence from many types of sources, so do students in our program. Like scientists, students gather evidence not just from physical models, but also from digital models, texts, videos, photographs, maps, data sets, and even their peers!
      Simply put, real scientists don’t just get messy—they read, write, analyze, hypothesize, model, test, and communicate with purpose, too.

      Science articles

      The middle school science articles serve as sources for evidence collection and were authored by science and literacy experts at the Lawrence Hall of Science.

      Illustration of the indirect effects of overfishing on northern benguela jelly populations displayed on a laptop screen.

      Student Books
      Beginning and young readers have unique developmental needs, and science instruction should support these students in reading more independently as they progress through sections of content, the school year, and each grade. One way Amplify Science meets these needs is by strategically deploying different modes of reading throughout each unit: Read-Aloud, Shared Reading, and Partner Reading.

      A collage of various educational book covers related to science and math, featuring illustrated themes like sports, nature, and energy.

      Student Investigation Notebooks

      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks provide space for students to:

      • record data.
      • reflect on ideas from texts and investigations.
      • construct explanations and arguments.

      Available with full-color article compilations for middle school units.

      Collection of educational books from 'amplify science' on topics including ocean atmosphere, matter and energy ecosystems, and insect interactions, displayed in various angles.

      Digital student experience

      Students access the digital simulations and Modeling Tools, as well as lesson activities and assessments, through the digital student experience. Students can interact with the digital student experience as they:

      • conduct hands-on investigations.
      • engage in Active Reading and writing activities.
      • participate in discussions.
      • record observations.
      • craft end-of-unit scientific arguments.

      Dive into a quick example of our powerful simulations

      A digital illustration showcasing a laptop and a tablet displaying complex data analysis software interfaces with graphs and heatmaps.

      Hands-on materials kits

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science and is integrated
      into every unit. Students actively take on the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them.

      Check out these 2-minute videos to see an Amplify Science hands-on investigation in action.

      Each unit kit contains:

      • consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials.
      • print classroom display materials.
      • premium print materials for student use (sorting cards, maps, etc.).
      A perforated rectangular board, three small containers with different powders, a black battery holder with red wires, and three colored alligator clips are arranged on a white background.

      Teacher’s Guides

      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including:

      • detailed lesson plans.
      • unit and chapter overview documentation.
      • differentiation strategies.
      • standards alignments.
      • in-context professional development.
      A laptop displaying the Geology on Mars webpage sits beside a book titled "Geology on Mars," both featuring the same cover image of Mars and a spacecraft, perfect for enhancing three-dimensional learning in any science classroom.

      Scope and Sequence

      GRADE UNITS
      Kindergarten
      • Needs of Plants and Animals
      • Pushes and Pulls
      • Sunlight and Water
      Grade 1
      • Animal and Plant Defenses
      • Light and Sound
      • Spinning Earth
      Grade 2
      • Plant and Animal Relationships
      • Properties of Materials
      • Changing Landforms
      Grade 3
      • Balancing Forces
      • Inheritance and Traits
      • Environments and Survival
      • Weather and Climate
      Grade 4
      • Energy Conversions
      • Vision and Light
      • Earth’s Features
      • Waves, Energy, and Information
      Grade 5
      • Patterns of Earth and Sky
      • Modeling Matter
      • The Earth System
      • Ecosystem Restoration
      GRADE UNITS
      Grade 6: Earth Science
      • Launch: Geology on Mars
      • Plate Motion
      • Plate Motion: Engineering Internship
      • Rock Transformations
      • Earth, Moon, and Sun
      • Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate
      • Weather Patterns
      • Earth’s Changing Climate
      • Earth’s Changing Climate: Engineering Internship
      Grade 7: Life Science
      • Launch: Microbiome
      • Metabolism
      • Metabolism: Engineering Internship
      • Traits and Reproduction
      • Populations and Resources
      • Matter and Energy in Ecosystems
      • Natural Selection
      • Natural Selection: Engineering Internship
      • Evolutionary History
      Grade 8: Physical Science 
      • Launch: Harnessing Human Energy
      • Force and Motion
      • Force and Motion: Engineering Internship
      • Magnetic Fields
      • Thermal Energy
      • Phase Change
      • Phase Change: Engineering Internship
      • Chemical Reactions
      • Light Waves

      Minnesota Academic Standards in Science coverage

      Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the NGSS, a set of standards that closely align with the K–8 Minnesota Academic Standards in Science (MASS). Therefore, most grade levels’ respective set of Amplify Science units address the necessary MASS (see K–5 reverse alignment and/or correlations for K–5 and 6–8). However, for grades 2–4, teachers should also use the resources provided in the sections below to achieve full coverage of the appropriate standards before their students move on to the next grade level. Organized by grade level, each section outlines:

      • companion lesson materials that were written to support 100% alignment to the Minnesota Academic Standards in Science when used with the core Amplify Science units for the grade level
      • the standard being addressed with each companion lesson; and
      • the recommended placement of each companion lesson within a specific Amplify Science unit 

      Companion lesson: “Shelter”

      Standard: 1P.4.2.2.1 Communicate solutions that use materials to provide shelter, food, or warmth needs for communities including Minnesota American Indian tribes and communities.* (P: 8, CC: 2, CI: PS1, ETS2)

      Recommended placement: Following Lesson 5.1 of Spinning Earth

      Materials: Shelter Classroom Slides and Student Sheet

      Companion lesson: “Describing Climates”

      Standard: 2E.4.2.1.2 Obtain and use information from multiple sources, including electronic sources, to describe climates in different regions of the world.** (P: 8, CC: 1, CI: ESS2)

      Recommended placement: Following Lesson 4.5 of Changing Landforms

      Materials: Describing Climates Classroom Slides and Student Sheet

      Note: Students will further investigate the content in this standard, and revisit the book used in this companion lesson, in 3rd grade (Weather and Climate unit)

      Companion lesson 1: Light and Vision

      Standard: 3P.3.1.1.1 Develop a model to describe that light reflecting from objects and entering the eye allows objects to be seen. (P: 2, CC: 2, CI: PS4)

      Recommended placement: Following Lesson 4.5 of Environments and Survival

      Materials: Light and Vision Part 1 Classroom Slides and Student Sheet; Light and Vision Part 2 Classroom Slides and Student Sheet 

      Note: Students will further investigate the content in this standard, and revisit the book used in this companion lesson, in 4th grade (Vision and Light unit)

      Companion lesson 2: Studying Stars

      Standard: 3E.4.2.2.1 Gather information and communicate how Minnesota American Indian Tribes and communities and other cultures use patterns in stars to make predictions and plans. (P 8, CC: 1, CI: ESS1) 

      Recommended placement: Following Lesson 4.4 of Weather and Climate

      Materials: Studying Stars Classroom Slides and Student Sheet

      Note: Students will further investigate the content in this standard, and revisit the book used in this companion lesson, in 5th grade (Patterns of Earth and Sky unit)

      Companion lesson 1: Salt Water and Freshwater

      Standard: 4E.2.2.1.1 Interpret charts, maps and/or graphs of the amounts of salt water and fresh water in various reservoirs to provide evidence about the distribution of water on Earth.** (P: 5, CC: 4, CI: ESS2) 

      Recommended placement: Following Lesson 2.6 of Earth’s’ Features

      Materials: Salt Water and Freshwater Classroom Slides and Student Sheet

      Note: Students will further investigate the content in this standard, and revisit the book used in this companion lesson, in 5th grade (The Earth System unit)

      Companion lesson 2: How Raindrops Form

      Standard: 4E.1.1.1.2 Ask questions about how water moves through the Earth system and identify the type of question. (P: 1, CC: 5, CI: ESS2) 

      Recommended placement: Following Lesson 4.5 of Earth’s’ Features

      Materials: How Raindrops Form Classroom Slides and Student Sheet

      Note: Students will further investigate the content in this standard, and revisit the book used in this companion lesson, in 5th grade (The Earth System unit)

      Explore the digital Teacher’s Guide

      To familiarize yourself with navigation of the digital Teacher’s Guide, watch our navigational guide videos:

      Grades K–5:

      Grades 6–8:

      Looking for help?

      Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support

      Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We’ve developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program. This service is completely free for all educators who are using our programs and includes:

      • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans.
      • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials.
      • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify programs.
      • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more.

      Timely technical and program support

      Our technical and program support is included and available Monday through Friday, from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.

      Ready to dive in?

      Contact your Minnesota representative:
      Kristi Stengel
      Account Executive
      kstengel@amplify.com
      (612) 306-3941

      Tammy Sigwarth
      Account Executive
      tsigwarth@amplify.com
      (563) 663-0056

      Amplify and SFUSD Partnership

      We recognize and respect the unique differences of each of our partnering districts—and that includes San Francisco USD.

      Out of the box, Amplify Caminos offers districts a rich, comprehensive, research-based SELA experience. That said, no two districts are exactly alike. To that end, we are committed to working with San Francisco USD to ensure that Amplify Caminos addresses the needs of your community. This includes providing implementation guidance and support, as well as collaborating with your staff to determine which domains need to be modified or exchanged.

      What is Amplify Caminos?

      Amplify Caminos is a core Spanish language arts program for grades TK–5 that delivers:

      • Authentic instruction built from the ground up for the Spanish language.
      • A unique research-based approach truly built on the Science of Reading.
      • A combination of explicit foundational skills with meaningful knowledge-building.
      • Embedded support and differentiation that gets all students reading grade-level texts together.
      • Opportunities for students to see the strengths and experiences that all people share while also celebrating each others’ unique identities and experiences.



      Watch the video below to learn more about Amplify Caminos for Grades K–2.



      Watch the video below to learn more about Amplify Caminos for Grades 3–5.

      How does Amplify Caminos work?

      Amplify Caminos is built on the science of how kids learn to read—in Spanish.

      Amplify Caminos is all about helping you teach students how to read, all while giving them authentic and engaging reasons to read. That’s why Amplify Caminos develops foundational skills and builds knowledge in tandem.

      • Knowledge: Through complex and authentic Spanish read-alouds with an emphasis on classroom interactivity, oral comprehension, and contextual vocabulary, students start to build their awareness of the world around them—and the way the reading skills they’re building give them access to it.
      • Skills: Starting with the sounds at the core of the Spanish
        language, students practice their phonemic awareness, handwriting skills, vocabulary, spelling, and grammar. Through daily practice, students become aware of the connection between reading and writing, building confidence as they go.
      Illustration depicting the flow of genetic information, represented by ribbons transitioning from dna to rna, connected to various educational images and diagrams.

      Respecting the development differences between grade ranges, Amplify Caminos teaches foundational skills and background knowledge as two distinct strands in grades K–2, and combines them into one integrated strand in grades 3–5.

      Grades K–2:
      Every day, students in grades K–2 complete one full lesson that explicitly and systematically builds foundational reading skills in the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura strand, as well as one full lesson that builds robust background knowledge to access complex text in the Amplify Caminos Conocimiento strand. Through learning in each of these strands, students develop the early literacy skills necessary to help them become confident readers and build the context to understand what they’re reading.

      Grades 3–5:
      In grades 3–5, the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura and Conocimiento strands are integrated in one set of instructional materials. Lessons begin to combine skills and knowledge with increasingly complex texts, close reading, and a greater writing emphasis. Students can then use their skills to go on their own independent reading adventures.

      What do Amplify Caminos students explore?

      Amplify Caminos builds students’ knowledge about the world.

      In addition to teaching all students to crack the written code (which is vital for equity), the Amplify Caminos program helps students see the strengths and experiences we all share while celebrating their own unique identities and experiences.

      This is accomplished through the exploration of topics and text that feature people who resemble students and familiar situations or experiences while also exposing them to people whose appearances, lives, beliefs, and backgrounds differ from their own.
       

      Engaging domains

      Amplify Caminos builds knowledge coherently across subjects and grades.

      Throughout the program, students use their skills to explore domains that relate to storytelling, science, and the history of our world as seen through the eyes of many different groups.

      Carefully selected to build from year-to-year, our grade-appropriate topics help students make and deepen connections while also reading, writing, and thinking creatively and for themselves.

      Curriculum flowchart for Kindergarten to Grade 5, showing subject progression in language, science, and social studies, with highlighted and connected units.

      New Knowledge Research Units for Grades K–5

      Our brand-new Knowledge Research units carry forward Amplify Caminos’ powerful and proven instructional approach while also:

      • Adding more diversity. The rich topics and highly visual components featured in these units provide students with even more “windows and mirrors” and perspectives as they work to build knowledge.
      • Adding more authentic literature. Each new research unit revolves around a collection of high-interest authentic trade books that will spark more curiosity and inspire more inquiry.
      • Adding more flexibility. Units can be implemented for extended core instruction during flex periods, district-designated Pausing Points, or enrichment periods.

      Units cover a variety of rich and relevant topics:

      With these new units, students will soar to new heights with Dr. Ellen Ochoa, Amelia Earhart, and the Tuskegee Airmen. They’ll feel the rhythm as they learn about Jazz legends Miles Davis, Tito Puente, and Duke Ellington. And they’ll explore the far reaches of the world with Jacques Cousteau, Matthew Henson, and Eugenie Clark.

      • Grade K: El arte y el mundo que nos rodea
      • Grade 1: Cuentos de aventuras: relatos desde los confines de la Tierra
      • Grade 2: ¡A volar! La era de la aviación
      • Grade 3: Jazz y más
      • Grade 4: Energía: pasado, presente y futuro
      • Grade 5: Más allá de Juneteenth: de 1865 al presente

      Units will be made available in English and Spanish, and will include the following components:

      Why we added this unit:
      “Every child is an artist,” said Picasso, meaning that every child uses art to explore and understand the world around them. El arte y el mundo que nos rodea honors that truth by introducing Kindergarten students to some of the ways in which artists have explored and understood the world around them.

      This domain introduces students to artists from different time periods, countries, and cultures. Throughout the unit, students learn about different kinds of art and how artists use the world around them as they make art. They also connect this to what they have already learned about the earth, plants, and animals in other Caminos domains: GranjasPlantas, and Cuidar el planeta Tierra. In addition, students connect this to what they have learned about sculptors in the Presidentes y símbolos de los Estados Unidos domain. As they explore different artists and artistic traditions, they develop their ideas about how humans are connected to each other and to the world around them.

      As you read the texts in this unit, students may observe ways in which the characters or subjects are both similar to and different from students. This is a good opportunity to teach students awareness and sensitivity, building on the idea that all people share some things in common, even as they have other things that make them unique. This unit also offers an excellent opportunity to collaborate with your school’s art teacher, as many lessons have suggested activities to help students understand the kind of art they are studying.

      Within this unit, students have opportunities to:

      • Use details to describe art.
      • Identify three ways to create art.
      • Identify characteristics of cave art.
      • Sequence the steps of making pottery.
      • Describe how artists can create work connected to the world around them.
      • Describe what makes Kehinde Wiley’s portraits unique.
      • Explain how the texture of a surface can affect artwork created on it.
      • Explain what a sculpture is.
      • Describe what makes James Turrell’s artwork about the sky unique.
      • Explain what a museum is and what kinds of things you can see or do there.

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • Georgia O’Keeffe por Erica Salcedo
      • Yayoi Kusama: De aquí al infinito por Sarah Suzuki
      • Tejedora del arcoíris por Linda Elovitz Marshall
      • Las tijeras de Matisse por Jeanette Winter
      • El museo por Susan Verde
      • Quizás algo hermoso: Cómo el arte transformó un barrio por F. Isabel Campoy

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Why we added this unit:
      This domain introduces students to adventure stories set around the world and challenges students to dig into the adventures through research. By listening to the Read-Alouds and trade books, students increase their vocabulary and reading comprehension skills, learn valuable lessons about perseverance and teamwork, and become familiar with gathering information for research.

      In this unit, students study the careers of real-world explorers Dr. Eugenie Clark and Sophia Danenberg, marvel at the inventions of Jacques Cousteau, think critically about how teamwork and collaboration can make greater adventures possible, learn about the science and technology that enable adventures, and research some of the ways humans have confronted challenges at the edges of the world, from the oceans below to space above.

      Each lesson in the domain builds students’ research skills as they ask questions, gather information, and write a paragraph about their findings. Students share what they have learned about adventures in an Adventure Gallery Walkthrough. By taking on the persona of one of the adventurers they meet in the Read-Alouds and trade books, students deliver their final paragraphs as if they are a “speaking portrait” of that person. Students are invited to dress up as that adventurer if they desire.

      In addition, teachers can set aside time outside the instructional block to create the picture frames students will hold as they present to the Adventure Gallery Walk guests. Frames can be made from shirt boxes, cardboard, construction paper, or any art supplies that are on hand. This might be an opportunity to collaborate with the school’s art department if resources are available. Another option is to ask students to make their frames at home with their caregivers. On the day of the Adventure Gallery Walk, students will be the hosts and take on specific jobs, such as welcoming the guests, describing their work throughout the unit, and pointing out the areas of study on the domain bulletin board. You can find a complete list of student jobs in Lesson 13.

      How this unit builds knowledge:
      This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in the previous grade.

      • Rimas y fábulas infantiles (Kindergarten)
      • Cuentos (Kindergarten)

      The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Cuentos de aventuras: relatos desde los confines de la Tierra. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • My Name Is Gabito/Me llamo Gabito por Monica Brown
      • Galápagos Girl/Galapagueña por Marsha Diane Arnold
      • My Name Is Gabriela/Me llamo Gabriela por Monica Brown
      • El viaje de Kalak por María Quintana Silva y Marie-Noëlle Hébert
      • Señorita Mariposa por Ben Gundersheimer
      • Sharuko, el arqueólogo peruano/Peruvian Archaeologist Julio C. Tello por Monica Brown
      • Abuelita fue al mercado por Stella Blackstone

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Why we added this unit:
      With this domain, students head up, up, and away with an introduction to the soaring history of aviation. Students learn the stories of early aviators, such as the Montgolfier brothers, the Wright brothers, Aida de Acosta, and Amelia Earhart.

      During the unit, students study the science of flight, including the physics concept of lift, and research the social impacts of the world of flight. Finally, students let their research skills take flight as they explore key figures from the world of aviation.

      The lessons in this domain build on earlier Grade 2 Caminos domains about the westward expansion, early Greek civilizations, and Greek myths, and lay the foundation for learning about other periods of world history in future grades.

      How this unit builds knowledge:
      This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered earlier in the year.

      • La civilización griega antigua (Grade 2)
      • Mitos griegos (Grade 2)
      • La expansión hacia el oeste (Grade 2)

      The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in ¡A volar! La era de la aviación. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • ¡A volar! Todo sobre aviones por Jennifer Prior
      • Amelia sabe volar por Mara dal Corso
      • Héroes de la aviación que cambiaron el mundo por Dan Green
      • El niño que alcanzó las estrellas por José M. Hernández
      • La niña que aprendió a volar por Sylvia Acevedo
      • Buenas Noches Capitán Mamá por Graciela Tiscareño-Sato

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Why we added this unit:
      This domain teaches students about the vibrant music, poetry, and culture of the Jazz Age in the United States. Students learn about famous writers and musicians like Langston Hughes, Louis Armstrong, Billie Holiday, Melba Liston, Tito Puente, and Miles Davis. They study how the jazz art form took root in the South, then spread to the North to become the sound of the Harlem Renaissance, eventually connecting people around the world in musical expression.

      During this unit, students perform guided research to further explore both the history of jazz and what jazz is today. They develop research skills and then use those skills to find deeper connections between the stories and music of the Jazz Age and music today. As students learn about the world of jazz, they collaborate and share ideas with their classmates. They also practice sharing feedback focused on their written work, and, at the end of the unit, students present their research to the group.

      The lessons give students opportunities to dive into the rhythms and stories of jazz, utilizing the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

      • Collaboratively generate research questions about jazz, jazz musicians, contemporary musicians from the state where they live or have lived, and the evolution of jazz music.
      • Utilize Read-Alouds, independent reading, and partner reading to learn about the Jazz Age, the Harlem Renaissance, jazz music, and biographies of celebrated jazz musicians and writers.
      • Research the answers to their generated questions, gather information, write a short research essay about a famous jazz musician, write a short essay about a contemporary musician from the state where they live or have lived, and give a presentation about their research.

      How this unit builds knowledge:
      Within this unit, students have opportunities to:

      • Ask relevant questions and make pertinent comments
      • Identify details in texts
      • Determine key ideas of texts by evaluating details
      • Make text-based inferences
      • Generate questions based on prior knowledge and gathered information
      • Synthesize details across texts to demonstrate comprehension
      • Discuss and explain an author’s purpose
      • Identify and cite reliable primary and secondary sources of information
      • Compose a well-organized and focused informative essay
      • Make connections between topics
      • Present information using appropriate media

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • ¡Esquivel! Un artista del sonido de la era espacial por Susan Wood
      • Ray Charles por Sharon Bell Mathis
      • Tito Puente, el Rey del Mambo por Monica Brown
      • Me llamo Celia, la vida de Celia Cruz por Monica Brown
      • ¡Azúcar! por Ivar Da Coll

      In this unit, students also read the poem “Harlem” by Langston Hughes. (Available for free through the Academy of American Poets website and the Poetry Foundation website, with recorded audio available through the website for John Hancock College Preparatory High School.)

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Why we added this unit:
      With this domain, students become tomorrow’s problem solvers in this study of energy in the United States. Analytical reading skills are developed by examining the challenges of early energy innovators. Students then read about current energy practices and young energy change-makers across the world.

      Throughout the unit, students conduct research into different sources of energy and present a proposal, putting them in the shoes of future energy innovators. They also use the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

      • Collaboratively analyze texts to identify cause-effect and problem-solution relationships.
      • Generate questions and conduct research about energy.
      • Write an opinion essay making their case for a fuel of the future.
      • Create energy proposals using primary and secondary resources.

      How this unit builds knowledge:
      This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in previous grades as well as earlier in the year.

      • Plantas (Grade K)
      • La historia de la Tierra (Grade 1)
      • ¡Eureka! Estudiante inventor (Grade 4)

      The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Energía: pasado, presente y futuro. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • La historia de los combustibles fósiles por William B. Rice
      • El niño que domó el viento por William Kamkwamba y Bryan Mealer

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Why we added this unit:
      Within this domain, Students learn about General Granger’s announcement in Galveston, Texas on June 19, 1865, a day marked in history as Juneteenth. Texts and multimedia sources will support foundational knowledge-building about the end of slavery in the United States. A review of the first freedom announcement, President Lincoln’s Emancipation Proclamation, provides students with background knowledge to further emphasize the significance of Juneteenth in American history.

      This unit also takes students on a journey beyond Juneteenth, as they study specific contributions of African Americans from 1865 to the present day. Students participate in a virtual field trip to Emancipation Park in Houston, Texas and use the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

      • Collaboratively generate research questions about Juneteenth, The Great Migration, innovators and inventors, education, the humanities, activists, and allies.
      • Use Read-Alouds, independent, and partner reading to learn about African American contributions from 1865 to the present.
      • Research to find answers to their generated questions, gather information, and write a four-chapter Beyond Juneteenth book.

      How this unit builds knowledge:
      This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in previous grades.

      • Los nativos americanos (Grade K)
      • Una nueva nación: la independencia de los Estados Unidos (Grade 1)
      • La Guerra Civil de los Estaods Unidos (Grade 2)
      • La inmigración (Grade 2)
      • Los nativos americanos (Grade 5)

      The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Más allá de Juneteenth: de 1865 al presente
      . The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • Martí’s Song for Freedom/Martí y sus versos por la libertad escrito por Emma Otheguy
      • ¡Celebremos Juneteenth! escrito por Carole Boston Weatherford
      • Side by Side/Lado a Lado: The Story of Dolores Huerta and Cesar Chavez/La Historia de Dolores Huerta y César Chávez escrito por Monica Brown
      • Canto de alabanza para el día: Poema para la ceremonia inaugural del mandato de Barack Obama escrito por Elizabeth Alexander, traducido por Rodrigo Rojas

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Diverse texts

      Amplify Caminos puts a variety of texts in the hands of students every day.

      Amplify Caminos includes both transadaptations and authentic texts written by Latin American and Spanish authors. In addition to featuring a diverse range of authors and topics, our texts represent individuals and characters with a broad range of identity factors, including socioeconomic status, age, ability, race, ethnicity, country of origin, religion, and more.

      Amplify Caminos texts include:

      • Authentic literature: Authentic literature exposes students to a variety of text types and perspectives to deepen their knowledge of fascinating topics in social studies, science, literature, and the arts. Authentic texts support text-to-self, text-to-world, and text-to-text connections for readers.
      • Decodable Student Readers: Amplify Caminos is built on the conviction that equitable instruction is vital to an effective program. Decodable Student Readers at grades K–2 are newly re-designed to celebrate students’ diverse experiences and feature individuals with a broad range of identity factors, including socioeconomic status, age, ability, race, ethnicity, country of origin, religion, and more.
      • ReadWorks® texts: Amplify and ReadWorks have partnered to deliver high-quality texts curated to support the Amplify Caminos Knowledge Sequence and to extend student learning. Texts include high-interest nonfiction articles in topics in social studies, science, literature, and the arts. These texts are accompanied by vocabulary supports and standards-aligned formative assessment opportunities. Teachers can monitor their students’ progress using the ReadWorks reporting features.
      Three book covers displaying children's books in spanish, each featuring colorful and stylized illustrations related to cultural stories.

      Amplify Caminos Trade Book Collection Guide

      Each book in our authentic literature collection was selected specifically to support and enhance the content of the K-2 Conocimiento Strand. These anchor texts are intended for use as an introduction to each domain—engaging students, piquing their curiosity, and building initial background knowledge—before diving into the deeper content of the domain Read-Alouds.

      Every trade book has an instructional guide that includes the following:

      • Author and illustrator
      • Book summary
      • The Essential Question of the Knowledge domain, connecting the book to the domain
      • Key Tier 2 and Tier 3 vocabulary words found in the book
      • A group activity to reinforce and extend students’ knowledge and understanding
      • A performance task to help gauge students’ comprehension of concepts in the text
      • Writing prompts to expand understanding and critical thinking
      • Text complexity ratings and descriptors for quantitative, qualitative, and reader/task categories

      Download the Amplify Caminos Trade Book Collection Guide for Grades K–2.

      Detailed information about text complexity ratings and descriptors; additional uses for the books before, during, and after domain instruction; and the complete list of domains and books for each grade level can be found in the More About the Books section of this guide.

      What makes Amplify Caminos different?

      Built on the Science of Reading

      Built out of the latest research in the Science of Reading, Amplify Caminos delivers explicit instruction in both foundational literacy skills (systematic phonics, decoding, and fluency) and background knowledge in grades K–2 with an integrated approach to explicit instruction in grades 3–5.

      Three connected orange blocks labeled

      Explicit systematic skills instruction

      The skills instruction in Amplify Caminos was distinctly developed with the Spanish language in mind. Its foundational lessons are specific to the language, rather than a direct translation from Amplify CKLA’s English skills instruction.

      Reading instruction begins with the vowels first, then the most common consonants, and finally the least common consonants. Students will blend and segment sounds to form syllables, and syllables to form words.

      Although Spanish has a highly predictable orthography, there are a few silent letters (h is always silent, u is silent after g or q), as well as letters that can make different sounds, depending on the letters that follow them. For that reason, syllables with these letters are taught somewhat later in the progression. The same is true for syllables with infrequently occurring consonants, such as z, k, x, and w.

      Coherent knowledge instruction

      While students are learning how to read, the Conocimiento strand gives them authentic and engaging reasons to read.

      Amplify Caminos uses spiral learning to reinforce every student’s ability to develop skills like reading, writing, speaking, and listening in Spanish that can be transferred to English. As students engage with their lessons, they explore the similarities and differences in grammar, vocabulary, writing, and language use between Spanish and English. This bridge helps students learning two languages to strengthen their knowledge in both.

      Through cross-curricular content, students explore units that relate to storytelling, science, and the history of our world in a holistic and thoughtful way. With these units, you’ll bring the world to your students, showing them how reading can become an exciting, rewarding, and useful part of their lives.

      A collage of illustrated book covers, including themes of Don Quixote, space exploration, and anthropomorphic animals in various scenarios, all enriched with Spanish language elements.

      Embedded differentiation for all learners

      Amplify Caminos provides built-in differentiation strategies and supports in every lesson.

      • Apoyo a la enseñanza y desafío: Support and Challenge suggestions in every lesson provide assistance or opportunities for more advanced work toward the goal of the lesson.
      • Notas culturales: These point-of-use notes provide additional information about the traditions, foods, holidays, word variations, and more from across the Spanish-speaking world.
      • Apoyo adicional: Every lesson in the Lectoescritura (Skills) Strand provides additional support activities suggested to reinforce foundational skills instruction. These activities can be given to any student who requires extra help, including students with special needs.

      Systematic and cohesive writing instruction

      Writing instruction in Amplify Caminos builds systematically and cohesively within and across grades.

      In Grades K-2, writing mechanics—including handwriting and spelling—are taught in the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura strand. Starting in Grade 1, instruction includes four steps in the writing process: planning, drafting, editing, and publishing and features lessons that have modeling, collaboration, and sharing. As students gain skills and confidence, they are able to take on more of these steps independently. Students learn to use planning techniques, including brainstorming and graphic organizers.

      Beginning in Grade 4, the Amplify Caminos writing process expands to also include sharing and evaluating. In Grades 4 and 5, the writing process is no longer conceptualized as a series of scaffolded, linear steps (an important change from the Grade 3 writing process). Rather, students move between components of the writing process in a flexible manner, similar to the process mature and experienced writers follow naturally.

      young male students writing with a pencil

      Amplify Caminos’ writing instruction provides a clear progression through the text types in each grade.

      Because Amplify Caminos has two strands of lessons in Grades K-2, Lectoescritura and Conocimiento, students are exposed to both narrative and informational texts throughout the year. In Grades 3-5, the integrated units feature study in literary, informational, or a mix of both types of texts, depending on the content of the unit.

      • Grades K–2 introduce and establish the key elements of each text type, allowing students to gain comfort and confidence writing narratives, opinions, and informative texts. This enables students to practice thinking about content in different ways, offering more depth and breadth to their understanding of core content and of the writing text types.
      • By Grade 3, students will have gained significant practice in narrative, opinion/argumentative, and informational/explanatory forms of writing and will continue to apply those skills through Grade 5.

      How does Amplify Caminos integrate with the other parts of the literacy system?

      Amplify Caminos + mCLASS® Lectura

      Achieve complete parity between English and Spanish assessments with mCLASS Lectura for K–6. mCLASS Lectura allows teachers to connect with their Spanish-speaking students face-to-face, one-on-one, and in the language most comfortable to them. The result? Valid and reliable student data reports
      available in both English and Spanish, enabling teachers to pinpoint where their Spanish-speaking or emergent bilingual students really are in their skill development and what instruction to prioritize.

      Reading assessment validated for benchmark, progress monitoring, and dyslexia screening

      Amplify Caminos + Amplify Reading

      Amplify Reading is an engaging, adaptive digital program that extends the learning in Amplify Caminos. Amplify Reading offers support to a large sub-group of English learners (ELs) through Spanish voice-over. Spanish voiceover instructions are available in vocabulary and sentence-level comprehension games so ELs can build their vocabulary, language, and critical comprehension skills before moving into analyzing complex texts

      Spanish Support

      Demo access and sample materials

      Ready to explore on your own? First, watch the videos below to learn about the program’s components and how to navigate the digital platform.

      Physical materials walkthrough video



      Digital navigation video

      Demo access

      Next, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      Laptop screen displaying a login page for
      • Click the CKLA and Caminos Demo button below.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • To explore as a teacher, enter this username: t1.sfusdreviewer@demo.tryamplify.net
      • To explore as a student, enter this username: s1.sfusdreviewer@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-sfusdreviewer
      • Click the Programs and apps menu
      • Select CKLA Teacher Resource Site
      • Select the desire grade level
      • Use the toggle to switch between English (CKLA) and Spanish (Caminos) resources.

      Sample materials

      Finally, click on the grade levels below to explore your requested sample units.

      Each book in our authentic literature collection was selected specifically to support and enhance the content of the K-2 Conocimiento Strand. These anchor texts are intended for use as an introduction to each domain—engaging students, piquing their curiosity, and building initial background knowledge—before diving into the deeper content of the domain Read-Alouds.

      Every trade book has an instructional guide that includes the following:

      • Author and illustrator
      • Book summary
      • The Essential Question of the Knowledge domain, connecting the book to the domain
      • Key Tier 2 and Tier 3 vocabulary words found in the book
      • A group activity to reinforce and extend students’ knowledge and understanding
      • A performance task to help gauge students’ comprehension of concepts in the text
      • Writing prompts to expand understanding and critical thinking
      • Text complexity ratings and descriptors for quantitative, qualitative, and reader/task categories

      Download the Amplify Caminos Trade Book Collection Guide for Grades K–2.
      Detailed information about text complexity ratings and descriptors; additional uses for the books before, during, and after domain instruction; and the complete list of domains and books for each grade level can be found in the More About the Books section of this guide.

      Additional resources

      Amplify Texas, K–5

      Built on a systematic scope and sequence, Amplify Texas, K–5 programs offer the explicit instruction needed in today’s classrooms. Amplify Texas includes both English and Spanish curriculums. The print version of the English curriculum is titled Amplify Texas ELAR (English Language Arts and Reading). The digital version of the English curriculum is titled Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program. The print version of the Spanish curriculum is titled Amplify Texas SLAR (Spanish Language Arts and Reading). The digital version of the Spanish curriculum is titled Amplify Texas Lectoescritura.

      We’ve created a wide suite of professional development offerings that will help you meet your unique needs this school year. Find out more below!

      Professional Learning Partner Guide Certified Provider

      Amplify CKLA, ELA, and Science professional development has been vetted by Rivet Education’s team through a rigorous three-step process and is listed in the Professional Learning Partner Guide.

      Teacher observes student completing activity

      Plan your professional development

      We’re excited to partner with you on your Amplify journey. Flexible professional development pathways have been designed to meet your needs.

      Illustration of three educational phases: a teacher launches a rocket, another reads a book, and four individuals discuss in a meeting setting.

      Recommended Professional Development Plan

      Our team has curated a recommended professional learning path from initial launch to continuous support. Use the Professional Development Planning Guide below to discuss the plan that best meets your school or district needs with your Account Executive.

      ELAR

      SLAR

      Session overview

      Recommended sessions are highlighted below.
      Audience Title Duration Modality Available
      Launch
      K–5 instructional leaders Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) initial training Half day Onsite/Remote Yes
      K–2 teachers Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) initial training 1 day Onsite Yes
      K–2 teachers Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) initial training
      2 half days
      Remote Yes
      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) program overview Half day Onsite/Remote 5/1/22
      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) Skills Strand initial training 1 day onsite
      or 2 half days
      remote
      Onsite/Remote Yes
      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) Skills Strand program overview Half day Onsite/Remote 5/1/22
      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) Knowledge Strand initial training 1 day onsite
      or 2 half days
      remote
      Onsite/Remote Yes
      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) Knowledge Strand program overview Half day Onsite/Remote 5/1/22
      K–2 teachers Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) initial training 1 day onsite or 2 half days remote Onsite/Remote 5/1/22
      K–2 teachers Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) program overview Half day Onsite/Remote 5/1/22
      Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) Skills Strand (Habilidades y destrezas) initial training 1 day onsite or 2 half days remote Onsite/Remote 5/1/22 
      Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) Skills Strand (Habilidades y destrezas) program overview Half day Onsite/Remote  10/1/22 
      Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) Skills Strand (Conocimiento) initial training 1 day onsite or 2 half days remote Onsite/Remote Yes
      Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) Skills Strand (Conocimiento) program overview  Half day Onsite/Remote  5/1/22 
      3–5 teachers Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy program (digital) and ELAR (print) initial training 1 day or 2 half days remote Onsite/Remote Yes
      3–5 teachers Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy program (digital) and ELAR (print) program overview Half day Onsite/Remote 5/1/22
      3–5 teachers Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) initial training 1 day onsite or 2 half days remote Onsite/Remote Yes
      3–5 teachers Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) program overview Half day Onsite/Remote 5/1/22
      Strengthen
      K–5 leaders Amplify Texas ELAR enhancing observations for leaders Half day Onsite/Remote 9/1/22
      K–2 teachers
       
       
       
      Amplify Texas ELAR enhancing planning & practice for K–2 teachers Half day Onsite/Remote Yes
      K–2 teachers Amplify Texas ELAR writing for K–2 teachers Half day Onsite/Remote Yes
      Amplify Texas SLAR enhancing planning & practice for K–2 teachers 1 day onsite
      or 2 half days
      remote
      Onsite/Remote Yes
      Amplify Texas SLAR writing for K–2 teachers Half day Onsite/Remote 12/1/22
      3–5 teachers Amplify Texas ELAR enhancing planning & practice for 3–5 teachers Half day Onsite/Remote  Yes
      3–5 teachers Amplify Texas ELAR writing for 3–5 teachers Half day Onsite/Remote Yes
      Amplify Texas SLAR enhancing planning & practice for 3–5 teachers Half day Onsite/Remote Yes
      Amplify Texas SLAR writing for 3–5 teachers Half day Onsite/Remote 12/1/22
      K–5 teachers



      Amplify Texas ELAR enhancing planning & instruction for English language learners Half day Onsite/Remote 9/1/22
      Amplify Texas ELAR enhancing planning & instruction for students with special needs
      Half day Onsite/Remote 9/1/22
      Amplify Texas ELAR Strengthening consultation session 1 hour or 3 1-hour sessions Remote 2/1/22
      Amplify Texas SLAR Strengthening consultation session 1 hour or 3 1-hour sessions Remote 2/1/22
      Coaching sessions

      K–5 educators (leaders, principals, coaches, and teachers)

      Amplify Texas ELAR Coaching session 2 days consecutive Onsite Yes 
      K–5 educators (leaders, principals, coaches, and teachers)




      Amplify Texas ELAR Coaching session 1 day onsite or 2 half days remote
       
      Onsite/Remote Yes
      Amplify Texas ELAR Coaching session Half day Remote

      Yes

       

      Amplify Texas SLAR Coaching session 2 days consecutive Onsite Yes
      Amplify Texas SLAR Coaching session 1 day onsite
      or 2 half days
      remote
      Onsite/Remote Yes
      Amplify Texas SLAR Coaching session Half day Remote Yes

      Launch

      K–5 instructional leaders

      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) initial training for K–5 instructional leaders

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prepare to implement and support Amplify Texas instruction in your schools! Learn how Amplify Texas supports students as they build literacy skills in the early grades and move among reading, writing, speaking and listening, and language activities in the upper grades. Understand the purpose of the Amplify Texas program (Skills, Knowledge, and Integrated Strands) and identify components of the Amplify Texas design principles within lessons. Participants will begin creating an action plan to support communication and change management related to Amplify Texas to staff, parents, and other stakeholders.

      Audience: Instructional leaders (principals and coaches), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      K–2 teachers

      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) initial training for K–2 teachers

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prepare to implement the Amplify Texas K–2 program in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of Amplify Texas, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) program overview for K–2 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prepare to implement the Amplify Texas K–2 program in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of the curriculum, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) Skills Strand initial training for K–2 teachers

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prepare to implement the Amplify Texas Skills Strand program in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of Amplify Texas, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully. Participants will begin planning for the first unit and lessons.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) Skills Strand program overview for K–2 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prepare to implement the Amplify Texas Skills Strand in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of the curriculum, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) Knowledge Strand initial training for K–2 teachers

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prepare to implement the Amplify Texas Knowledge Strand program in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of Amplify Texas, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully. Participants will begin planning for the first unit and lessons.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) Knowledge Strand program overview for K–2 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prepare to implement the Amplify Texas Knowledge Strand in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of the curriculum, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) initial training for K–2 teachers

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prepare to implement Amplify Texas program in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of Amplify Texas, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully. Participants will begin planning for the first unit and lessons.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Elementary Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) program overview for K–2 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prepare to implement Amplify Texas in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of the curriculum, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) Skills Strand (Habilidades y destrezas) initial training for K–2 teachers

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prepare to implement Amplify Texas Skills Strand (Habilidades y destrezas) program in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of Amplify Texas, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully. Participants will begin planning for the first unit and lessons.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Elementary Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) Skills Strand (Habilidades y destrezas) program overview for K–2 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prepare to implement Amplify Texas Skills Strand (Habilidades y destrezas) in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of the curriculum, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) Knowledge Strand (Conocimiento) initial training for K–2 teachers

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prepare to implement Amplify Texas Knowledge Strand (Conocimiento) program in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of Amplify Texas, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully. Participants will begin planning for the first unit and lessons.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Elementary Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) Knowledge Strand (Conocimiento) program overview for K–2 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prepare to implement Amplify Texas Knowledge Strand (Conocimiento) in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of the curriculum, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      3-5 Teachers

      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) initial training for 3–5 teachers

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prepare to implement the Amplify Texas 3–5 program in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of Amplify Texas, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Elementary Literacy Program (digital) and ELAR (print) program overview for 3–5 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prepare to implement the Amplify Texas 3–5 program in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of the curriculum, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) initial training for 3–5 teachers

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prepare to implement the Amplify Texas 3–5 program in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of Amplify Texas, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas Lectoescritura (digital) and SLAR (print) program overview for 3–5 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prepare to implement the Amplify Texas 3–5 program in your classroom! Learn the foundational elements of the curriculum, including the structure of materials, key lesson elements, and how to deliver specific lesson types successfully.

      Audience: Teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Strengthen

      K–5 leaders

      Amplify Texas ELAR enhancing observations for K–5 leaders

      Half day (3 hours)
      Prerequisite training: Initial training for instructional leaders

      Elevate program knowledge to support colleagues with effective Amplify Texas implementation! Practice analyzing Amplify Texas lessons and identify key instructional elements and next steps. Participants will be prepared to collect data and enhance classroom observations.

      Audience: Instructional leaders (principals and coaches), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      K–2 teachers

      Amplify Texas ELAR enhancing planning & practice for K–2 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)
      Prerequisite training: Initial training for K–2 teachers

      Elevate program knowledge to strengthen your Amplify Texas K–2 implementation! Understand the progression of foundational skills and focus on high-quality questioning and discussion techniques through lesson study and practice. Participants will practice implementing key instructional elements and leave with annotated lessons.

      Audience: K–2 teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas ELAR writing for K–2 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)
      Prerequisite training: Initial training for K–2 teachers and 2–3 months of Amplify Texas instruction

      Dig into Amplify Texas writing instruction and student work in grades K–2! Identify writing opportunities in the Amplify Texas Skills and Knowledge Strand through analysis of a unit and daily lessons and analyze student writing using a program-aligned rubric. Participants will leave with an annotated unit highlighting the writing opportunities and student grouping suggestions.

      Audience: K–2 teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas SLAR enhancing planning & practice for K–2 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)
      Prerequisite training: Initial training for K–2 teachers

      Elevate program knowledge to strengthen your Amplify Texas K–2 implementation! Understand the progression of foundational skills and focus on high-quality questioning and discussion techniques through lesson study and practice. Participants will practice implementing key instructional elements and leave with annotated lessons.

      Audience: K–2 teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas SLAR writing for K–2 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)
      Prerequisite training: Initial training for K–2 teachers and 2–3 months of Amplify Texas instruction

      Dig into Amplify Texas writing instruction and student work in grades K–2! Identify writing opportunities in the Amplify Texas curriculum through analysis of a unit and daily lessons and analyze student writing using a program-aligned rubric. Participants will leave with an annotated unit highlighting the writing opportunities and student grouping suggestions.

      Audience: K–2 teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      3–5 teachers

      Amplify Texas ELAR enhancing planning & practice for
      3–5 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)
      Prerequisite training: Initial training for 3–5 teachers

      Elevate program knowledge to strengthen your Amplify Texas 3–5 implementation! Understand the progression of foundational skills and focus on high-quality questioning and discussion techniques through lesson study and practice. Participants will practice implementing key instructional elements and leave with annotated lessons.

      Audience: K–2 teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas ELAR writing for 3–5 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)
      Prerequisite training: Initial training for K–2 teachers and 2–3 months of Amplify Texas instruction

      Dig into Amplify Texas writing instruction and student work in grades 3–5! Identify writing opportunities in the Amplify Texas curriculum through analysis of a unit and daily lessons and analyze student writing using a program-aligned rubric. Participants will leave with an annotated unit highlighting the writing opportunities and student grouping suggestions.

      Audience: K–2 teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas SLAR enhancing planning & practice for
      3–5 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)
      Prerequisite training: Initial training for 3–5 teachers

      Elevate program knowledge to strengthen your Amplify Texas 3–5 implementation! Understand the progression of foundational skills and focus on high-quality questioning and discussion techniques through lesson study and practice. Participants will practice implementing key instructional elements and leave with annotated lessons.

      Audience: K–2 teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas SLAR writing for 3–5 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)
      Prerequisite training: Initial training for K–2 teachers and 2–3 months of Amplify Texas instruction

      Dig into Amplify Texas writing instruction and student work in grades 3–5! Identify writing opportunities in the Amplify Texas curriculum through analysis of a unit and daily lessons and analyze student writing using a program-aligned rubric. Participants will leave with an annotated unit highlighting the writing opportunities and student grouping suggestions.

      Audience: K–2 teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      K–5 teachers

      Amplify Texas ELAR enhancing planning & instruction for English language learners for K–5 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prerequisite training: Initial training

      Develop a strong understanding of how to support English language learners (ELLs) with Amplify Texas instruction! Identify program-embedded instructional supports and strategies for ELL students of varying proficiency levels and plan how to adjust instruction based on formative check points. Participants will begin to develop a plan for using program supports and strategies for ELL instruction.

      Audience: K–5 classroom teachers and ELL specialists (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas enhancing planning & instruction for students with special needs for K–5 teachers

      Half day (3 hours)

      Develop a strong understanding of how to support students with special needs! Identify program-embedded instructional supports and strategies for students with special needs, including connections to IEP goals, and plan how to adjust instruction. Participants will leave with an accommodation plan aligned to Amplify Texas instruction and IEP goals.

      Audience: K–5 classroom teachers and special education specialists (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas ELAR Strengthening consultation session

      1 hour or 3 1-hour sessions

      These 60-minute sessions will focus on a specific topic that will deepen educators’ understanding of Amplify Texas and equip them with the support they need to drive toward stronger student outcomes. An Amplify facilitator will align with the school or district leadership team in advance of the session on the topic (chosen from a menu of options) that will best meet educators’ unique needs. The menu includes sessions on engagement, pacing, and supporting all learners.

      Audience: K–5 classroom teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Remote

      Amplify Texas SLAR Strengthening consultation session

      1 hour or 3 1-hour sessions

      These 60-minute sessions will focus on a specific topic that will deepen educators’ understanding of Amplify Texas and equip them with the support they need to drive toward stronger student outcomes. An Amplify facilitator will align with the school or district leadership team in advance of the session on the topic (chosen from a menu of options) that will best meet educators’ unique needs. The menu includes sessions on engagement, pacing, and supporting all learners.

      Audience: K–5 classroom teachers (instructional leaders welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Remote

      Coach

      K–5 educators (leaders, principals, coaches, teachers)

      Amplify Texas ELAR Coaching for K–5 educators

      2 days consecutive (6 hours per day, 12 total)

      Prerequisite training: Initial training

      Strengthen your implementation of Amplify Texas with a Coaching onsite visit for your teachers and/or leaders! An Amplify facilitator will visit 1–4 school sites for two days. Participants can choose from a variety of topics that include, but are not limited to: lesson modeling (conducted by an Amplify Texas facilitator) and debriefing, grade-level planning, classroom observations, and leadership consultation. The flexible onsite coaching design allows for a collaborative approach to support effective program implementation.

      Audience: Teachers and/or instructional leaders (principals and coaches), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite

      Amplify Texas ELAR Coaching for K–5 educators

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prerequisite training: Initial training

      Strengthen your implementation of Amplify Texas with a Coaching onsite visit for your teachers and/or leaders! An Amplify facilitator will visit 1–2 school sites for one day. Participants can choose from a variety of topics that include, but are not limited to: lesson modeling (conducted by an Amplify Texas facilitator) and debriefing, grade-level planning, classroom observations, and leadership consultation. The flexible onsite coaching design allows for a collaborative approach to support effective program implementation.

      Audience: Teachers and/or instructional leaders (principals and coaches), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas ELAR Coaching for K–5 educators

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prerequisite training: Initial training

      Strengthen your implementation of Amplify Texas with a Coaching onsite visit for your teachers and/or leaders! An Amplify facilitator will virtually visit for a half day. Participants can choose from a variety of topics that include, but are not limited to: lesson modeling (conducted by an Amplify Texas facilitator) and debriefing, grade-level planning, classroom observations, and leadership consultation.

      Audience: Teachers and/or instructional leaders (principals and coaches)
      Modality: Remote

      Amplify Texas SLAR Coaching for K–5 educators

      2 days consecutive (6 hours per day, 12 total)

      Prerequisite training: Initial training

      Strengthen your implementation of Amplify Texas with a Coaching onsite visit for your teachers and/or leaders! An Amplify facilitator will visit 1–4 school sites for two days. Participants can choose from a variety of topics that include, but are not limited to: lesson modeling (conducted by an Amplify Texas facilitator) and debriefing, grade-level planning, classroom observations, and leadership consultation. The flexible onsite coaching design allows for a collaborative approach to support effective program implementation.

      Audience: Teachers and/or instructional leaders (principals and coaches), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite

      Amplify Texas SLAR Coaching for K–5 educators

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prerequisite training: Initial training

      Strengthen your implementation of Amplify Texas with a Coaching onsite visit for your teachers and/or leaders! An Amplify facilitator will visit 1–2 school sites for one day. Participants can choose from a variety of topics that include, but are not limited to: lesson modeling (conducted by an Amplify Texas facilitator) and debriefing, grade-level planning, classroom observations, and leadership consultation. The flexible onsite coaching design allows for a collaborative approach to support effective program implementation.

      Audience: Teachers and/or instructional leaders (principals and coaches), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Amplify Texas SLAR Coaching for K–5 educators

      Half day (3 hours)

      Prerequisite training: Initial training

      Strengthen your implementation of Amplify Texas with a Coaching onsite visit for your teachers and/or leaders! An Amplify facilitator will virtually visit for a half day. Participants can choose from a variety of topics that include, but are not limited to: lesson modeling (conducted by an Amplify Texas facilitator) and debriefing, grade-level planning, classroom observations, and leadership consultation.

      Audience: Teachers and/or instructional leaders (principals and coaches)
      Modality: Remote

      Pricing

      We offer the following pricing for training sessions and packages:

      Session typePricing
      2-day onsite session$4,800
      1-day onsite session$3,200
      1-day remote session$1,200
      Half day onsite session$2,500
      Half day remote session$750
      1-hour Strengthening consultation session$350
      3 1-hour Strengthening consultation sessions$1000
      Customized onsite or remote sessionPrice will vary

      Please note that the prices are general ranges and may be subject to change.

      Contact

      Amplify welcomes the opportunity to partner with schools and districts to design professional development plans and answer your questions.

      If you would like to order any of our professional development services, please contact your local Amplify sales representative or call (800) 823-1969.

      Amplify Science – West Virginia – state review

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Inspiring the next generation of Alabama scientists, engineers, and curious citizens

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Getting started with Amplify Science California

      Dear Elk Grove K–5 teachers,

      Welcome to the Amplify Science California family! Below you’ll find everything you need to successfully kick off your science instruction this year.

      – Your California team

      Amplify Science - Student reading a book remote & hybrid

      Program introduction

      Onboarding videos

      To start using Amplify Science California quickly in your classroom, check out the following onboarding videos. They cover what you need to know to get started fast, from unpacking materials to quickly start using Amplify Science in your classroom and navigating the digital Teacher’s Reference Guide.

      Program pacing

      Hands-on materials kit

      The following videos give you a quick look into our Amplify Science California classroom kits. For each grade level, you’ll find a “How to unpack your kit” video for the first unit of the program.

      Teacher digital resources

      Watch this video to understand the basic organization of the digital teacher experience and how to navigate the platform.

      Want some practice? Download this exploration guide to practice toggling between teacher view, presentation view, and student view.

      Our new digital experience also makes it easy to assign work through our LMS integrations.

      Our new digital experience also makes it easy to view student work in real time.

      Student digital resources

      Watch this video to take a peek at the various student digital resources available to your class.

      Use this Student Login Click Path document to support students and families logging in from home.

      Essential resources

      Your Teacher’s Reference Guide is a tremendously rich resource. It’s also packed! That’s why teachers getting started with Amplify Science love our condensed Unit Guides, lesson planners, and device calendars.

      Unit Guides

      These short and sweet guides provide a big picture overview of each unit’s phenomenon and storyline, the key questions that guide learning, and how the storyline develops from chapter to chapter. We even spoil the big reveal at the end by pointing out ahead of time what students figure out throughout the unit.

      A laptop displays an educational website titled "The Earth System" with lesson modules; a printed Teacher’s Guide with a similar cover design is shown beside it.

      Kindergarten

      Grade 1

      Grade 2

      Grade 3

      Grade 4

      Grade 5

      Lesson planners

      Our lesson planners give you easy access to direct links to key resources within the program.

      Kindergarten

      Grade 1

      Grade 2

      Grade 3

      Grade 4

      Grade 5

      Teacher-provided materials

      Your Amplify Science classroom kit includes a wide variety of consumable and non-consumable items. In fact, each kit contains enough non-consumables to support a class of 36 students working in small groups, and enough consumables to support 72 student uses.

      In addition to these provided items, there are some teacher-provided items required in each unit. For a consolidated list of teacher-provided items per unit, download the appropriate PDF below.

      Device calendars

      Our at-a-glance device calendars make device management and sharing between grade-level colleagues a breeze. With one calendar per unit (beginning in grade 2), you can easily see which lessons utilize devices.

      Approach to assessment

      The Amplify Science California assessment system is grounded in the principle that students benefit from regular and varied opportunities to demonstrate understanding through performance. In practice this means that conceptual understanding is revealed through engagement in the science and engineering practices.

      Assessment types at a glance

      In your classroom, you’ll be utilizing a variety of formative (F) and summative (S) assessments:

      • End-of-Unit Assessment (S): Assessments toward the end of each unit feature a combination of targeted discussions, student-generated models, and written explanations to gauge students’ knowledge and growth.
      • Pre-Unit Assessments (F): Discussion, modeling, and written explanations to gauge students’ knowledge.
      • On-the-Fly Assessments (OtFA) (F): Multi-dimensional tasks integrated regularly throughout the lessons. OtFA opportunities were designed to help teachers make sense of student activity during a learning experience (e.g., student-to-student talk, writing, and model construction) and to provide evidence of how a student is coming to understand core concepts and developing dexterity with SEPs and CCCs. Three-dimensional assessment opportunities make measuring progress toward NGSS learning goals possible.
      • Self-assessments (F): One per chapter; brief opportunities for students to reflect on their own learning, ask questions, and reveal ongoing wonderings about unit content.
      • Critical Juncture Assessments (F): Variety of multidimensional performance tasks intended to assess student progress, occurring at the end of each chapter. Examples include writing scientific explanations, engaging in argumentation, developing and using models, and designing engineering solutions. Based on student performance on the assessment, teachers have access to recommendations for targeted student interventions, suggested follow-ups, or differentiating classroom instruction.
      • End-of-Unit Assessment (S): Assessments toward the end of each unit feature a combination of targeted discussions, student-generated models, and written explanations to gauge students’ knowledge and growth.

      Pre-Unit Assessments

      Most Pre-Unit assessments are embedded within an activity of the first lesson of a unit. In kindergarten and grade 1, the Pre-Unit assessment (as well as the End-of-Unit assessment) is oral. In grades 2–5 they are typically written. Refer to the Digital Resources area of the Lesson Brief for materials needed for the assessment activity, such as the Clipboard Assessment Tool (K–1 only), copymasters (grades 2–5 only), and an Assessment Guide that will help you interpret and leverage students’ responses.

      If you and your students have Interactive Classroom licenses, students can complete their assessment digitally instead of using the copymaster.

      When students complete the assessment pages digitally, you’ll be able to review their work on the View Work page.

      Critical Juncture Assessments

      Critical Juncture assessments typically occur towards the end of each chapter. The Materials and Preparation section will indicate when there is a Critical Juncture to prepare for, but you can also tell when an activity is designed to be a Critical Juncture assessment by the hummingbird icon that will appear within it. Selecting the hummingbird icon will tell you how to assess students’ understanding with the activity, and how to tailor instruction based on what you find. If you need guidance on the “answers” to the assessment activity, refer to the “Possible Responses” tab.

      If you are using Classroom Slides or Interactive Classroom, you’ll see a hummingbird or “Critical Juncture” label in the bottom right corner of one of the slides of the activity.

      The notes about assessing understanding and tailoring instruction are located in the notes of that slide (on the right-hand side of the Teacher’s Guide tab in the Interactive Classroom experience; underneath the slide in Classroom Slides).

      End-of-Unit Assessments

      End-of-Unit assessments are typically the last lesson of a unit. In some units, these are two-part assessments that take place over two lessons. The easiest way to find the End-of-Unit assessment is to skim through the lesson titles. Lessons containing End-of-Unit assessments will always have that noted in the title.

      Like the Pre-unit assessment, you can find materials for the End-of-unit assessments in the Digital Resources area of the Lesson Brief.

      On-the-Fly Assessments

      These embedded assessments leverage the formative opportunities in the learning experience students are already engaged in, such as creating models, analyzing data, actively reading, conducting investigations, and more. Refer to the Critical Juncture section above for guidance on finding information about using them.

      Unit-level assessment information

      You can find overall information about an individual unit’s assessments in the “Assessment System” resource, which is located within the Teacher References section on the Unit Overview page.

      The Assessment System resource contains a comprehensive list of all of the assessment opportunities in the unit, including the assessment’s location, a brief indication of what students are doing in that particular activity, what type of assessment it is, which Disciplinary Core Ideas, science and engineering practices, and cross-cutting concepts it specifically addresses, and the kind of evaluation guidance you can expect for it. If you are in a kindergarten or first grade unit, you will also find information on the Clipboard Assessment Tool (used for supporting oral assessment) in this section.

      If you’re interested in focusing on information related to the unit’s Critical Juncture and On-the-Fly assessments in particular, check out the “Embedded Formative Assessments” resource, also located within the Teacher References section on the Unit Overview page.

      Three-dimensional assessment connections

      All assessment opportunities within Amplify Science California include clear labeling around the Disciplinary Core Ideas (DCIs), Crosscutting Concepts (CCCs), and Science and Engineering Practices (SEPs) to help teachers connect formative and summative assessments to specific NGSS dimensions.

      Coming soon

      Unlike other publishers, we don’t make you wait until your next adoption to get the latest and greatest from Amplify. We’re always launching new and exciting features. In fact, on this page is a list of new features you can look forward to using during the 2023-2024 school year.

      FAQs

      Program questions

      Amplify Science California is a flexible, blended K–8 science curriculum that addresses 100 percent of the Next Generation Science Standards for California and a significant number of the California English Language Development Standards and Common Core State Standards for English Language Arts, Literacy in Science and Technical Subjects, and Math. Together, the units deliver three-dimensional instruction across the following disciplines: Life Science, Earth and Space Science, Physical Science, and Engineering Design.

      Amplify Science California does indeed feature some powerful and engaging digital components, which are gradually introduced beginning at grade 2. However, as a fully blended and flexible program, Amplify Science California can be (and has been) implemented in a wide variety of scenarios.

      All lessons were designed with device sharing in mind, and never assume that every student has a separate device. While 1:1 scenarios are great, they aren’t required. When devices are necessary for students to fully experience a concept, teachers can opt to share devices across pairs or small groups, or simply display the Sim or Modeling Tool to the whole class and allow students to “drive” using your device.

      Rather than introducing a concept on Monday, testing for mastery on Friday, and knowing students will forget everything by the next Tuesday, we set out to help students build meaningful and lasting knowledge that they can retain and transfer over the course of the entire unit. We accomplish this by giving students multiple opportunities (a.k.a. “at-bats”) to encounter, explore, and experience a concept. Said another way, Amplify Science California is actually made up of a series of multi-modal “mini-lessons.” This intentional, cyclical, and iterative design mirrors the 5Es, allows teachers the flexibility to speed up or skip ahead once students have demonstrated mastery, and empowers students to learn concepts more deeply than any other program.

      Yes. Rather than separating performance expectations into physical science units, earth and space science units, and life science units, Amplify Science California units are organized around anchoring phenomena designed to give students opportunities to dive deeply into certain Disciplinary Core Ideas (DCIs) while also drawing from or applying to others. In organizing the Amplify Science California middle school units, we’ve carefully sequenced these ideas within each grade level to support the development of deep and coherent understanding.

      Many real-world phenomena cross the domain boundaries of life, physical, or earth and space science (as well as engineering). Each Amplify Science California unit begins with an intriguing real-world phenomenon that poses a problem that needs to be understood and/or solved. By the end of the unit, students will have analyzed the anchor phenomenon across multiple scientific domains, possibly designed and tested an engineering solution, and applied what they’ve learned in a different context.

      For example:
      In the Light Waves unit, students investigate the anchoring phenomenon of why Australia has a much higher skin cancer rate than countries at similar latitudes like Brazil. The focus of this unit is on Disciplinary Core Ideas related to wave properties (PS4.A) and electromagnetic radiation (PS4.B). Students explore these physical science ideas deeply within the unit, and also draw on ideas from earth science (e.g., latitudinal variation of the sun’s energy) and life science (e.g., the effect of energy on the DNA in the nucleus of a cell) in order to explain the central phenomenon.

      Absolutely. Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science California. Integrated into every unit are opportunities for students to take on the role of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend their claims.

      In addition, our unique combination of focus and flex activities means teachers have more options, opportunities, and materials to make learning active. Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      What’s important to remember is that more hands-on doesn’t necessarily mean better, at least according to the California NGSS. That’s because only two of the eight Science and Engineering Practices (SEPs) are directly related to hands-on learning.

      Just as scientists gather evidence from many types of sources, students in the Amplify Science California program gather evidence not just by making physical models, but also by making and interpreting digital models; reading texts; watching videos; and analyzing photographs, maps, and data sets. By doing do, students are provided with more opportunities than any other program to use all of the practices called out in the California NGSS Framework:

      • Asking questions
      • Developing and using models
      • Planning and carrying out investigations
      • Analyzing and interpreting data
      • Using mathematics and computational thinking
      • Constructing explanations
      • Engaging in arguments from evidence
      • Obtaining, evaluating, and communicating information

      While all of our units engage students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, the reliance on different types of evidence (and evidence sources) varies according to unit. For instance, some units lend themselves to meaningful hands-on experiences, while in other units the phenomena students are investigating are too slow, too dangerous, or too big to be observed directly. In those units, students rely more heavily on other evidence sources such a physical models or simulations.

      Unit types in grades K–5

      In each K–5 grade, there is one unit that emphasizes investigation, one that emphasizes modeling, and one that emphasizes design. In addition, in grades 3–5, there is also one unit that emphasizes argumentation.

      Unit types in grades 6–8

      Each 6–8 grade features three types of units: LaunchCore, and Engineering Internships. Each year has one Launch unit, six Core units, and two Engineering Internships.

      For teachers who want to supplement the lessons with even more hands-on activities, optional “flextension” activities are included in many units.

      Yes indeed. Amplify Science California integrates all four STEM disciplines—science, technology, engineering, and math, in addition to English Language Arts—throughout the curriculum. In addition, each grade level features specific units that emphasize engineering design.

      Yes, the program includes multiple opportunities for summative assessments.

      End-of-unit assessments: At grades K–1 these look like targeted conversations, at grades 2–5 we incorporate written responses, and at grades 6–8 we assess through a combination of auto-scored multiple-choice questions and rubric-scored written responses. These summative assessments for each unit are designed to provide valid, reliable, and fair measures of students’ progress and attainment of three-dimensional learning.

      Benchmark assessments: Delivered four times per year in grades 3–5 and three times per year in grades 6–8, benchmark assessments report on students’ facilities with each of the grade appropriate DCIs, SEPs, CCCs, and performance expectations of the California NGSS.

      Science Seminars and final written arguments (formative and summative components): In grades 6–8, culminating performance tasks for each core unit invite students to figure out a new real-world problem. They collect and analyze evidence, examine a number of claims, and then engage in a full-class discussion where they must state which claims are best supported by the evidence, all while making clear their reasoning that connects the evidence to the claims. After the seminar, students then individually write their final scientific argument, drawing on the DCIs, SEPs, and CCCs they have used over the course of the unit to develop a sophisticated and convincing argument that addresses the problem they’ve been investigating. Rubrics, scoring guides, and examples of student responses at each scoring level are provided to teachers to support the assessment of students’ understanding of concepts and specific practices.

      Amplify Science California provides more than enough instructional content to fill 180 days of instruction. However, unlike other programs that expect you to complete 180 discrete lessons, Amplify Science California includes built-in wiggle room.

      For example, the typical elementary classroom delivers science instruction only two times per week. Rather than asking teachers to wade through unnecessary content, we designed our program to address 100 percent of the California NGSS in just 66 days at grades K–2 and 88 days at grades 3–5. When it comes to middle school, we address 100 percent of the California NGSS in 146 lessons.

      Some classes might last longer than one session due to a number of reasons (e.g., enthusiastic student conversations, challenging topics requiring deeper dives, more time needed to accommodate diverse learners, etc.). Also, teachers might want to supplement Amplify Science California with some of their own favorite lessons. Lastly, we’ve accounted for the inevitable assembly days, class trips, testing schedules, etc. For teachers that want to go deeper or expand upon a unit topic, we also offer a number of additional lessons that are not core to each unit.

      Amplify Science California lessons are designed to be completed in the following time frames:
      Lessons in grades K–1 are designed for 45 minutes of science instruction.
      Lessons in grades 2–5 are designed for 60 minutes of science instruction.

      That said, it’s not a problem if you can’t allocate 45 minutes of science instruction every day at K–1, or 60 minutes per day at 2–5. Since there are a total of 66 lessons to address 100 percent of California NGSS at grades K–2, and 88 lessons to address 100 percent of California NGSS at grades 3–5, you can easily teach the lessons in smaller blocks and cover all of the content over the course of the school year.

      Each lesson of every Amplify Science California unit includes point-of-use differentiation strategies and embedded teacher and student supports for diverse learners, including English learners, students who need more support, and students who are ready for more challenge. These strategies and methods ensure that all students have access to the same content as their peers.

      Two notable categories of suggested modifications are:

      • English-learner-specific strategies such as English/Spanish glossaries, native language supports, and provision of cognates and other content-specific language scaffolds are provided in each unit.
      • Relatively small alterations and additional scaffolds that provide students with greater access to the content.
        These types of scaffolds benefit all learners and include suggestions such as providing graphic organizers, practice with multiple-meaning words, etc.

      With Amplify Science California, the use of technology is always purposeful.

      For example:

      • The curriculum has a strong emphasis on literacy, with students reading and analyzing informational texts, and writing scientific explanations and arguments.
      • Digital elements are gradually introduced to students in grades 2–3, with the greatest use of digital elements taking place in grades 4–5, as the phenomena at these grades become more challenging to observe directly.
      • The curriculum’s readers and interactive notebook pages are available in both print and digital across all K–5 units.

      This curriculum addresses a significant number of the standards as they pertain to science. Throughout each unit, students read science texts, engage in science talk and argumentation, and write evidence-based science explanations. The curriculum supports vocabulary, language, and reading comprehension development. Students also use measurement tools with precision, record and analyze data, make sense of scientific phenomena, and develop solutions to problems experienced in the real world.

      Digital questions

      Teacher Support notes including sample teacher talk, student responses, pedagogical support, and possible student responses are provided within your student-facing slides. Simply click “Teach” and reference your private Teacher Guide tab. Students will only see the lesson slides that you are presenting.

      You, the teacher, must “Start class” to launch the presentation tab. (Remember, without the presentation tab, students would be able to see your teacher notes.)

      Clicking “Starting class” also brings students to the correct slide, which is particularly important for young students who are learning to navigate.

      Teachers can either press the “End class” button in the bottom right corner of the slide navigation, or they can simply close the presentation tab.

      Clicking “End class” also enables students to navigate through the lesson on their own. That means they’ll be able to return to slides and books to review content, to the Sims and Modeling Tools to replay them, or to notebook pages to update their work.

      You can click on the “Student preview” option in the bottom right corner (within the menu that opens when you click the three dots) to open a new browser tab where you can preview the student view using your teacher account.

      Any work you complete in this student preview (or elsewhere in the teacher experience) will be automatically saved to your account.

      Looking for help?

      For login or technology issues, please submit an EGUSD Heat ticket. For curriculum and pedagogical questions, please refer to the support resources below.

      Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support

      Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We’ve developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program. This service is completely free for all educators who are using our programs and includes:

      • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans.
      • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials.
      • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify programs.
      • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more.

      To reach our pedagogical team, use our live chat within your program, call (800) 823-1969, or email edsupport@amplify.com

      Timely technical and program support

      Our technical and program support is included and available from 4 a.m. to 4 p.m. PT, Monday through Friday, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.

      For your most urgent questions:

      • Use our live chat within your program.
      • Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969.

      For less urgent questions:

      Connect with other teachers

      Our Amplify Science Facebook group is a community of Amplify Science educators from across the country. It’s a space to share best practices, ideas, and support on everything from implementation to instruction. Join today.

      Amplify Caminos for SFUSD

      Amplify Caminos is an authentic elementary Spanish language arts program. Like its English language counterpart, Amplify CKLA, Amplify Caminos provides explicit, systematic foundational skills instruction sequenced with deep knowledge-building content to foster comprehension. When used with Amplify CKLA, Amplify Caminos provides full parity across English and Spanish that’s suitable for any dual language implementation model.

      Colorful illustration featuring a child in traditional Andean clothing, tropical plants, a volcano, a toucan, a horse rider, and the word "Gracias!" written in Spanish.

      Amplify and SFUSD Partnership

      We recognize and respect the unique differences of each of our partnering districts—and that includes San Francisco USD.

      Out of the box, Amplify Caminos offers districts a rich, comprehensive, research-based SELA experience. That said, no two districts are exactly alike. To that end, we are committed to working with San Francisco USD to ensure that Amplify Caminos addresses the needs of your community. This includes providing implementation guidance and support, as well as collaborating with your staff to determine which domains need to be modified or exchanged.

      What is Amplify Caminos?

      Amplify Caminos is a core Spanish language arts program for grades TK–5 that delivers:

      • Authentic instruction built from the ground up for the Spanish language.
      • A unique research-based approach truly built on the Science of Reading.
      • A combination of explicit foundational skills with meaningful knowledge-building.
      • Embedded support and differentiation that gets all students reading grade-level texts together.
      • Opportunities for students to see the strengths and experiences that all people share while also celebrating each others’ unique identities and experiences.

      Watch the video below to learn more about Amplify Caminos for Grades K–2.

      Watch the video below to learn more about Amplify Caminos for Grades 3–5.

      How does Amplify Caminos work?

      Amplify Caminos is built on the science of how kids learn to read—in Spanish.

      Amplify Caminos is all about helping you teach students how to read, all while giving them authentic and engaging reasons to read. That’s why Amplify Caminos develops foundational skills and builds knowledge in tandem.

      • Knowledge: Through complex and authentic Spanish read-alouds with an emphasis on classroom interactivity, oral comprehension, and contextual vocabulary, students start to build their awareness of the world around them—and the way the reading skills they’re building give them access to it.
      • Skills: Starting with the sounds at the core of the Spanish
        language, students practice their phonemic awareness, handwriting skills, vocabulary, spelling, and grammar. Through daily practice, students become aware of the connection between reading and writing, building confidence as they go.
      A diagram illustrating reading development as intertwined strands: language comprehension and word recognition, progressing from basic skills to increasingly strategic and automatic reading.

      Respecting the development differences between grade ranges, Amplify Caminos teaches foundational skills and background knowledge as two distinct strands in grades K–2, and combines them into one integrated strand in grades 3–5.

      Grades K–2:
      Every day, students in grades K–2 complete one full lesson that explicitly and systematically builds foundational reading skills in the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura strand, as well as one full lesson that builds robust background knowledge to access complex text in the Amplify Caminos Conocimiento strand. Through learning in each of these strands, students develop the early literacy skills necessary to help them become confident readers and build the context to understand what they’re reading.

      Grades 3–5:
      In grades 3–5, the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura and Conocimiento strands are integrated in one set of instructional materials. Lessons begin to combine skills and knowledge with increasingly complex texts, close reading, and a greater writing emphasis. Students can then use their skills to go on their own independent reading adventures.

      What do Amplify Caminos students explore?

      Amplify Caminos builds students’ knowledge about the world.

      In addition to teaching all students to crack the written code (which is vital for fairness), the Amplify Caminos program helps students see the strengths and experiences we all share while celebrating their own unique identities and experiences.

      This is accomplished through the exploration of topics and text that feature people who resemble students and familiar situations or experiences while also exposing them to people whose appearances, lives, beliefs, and backgrounds differ from their own.

      Engaging domains

      Amplify Caminos builds knowledge coherently across subjects and grades.

      Throughout the program, students use their skills to explore domains that relate to storytelling, science, and the history of our world as seen through the eyes of many different groups.

      Carefully selected to build from year-to-year, our grade-appropriate topics help students make and deepen connections while also reading, writing, and thinking creatively and for themselves.

      Curriculum flowchart showing reading themes and activities from Kindergarten to Grade 5, organized by grade level and literary theme, with interconnected boxes for each topic.

      New Knowledge Research Units for Grades K–5

      Our brand-new Knowledge Research units carry forward Amplify Caminos’ powerful and proven instructional approach while also:

      • Adding more content for students from all walks of life. The rich topics and highly visual components featured in these units provide students with even more “windows and mirrors” and perspectives as they work to build knowledge.
      • Adding more authentic literature. Each new research unit revolves around a collection of high-interest authentic trade books that will spark more curiosity and inspire more inquiry.
      • Adding more flexibility. Units can be implemented for extended core instruction during flex periods, district-designated Pausing Points, or enrichment periods.

      Units cover a variety of rich and relevant topics:

      With these new units, students will soar to new heights with Dr. Ellen Ochoa, Amelia Earhart, and the Tuskegee Airmen. They’ll feel the rhythm as they learn about Jazz legends Miles Davis, Tito Puente, and Duke Ellington. And they’ll explore the far reaches of the world with Jacques Cousteau, Matthew Henson, and Eugenie Clark.

      • Grade K: El arte y el mundo que nos rodea
      • Grade 1: Cuentos de aventuras: relatos desde los confines de la Tierra
      • Grade 2: ¡A volar! La era de la aviación
      • Grade 3: Jazz y más
      • Grade 4: Energía: pasado, presente y futuro
      • Grade 5: Más allá de Juneteenth: de 1865 al presente

      Units will be made available in English and Spanish, and will include the following components:

      • Teacher Guide
      • Student Activity Books
      • Image Cards
      • Trade Book Collection
      • Digital Components (for Grades K–3 and Grade 5 only)

      Why we added this unit:
      “Every child is an artist,” said Picasso, meaning that every child uses art to explore and understand the world around them. El arte y el mundo que nos rodea honors that truth by introducing Kindergarten students to some of the ways in which artists have explored and understood the world around them.

      This domain introduces students to artists from different time periods, countries, and cultures. Throughout the unit, students learn about different kinds of art and how artists use the world around them as they make art. They also connect this to what they have already learned about the earth, plants, and animals in other Caminos domains: GranjasPlantas, and Cuidar el planeta Tierra. In addition, students connect this to what they have learned about sculptors in the Presidentes y símbolos de los Estados Unidos domain. As they explore different artists and artistic traditions, they develop their ideas about how humans are connected to each other and to the world around them.

      As you read the texts in this unit, students may observe ways in which the characters or subjects are both similar to and different from students. This is a good opportunity to teach students awareness and sensitivity, building on the idea that all people share some things in common, even as they have other things that make them unique. This unit also offers an excellent opportunity to collaborate with your school’s art teacher, as many lessons have suggested activities to help students understand the kind of art they are studying.

      Within this unit, students have opportunities to:

      • Use details to describe art.
      • Identify three ways to create art.
      • Identify characteristics of cave art.
      • Sequence the steps of making pottery.
      • Describe how artists can create work connected to the world around them.
      • Describe what makes Kehinde Wiley’s portraits unique.
      • Explain how the texture of a surface can affect artwork created on it.
      • Explain what a sculpture is.
      • Describe what makes James Turrell’s artwork about the sky unique.
      • Explain what a museum is and what kinds of things you can see or do there.

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • Georgia O’Keeffe por Erica Salcedo
      • Yayoi Kusama: De aquí al infinito por Sarah Suzuki
      • Tejedora del arcoíris por Linda Elovitz Marshall
      • Las tijeras de Matisse por Jeanette Winter
      • El museo por Susan Verde
      • Quizás algo hermoso: Cómo el arte transformó un barrio por F. Isabel Campoy

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Why we added this unit:
      This domain introduces students to adventure stories set around the world and challenges students to dig into the adventures through research. By listening to the Read-Alouds and trade books, students increase their vocabulary and reading comprehension skills, learn valuable lessons about perseverance and teamwork, and become familiar with gathering information for research.

      In this unit, students study the careers of real-world explorers Dr. Eugenie Clark and Sophia Danenberg, marvel at the inventions of Jacques Cousteau, think critically about how teamwork and collaboration can make greater adventures possible, learn about the science and technology that enable adventures, and research some of the ways humans have confronted challenges at the edges of the world, from the oceans below to space above.

      Each lesson in the domain builds students’ research skills as they ask questions, gather information, and write a paragraph about their findings. Students share what they have learned about adventures in an Adventure Gallery Walkthrough. By taking on the persona of one of the adventurers they meet in the Read-Alouds and trade books, students deliver their final paragraphs as if they are a “speaking portrait” of that person. Students are invited to dress up as that adventurer if they desire.

      In addition, teachers can set aside time outside the instructional block to create the picture frames students will hold as they present to the Adventure Gallery Walk guests. Frames can be made from shirt boxes, cardboard, construction paper, or any art supplies that are on hand. This might be an opportunity to collaborate with the school’s art department if resources are available. Another option is to ask students to make their frames at home with their caregivers. On the day of the Adventure Gallery Walk, students will be the hosts and take on specific jobs, such as welcoming the guests, describing their work throughout the unit, and pointing out the areas of study on the domain bulletin board. You can find a complete list of student jobs in Lesson 13.

      How this unit builds knowledge:
      This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in the previous grade.

      • Rimas y fábulas infantiles (Kindergarten)
      • Cuentos (Kindergarten)

      The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Cuentos de aventuras: relatos desde los confines de la Tierra. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • My Name Is Gabito/Me llamo Gabito por Monica Brown
      • Galápagos Girl/Galapagueña por Marsha Diane Arnold
      • My Name Is Gabriela/Me llamo Gabriela por Monica Brown
      • El viaje de Kalak por María Quintana Silva y Marie-Noëlle Hébert
      • Señorita Mariposa por Ben Gundersheimer
      • Sharuko, el arqueólogo peruano/Peruvian Archaeologist Julio C. Tello por Monica Brown
      • Abuelita fue al mercado por Stella Blackstone

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Why we added this unit:
      With this domain, students head up, up, and away with an introduction to the soaring history of aviation. Students learn the stories of early aviators, such as the Montgolfier brothers, the Wright brothers, Aida de Acosta, and Amelia Earhart.

      During the unit, students study the science of flight, including the physics concept of lift, and research the social impacts of the world of flight. Finally, students let their research skills take flight as they explore key figures from the world of aviation.

      The lessons in this domain build on earlier Grade 2 Caminos domains about the westward expansion, early Greek civilizations, and Greek myths, and lay the foundation for learning about other periods of world history in future grades.

      How this unit builds knowledge:
      This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered earlier in the year.

      • La civilización griega antigua (Grade 2)
      • Mitos griegos (Grade 2)
      • La expansión hacia el oeste (Grade 2)

      The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in ¡A volar! La era de la aviación. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • ¡A volar! Todo sobre aviones por Jennifer Prior
      • Amelia sabe volar por Mara dal Corso
      • Héroes de la aviación que cambiaron el mundo por Dan Green
      • El niño que alcanzó las estrellas por José M. Hernández
      • La niña que aprendió a volar por Sylvia Acevedo
      • Buenas Noches Capitán Mamá por Graciela Tiscareño-Sato

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Why we added this unit:
      This domain teaches students about the vibrant music, poetry, and culture of the Jazz Age in the United States. Students learn about famous writers and musicians like Langston Hughes, Louis Armstrong, Billie Holiday, Melba Liston, Tito Puente, and Miles Davis. They study how the jazz art form took root in the South, then spread to the North to become the sound of the Harlem Renaissance, eventually connecting people around the world in musical expression.

      During this unit, students perform guided research to further explore both the history of jazz and what jazz is today. They develop research skills and then use those skills to find deeper connections between the stories and music of the Jazz Age and music today. As students learn about the world of jazz, they collaborate and share ideas with their classmates. They also practice sharing feedback focused on their written work, and, at the end of the unit, students present their research to the group.

      The lessons give students opportunities to dive into the rhythms and stories of jazz, utilizing the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

      • Collaboratively generate research questions about jazz, jazz musicians, contemporary musicians from the state where they live or have lived, and the evolution of jazz music.
      • Utilize Read-Alouds, independent reading, and partner reading to learn about the Jazz Age, the Harlem Renaissance, jazz music, and biographies of celebrated jazz musicians and writers.
      • Research the answers to their generated questions, gather information, write a short research essay about a famous jazz musician, write a short essay about a contemporary musician from the state where they live or have lived, and give a presentation about their research.

      How this unit builds knowledge:
      Within this unit, students have opportunities to:

      • Ask relevant questions and make pertinent comments
      • Identify details in texts
      • Determine key ideas of texts by evaluating details
      • Make text-based inferences
      • Generate questions based on prior knowledge and gathered information
      • Synthesize details across texts to demonstrate comprehension
      • Discuss and explain an author’s purpose
      • Identify and cite reliable primary and secondary sources of information
      • Compose a well-organized and focused informative essay
      • Make connections between topics
      • Present information using appropriate media

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • ¡Esquivel! Un artista del sonido de la era espacial por Susan Wood
      • Ray Charles por Sharon Bell Mathis
      • Tito Puente, el Rey del Mambo por Monica Brown
      • Me llamo Celia, la vida de Celia Cruz por Monica Brown
      • ¡Azúcar! por Ivar Da Coll

      In this unit, students also read the poem “Harlem” by Langston Hughes. (Available for free through the Academy of American Poets website and the Poetry Foundation website, with recorded audio available through the website for John Hancock College Preparatory High School.)

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Why we added this unit:
      With this domain, students become tomorrow’s problem solvers in this study of energy in the United States. Analytical reading skills are developed by examining the challenges of early energy innovators. Students then read about current energy practices and young energy change-makers across the world.

      Throughout the unit, students conduct research into different sources of energy and present a proposal, putting them in the shoes of future energy innovators. They also use the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

      • Collaboratively analyze texts to identify cause-effect and problem-solution relationships.
      • Generate questions and conduct research about energy.
      • Write an opinion essay making their case for a fuel of the future.
      • Create energy proposals using primary and secondary resources.

      How this unit builds knowledge:
      This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in previous grades as well as earlier in the year.

      • Plantas (Grade K)
      • La historia de la Tierra (Grade 1)
      • ¡Eureka! Estudiante inventor (Grade 4)

      The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Energía: pasado, presente y futuro. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • La historia de los combustibles fósiles por William B. Rice
      • El niño que domó el viento por William Kamkwamba y Bryan Mealer

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Why we added this unit:
      Within this domain, Students learn about General Granger’s announcement in Galveston, Texas on June 19, 1865, a day marked in history as Juneteenth. Texts and multimedia sources will support foundational knowledge-building about the end of slavery in the United States. A review of the first freedom announcement, President Lincoln’s Emancipation Proclamation, provides students with background knowledge to further emphasize the significance of Juneteenth in American history.

      This unit also takes students on a journey beyond Juneteenth, as they study specific contributions of African Americans from 1865 to the present day. Students participate in a virtual field trip to Emancipation Park in Houston, Texas and use the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

      • Collaboratively generate research questions about Juneteenth, The Great Migration, innovators and inventors, education, the humanities, activists, and allies.
      • Use Read-Alouds, independent, and partner reading to learn about African American contributions from 1865 to the present.
      • Research to find answers to their generated questions, gather information, and write a four-chapter Beyond Juneteenth book.

      How this unit builds knowledge:
      This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in previous grades.

      • Los nativos americanos (Grade K)
      • Una nueva nación: la independencia de los Estados Unidos (Grade 1)
      • La Guerra Civil de los Estaods Unidos (Grade 2)
      • La inmigración (Grade 2)
      • Los nativos americanos (Grade 5)

      The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Más allá de Juneteenth: de 1865 al presente
      . The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

      Trade books in this unit:
      Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

      • Martí’s Song for Freedom/Martí y sus versos por la libertad escrito por Emma Otheguy
      • ¡Celebremos Juneteenth! escrito por Carole Boston Weatherford
      • Side by Side/Lado a Lado: The Story of Dolores Huerta and Cesar Chavez/La Historia de Dolores Huerta y César Chávez escrito por Monica Brown
      • Canto de alabanza para el día: Poema para la ceremonia inaugural del mandato de Barack Obama escrito por Elizabeth Alexander, traducido por Rodrigo Rojas

      Sample materials:
      Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

      Wide-ranging texts

      Amplify Caminos puts a variety of texts in the hands of students every day.

      Amplify Caminos includes both transadaptations and authentic texts written by Latin American and Spanish authors. Our texts feature a wide variety of authors, topics, individuals and characters representing many different socioeconomic statuses, ages, abilities, races, ethnicities, countries of origin, religions, and more.

      Amplify Caminos texts include:

      • Authentic literature: Authentic literature exposes students to a variety of text types and perspectives to deepen their knowledge of fascinating topics in social studies, science, literature, and the arts. Authentic texts support text-to-self, text-to-world, and text-to-text connections for readers.
      • Decodable Student Readers: Decodable Student Readers at grades K–2 are newly redesigned to include students from all walks of life and educational backgrounds. They feature characters with a broad range of backgrounds, experiences, ages, races, religions, and more.
      • ReadWorks® texts: Amplify and ReadWorks have partnered to deliver high-quality texts curated to support the Amplify Caminos Knowledge Sequence and to extend student learning. Texts include high-interest nonfiction articles in topics in social studies, science, literature, and the arts. These texts are accompanied by vocabulary supports and standards-aligned formative assessment opportunities. Teachers can monitor their students’ progress using the ReadWorks reporting features.
      Three children's book covers in Spanish are shown: "La Flor de Oro," "El conejo en la Luna," and "El secreto de las hormigas," each featuring illustrated artwork.

      Amplify Caminos Trade Book Collection Guide

      Each book in our authentic literature collection was selected specifically to support and enhance the content of the K-2 Conocimiento Strand. These anchor texts are intended for use as an introduction to each domain—engaging students, piquing their curiosity, and building initial background knowledge—before diving into the deeper content of the domain Read-Alouds.

      Every trade book has an instructional guide that includes the following:

      • Author and illustrator
      • Book summary
      • The Essential Question of the Knowledge domain, connecting the book to the domain
      • Key Tier 2 and Tier 3 vocabulary words found in the book
      • A group activity to reinforce and extend students’ knowledge and understanding
      • A performance task to help gauge students’ comprehension of concepts in the text
      • Writing prompts to expand understanding and critical thinking
      • Text complexity ratings and descriptors for quantitative, qualitative, and reader/task categories

      Download the Amplify Caminos Trade Book Collection Guide for Grades K–2.

      Detailed information about text complexity ratings and descriptors; additional uses for the books before, during, and after domain instruction; and the complete list of domains and books for each grade level can be found in the More About the Books section of this guide.

      What makes Amplify Caminos different?

      Built on the Science of Reading

      Built out of the latest research in the Science of Reading, Amplify Caminos delivers explicit instruction in both foundational literacy skills (systematic phonics, decoding, and fluency) and background knowledge in grades K–2 with an integrated approach to explicit instruction in grades 3–5.

      Flowchart showing "Language comprehension" times "Word recognition" equals "Skilled reading," with text in both Spanish and English inside orange boxes.

      Explicit systematic skills instruction

      The skills instruction in Amplify Caminos was distinctly developed with the Spanish language in mind. Its foundational lessons are specific to the language, rather than a direct translation from Amplify CKLA’s English skills instruction.

      Reading instruction begins with the vowels first, then the most common consonants, and finally the least common consonants. Students will blend and segment sounds to form syllables, and syllables to form words.

      Although Spanish has a highly predictable orthography, there are a few silent letters (h is always silent, u is silent after g or q), as well as letters that can make different sounds, depending on the letters that follow them. For that reason, syllables with these letters are taught somewhat later in the progression. The same is true for syllables with infrequently occurring consonants, such as z, k, x, and w.

      Coherent knowledge instruction

      While students are learning how to read, the Conocimiento strand gives them authentic and engaging reasons to read.

      Amplify Caminos uses spiral learning to reinforce every student’s ability to develop skills like reading, writing, speaking, and listening in Spanish that can be transferred to English. As students engage with their lessons, they explore the similarities and differences in grammar, vocabulary, writing, and language use between Spanish and English. This bridge helps students learning two languages to strengthen their knowledge in both.

      Through cross-curricular content, students explore units that relate to storytelling, science, and the history of our world in a holistic and thoughtful way. With these units, you’ll bring the world to your students, showing them how reading can become an exciting, rewarding, and useful part of their lives.

      Embedded differentiation for all learners

      Amplify Caminos provides built-in differentiation strategies and supports in every lesson.

      • Apoyo a la enseñanza y desafío: Support and Challenge suggestions in every lesson provide assistance or opportunities for more advanced work toward the goal of the lesson.
      • Notas culturales: These point-of-use notes provide additional information about the traditions, foods, holidays, word variations, and more from across the Spanish-speaking world.
      • Apoyo adicional: Every lesson in the Lectoescritura (Skills) Strand provides additional support activities suggested to reinforce foundational skills instruction. These activities can be given to any student who requires extra help, including students with special needs.

      Systematic and cohesive writing instruction

      Writing instruction in Amplify Caminos builds systematically and cohesively within and across grades.

      In Grades K-2, writing mechanics—including handwriting and spelling—are taught in the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura strand. Starting in Grade 1, instruction includes four steps in the writing process: planning, drafting, editing, and publishing and features lessons that have modeling, collaboration, and sharing. As students gain skills and confidence, they are able to take on more of these steps independently. Students learn to use planning techniques, including brainstorming and graphic organizers.

      Beginning in Grade 4, the Amplify Caminos writing process expands to also include sharing and evaluating. In Grades 4 and 5, the writing process is no longer conceptualized as a series of scaffolded, linear steps (an important change from the Grade 3 writing process). Rather, students move between components of the writing process in a flexible manner, similar to the process mature and experienced writers follow naturally.

      young male students writing with a pencil

      Amplify Caminos’ writing instruction provides a clear progression through the text types in each grade.

      Because Amplify Caminos has two strands of lessons in Grades K-2, Lectoescritura and Conocimiento, students are exposed to both narrative and informational texts throughout the year. In Grades 3-5, the integrated units feature study in literary, informational, or a mix of both types of texts, depending on the content of the unit.

      • Grades K–2 introduce and establish the key elements of each text type, allowing students to gain comfort and confidence writing narratives, opinions, and informative texts. This enables students to practice thinking about content in different ways, offering more depth and breadth to their understanding of core content and of the writing text types.
      • By Grade 3, students will have gained significant practice in narrative, opinion/argumentative, and informational/explanatory forms of writing and will continue to apply those skills through Grade 5.

      How does Amplify Caminos integrate with the other parts of the literacy system?

      Amplify Caminos + mCLASS® Lectura

      Achieve complete parity between English and Spanish assessments with mCLASS Lectura for K–6. mCLASS Lectura allows teachers to connect with their Spanish-speaking students face-to-face, one-on-one, and in the language most comfortable to them. The result? Valid and reliable student data reports
      available in both English and Spanish, enabling teachers to pinpoint where their Spanish-speaking or emergent bilingual students really are in their skill development and what instruction to prioritize.

      A laptop screen displays a slide describing the Lectura data-driven instructional cycle with sections for Assessment, Reporting, and Instruction, each illustrated with sample interface screenshots.

      Amplify Caminos + Amplify Reading

      Amplify Reading is an engaging, adaptive digital program that extends the learning in Amplify Caminos. Amplify Reading offers support to a large sub-group of English learners (ELs) through Spanish voice-over. Spanish voiceover instructions are available in vocabulary and sentence-level comprehension games so ELs can build their vocabulary, language, and critical comprehension skills before moving into analyzing complex texts

      Language selection screen with options for English and Spanish, and an illustrated girl saying “¡Hola!” in a speech bubble. The heading reads “Idiomas.”.

      Demo access and sample materials

      Ready to explore on your own? First, watch the videos below to learn about the program’s components and how to navigate the digital platform.

      Physical materials walkthrough video

      Digital navigation video

      Demo access

      Next, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      • Click the CKLA and Caminos Demo button below.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • To explore as a teacher, enter this username: t1.sfusdreviewer@demo.tryamplify.net
      • To explore as a student, enter this username: s1.sfusdreviewer@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-sfusdreviewer
      • Click the Programs and apps menu
      • Select CKLA Teacher Resource Site
      • Select the desire grade level
      • Use the toggle to switch between English (CKLA) and Spanish (Caminos) resources.

      Sample materials

      Finally, click on the grade levels below to explore your requested sample units.

      Additional resources

      Welcome to Amplify Desmos Math California!

      California educators, welcome to math that motivates. Introducing Amplify Desmos Math California, a new, curiosity-driven TK–12 program that builds lifelong math proficiency. Each lesson poses problems that invite a variety of approaches before guiding students to synthesize their understanding of the learning goals. Students encounter math problems they are eager to solve; teachers spend more time where it’s most impactful: creating a collaborative classroom of learners.

      Scroll to learn more about the program and explore sample materials.

      About the program

      Amplify Desmos Math California is a TK–12 core math program designed to meet the CA Math Framework and the Common Core State Standards for Mathematics. Offered in English and Spanish, Amplify Desmos Math California thoughtfully combines conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and application through a structured approach to problem-based learning. Through engaging activities, Amplify Desmos Math California invites curiosity and math discourse into the classroom to create lifelong math proficiency.

      Please scroll to learn more about the K–8 program and explore sample materials. (TK and high school materials are in development and will be available soon.)

      A powerful math suite

      Amplify Desmos Math California combines the best of assessment, problem-based core lessons, personalized practice, and intervention into a coherent and engaging experience for both students and teachers.

      Laptop displaying a math problem interface with student assessment reports in the background.

      Assessment

      mCLASS benchmark assessments, along with daily formative checks, measure not only what students know, but also how they think. The asset-based assessment system provides teachers with targeted, actionable insights, linked to core instruction and intervention resources. Unit- and lesson-level core assessments give teachers data at their fingertips to guide and differentiate instruction. In grades 3–8, core assessments and performance tasks are designed to prepare students for success on the Smarter Balanced Assessment Consortium (SBAC) testing.

      Core instruction

      Amplify Desmos Math California core lessons pair problems students are eager to solve with clear instructional moves for teachers. Each lesson is designed to tell a story by posing problems that invite a variety of approaches before guiding students to synthesize their understanding of the learning goals. With built-in differentiation and Multilingual / English Learner support, Amplify Desmos Math California will allow every student to find success in the math classroom.

      An educational game screen with a worm on a log and numbered blocks. Adjacent is a worksheet titled "Finding the Missing Pair" with instructions and incomplete equations.
      A digital educational screen showing a math problem about converting meters to centimeters. It involves a diving toy sinking 5 meters into a pool. Text prompts users to input the conversion.

      Personalized learning

      Boost Personalized Learning activities help students access grade-level math through engaging, independent digital practice. Responsive Feedback adjusts to students’ work, providing item-level adaptivity to further support their learning.

      Intervention

      Integrated resources like Mini-Lessons, Fluency Practice, and Math Adventures provide targeted intervention on a specific concept or skill connected to the daily lesson. Extensions are also available to stretch students’ understanding.

      Two pages of a math workbook displaying exercises on determining coordinates after rotation. The pages include diagrams, tables, and practice problems.
      Network diagram with interconnected nodes labeled: Measure and Compare Objects, Represent Data, Dollars and Cents, Problem Solving with Measure, Skip Counting to 100, Number Strategies, Squares in an Array, Seeing Fraction in Shapes.

      Big Ideas

      The CA Mathematics Framework encourages a shift from power standards to thinking about math as a series of connected Big Ideas. Each Amplify Desmos Math California lesson supports one or more Big Ideas and the connections between Big Ideas. The grade-level diagram changes through the course based on the math concepts being addressed.

      Focus, coherence, and rigor

      Each lesson highlights why the content being covered is important, how students will engage with the mathematics, and what students will do with the learning. Our lesson opener helps teachers understand the most important concepts of the lesson, and includes the Drivers of Investigation (DI), Content Connections (CC), and Standards for Mathematical Practice (SMP) that drive learning in each lesson.

      An educational slide on addition story problems, detailing goals for solving problems, language goals, and strategies using equal expressions, tens and ones, and number sense.
      A screen titled "Match the Score" with a 2D target graph showing various scores. Instructions request four ordered pairs to total 400. Four pairs are listed: (4, 2), (7, 4), (7, 6), (10, 6). A "Try again" button is shown.

      Built-in authentic tasks

      Mathematics is not learning in isolation. Students are connected to each other’s thinking and can use math to understand the world. With accessible invitations to authentic tasks, all students can experience mathematical success. Amplify Desmos Math California provides these authentic invitations in a variety of ways:

      Each unit begins with an “Explore” lesson, which allows students to engage with authentic exploration in low-floor, high-ceiling tasks. These tasks are designed in such a way that all students can access the basic mathematical concepts, but they also offer possibilities for advanced exploration and problem-solving for those ready for more complex work, promoting an inclusive and differentiated learning environment.

      Our innovative course-level investigations are designed to facilitate multipart exploration. Students grapple with Big Ideas, diving deep into key concepts that encourage comprehensive understanding. Data science is infused into the approach, equipping students with a strong foundation in interpreting and applying data-driven solutions. The Environmental Principles and Concepts (EP&Cs) are also a focus of our investigations, enabling students to understand and appreciate the coherence and interrelationship of Earth’s environmental systems.

      A focus on multilingual and English learners

      Children sitting at desks in a classroom with a large illustrated caterpillar on the wall. Beside them are printed educational materials labeled “Amplify Desmos Math” and “Ying’s Aquarium Story.”.

      In building Amplify Desmos Math California, we partnered with the English Learner Success Forum (ELSF) to provide guidance on our multilingual/English learner support for teachers. ELSF is a national nonprofit organization that advocates for high-quality instructional materials that are inclusive of multilingual learners. ELSF’s guiding documents reflect research-based instructional strategies that are critical to curriculum design and were created by researchers, linguists, and practitioners from across the country. ELSF reviewed our materials and provided directional guidance and feedback to ensure that the program fully supports multilingual/English learners.

      A component of our K–5 curriculum is the engaging unit stories that interweave mathematics with real-life situations and relatable narratives. These unit stories are specifically crafted to inspire curiosity and foster a deep connection between the learner and the math concepts being explored. This unique approach not only makes learning fun and interesting, but also allows our young learners to see themselves in the math.

      To help students grow their domain-specific and academic vocabulary, Amplify Desmos Math California provides embedded vocabulary routines, such as prompting teachers to use a Frayer Model. These routines allow students to make connections to new language and offer repeated opportunities to develop and refine language.

      Amplify Desmos Math California recognizes the diverse language needs of our students and is designed to be inclusive. Each lesson in the program features a parallel language activity, designed to be available to all students, in the form of teacher guidance and student activities. The activities in the Math Language Development Resource has leveled ELD (Emerging, Expanding, Bridging) differentiation to support all levels of Multilingual and English Learners. This approach ensures that all students, regardless of their language skills, can participate fully, grasp the material, and excel in their mathematical journey.

      Uploaded digital glossary for languages other than Spanish. Up to nine languages of translations will be provided for.

      Amplify Desmos Math California will include support resources for Spanish-speaking students across TK–Algebra 1/Integrated I beginning in the 20262027 school year.

      A computer displays an educational activity about measuring platform heights. A notebook page is layered behind it, with a colorful hamster-themed illustration.

      K–5 sample materials

      Click the links in the drop-down sections below to explore sample materials from each grade. 

      For helpful navigation tips and more program information, download the Amplify Desmos Math Program Guide.

      You can also watch a product expert walk through a lesson and the available program components.

      Screenshot of a kindergarten curriculum outline featuring units like Math in Our World, Numbers 1-10, Positions and Shapes, Understanding Addition, Making 10, and Shapes All Around Us. This comprehensive program utilizes New York Math standards to build foundational skills.
      Program structure

      Get to know the content and structure of Kindergarten Amplify Desmos Math California.

      Cover of Amplify Desmos Math Grade K Teacher Edition featuring three children playing with math-related objects and a group of rabbits sitting nearby, aligning with the engaging curriculum seen in New York math classrooms.
      Teacher Edition pages

      Planning and instructional guidance is visual, organized, and easy-to-follow. To help you review the program, we have included samples from a complete sub-unit on this site: Unit 2, Sub-Unit 1: Counting and Comparing Objects.

      Digital educational activity showing a blue backpack illustration with dots, a task to match dots on cards, and printed sheet featuring a similar dot-matching exercise.
      Digital experience

      Explore our digital experience! Every lesson in Amplify Desmos Math California has student print materials and digital recommendations.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math: Student Edition Kindergarten," featuring an illustration of three children playing with math-related toys. A group of small white animals, possibly hamsters, play nearby. The scene brilliantly captures the joy of New York math exploration for young learners.
      Student Edition pages

      Motivate students with mathematics that is both rigorous and delightful.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math Grade K Centers Resources" featuring a large, stylized red and pink "C" on a light pink background with simple geometric designs. This distinctive cover complements New York math curriculums with its engaging visual elements.
      Centers Resources

      Engaging, hands-on games for students to play collaboratively to strengthen their understanding of key skills and concepts.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math: Grade K." The title is displayed with a geometric "I" illustration in the center. Subtitle reads "Intervention and Extension Resources" on a pink and white background, ideal for New York math standards.
      Intervention and Extension Resources

      Additional resources to reinforce and extend key concepts, including Mini-Lessons and Extensions.

      Illustration of a bear choosing a path with more mushrooms. Activity book page titled "A Furry Feast" with groups of objects to compare quantities.

      In this lesson, students apply their understanding of how to compare groups of images as they determine which group has more or fewer and then compare their strategies by guiding a bear through a path that has more mushrooms than the other.

      A clear plastic box contains various math manipulatives, including counting cubes, geometric shapes, rulers, and dice, displayed outside the box.
      Hands-on manipulative kit

      An optional add-on to your Amplify Desmos Math California program, the manipulative kit provides hands-on learning tools designed to simplify and illustrate complex mathematical concepts.

      Grade 1 math curriculum overview displaying six units with instructional and assessment days: counting, addition, subtraction, numbers to 10, comparing numbers, measuring length, and geometry—aligned with the New York Math standards.
      Program structure

      Get to know the content and structure of Grade 1 Amplify Desmos Math California.

      Children interact with math activities on a large tablet while observing fish illustrations. The text reads "Amplify Desmos Math Grade 1 Teacher Edition, aligned with New York Math standards.
      Teacher Edition pages

      Planning and instructional guidance is visual, organized, and easy-to-follow. To help you review the program, we have included samples from a complete sub-unit on this site: Unit 2, Sub-Unit 1: Story Problems in Maui.

      A digital educational activity showing a math problem about leaves on a kalo plant with a related worksheet on plant growth.
      Digital experience

      Explore our digital experience! Every lesson in Amplify Desmos Math California has student print materials and digital recommendations.

      Illustration of three children engaged in math activities from the "Amplify Desmos Math: Student Edition 1" textbook. One child holds a number card, while the others manipulate counters and images, experiencing an exciting approach inspired by New York math techniques.
      Student Edition pages

      Motivate students with mathematics that is both rigorous and delightful.

      Centers Resources

      Engaging, hands-on games for students to play collaboratively to strengthen their understanding of key skills and concepts.

      Intervention and Extension Resources

      Additional resources to reinforce and extend key concepts, including Mini-Lessons and Extensions.

      Interactive math activity for kids featuring a frog and number line for subtraction problems, asking to find differences to locate bugs.

      In this lesson, students find differences when subtracting 1 and 2 from the same number by helping a frog reach a lily pad where it can eat a bug.

      A clear plastic box contains various math manipulatives, including counting cubes, geometric shapes, rulers, and dice, displayed outside the box.
      Hands-on manipulative kit

      An optional add-on to your Amplify Desmos Math California program, the manipulative kit provides hands-on learning tools designed to simplify and illustrate complex mathematical concepts.

      A curriculum overview for Grade 2 in New York Math displaying 8 units, including topics like comparisons, addition, subtraction, and geometric shapes, with details on the number of instructional and assessment days. This plan integrates resources from Amplify Desmos Math to enrich learning experiences.
      Program structure

      Get to know the content and structure of Grade 2 Amplify Desmos Math California.

      Cover of the "Amplify Desmos Math" Grade 2 Teacher Edition, showcasing children measuring with rulers and a poster displaying a mathematical equation, set against whimsical scenery with a colorful dragon. Perfect for New York math classrooms.
      Teacher Edition pages

      Planning and instructional guidance is visual, organized, and easy-to-follow. To help you review the program, we have included samples from a complete sub-unit on this site: Unit 2, Sub-Unit 1: Adding and Subtracting.

      Two digital worksheets about Theo's aquarium with tasks to estimate animal quantities using draggable graphs and illustrations of fish, frogs, and shrimps.
      Digital experience

      Explore our digital experience! Every lesson in Amplify Desmos Math California has student print materials and digital recommendations.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math Student Edition 2" showing three children performing a New York math activity with blocks and measurements.
      Student Edition pages

      Motivate students with mathematics that is both rigorous and delightful.

      Cover of an educational book titled "Amplify Desmos Math Grade 2 Centers Resources" featuring a green "C" on a light green background, perfect for enhancing New York math education.
      Centers Resources

      Engaging, hands-on games for students to play collaboratively to strengthen their understanding of key skills and concepts.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math Grade 2: Intervention and Extension Resources" featuring a green numeral 1 on a light green background, aligning with the New York math standards.
      Intervention and Extension Resources

      Additional resources to reinforce and extend key concepts, including Mini-Lessons and Extensions.

      Educational activity on a screen showing a worm and blocks with numbers. Another page shows an activity titled "Finding the Missing Pair," with numbered options and a video prompt.

      Students continue to develop fluency by finding the number that makes 10 by helping a millipede reach its favorite food – a clump of leaves!

      A clear plastic box contains various math manipulatives, including counting cubes, geometric shapes, rulers, and dice, displayed outside the box.
      Hands-on manipulative kit

      An optional add-on to your Amplify Desmos Math California program, the manipulative kit provides hands-on learning tools designed to simplify and illustrate complex mathematical concepts.

      An educational curriculum outline for Grade 3 with seven units covering various mathematics topics, including multiplication, shapes, fractions, and measurement. Suggested instructional days are provided. The New York Math approach ensures a thorough understanding of each concept.
      Program structure

      Get to know the content and structure of Grade 3 Amplify Desmos Math California.

      Cover of a "Grade 3 Amplify Desmos Math Teacher Edition" book, featuring a cutaway building with diverse students and a teacher working on New York math problems and organizing materials.
      Teacher Edition pages

      Planning and instructional guidance is visual, organized, and easy-to-follow. To help you review the program, we have included samples from a complete sub-unit on this site: Unit 2, Sub-Unit 1: Concepts of Area Measurement.

      Math activity screenshot showing a problem to calculate the area of an unpainted wall space with given side lengths in a room diagram.
      Digital experience

      Explore our digital experience! Every lesson in Amplify Desmos Math California has student print materials and digital recommendations.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math Student Edition 3" showcasing illustrated children engaged in various mathematical activities inside a glass house structure, reflecting the dynamic energy of New York math.
      Student Edition pages

      Motivate students with mathematics that is both rigorous and delightful.

      Cover of the Amplify Desmos Math Grade 3 Centers Resources book, featuring a 3D letter "C" in blue and white on a minimalistic background, perfect for aligning with New York math standards.
      Centers Resources

      Engaging, hands-on games for students to play collaboratively to strengthen their understanding of key skills and concepts.

      Cover of an "Amplify Cover of the "Amplify Desmos Math" Grade 3 book featuring intervention and extension resources, with a blue geometric "I" on a light blue background, aligning with New York Math standards.
      Intervention and Extension Resources

      Additional resources to reinforce and extend key concepts, including Mini-Lessons and Extensions.

      Activity sheets showing a bar graph and a table for counting animal stickers: 7 rabbits, 5 raccoons, and 2 foxes. Includes instructions for arranging data points on a graph.

      Students compare data represented on bar graphs with different scales by using animal stickers to create scaled bar graphs.

      A clear plastic box contains various math manipulatives, including counting cubes, geometric shapes, rulers, and dice, displayed outside the box.
      Hands-on manipulative kit

      An optional add-on to your Amplify Desmos Math California program, the manipulative kit provides hands-on learning tools designed to simplify and illustrate complex mathematical concepts.

      A course outline for Algebra 1 with 8 units, each detailing the number of instructional and optional days. The total suggested instructional days are 144 and 28 optional days, aligning with New York Math standards.
      Program structure

      Get to know the content and structure of Grade 4 Amplify Desmos Math California.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math: Teacher Edition Grade 4" showing children learning New York Math outdoors, using large mathematical tools and numbers, with one child in a wheelchair.
      Teacher Edition pages

      Planning and instructional guidance is visual, organized, and easy-to-follow. To help you review the program, we have included samples from a complete sub-unit on this site: Unit 2, Sub-Unit 1: Size and Location of Fractions.

      Screenshot of a digital math activity showing a fraction number line task with a log-cutting visual and an instruction page titled "Locating Fractions.
      Digital experience

      Explore our digital experience! Every lesson in Amplify Desmos Math California has student print materials and digital recommendations.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math, Student Edition, Grade 4," showcasing students collaborating on math problems involving shapes and numbers against a vibrant backdrop that blends cityscapes and natural scenery, capturing the essence of New York math learning.
      Student Edition pages

      Motivate students with mathematics that is both rigorous and delightful.

      Cover of the "Amplify Desmos Math" Grade 4 Centers Resources book, featuring a large, stylized blue letter "C" on a light blue background. This essential resource for New York math educators ensures engaging and effective instruction.
      Centers Resources

      Engaging, hands-on games for students to play collaboratively to strengthen their understanding of key skills and concepts.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math, Grade 4: Intervention and Extension Resources," featuring a geometric illustration and a blue and orange color scheme inspired by New York math standards.
      Intervention and Extension Resources

      Additional resources to reinforce and extend key concepts, including Mini-Lessons and Extensions.

      An educational activity displays a drag-and-drop task to determine platform heights using tube lengths, showing a room scene and instructions on a digital interface.

      Students choose tube lengths to connect to platform heights for hamster homes, identifying possible heights using what they know about multiples.

      A clear plastic box contains various math manipulatives, including counting cubes, geometric shapes, rulers, and dice, displayed outside the box.
      Hands-on manipulative kit

      An optional add-on to your Amplify Desmos Math California program, the manipulative kit provides hands-on learning tools designed to simplify and illustrate complex mathematical concepts.

      A Grade 5 curriculum scope and sequence chart with units covering volume, fractions, multiplication, shapes, place value, and measurement. Each unit lists instructional and assessment days to amplify Desmos Math activities.
      Program structure

      Get to know the content and structure of Grade 5 Amplify Desmos Math California.

      Illustration of three students engaging with various math activities outdoors and around large blocks. Text at the top reads "Amplify Desmos Math, Grade 5, Teacher Edition" - a perfect resource for New York math educators.
      Teacher Edition pages

      Planning and instructional guidance is visual, organized, and easy-to-follow. To help you review the program, we have included samples from a complete sub-unit on this site: Unit 2, Sub-Unit 1: Fractions as Quotients.

      Activity worksheet and digital screen showing a panda on a cliff, with instructions about placing a missing bamboo shoot to help it reach the leaf.
      Digital experience

      Explore our digital experience! Every lesson in Amplify Desmos Math California has student print materials and digital recommendations.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math: Student Edition, Grade 5" featuring students engaged in various mathematical activities outside, such as block building, measuring, and gardening—a perfect resource aligning with New York math standards.
      Student Edition pages

      Motivate students with mathematics that is both rigorous and delightful.

      Cover image of "Amplify Desmos Math Grade 5 Centers Resources" featuring a large purple letter C on a light purple background, showcasing the innovative approach of Amplify Desmos Math that's making waves in New York math education.
      Centers Resources

      Engaging, hands-on games for students to play collaboratively to strengthen their understanding of key skills and concepts.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math Grade 5: Intervention and Extension Resources," featuring a large, stylized number five in purple against a light purple background with minimal geometric patterns, ideal for New York math curriculum support.
      Intervention and Extension Resources

      Additional resources to reinforce and extend key concepts, including Mini-Lessons and Extensions.

      Screen showing a student activity about decomposing a figure into prisms, with a drag-and-drop exercise and an adjacent worksheet labeled "Seeing Prisms.

      Students decompose a figure into rectangular prisms and determine the volume of the figure by adding the volumes of the individual prisms.

      A clear plastic box contains various math manipulatives, including counting cubes, geometric shapes, rulers, and dice, displayed outside the box.
      Hands-on manipulative kit

      An optional add-on to your Amplify Desmos Math California program, the manipulative kit provides hands-on learning tools designed to simplify and illustrate complex mathematical concepts.

      6–A1 sample materials

      Click the links in the drop-down sections below to explore sample materials from each grade. 

      For helpful navigation tips and more program information, download the Amplify Desmos Math Program Guide.

      You can also watch a product expert walk through a lesson and the available program components.

      Laptop showing a math activity with geometric shapes. Two textbooks titled "Amplify Desmos Math" are displayed above.
      An educational document titled "Scope and Sequence" for Grade 6 math, designed in collaboration with Amplify Desmos Math, outlining six units with instructional and optional days for topics such as fractions, integers, and expressions.
      Program structure

      Get to know the content and structure of Grade 6 Amplify Desmos Math California.

      Cover of the Grade 6 Amplify Desmos Math Teacher Edition, showcasing students engaging in various mathematical activities around a balance scale with variables, inspired by New York math educational standards.
      Teacher Edition pages

      Planning and instructional guidance is visual, organized, and easy-to-follow. To help you review the program, we have included samples from three sub-units on this site: Unit 1, Sub-Unit 1: Area; Unit 3, Sub-Unit 1: Units and Measurement; and Unit 6, Sub-Unit 1: Solving Equations.

      A digital activity showing two model trains on a track with a question about speed. A printed page on the right is titled "Model Trains" with warm-up instructions.
      Digital experience

      Explore our digital experience! Every lesson in Amplify Desmos Math California has student print materials and digital recommendations.

      Cover of “Amplify Desmos Math, Student Edition, Grade 6” featuring an illustration of children engaging in various New York math-related activities outdoors.
      Student Edition pages

      Motivate students with mathematics that is both rigorous and delightful.

      Cover image of "Amplify Desmos Math" for Grade 6, featuring a 3D pink letter "I" and the text "Intervention and Extension Resources." This New York math edition supports students with comprehensive resources.
      Intervention and Extension Resources

      Additional resources to reinforce and extend key concepts, including Mini-Lessons and Extensions.

      A digital illustration of math balancing scales featuring boxes and a fox, alongside a worksheet displaying similar content and activities for learning math concepts.

      Students use equations and tape diagrams to represent seesaw situations and to determine unknown animal weights, helping them make connections between diagrams that represent equations of the form `x+p=q` or `px=q`.

      A clear plastic storage box filled with educational math manipulatives, including colorful blocks, shapes, measuring tools, and counting cubes displayed outside the box.
      Hands-on manipulative kit

      An optional add-on to your Amplify Desmos Math California program, the manipulative kit provides hands-on learning tools designed to simplify and illustrate complex mathematical concepts.

      A Grade 7 math curriculum outline, featuring units on scale drawings, proportional relationships, measuring circles, rational numbers, operations, equations, angles, area, and probability with sequencing and days allocated. Perfectly aligned with Amplify Desmos Math for New York Math standards.
      Program structure

      Get to know the content and structure of Grade 7 Amplify Desmos Math California.

      Cover image of "Amplify Desmos Math Teacher Edition Grade 7" featuring an illustration of students engaging in math-related activities with geometric shapes and construction elements against a New York cityscape background.
      Teacher Edition pages

      Planning and instructional guidance is visual, organized, and easy-to-follow. To help you review the program, we have included samples from three sub-units on this site: Unit 1, Sub-Unit 1: Scaled Copies; Unit 4, Sub-Unit 1: Percentages as Proportional Relationships; and Unit 6, Sub-Unit 1: Equations and Tape Diagrams.

      Activity page showing a grid for shape creation with an area of 8 square centimeters. Includes shape options and instructions on rotation. A booklet page displays area challenges and warm-up tasks.
      Digital experience

      Explore our digital experience! Every lesson in Amplify Desmos Math California has student print materials and digital recommendations.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math, Student Edition, Grade 7" showing students engaged in math activities against a cityscape reminiscent of New York, with purple geometric structures and a crane in the background.
      Student Edition pages

      Motivate students with mathematics that is both rigorous and delightful.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math: Grade 7 – Intervention and Extension Resources" featuring a stylized 3D "I" on a light purple background, ideal for both New York math and national curricula.
      Intervention and Extension Resources

      Additional resources to reinforce and extend key concepts, including Mini-Lessons and Extensions.

      Screenshot of an educational website showing a math activity featuring a sheep named Shira. There is a graph and a worksheet on inequalities displayed.

      Students solve inequalities with positive and negative coefficients to solve a variety of challenges featuring a fictional sheep who eats grass according to an inequality.

      A clear plastic storage box filled with educational math manipulatives, including colorful blocks, shapes, measuring tools, and counting cubes displayed outside the box.
      Hands-on manipulative kit

      An optional add-on to your Amplify Desmos Math California program, the manipulative kit provides hands-on learning tools designed to simplify and illustrate complex mathematical concepts.

      Grade 8 math curriculum chart featuring 9 units, such as Rigid Transformations and Congruence, with Suggested Instructional days. Each unit outlines instructional days, assessment days, and optional days—complemented by insights from Amplify Desmos Math to enhance your New York math learning experience.
      Program structure

      Get to know the content and structure of Grade 7 Amplify Desmos Math California.

      Illustration of children engaging in learning activities outdoors near a large slide. The title "Amplify Desmos Math Grade 8 Teacher Edition" is shown at the top, highlighting its relevance to New York math curriculum standards.
      Teacher Edition pages

      Planning and instructional guidance is visual, organized, and easy-to-follow. To help you review the program, we have included samples from three sub-units on this site: Unit 1, Sub-Unit 1: Rigid Transformations; Unit 3, Sub-Unit 2: Linear Relationships; and Unit 6, Sub-Unit 2: Analyzing Numerical Data.

      Image of a digital math activity titled "Line Capture #2" featuring a grid, equations, and instructions. A paper worksheet with graphs and a "Line Zapper" title is displayed alongside.
      Digital experience

      Explore our digital experience! Every lesson in Amplify Desmos Math California has student print materials and digital recommendations.

      Cover of the "Amplify Desmos Math" Student Edition for Grade 8, featuring students engaging in various mathematical activities in a stylized outdoor New York setting.
      Student Edition pages

      Motivate students with mathematics that is both rigorous and delightful.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math Grade 8: Intervention and Extension Resources" featuring a stylized "I" on a gray background, tailored for New York math standards.
      Intervention and Extension Resources

      Additional resources to reinforce and extend key concepts, including Mini-Lessons and Extensions.

      An educational worksheet on robots, featuring a graph with red, purple, and blue robot icons, and instructions for a warm-up activity.

      Students connect points on a scatter plot with individuals in a population and rows of data in a table. The analysis of scatter plots continues with data about the eye distances and heights of robots.

      A clear plastic storage box filled with educational math manipulatives, including colorful blocks, shapes, measuring tools, and counting cubes displayed outside the box.
      Hands-on manipulative kit

      An optional add-on to your Amplify Desmos Math California program, the manipulative kit provides hands-on learning tools designed to simplify and illustrate complex mathematical concepts.

      A course outline for Algebra 1 with 8 units, each detailing the number of instructional and optional days. The total suggested instructional days are 144 and 28 optional days, aligning with New York Math standards.
      Program structure

      Get to know the content and structure of Algebra 1 Amplify Desmos Math California.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math: Algebra 1, Teacher Edition" featuring diverse characters engaged in mathematical activities, with a graph and a bridge in the background, illustrating the vibrant energy of New York math.
      Teacher Edition pages

      Planning and instructional guidance is visual, organized, and easy-to-follow. To help you review the program, we have included samples from two complete sub-units on this site: Unit 2, Sub-Units 1–2: One-Variable Equations and Multi-Variable Equations.

      A digital educational interface shows a graph with data points and textual instructions comparing year and breeding pairs. Adjacent is a page discussing penguin populations with charts and illustrations.
      Digital experience

      Explore our digital experience! Every lesson in Amplify Desmos Math California has student print materials and digital recommendations.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math" Student Edition A1, featuring an illustration of diverse characters engaging in New York math activities against a backdrop of graphs and mathematical concepts.
      Student Edition pages

      Motivate students with mathematics that is both rigorous and delightful.

      A digital math activity screen showing block arrangements and a worksheet page titled "Shelley the Snail" with related graphics.

      Students represent the solutions of a situation using a table, a graph, and multiple forms of an equation to identify multiple combinations of blocks that can help Shelley the Snail cross a gap.

      Contact us

      For questions, samples, or more information, please contact your local Amplify Account Executive:

      Erin King
      Sales Director, CA
      (512) 736-3162
      eking@amplify.com

      Northern CA
      Wendy Garcia
      Senior Account Executive
      (510) 368-7666
      wgarcia@amplify.com

      Bay Area
      Lance Burbank
      Account Executive
      (415) 830-5348
      lburbank@amplify.com

      Central Valley and Central Coast
      Demitri Gonos
      Senior Account Executive
      (559) 355-3244
      dgonos@amplify.com

      Ventura and L.A. County
      Jeff Sorenson
      Associate Account Executive
      (310) 902-1407
      jsorenson@amplify.com

      Orange and L.A. County
      Lauren Sherman
      Senior Account Executive
      (949) 397-5766
      lsherman@amplify.com

      San Bernardino and L.A. County
      Michael Gruber
      Senior Account Executive
      (951) 520-6542
      migruber@amplify.com

      Riverside and L.A. County
      Brian Roy
      Account Executive
      (818) 967-1674
      broy@amplify.com

      San Diego County
      Kirk Van Wagoner
      Senior Account Executive
      (760) 696-0709
      kvanwagoner@amplify.com

      Under 2300 students in Bay Area, Sacramento Valley, and Northern Counties
      Kevin Mauser
      Lead Account Executive
      (815) 534-0148
      kmauser@amplify.com

      Under 2300 students in Southern CA, Central Coast, and Southern Central Valley Counties
      Charissa Snyder
      Account Executive
      (720) 936-6802
      chsnyder@amplify.com

      Request additional samples.

      Ready to learn more? Connect with an Amplify Desmos Math California expert to request additional program samples.

      Amplify CKLA Review for Alabama

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Welcome to Amplify Science 6–8!

      Amplify Science is an engaging core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning.

      With Amplify Science, Detroit students don’t just passively learn about science concepts. Instead, they take on the role of scientists and engineers to actively investigate and figure out real-world phenomena. They do this through a blend of cohesive and compelling storylines, hands-on investigations, collaborative discussions, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools.

      What is Amplify Science?

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true three-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.

      Proven to work

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 1

      Read More

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 7

      Read More

      Amplify Science NE
      Grades K–5

      Read More

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      Do

      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      Talk

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      Read

      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      Write

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      Visualize

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers
      do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS) and support students in mastering the Pennsylvania Science Standards.

      Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

      In grades 6–8:

      • One unit is a launch unit.
      • Three units are core units.
      • Two units are engineering internships.

      Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

      Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

      Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

      Unit sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      Three columns listing education curriculum topics for grades 6, 7, and 8, focusing on science themes such as microbiomes, mars geology, and harnessing human energy.

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock-full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

      Assorted office and household items displayed on a white background, including rubber bands, binder clips, cardboard, and sports balls.

      Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

      These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

      Amplify Science Classroom Slides

      Explore your print samples

      With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

      It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

      Three laptop screens displaying educational content on earth's energy system, including diagrams and text annotations.
      • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
      • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      Our unit-specific kits:

      • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
      • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
      • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      At your request, we did not include our materials kits with our submissions samples. However, we did provide grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit, which you can also find with the links below.

      Access your digital samples

      Explore as a teacher

      Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: t1.dps68sci@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-dps68sci
      • Click the Science icon.
      • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

      Spanish-language support

      Amplify Science is committed to providing support to meet the needs of all learners, including multiple access points for Spanish-speaking students. Developed in conjunction with Spanish-language experts and classroom teachers, several components are available in Spanish across the Amplify Science curriculum.

      Spanish-language materials include:

      COMPONENTTEACHER/STUDENT
      Student Investigation NotebooksStudent
      Science articlesStudent
      Video TranscriptsStudent
      Digital simulation translation keysStudent
      Printed classroom materials
      Unit and chapter questions, key concepts, vocabulary cards, etc.
      Teacher
      CopymastersTeacher
      AssessmentsTeacher
      Digital student experience license
      This license gives students access to the student resources in Spanish, including instructional text, articles, and assessments. Teachers can control student access to Spanish-language content through the digital Teacher’s Guide.
      Teacher
      Spanish teacher support license
      This license includes teacher talk, projections, downloadable PDFs of all print resources, and video transcripts and closed captioning in Spanish.
      Teacher

      Explore as a student

      Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a student.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: s1.dpsscience@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-dpsscience
      • Click the Science icon.
      • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      Resources to support your review

      What’s New for Amplify Science 6–8!

      Denver Public Schools (DPS), check out what’s new from Amplify Science 6-8!  The first part of this site will take you through the updates that have been made to Amplify Science. The second will be a refresher of Amplify Science for any new users in DPS. With Amplify Science, DPS students don’t just passively learn about science concepts. Instead, they take on the role of scientists and engineers to actively investigate and figure out real-world phenomena. With culturally sustaining pedagogy, Amplify Science strives to make sure every student feels included in the science classroom.

      Two students collaborating on a project using a laptop in a classroom filled with other students working in the background.

      Update: The Digital Experience

      The digital experience allows students to engage with digital lessons and provides teachers with everything they need in one place—ready-to-use slides-based lessons, seamlessly integrated teacher prompts and guidance, robust PD resources, and more. It’s now easier and more engaging than ever to plan lessons, present digital content, and review student work. To learn more, click here.

      Update: The PD Library

      All professional development (PD) content is consolidated into the PD Library, a one-stop hub for all your self-paced PD needs. As a result, the “Professional Learning Resources” tile will no longer be available on the main Amplify Science Program Hub page. The rest of the non-PD content in the Program Hub will remain as is, including the on-demand resources.

      Update: Educator & Student Home expansion

      Educator and Student Home landing pages will now be available for all Amplify Science users. This Home page provides a central location to access all Amplify programs in one place and a customized stream based on your activity.

      Your Amplify Science grades 6–8 students will no longer access My Work for assignments, scores, and teacher feedback. Instead, they’ll find it all on Student Home, the page they already land on when logging in to Amplify Science.

      Keep in mind: Amplify Science middle school teachers will continue to have access to Classwork.

      Update: Caregiver Hub

      Throughout the school year, teachers can share the Amplify Science Caregiver Hub with students’ families. This site provides curriculum details, an overview of what caregivers can expect throughout the school year, and resources they can use with students at home.

      What is Amplify Science?

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true three-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
      Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

      Proven to work

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 1

      Read More

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 7

      Read More

      Amplify Science NE
      Grades K–5

      Read More

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      Do

      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      Talk

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      Read

      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      Write

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      Visualize

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers
      do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS) and support students in mastering the Pennsylvania Science Standards.

      Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

      In grades 6–8:

      • One unit is a launch unit.
      • Three units are core units.
      • Two units are engineering internships.

      Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

      Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

      Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

      DPS Scope and Sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      Un gráfico que muestra los cursos de ciencias para los grados 6 a 8. Cada grado tiene una lista de clases categorizadas como Launch, GROW y GOAT, con el título de cada curso y la duración en minutos o días.

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock-full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

      Assorted office and household items displayed on a white background, including rubber bands, binder clips, cardboard, and sports balls.

      Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

      These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

      Amplify Science Classroom Slides

      Explore your print samples

      With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides, Student Investigation Notebooks, and sets of Student Books for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher Reference Guides:

      It’s important that you see the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provide a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free Teacher’s Guide!

      Three laptop screens displaying educational content on earth's energy system, including diagrams and text annotations.
      • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
      • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      Our unit-specific kits:

      • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
      • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
      • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      At your request, we did not include our materials kits with our submissions samples. However, we did provide grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit, which you can also find with the links below.

      Access your digital samples

      Explore as a teacher

      Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: t1.dps68sci@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-dps68sci
      • Click the Science icon.
      • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

      Spanish-language support

      Amplify Science is committed to providing support to meet the needs of all learners, including multiple access points for Spanish-speaking students. Developed in conjunction with Spanish-language experts and classroom teachers, several components are available in Spanish across the Amplify Science curriculum.

      Spanish-language materials include:

      COMPONENTTEACHER/STUDENT
      Student Investigation NotebooksStudent
      Science articlesStudent
      Video TranscriptsStudent
      Digital simulation translation keysStudent
      Printed classroom materials
      Unit and chapter questions, key concepts, vocabulary cards, etc.
      Teacher
      CopymastersTeacher
      AssessmentsTeacher
      Digital student experience license
      This license gives students access to the student resources in Spanish, including instructional text, articles, and assessments. Teachers can control student access to Spanish-language content through the digital Teacher’s Guide.
      Teacher
      Spanish teacher support license
      This license includes teacher talk, projections, downloadable PDFs of all print resources, and video transcripts and closed captioning in Spanish.
      Teacher

      Resources to support your review

      Contact Us

      If you have any further questions as your review Amplify Science, please contact:

      Senior Account Executive

      719-964-4501

      mlammers@amplify.com

      Welcome to Amplify Science Pennsylvania
      (6–8)!

      Amplify Science is an engaging core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning.

      With Amplify Science, Pennsylvania students shift from learning about to figuring out science, through authentic three-dimensional (3D) learning and phenomena-based exploration. In each unit, students take on the role of a scientist or engineer to investigate a real-world problem. This prepares them to become critical thinkers who can solve problems in their communities and beyond.

      Two students sit at a classroom table, smiling and working together on a laptop and worksheet, guided by Pennsylvania teachers, with other students in the background.

      What is Amplify Science Pennsylvania?

      Customized lessons for Pennsylvania

      Amplify Science Pennsylvania (6–8) combines our nationally recognized, proven curriculum with custom lessons specifically designed to ensure that you are meeting Pennsylvania’s STEELS standards.

      A digital dashboard displays six science lesson tiles, featuring "Designing for Energy Sustainability" in the lower right corner, and supports three-dimensional learning inspired by Amplify Science and PA STEELS standards.

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach, in which students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true three-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
      Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

      Proven to work

      A pdf cover from wested titled "learning and literacy development together: initial results from a curriculum study," featuring an adult helping children with schoolwork in a classroom.

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 1

      Read More

      Pdf cover titled "curriculum materials designed for the next generation science standards: initial results from gold standard research trials", published by wested.

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 7

      Read More

      A teacher and students engage in a science activity around a table. The text promotes the Amplify Science K–8 curriculum, highlighting its focus on hands-on learning and real-world problem-solving.

      Amplify Science Pennsylvania NE
      Grades K–5

      Read More

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science Pennsylvania program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      Do

      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science Pennsylvania has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      Talk

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      Read

      Students read scientific articles, focusing on searching for evidence related to their investigation and on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      Write

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      Visualize

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers
      do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures that students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science Pennsylvania to address 100% of the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS), and support students in mastering the Pennsylvania Science Standards.

      Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

      In grades 6–8:

      • One unit is a launch unit.
      • Three units are core units.
      • Two units are engineering internships.

      Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science Pennsylvania. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

      Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

      Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

      Unit sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multimodal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts, than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      Three columns listing education curriculum topics for grades 6, 7, and 8, focusing on science themes such as microbiomes, mars geology, and harnessing human energy.

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science Pennsylvania, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4–5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put all the materials back with ease.

      Assorted office and household items displayed on a white background, including rubber bands, binder clips, cardboard, and sports balls.

      Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

      These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

      Amplify Science Classroom Slides

      Explore your print samples

      With your Amplify Science Pennsylvania print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher Reference Guides:

      It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we’ve provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free Teacher’s Guide!

      Three laptop screens displaying educational content on earth's energy system, including diagrams and text annotations.
      • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical Teacher Guide that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
      • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science Pennsylvania, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science Pennsylvania materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      Our unit-specific kits:

      • Include more materials. We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
      • Are more manageable. Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of four to five students.
      • Include supportive videos. Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      Within each kit, we provide grade-specific lists of all materials included, which you can also find using the links below.

      Spanish-language support

      Amplify Science Pennsylvania is committed to providing support to meet the needs of all learners, including multiple access points for Spanish-speaking students. Developed in conjunction with Spanish-language experts and classroom teachers, several components are available in Spanish across the Amplify Science Pennsylvania curriculum.

      Spanish-language materials include:

      COMPONENT TEACHER/STUDENT
      Student Investigation Notebooks Student
      Science articles Student
      Video transcripts Student
      Digital simulation translation keys Student
      Printed classroom materials
      Unit and chapter questions, key concepts, vocabulary cards, etc.
      Teacher
      Copymasters Teacher
      Assessments Teacher
      Digital student experience license
      This license gives students access to the student resources in Spanish, including instructional text, articles, and assessments. Teachers can control student access to Spanish-language content through the digital Teacher’s Guide.
      Teacher
      Spanish teacher support license
      This license includes teacher talk, projections, downloadable PDFs of all print resources, and video transcripts and closed captioning in Spanish.
      Teacher

      Resources to support your review

      Contact us

      Support is always available. Our team is dedicated to helping you every step of the way.

      Contact your dedicated Pennsylvania representative here.

      A woman with long brown hair and glasses wearing a light blue sweater, smiling at the camera against a gray background.

      Julie Couch

      District Enrollment
      <1800 students

      A woman with long blonde hair and blue eyes is smiling at the camera, wearing a black top, in a well-lit indoor setting.

      Jen Mee

      Western PA

      A smiling person with shoulder-length gray hair, wearing a peach-colored scarf and a gray sweater, stands against a plain white background. This image captures the essence of Pennsylvania teachers who are dedicated to enriching Science programs for elementary students.

      Monica Vincent

      Southeast PA

      A man with curly brown hair and a beard, smiling broadly, wearing a suit, dress shirt, and floral tie, standing outdoors with trees and grass in the background.

      Keenan Zambelli

      Northeast & Central PA

      Welcome, Program 3 reviewers!

      We’re honored to introduce you to Amplify California Language Arts. We’re confident you’ll find this comprehensive program to be a powerful tool for bringing the vision of the California ELA/ELD Framework to life in classrooms across the state.

      Please start with the video on the right to learn how to navigate the program and access key features referenced within our submission. Below you’ll find additional resources to support your review.

      Your review samples

      We’re excited for you to begin your review of Amplify California Language Arts, a comprehensive biliteracy program for kindergarten through grade 6.

      Reviewer Binders (K–6)

      Your physical samples should have arrived in grade-specific boxes with three Reviewer Binders.

      • The first binder will contain logistical program review information and the printed Evaluation Criteria Map.
      • The second binder will contain the printed Standards Maps for grades K–2.
      • The third binder will contain the printed Standards Maps for grades 3–6.

      Physical samples (trade books)

      Your review of the program will be entirely digital with the exception of the trade books that you will be receiving as physical samples. You can expect to receive 13 boxes of physical materials for your review. Twelve boxes of trade books, one for each grade K–5, in English and Spanish, and one box containing your Reviewer Binders.

      As you begin the process of organizing your materials, please refer to the inventory checklist found inside each box as well as within your Reviewer Binder.

      Digital review materials

      In order to access your digital review materials, you’ll need to log in to our platform using your unique login credentials found on a Digital Review Credential flyer inside of your Reviewer Binder. Once you have located the flyer:

      • Click the orange button below to access the platform.
      • Click “Log in with Amplify.”
      • Enter the username and password provided on your Digital Review Credential flyer.

      Navigation tips

      Before you get started, please review these important functionality notes:

      Criteria Map and Standards Maps must be opened on Microsoft Word on your desktop to function as intended. If you open the documents without Microsoft Word on your desktop, citations will be cut off at the bottom of most tables within the document.

      Many of our citations are deep-links to PDFs, meaning they will take you to the right page or the first page in the sequence for the citation in question. To ensure this functionality works, please disable any PDF-viewing extensions or plug-ins such as Adobe Acrobat Pro Browser Extension.

      [Reviewer program navigation video] Grades K–5

      [Reviewer program navigation video] Grade 6

      Click here for additional information on navigating the program for grade 6.

      Category 1: English Language Arts (ELA) and English Language Development (ELD) content/alignment to standards

      Evaluation Criteria Map

      Linked below is the Evaluation Criteria Map. Please note that you will need to be logged into the digital platform to access the links in the Evaluation Criteria Map.

      ELA Standards Maps

      The links below provide the Standards Maps for Amplify California Language Arts for each grade level.

      ELD Standards Maps

      Category 2: Program organization

      Amplify California Language Arts’ biliteracy program is a comprehensive curriculum provides a full year of evidence-based instruction for each grade level, with both integrated and designated English Language Development instruction designed to give multilingual/English learners the tools to thrive. Amplify’s biliteracy program for grades K–6 includes:

      • Core English language arts instruction: Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA) California (grades K–5) and Amplify ELA California (grade 6) covering knowledge building and foundational skills.
        • Provides upper grade foundational skills instruction for grades 3–6.
      • Core Spanish language arts instruction: Amplify Caminos California, a fully parallel SLA program that works in tandem with English core instruction across all grades.
        • Provides upper grade foundational skills instruction for grades 3–6.
      • Designated English Language Development: Language Studio California is the designated English Language Development companion that directly aligns with and supports core English instruction. 
      • Newcomer Support: Amplify California Language Arts Newcomer Support to facilitate instruction for students who are new to both English and the United States.

      Program structure

      Amplify’s California Language Arts programs are built on what the research shows: Strong readers need both word recognition and language comprehension. Our comprehensive curriculum suite follows the Simple View of Reading bringing together foundational skills and knowledge building to deliver instruction grounded in the Science of Reading.

      This model is integral to the structure of the Amplify biliteracy program, which directly aligns with the CA CCSS ELA and ELD standards by combining rigorous decoding and skills instruction with research-based knowledge and language development instruction. In its early grades, the Amplify biliteracy program uses a two-strand structure—Skills/Lectoescritura and Knowledge/Conocimiento—to effectively address this learning challenge while meeting standards expectations for both language development and academic content mastery.

      Diagram with three orange squares labeled: "Language comprehension," "Word recognition," and "Skilled reading," connected by multiplication and equals signs, with Spanish headings above each square.

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program organization for Category 2

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program structure for grades K–2

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program structure for grades 3–5

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program structure for grade 6

      Amplify Caminos California lessons are designed to allow all students time to work toward learning objectives, including peer collaboration and discussion. Since each lesson activity is aligned to subsequent activities, students’ understanding and analysis develops progressively throughout the lesson.

      Each lesson follows a predictable structure with clearly marked components, beginning with warm-up routines, progressing through explicit instruction with guided practice, and concluding with independent application activities. The program provides detailed teacher language, including question stems and discussion prompts, ensuring clear and consistent delivery of instruction.

      Amplify CKLA California and Amplify Caminos California empower teachers to deliver effective instruction and keep students engaged with the following resources:

      • Teacher Guides
      • Assessment Guides
      • Authentic texts and trade books
      • Knowledge Image Cards
      • Knowledge Flip Books
      • Remediation and intervention resources
      • Decodable readers
      • Student Readers and novels
      • Student Activity Books
      • Dedicated ELD support with Language Studio California
      • Poet’s Journals
      • eReaders
      • Sound Library featuring articulation videos and songs
      • Instructional routine modeling videos
      • Assignable Practice Games
      • On-demand professional development

      Amplify ELA California students stay engaged with the following resources:

      • Teacher Guides that include:
        • Detailed lesson plans
        • Standards alignment and exit tickets
        • Real-time differentiation strategies
        • Robust reporting
      • Student Editions that include:
        • High-quality narrative and informational texts
        • Videos, audio supports, and digital experiences that capture their attention
        • Personal Writing Journal to keep all student writing in one place
      • Dedicated ELD support with Language Studio California
      • Trade books

      Core literacy philosophy

      Support every learner. Meet all learning needs with a Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) that brings together universal screening, scaffolded core instruction, support for multilingual/English learners, and data-driven intervention to ensure every student gets what they need to succeed.

      Deliver consistent foundational skills instruction. Daily explicit, systematic skills instruction in grades K–2, with targeted yet flexible support for students still building decoding confidence in grades 3–6, ensures mastery of essential reading foundations.

      Build lasting knowledge across all grades. Through coherently sequenced, content-rich instruction that revisits key vocabulary and concepts with increasing complexity, students build meaningful connections that deepen their vocabulary and reading comprehension.

      Strengthen reading through writing at every level. Regular writing instruction grounded in the Science of Writing supports reading comprehension, improves sentence-level writing, and provides the foundation for high-quality composition. As students progress through the upper grades, they engage in increasingly complex analytical tasks—synthesizing ideas, drawing generalizations, and interpreting multiple textual layers through both focused quick-writes and comprehensive essays. 

      Foster oral language development. Structured opportunities for academic conversation and evidence-based dialogue build students’ ability to express complex ideas with precision and allow them to participate confidently in classroom discussions.

      Measure growth with comprehensive assessments. Assessments range from in-the-moment checks for understanding to summative assessments that measure progress toward skills mastery and standards proficiency, providing the data needed to drive targeted instruction.

      Scope and sequence

      Below you can view the scope and sequence documents for each grade level. 

      Routines

      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, and Amplify ELA California include several structured instructional routines that provide predictable patterns for both teachers and students:

      Discussion and collaboration routines:

      • Turn and Talk: Partners discuss text-specific content using sentence starters and frames
      • Think-Pair-Share: Students engage in individual thinking, partner discussion, and whole-class sharing
      • Partner reading: Students sit shoulder-to-shoulder, taking turns reading and listening

      Foundational Skills routines:

      • Sound-spelling review: Warm-up activities that reinforce phonics patterns
      • Oral blending warm-ups: Teacher-guided practice progressing to independent application
      • Finger-tapping: Techniques for blending sounds
      • Chaining activities: Students manipulate letters to transform one word into another
      • Word Work: Daily short activities focused on domain-specific and academic vocabulary

      Knowledge-building routines:

      • Teacher modeling: Demonstration of proper intonation, expression, and pacing
      • Choral reading: Whole-class reading practice
      • Partner reading: Paired fluency practice

      Close reading routines

      The program includes carefully structured close reading activities that guide students through multiple encounters with complex texts. These routines help students develop deeper comprehension through systematic analysis and discussion.

      Each routine includes comprehensive instructional guides with clear-cut directions for implementation, straightforward explanations of concepts, and suggestions for discussion.

      Cross-Linguistic Transfer routines

      The Cross-Linguistic Transfer (CLT) routines are easy-to-implement, 10–15 minute mini-lessons designed to help bridge English and Spanish literacy and language development. These structured routines are organized by grade bands for K–2, grades 3–5 and grade 6, covering five skill areas:

      • Oral language
      • Reading
      • Vocabulary
      • Language
      • Writing

      [Reviewer highlight video] Amplify’s program alignment to Cross-Linguistic Transfer criteria

      Designated English Language Development materials

      Language Studio California is a K–8 content-based companion for English language learners. Built on Amplify CKLA California and Amplify ELA California’s carefully sequenced Knowledge Domains, it combines engaging content knowledge with targeted supports and research-based strategies to help students move swiftly toward language proficiency. This program includes:

      • Real-world content to provide authentic opportunities to practice reading, writing, speaking, and listening.
      • Scaffolding strategies and differentiated instruction to offer targeted support along five English proficiency levels.
      • Progress monitoring tools to help teachers provide consistent and effective support.
      • Teacher Guides that:
        • Provide impactful progress monitoring tools including formative and summative assessments, and Language Proficiency Assessment rubrics.
        • Offer varied differentiation strategies including Support, Challenge, and Access supports in each lesson segment.
        • Are organized into thoughtful lesson segments—Talk Time, Building Background, On Stage and more—that make learning objectives concrete.
      • Activities that:
        • Expand on domain knowledge from core content and read-alouds and prompt collaborative conversation to practice oral fluency.
        • Support hands-on language activities to promote authentic interaction in the classroom.
        • Help students bridge experiences and knowledge with images, vocabulary activities, graphic organizers, anticipation guides, writing space, and more.

      Category 3: Assessments

      Systematic MTSS alignment

      In alignment with the additional 2025 Guidance 3.1.a, the assessment systems align with MTSS tiers, including universal screening, diagnostic assessments for students demonstrating a need for additional support, and progress monitoring tools that complement California’s required reading difficulties screening schedule per SB 114.

      Tier 1:
      Universal/ differentiated support
      Tier 2: 
      Supplemental/ targeted
      support
      Tier 3: 
      Intensified/ intensive
      support
      Core instruction assessments





      Frequency of administration
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, Amplify ELA California assessments

      Daily, Weekly, Monthly
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, Amplify ELA California assessments

      Daily, Weekly, Monthly
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, Amplify ELA California assessments

      Daily, Weekly, Monthly
      Universal screening assessments

      Frequency of administration
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura


      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura


      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura


      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      Formal progress monitoring assessments


      Frequency of administration
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura



      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura



      Monthly
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura



      Bi-weekly
      Informal progress monitoring assessments




      Frequency of administration
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, Amplify ELA California core assessments

      Daily
      Intervention Toolkit progress monitoring assessments



      When linked to a lesson in the toolkit
      Intervention Toolkit progress monitoring assessments



      When linked to a lesson in the toolkit
      Diagnostic assessment







      Frequency of administration
      Amplify skill diagnostic assessment


      Amplify Spanish skill diagnostic assessment

      Optional after universal screening assessment is administered
      Amplify skill diagnostic assessment


      Amplify Spanish skill diagnostic assessment

      After universal screening assessment is administered

      Universal assessment system

      Amplify’s mCLASS® DIBELS® 8th Edition (K–8) and mCLASS Lectura (K–6) are universal and dyslexia screening assessments that should be administered three times per year (BOY, MOY, and EOY) to all students. The assessments evaluate student literacy risk, determine progress toward grade-level goals, and indicate the level of instructional  support a student may need. Beginning-of-year screenings require adequate instructional time before administration, particularly in grades K–1, while mid-year and end-of-year assessments evaluate instructional effectiveness and guide tier placement adjustments. These screenings also identify students at risk for dyslexia. Universal screening provides essential data for targeting instruction and measuring instructional system effectiveness.

      Core instruction assessments

      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, and Amplify ELA California provide a comprehensive suite of assessments for grades K–6 that range from low-stakes, informal formative assessments to more formal summative assessments. These assessments incorporate a variety of methods and question types, including multiple-choice questions, open-ended questions, and oral and written responses.

      Formative assessments:

      • Checks for Understanding: Incorporated into each lesson segment throughout daily instruction. Quick pulse-checks that provide immediate feedback during lesson delivery (grades K–5). 
      • Daily formative assessments: Highlighted moments within each lesson for teachers to plan to track mastery of Primary Focus objectives and standards of each lesson to get a clear snapshot of individual and whole-class progress (grades K–5). 
      • Activity pages: Completed as part of lessons and can be used to assess lesson content understanding through various formats (grades K–5).
      • Exit Tickets: Located at the end of lessons, these provide a quick gauge of students’ ability to meet the lesson’s focus standards (grade 6).  
      • Writing Prompts: Prompts integrated throughout lessons during writing activities that provide skill snapshots within lessons and tracks patterns of skill development over time (grade 6).
      • Independent reading activities (Solos): At the end of every lesson, students complete an independent reading activity (“Solo”) with reading questions that are scored to measure comprehension (grade 6).

      Summative assessments:

      • Skills end-of-unit assessments (grades K–2) 
      • Knowledge end-of-domain assessments (grades K–2) 
      • End-of-unit assessments (grades 3–5) 
      • Unit essays: A culminating end-of-unit set of lessons that guide students through crafting an essay with a rubric to score mastery of writing skills (grade 6)
      • Unit reading assessments: Auto-scored responses and two constructed response items evaluate comprehension, content understanding, and reading skills using the passages students read during the unit (grade 6)

      Performance assessments

      Student Performance Assessments are multi-day assessments administered in Grades K–5 at the beginning, middle, and end of year to help teachers gauge student mastery of grade-level Core content. These assessments provide critical data to help teachers set targeted instructional goals and monitor individual and class-wide progress towards core objectives.

      Progress monitoring

      Amplify’s mCLASS® DIBELS® 8th Edition and mCLASS Lectura provide formal progress monitoring in the discrete skills that are indicative of reading growth and predictive of overall success to provide the most instructionally meaningful information to teachers.

      Informal progress monitoring tools can be found within the Intervention Toolkit, including materials for teachers to record, track, and evaluate student progress.

      Diagnostic assessment

      Interventions within Amplify’s literacy programs are informed by a skill diagnostic assessment that provides detailed data on foundational literacy skill deficits. The Amplify Skill Diagnostic Assessment and Amplify Spanish Skill Diagnostic assessment serve as critical tools in this process, administered specifically to students identified as at risk for reading difficulty through universal screening assessments—particularly those demonstrating mCLASS DIBELS 8th Edition or mCLASS Lectura composite scores in the Well Below or Below Benchmark ranges. These diagnostic assessments provide teachers with the precise skills to begin intervention and remediation.

      Category 4: Universal Access

      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, and Amplify ELA California are developed using the Universal Design for Learning framework to proactively ensure that all learners can access and participate in meaningful, challenging learning opportunities.

      Universal Design for Learning

      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, and Amplify ELA California incorporate opportunities for engagement, representation, action, and expression based on the guidelines of Universal Design for Learning.

      • Multiple Means of Engagement: The programs incorporate interesting and motivating ways for students to interact with information and content. The Universal Access section in the introduction of each lesson provides specific lesson-level options based on the needs of individual classrooms and students. Scaffolding for students with various levels of need is incorporated into the design of each lesson.
      • Multiple Means of Representation: The programs provide multiple means of presenting content to maximize student understanding. This includes digital component files that allow for a range of presentations of images and text to support learning. Amplify provides access to universal supports such as point-of-use audio for all core texts, embedded definitions for critical vocabulary, and glossaries in multiple languages. The programs include clarification on language found throughout the program, with sidebars that include support on transition words and syntax, and illustrations to help students understand the concepts they are learning.
      • Multiple Means of Action and Expression: The programs include a range of methods for all students, including Multilingual/English Learners, to navigate and demonstrate learning. This includes physical actions, a range of methods for response, appropriate tools for composition, and varied scaffolding. Lessons provide multiple ways for students to interact with text, allowing their brains to process the language through distinct pathways. Activities harness multiple learning modes, using media tools, digital apps, and a variety of visual and physical experiences to strategically support and enhance student learning.
      • Accessibility: Universal access features include visual aids, enlarged materials, physical objects, and multiple learning modalities through activities like Push & Say and Wiggle Cards. The Universal Access section in the introduction of each lesson provides specific lesson-level options based on the needs of individual classrooms and students.

      Embedded differentiation

      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, and Amplify ELA California provide built-in differentiation strategies in every lesson for all students.

      • Pre-teaching supports include mini-lessons on:
        • Core vocabulary building
        • Core connections
        • Essential background information building
        • What Have We Already Learned?/What Do We Already Know?
      • Differentiated Support for Core Instruction tables, located in the overview of each K–2 Skills Teacher Guide, provide a list of specific opportunities for reteaching and additional support in each lesson based on skill.
      • Support and Challenge Sidebars in lesson margins offer educators immediate guidance in implementing point-of-use differentiation techniques.
      • Flexible Grouping within lessons provides opportunities for teachers to facilitate small groups, partners, or individualized support based on students’ needs. In the Skills Strand, teachers receive specific guidance for differentiated small group instruction, with targeted support and activities outlined for both Group 1 (students needing additional support) and Group 2 (on-level students) based on data. 
      • Amplify ELA California and Amplify Caminos California provide point-of-use supports embedded within key core lesson activities with six levels of differentiation. The goal of these supports is to fully enable access to grade-level content for all students, including students with disabilities, English learners, and students ready for an additional level of challenge.
      • The Universal Access section of Advance Preparation in each lesson includes varied strategies to ensure all students can access and engage in each lesson.
      • Frequent use of graphic organizers and visual supports in lessons provide opportunities for differentiation based on need. The program also includes a variety of technological supports, such as eReaders with audio.
      • Extension opportunities are suggested throughout lessons, often embedded in writing tasks, which include prompts to use more complex and descriptive vocabulary, figurative language,  multi-clause and complex sentences, and  informational text characteristics.

      Assessment-driven MTSS resources

      • The K–6 Intervention Toolkit is available online and provides easy-to-use resources that assist teachers in filling gaps in students’ reading skills, with activities to support print concepts, phonological awareness, phonics, fluency, and other key skills.
      • Fluency packets (Grades 2–6)
      • Foundational Skills Intervention Program for Grades 3–6 support students who would benefit from direct and explicit intervention instruction in the full continuum of foundational skills in the upper grades
      • Flexible Instructional Time including:
        • Pausing Points built into the curriculum that provide teachers with dedicated time to address specific student needs through targeted reteaching, remediation, practice, and extension activities 
        • Pausing Point activities designed to support multilingual/English learners’ competence and confidence through differentiated whole-group, small-group, or individual instruction
      • Boost Reading and Boost Lectura are student-led digital intervention programs that follow the scope and sequences of Amplify CKLA California and Amplify Caminos California respectively, to reinforce the same foundational skills taught in core instruction. It integrates easily into daily routines, while the robust data provided by mCLASS® DIBELS® 8th Edition offers a detailed view of how students progress across all instructional tiers.

      Category 5: Instructional Planning and Teacher Support

      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, and Amplify ELA California teachers are empowered to deliver effective instruction with various print and digital resources. The program provides comprehensive planning and support materials designed to help teachers prepare for and execute lessons effectively and fulfill the requirements of Category 5.

      Implementation supports across K–6

      Planning and preparation resources

      • Unit Overviews that provide important background and context for the texts students will read, including highlighted elements within the text and guidance for how students will work with those elements
      • Sub-unit Overviews (Grade 6) that provide an overview of Lesson Objectives and reading and writing assignments, as well as a list of any projections, multimedia, or digital apps that can be projected from the teacher’s included digital license
      • Lesson-by-lesson preparation checklists (Grade 6) accompanying each Sub-unit Overview
      • Lesson Briefs for each individual lesson providing important background and context
      • Content knowledge materials regarding topics that students will examine

      Point-of-use instructional guidance

      • Teacher Editions that feature insets of the same text and activity instructions as the corresponding Student Edition, wrapping teacher instruction around these materials
      • Activity guidance at point of use
      • Lesson standards clearly called out
      • Discussion suggestions embedded in lessons
      • Differentiation tips at point of use
      • Detailed Instructional Guides in each activity that include sequencing and grouping suggestions, tips for facilitating discussion, possible student responses and exemplars
      • On-the-Fly supports (Grade 6)—quick call-outs to the identifying features of “on track” and “needs support” students accompanied by short models of student guidance to foster strong performance

      Multimedia and digital support

      • Teacher tip videos provide modeling and guidance for implementing key foundational skills routines within the program
      • Digital platform access where teachers can access printable PDFs of differentiated support materials for multilingual/English learners and students struggling to read, including translated Unit Background and Context documents and Text Previews
      • Teacher Dashboard and reporting tools provide real-time visibility into student progress and work for immediate instructional response

      Caregiver supports

      Communication and overview resources

      • Caregiver Hub available in English and Spanish that provides an overview of the curriculum
      • Caregiver Letters for each K–2 Knowledge Domain and unit in Grades 3–5 that provide an overview of the content, the skills students learn, as well as practical methods that continue the learning and knowledge building at home
      • Unit-specific Caregiver Letters (Grade 6) that provide detailed information regarding what students will read and learn in each unit, including conversation starters that allow caregivers to ask questions and discuss specific aspects of a unit with their student
      • Welcome letters that explain the assessment and placement process while inviting parent involvement and offering support
      • Editable Home-School Communication letters available in English and Spanish
      • Editable Progress Reports for teachers to update parents and guardians on what their child is learning

      Content and learning support materials

      • Unit Background and Context documents that provide an introduction and overview to the unit’s topic and themes, available in English and Spanish
      • Text Previews that provide a brief introduction to formative, independent reading assignments (called Solos in Grade 6), available in English and Spanish
      • Unit Overview and Support documents (Grade 6) designed for caregivers that provide information about important questions, assignments, and key aspects of the unit texts, available in English and Spanish
      • Conversation starters included in Knowledge Strand Caregiver Letters to discuss domain topics at home

      Home practice and extension activities

      • Take-Home pages in the Skills Strand that include copies of decodable passages, enabling students to share their reading progress with families and continue practicing their skills outside of school
      • Take-Home Letters in the Skills Strand that provide specific guidance for parents to support skills practice at home, such as sound-sorting activities, with detailed instructions and materials for home practice activities
      • Take-Home pages in the Knowledge Strand that provide suggested activities families can do together to reinforce and extend learning beyond the classroom
      • Games and activities on Take-Home Pages that extend classroom instruction, including all the materials and instruction necessary to help families assist students in a fun and engaging way
      • Digital access to decodable texts through the Amplify Caregiver Hub, allowing students to practice their reading skills both in class and at home
      • Weekly spelling lists and directions to decoding activities that can be practiced at home

      Welcome, K–8 Program 2 reviewers!

      We’re honored to introduce you to Amplify California Language Arts. We’re confident you’ll find this comprehensive program to be a powerful tool for bringing the vision of the California ELA/ELD Framework to life in classrooms across the state.

      Please start with the video on the right to learn how to navigate the program and access key features referenced within our submission. Below you’ll find additional resources to support your review.

      Your review samples

      We’re excited for you to begin your review of Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA) California and Amplify ELA California, Language Studio California for grades K–8. Physical and digital review materials will vary by grade level.

      Reviewer Binders (K–8)

      Your physical samples should have arrived in grade-specific boxes with three Reviewer Binders.

      • The first binder will contain logistical program review information and the printed Evaluation Criteria Map.
      • The second binder will contain the printed Standards Maps for grades K–4.
      • The third binder will contain the printed Standards Maps for grades 5–8.

      Physical samples (K–5)

      You can expect to receive 15 boxes of physical materials for your review. As you begin the process of organizing your materials, please refer to the inventory checklist found inside each box as well as within your Reviewer Binder. Please note you will not receive any physical samples for grades 6–8 ELA or Language Studio for grades K-8. Your review of the program for grades 6–8 ELA and Language Studio for grades K-8 will be entirely digital.

      Digital samples

      In order to access your digital samples, you’ll need to log in to our platform using your unique login credentials found on a Digital Review Credential flyer inside of your Reviewer Binder. Once you have located the flyer:

      • Click the orange button below to access the platform.
      • Click “Log in with Amplify.”
      • Enter the username and password provided on your Digital Review Credential flyer.

      Navigation tips

      Before you get started, please review these important functionality notes:

      Criteria Map and Standards Maps must be opened on Microsoft Word on your desktop to function as intended. If you open the documents without Microsoft Word on your desktop, citations will be cut off at the bottom of most tables within the document.

      Many of our citations are deep-links to PDFs, meaning they will take you to the right page or the first page in the sequence for the citation in question. To ensure this functionality works, please disable any PDF-viewing extensions or plug-ins such as Adobe Acrobat Pro Browser Extension.

      [Reviewer program navigation video] Grades K–5

      [Reviewer program navigation video] Grades 6–8

      Click here for additional information on navigating the digital materials for grades 6–8.

      Category 1: English Language Arts (ELA) and English Language Development (ELD) Content/Alignment to Standards

      Evaluation Criteria Map

      Linked below is the Evaluation Criteria Map for grades K–8. Please note that you will need to be logged into the digital platform to access the links in the Evaluation Criteria Map.

      ELA Standards Maps

      The links below provide the Standards Maps for Amplify California Language Arts for each grade level. Please note that you will need to be logged into the digital platform to access the links in the Standards Maps.

      ELD Standards Maps

      Category 2: Program Organization

      The Amplify California Language Arts Program 2 submission includes Amplify CKLA California for Grades K–5, Amplify ELA California for Grades 6–8, and Amplify Language Studio California for Grades K–8. This comprehensive curriculum provides a full year of evidence-based instruction for each grade level, with both integrated and designated English Language Development instruction designed to give English learners the tools to thrive.

      Program structure

      Amplify’s California Language Arts programs are built on what the research shows: Strong readers need both word recognition and language comprehension. Our comprehensive curriculum suite follows the Simple View of Reading and The Reading Rope–bringing together foundational skills and knowledge building to deliver instruction grounded in the Science of Reading.

      Flowchart illustrating skilled reading as the product of language comprehension and word recognition, grounded in the science of reading.
      Diagram illustrating the interplay between language comprehension and word recognition in reading, as seen in early literacy stages. It highlights pathways through knowledge, vocabulary, and sentence understanding, reflecting principles from the CKLA reading program.

      Each lesson follows a predictable structure with clearly marked components, beginning with warm-up routines, progressing through explicit instruction with guided practice, and concluding with independent application activities. The program provides detailed teacher language, including question stems and discussion prompts, ensuring clear and consistent delivery of instruction.

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program organization for Category 2

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program structure for grades K–2

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program structure for grades 3–5

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program structure for grades 6–8

      Amplify CKLA California empowers teachers to deliver effective instruction and keeps students engaged with with the following resources:

      • Teacher Guides
      • Assessment Guides
      • Authentic texts and trade books
      • Knowledge Image Cards
      • Knowledge Flip Books
      • Remediation and intervention resources
      • Decodable readers
      • Student Readers and novels
      • Student Activity Books
      • Dedicated ELD support with Language Studio California
      • Poet’s Journals
      • eReaders
      • Sound Library featuring articulation videos and songs
      • Instructional routine modeling videos
      • Assignable Practice Games
      • On-demand professional development

      Amplify ELA California students stay engaged with the following resources:

      • Teacher Guides that include:
        • Detailed lesson plans
        • Standards alignment and exit tickets
        • Real-time differentiation strategies
        • Robust reporting
      • Student Editions that include:
        • High-quality narrative and informational texts
        • Videos, audio supports, and digital experiences that capture their attention
        • Personal Writing Journal to keep all student writing in one place
      • Dedicated ELD support with Language Studio California
      • Trade Books

      Core literacy philosophy

      Support every learner. Meet all learning needs with a Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) that brings together universal screening, scaffolded core instruction, support for English learners, and data-driven intervention to ensure every student gets what they need to succeed.

      Provide intentional ELD support. Honor students’ linguistic assets while building academic English through both integrated and designated instruction.

      Deliver consistent foundational skills instruction. Daily explicit, systematic skills instruction in grades K–2, with targeted yet flexible support for students still building decoding confidence in grades 3–8, ensures mastery of essential reading foundations.

      Build lasting knowledge across all grades. Through coherently sequenced, content-rich instruction that revisits key vocabulary and concepts with increasing complexity, students build meaningful connections that deepen their vocabulary and reading comprehension.

      Strengthen reading through writing at every level. Regular writing instruction grounded in the Science of Writing supports reading comprehension, improves sentence-level writing, and provides the foundation for high-quality composition. As students progress through the upper grades, they engage in increasingly complex analytical tasks—synthesizing ideas, drawing generalizations, and interpreting multiple textual layers through both focused quick-writes and comprehensive essays. 

      Foster oral language development. Structured opportunities for academic conversation and evidence-based dialogue build students’ ability to express complex ideas with precision and allow them to participate confidently in classroom discussions.

      Measure growth with comprehensive assessments. Assessments range from in-the-moment checks for understanding to summative assessments that measure progress toward skills mastery and standards proficiency, providing the data needed to drive targeted instruction.

      Scope and sequence

      Below you can view the scope and sequence for each grade level. 

      Routines

      Amplify CKLA California and Amplify ELA California include several structured instructional routines that provide predictable patterns for both teachers and students:

      Discussion and collaboration routines:

      • Turn and Talk: Partners discuss text-specific content using sentence starters and frames
      • Think-Pair-Share: Students engage in individual thinking, partner discussion, and whole-class sharing
      • Partner reading: Students sit shoulder-to-shoulder, taking turns reading and listening

      Foundational Skills routines:

      • Sound-spelling review: Warm-up activities that reinforce phonics patterns
      • Oral blending warm-ups: Teacher-guided practice progressing to independent application
      • Finger-tapping: Techniques for blending sounds
      • Chaining activities: Students manipulate letters to transform one word into another
      • Word Work: Daily short activities focused on domain-specific and academic vocabulary

      Knowledge-Building Routines:

      • Teacher modeling: Demonstration of proper intonation, expression, and pacing
      • Choral reading: Whole-class reading practice
      • Partner reading: Paired fluency practice

      Close reading routines

      The program includes carefully structured close reading activities that guide students through multiple encounters with complex texts. These routines help students develop deeper comprehension through systematic analysis and discussion.

      Each routine includes comprehensive instructional guides with clear-cut directions for implementation, straightforward explanations of concepts, and suggestions for discussion.

      Designated English Language Development materials

      Language Studio California is a K–8 content-based companion for English language learners. Built on Amplify CKLA California’s and Amplify ELA California’s carefully sequenced Knowledge Domains and units, it combines engaging content knowledge with targeted supports and research-based strategies to help students move swiftly toward language proficiency. This program includes:

      • Real-world content to provide authentic opportunities to practice reading, writing, speaking, and listening.
      • Scaffolding strategies and differentiated instruction to offer targeted support along with five English proficiency levels.
      • Progress-monitoring tools to help teachers provide consistent and effective support.
      • Teacher Guides that:
        • Provide impactful progress monitoring tools including formative and summative assessments and Language Proficiency Assessment rubrics.
        • Offer varied differentiation strategies including Support, Challenge, and Access Supports in each lesson segment.
        • Are organized into thoughtful lesson segments—Talk Time, Building Background, On Stage and more—that make learning objectives concrete.
      • Activities that:
        • Expand on domain knowledge from core content and read-alouds and prompt collaborative conversation to practice oral fluency.
        • Support hands-on language activities to promote authentic interaction in the classroom.
        • Help students bridge experiences and knowledge with images, vocabulary activities, graphic organizers, anticipation guides, writing space, and more.

      Category 3: Assessments

      Systematic MTSS alignment

      In alignment with the additional 2025 Guidance 3.1.a, the assessment systems align with MTSS tiers, including universal screening, diagnostic assessments for students demonstrating a need for additional support, and progress monitoring tools that complement the California’s required universal screening schedule per SB 114.

      Tier 1:
      Universal/ differentiated support
      Tier 2: 
      Supplemental/ targeted support
      Tier 3: 
      Intensified/ intensive support
      Core instruction assessments





      Frequency of administration
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, Amplify ELA California assessments

      Daily, Weekly, Monthly
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, Amplify ELA California assessments

      Daily, Weekly, Monthly
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, Amplify ELA California assessments

      Daily, Weekly, Monthly
      Universal screening assessments

      Frequency of administration
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura


      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura


      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura


      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      Formal progress monitoring assessments

      Frequency of administration
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura



      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura



      Monthly
      mCLASS DIBELS and Lectura



      Bi-weekly
      Informal progress monitoring assessments




      Frequency of administration
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify Caminos California, Amplify ELA California core assessments

      Daily
      Intervention Toolkit progress monitoring assessments




      When linked to a lesson in the toolkit
      Intervention Toolkit progress monitoring assessments




      When linked to a lesson in the toolkit
      Diagnostic assessment






      Frequency of administration
      Amplify skill diagnostic assessment

      Amplify Spanish skill diagnostic assessment

      Optional after universal screening assessment is administered
      Amplify skill diagnostic assessment

      Amplify Spanish skill diagnostic assessment

      After universal screening assessment is administered

      Universal assessment system

      Amplify’s mCLASS® DIBELS® 8th Edition and mCLASS Lectura are universal and dyslexia screening assessments that should be administered three times per year (BOY, MOY and EOY) to all students. The assessments evaluate student literacy risk, determine progress toward grade-level goals, and indicate the level of instructional  support a student may need. Beginning-of-year screenings require adequate instructional time before administration, particularly in grades K–1, while mid-year and end-of-year assessments evaluate instructional effectiveness and guide tier placement adjustments. These screenings also identify students at risk for dyslexia. Universal screening provides essential data for targeting instruction and measuring instructional system effectiveness.

      Core instruction assessments

      Amplify CKLA California and Amplify ELA California provide a comprehensive suite of assessments for Grades K–8 that range from low-stakes, informal formative assessments to more formal summative assessments. These assessments incorporate a variety of methods and question types, including multiple-choice questions, open-ended questions, and oral and written responses.

      Formative assessments:

      • Checks for Understanding: Incorporated into each lesson segment throughout daily instruction. Quick pulse-checks that provide immediate feedback during lesson delivery (grades K–5). 
      • Daily formative assessments: Highlighted moments within each lesson for teachers to plan to track mastery of Primary Focus objectives and standards of each lesson to get a clear snapshot of individual and whole-class progress (grades K–5). 
      • Activity pages: Completed as part of lessons and can be used to assess lesson content understanding through various formats (grades K–5).
      • Exit Tickets: Located at the end of lessons, these provide a quick gauge of students’ ability to meet the lesson’s focus standards (grades 6–8).  
      • Writing Prompts: Prompts integrated throughout lessons during writing activities that provide skill snapshots within lessons and tracks patterns of skill development over time (grades 6–8).
      • Independent reading activities (Solos): At the end of every lesson, students complete an independent reading activity (“solo”) with reading questions that are scored to measure comprehension (grades 6–8).

      Summative assessments:

      • Skills end-of-unit assessments (grades K–2) 
      • Knowledge end-of-domain assessments (grades K–2) 
      • End-of-unit assessments (grades 3–5) 
      • Unit essays: A culminating end-of-unit set of lessons that guide students through crafting an essay with a rubric to score mastery of writing skills (grades 6–8)
      • Unit Reading Assessments: Auto-scored responses and two constructed response items evaluate comprehension, content understanding, and reading skills using the passages students read during the unit (grades 6–8)

      Performance Assessments

      Student Performance Assessments are multi-day assessments administered in Grades K-5 at the beginning, middle, and end of year to help teachers gauge student mastery of grade-level Core content. These assessments provide critical data to help teachers set targeted instructional goals and monitor individual and class-wide progress towards core objectives.

      Progress monitoring

      Amplify’s mCLASS® DIBELS® 8th Edition and mCLASS Lectura provide formal progress monitoring in the discrete skills that are indicative of reading growth and predictive of overall success to provide the most instructionally meaningful information to teachers.

      Informal progress monitoring tools can be found within the Intervention Toolkit, including materials for teachers to record, track, and evaluate student progress.

      Diagnostic assessment

      Interventions within Amplify’s literacy programs are informed by a skill diagnostic assessment that provides detailed data on foundational literacy skill deficits. The Amplify Skill Diagnostic Assessment and Amplify Spanish Skill Diagnostic assessment serve as critical tools in this process, administered specifically to students identified as at risk for reading difficulty through universal screening assessments—particularly those demonstrating mCLASS DIBELS 8th Edition or mCLASS Lectura composite scores in the Well Below or Below Benchmark ranges. These diagnostic assessments provide teachers with the precise skills to begin intervention and remediation.

      Category 4: Universal Access

      Amplify CKLA California and Amplify ELA California were built on the principles of Universal Design for Learning (UDL) and reviewed by CAST, a nonprofit education research and development organization. The program is developed using the Universal Design for Learning framework to proactively ensure that all learners can access and participate in meaningful, challenging learning opportunities.

      Universal Design for Learning

      The programs incorporate opportunities for engagement, representation, action, and expression based on the guidelines of Universal Design for Learning.

      • Multiple Means of Engagement: The programs incorporate interesting and motivating ways for students to interact with information and content. In Amplify CKLA California, the Universal Access section in the introduction of each lesson provides specific lesson-level options based on the needs of individual classrooms and students. Scaffolding for students with various levels of need is incorporated into the design of each lesson.
      • Multiple Means of Representation: The programs provide multiple means of presenting content to maximize student understanding. This includes digital component files that allow for a range of presentations of images and text to support learning. Amplify provides access to universal supports such as point-of-use audio for all core texts, embedded definitions for critical vocabulary, and glossaries in multiple languages. Amplify CKLA California includes clarification on language found throughout the program, with sidebars that include support on transition words and syntax, and illustrations to help students understand the concepts they are learning.
      • Multiple Means of Action and Expression: The programs include a range of methods for all students, including English Learners, to navigate and demonstrate learning. This includes physical actions, a range of methods for response, appropriate tools for composition, and varied scaffolding. In Amplify ELA California, lessons provide multiple ways for students to interact with text, allowing their brains to process the language through distinct pathways. Activities harness multiple learning modes, using media tools, digital apps, and a variety of visual and physical experiences to strategically support and enhance student learning.
      • Accessibility: Universal access features include visual aids, enlarged materials, physical objects, and multiple learning modalities through activities like Push & Say and Wiggle Cards. The Universal Access section in the introduction of each lesson provides specific lesson-level options based on the needs of individual classrooms and students.

      Embedded differentiation

      Amplify CKLA California and Amplify ELA California provide built-in differentiation strategies in every lesson for all students.

      Throughout the Teacher Guides, point-of-use Differentiation icons provide targeted instructional strategies and supports. These icons indicate specific guidance for advanced learners, students who need additional support, and English learners, allowing teachers to easily identify and implement appropriate scaffolds and extensions during instruction. In addition, teachers are provided with recommendations for resources to use with each group of students.

      • Pre-teaching supports include mini-lessons on:
        • Core vocabulary words
        • Core Connections
        • Essential Background Information or Terms
        • What Have We Already Learned/What Do We Already Know?
      • Differentiated Support for Core Instruction tables, located in the overview of each K–2 Skills Teacher Guide, provide a list of specific opportunities for reteaching and additional support in each lesson based on skill.
      • Support and Challenge Sidebars in lesson margins offer educators immediate guidance in implementing point-of-use differentiation techniques.
      • Flexible Grouping within lessons provides opportunities for teachers to facilitate small groups, partners, or individualized support based on students’ needs. In the Skills Strand, teachers receive specific guidance for differentiated small-group instruction, with targeted support and activities outlined for both Group 1 (students needing additional support) and Group 2 (on-level students) based on data. 
      • Amplify ELA California provides point-of-use supports embedded within key core lesson activities with six levels of differentiation. The goal of these supports is to fully enable access to grade-level content for all students, including students with disabilities, English learners, and students ready for an additional level of challenge.
      • The Universal Access section of Advance Preparation in each lesson includes varied strategies to ensure all students can access and engage in each lesson.
      • Frequent use of graphic organizers and visual supports in lessons provide opportunities for differentiation based on need. The program also includes a variety of technological supports, such as eReaders with audio.
      • Extension opportunities are suggested throughout lessons, often embedded in writing tasks, which include prompts to use more complex and descriptive vocabulary, figurative language,  multi-clause and complex sentences, and  informational text characteristics.

      Assessment-Driven MTSS resources

      • The K–8 Intervention Toolkit is available online and provides easy-to-use resources that assist teachers in filling gaps in students’ reading skills, with activities to support print concepts, phonological awareness, phonics, fluency, and other key skills
      • Fluency Packets (Grades 2–5)
      • Foundational Skills Intervention Program for Grades 3–8 support students who would benefit from direct and explicit intervention instruction in the full continuum of foundational skills in the upper grades
      • Flexible Instructional Time including:
        • Pausing Points built into the curriculum that provide teachers with dedicated time to address specific student needs through targeted reteaching, remediation, practice, and extension activities 
        • Pausing Point activities designed to support English learners’ competence and confidence through differentiated whole-group, small-group, or individual instruction
      • Boost Reading is a K–5 student-led digital intervention program. Boost Reading follows Amplify CKLA California’s scope and sequence to reinforce the same foundational skills taught in core instruction. It integrates easily into daily routines, while the robust data provided by mCLASS® DIBELS® 8th Edition offers a detailed view of how students progress across all instructional tiers.

      Category 5: Instructional Planning and Teacher Support

      Amplify CKLA California and Amplify ELA California teachers are empowered to deliver effective instruction with various print and digital resources. The program provides comprehensive planning and support materials designed to help teachers prepare for and execute lessons effectively and fulfill the requirements of Category 5.

      Implementation supports across K–8

      Planning and preparation resources

      • Unit Overviews that provide important background and context for the texts students will read, including highlighted elements within the text and guidance for how students will work with those elements
      • Sub-unit Overviews (Grades 6–8) that provide an overview of Lesson Objectives and reading and writing assignments, as well as a list of any projections, multimedia, or digital apps that can be projected from the teacher’s included digital license
      • Lesson-by-lesson preparation checklists (Grades 6–8) accompanying each Sub-unit Overview
      • Lesson Briefs for each individual lesson providing important background and context
      • Content knowledge materials regarding topics that students will examine

      Point-of-use instructional guidance

      • Teacher Editions that feature insets of the same text and activity instructions as the corresponding Student Edition, wrapping teacher instruction around these materials
      • Activity guidance at point of use
      • Lesson standards clearly called out
      • Discussion suggestions embedded in lessons
      • Differentiation tips at point of use
      • Detailed Instructional Guides in each activity that include sequencing and grouping suggestions, tips for facilitating discussion, possible student responses and exemplars
      • Student Supports in all core lessons that provide teachers with targeted supports in daily core instruction, addressing which might serve the student best in the moment—support, strengthen, stretch—with additional call-outs for newcomers

      Multimedia and digital support

      • Teacher tip videos provide modeling and guidance for implementing key foundational skills routines within the program
      • Digital platform access where teachers can access printable PDFs of differentiated support materials for English learners and students struggling with reading, including translated Unit Background and Context documents and Text Previews
      • Teacher dashboard and reporting tools (Grade 6–8) provide real-time visibility into student progress and work for immediate instructional response

      Caregiver supports

      Communication and overview resources

      • Caregiver Hub available in English and Spanish that provides an overview of the curriculum
      • Caregiver Letters for each K–2 Knowledge Domain and unit in Grades 3–5 that provide an overview of the content, the skills students learn, as well as practical methods that continue the learning and knowledge building at home
      • Unit-specific Caregiver Letters (Grades 6–8) that provide detailed information regarding what students will read and learn in each unit, including conversation starters that allow caregivers to ask questions and discuss specific aspects of a unit with their student
      • Welcome letters that explain the assessment and placement process while inviting parent involvement and offering support
      • Editable Home-School Communication letters available in English and Spanish
      • Editable Progress Reports for teachers to update parents and guardians on what their child is learning

      Content and learning support materials

      • Unit Background and Context documents that provide an introduction and overview to the unit’s topic and themes, available in English and Spanish
      • Text Previews that provide a brief introduction to formative, independent reading assignments (called Solos in Grades 6–8), available in English and Spanish
      • Unit Overview and Support documents (Grades 6–8) designed for caregivers that provide information about important questions, assignments, and key aspects of the unit texts, available in English and Spanish
      • Conversation starters included in Knowledge Strand Caregiver Letters to discuss domain topics at home

      Home practice and extension activities

      • Take-Home pages in the Skills Strand that include copies of decodable passages, enabling students to share their reading progress with families and continue practicing their skills outside of school
      • Take-Home Letters in the Skills Strand that provide specific guidance for parents to support skills practice at home, such as sound-sorting activities, with detailed instructions and materials for home practice activities
      • Take-Home pages in the Knowledge Strand that provide suggested activities families can do together to reinforce and extend learning beyond the classroom
      • Games and activities on take-home pages that extend classroom instruction, including all the materials and instruction necessary to help families assist students in a fun and engaging way
      • Digital access to decodable texts through the Amplify Caregiver Hub, allowing students to practice their reading skills both in class and at home
      • Weekly spelling lists and directions to decoding activities that can be practiced at home

      Inspiring the next generation of Rochester scientists, engineers, and curious scholars

      Dear Rochester educator,

      We’re extremely excited to be part of your science review process.

      Built from the ground up for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning, Amplify Science helps your Rochester scholars go from learning about to figuring out scientific concepts.

      Explore the sections below and learn how Amplify creates rigorous, relevant learning experiences for the next generation of scientists, engineers, and curious citizens.

      —Jennifer Fosegan, Rochester Senior Account Executive

      Standards-based and grounded in research

      Amplify Science is an engaging new core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning. Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program is used by hundreds of schools across the country, including New York City Public Schools, Chicago Public Schools, and Denver Public Schools.

      Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the Next Generation Science Standards. To ensure alignment to the New York State Science Learning Standards (NYSSLS), our partners at the New York City Department of Education created additional resources that can be made available for RCSD to implement.

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      Phenomena-based approach

      In each Amplify Science unit, students take on the roles of scientists or engineers in order to investigate a real-world problem. Students work to define the problem and collect and make sense of evidence. Once the context is clear, students collect evidence from multiple sources and through a variety of modalities.

      At the end of the unit, students are presented with a brand-new problem, giving them an opportunity to apply what they’ve learned over the course of the unit to a new context. This represents a shift from asking students to learn about science to supporting students in figuring out the science.

      Resources to support your review

      What’s included

      COMPONENT

      FORMAT

      Teacher’s Guides and digital experience

      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including detailed lesson plans, classroom slides, high-level overview documentation, differentiation strategies, standards alignments, materials and preparation steps, teacher support strategies, and in-context professional development, possible student responses, and more.

      Print and digital

      Hands-on materials kits

      Hands-on learning is integrated into every unit of Amplify Science. Each hands-on activity is supported through clear instructions for the teacher, as well as easily accessible materials in unit-specific kits. Each kit contains hands-on materials, both consumable and nonconsumable, and various print materials (e.g., Vocabulary and Key Concept cards). With Amplify Science, students can actively participate in science: gathering evidence, thinking critically, making observations, and communicating their claims

      Kit

      COMPONENT

      FORMAT

      Student Investigation Notebooks

      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      Print and digital

      Student books

      The age-appropriate Student Books in Amplify Science allow students to engage with content-rich text, obtain evidence, develop research and close reading skills, and construct arguments and explanations about the ideas they are learning in class.

      Print and digital

      Student digital experience

      Students can easily engage with the student digital experience, so effective learning can occur in every type of classroom environment.

      In grades 4–5, students are introduced to digital simulations. Developed exclusively for Amplify Science, these digital tools serve as venues of exploration and data collection, allowing students to discover and construct their understanding of science concepts and phenomena.

      Digital

      Spanish parity

      Amplify Science is committed to providing support to meet the needs of all learners. For Spanish-speaking students, greater access to rich science content is achieved with Amplify Science through the use of a pedagogical approach that offers multiple points of entry. In addition, Spanish language supports are available across the curriculum, including Spanish kits that offer Spanish versions of all student-facing print materials, as well as Spanish digital licenses for teachers. Learn more about the Spanish components available across Amplify Science.

      The same rigor in terms of scientific accuracy, literacy development, and the use of rich content and language in the creation of the Amplify Science Spanish materials. To ensure equity, all Spanish materials were carefully translated using academic Spanish, paying particular attention to consistency and the use of grade-level-appropriate language in order to support language development.

      Review online

      Ready to explore on your own? Follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      First, watch this navigation video. Then, click the orange button “Log in to Amplify Science” to log in.

      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter username and password:
        • Teacher username: t1.rcsdtrial@demo.tryamplify.net
        • Student username: s1.rcsdtrial@demo.tryamplify.net
        • Password (both teacher and student): Amplify1-rcsdtrial

      Disciplinary Core Ideas (DCI) review
      Each Amplify Science unit is designed around a unit-specific learning progression that aligns with NGSS disciplinary core ideas (DCI) and crosscutting concepts. The levels that comprise the unit’s learning progression are cumulative. As students progress through the unit, they are able to integrate prior understandings with new insights, and there are continuing opportunities for students to master conceptual understanding of early unit content in subsequent chapters of the unit.

      This means that standards are often addressed across entire units instead of in one particular activity or lesson. Thus, the lessons noted below are examples of where the concept represented in the listed DCI is addressed, but this list should not be considered exhaustive. Instead, students have frequent opportunities to engage with these ideas throughout the unit, the grade, and the grade band. 

      To view the specified lessons, explore our RCSD Digital Review Guide or select a grade level below.

      DCI ESS2.D: Weather and Climate
      Before you begin reviewing these lessons, make sure to locate the following Student Books from your Unit Kit: What is the Weather Like Today? and Tornado! Predicting Severe Weather

      Select the Sunlight and Weather unit, click Chapter 1, and locate the lessons below:

      Lesson 1.1

      • Activities 2 and 3, Step-by-step tab
      • Student bookWhat is the Weather Like Today? (note: located in your Unit Kit)

      Lesson 1.2

      • Activities 1 and 3, Step-by-step tab

      Lesson 1.3

      • Activities 1 and 2, Step-by-step tab

      Lesson 1.4

      • Lesson Brief, Digital Resources, “Playground Weather Calendars and Playground Weather Graphs (Completed)”
      • Activity 1, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 5, 9, and 10) and Teacher Support tab (“Assessment, Assessment Opportunity: Assessing Students’ Understanding of Types of Weather”)

      Lesson 5.1

      • Activity 1, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 6–7) and Teacher Support, Assessment tab (“Assessment Opportunity: Assessing Students’ Understanding of Weather and Why We Measure It”)
      • Student book, Tornado! Predicting Severe Weather (note: located in your Unit Kit), pages 6–9

      DCI PS4.A: Wave Properties
      Before you begin reviewing these lessons, make sure to locate the following materials from your Unit Kit: Light and Sound Student Investigation Notebook; Student Book: What Vibrates?

      Select the Light and Sound unit, click Chapter 4, and locate the lessons below:

      Lesson 4.1

      • Lesson Brief, Digital Resources, “Assessment Guide”
      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 1–12)
      • Light and Sound Student Investigation Notebook, page 24 (note: located in your Unit Kit)

      Lesson 4.2

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab and On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon)
      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab and On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon)
      • Activity 4, Instructional Guide
      • Student bookWhat Vibrates? (note: located in your Unit Kit)
      • Light and Sound Student Investigation Notebook, page 25 (note: located in your Unit Kit)

      Lesson 4.3

      • Lesson Brief, Digital Resources, “I Hear a Sound. What Vibrates? Mini-Book copymaster”
      • Activity 1, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 5–11, 13), and Teacher Support tab (“Instructional Suggestion, Going Further: Sound Can Cause Vibrations”)
      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab
      • Activity 4, Step-by-step tab and On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon)

      DCI LS2.A: Interdependent Relationships in Ecosystems
      Before you begin reviewing these lessons, make sure to locate the following materials from your Unit Kit: Plant and Animal Relationships Student Investigation Notebook; Student book A Plant is a System.

      Select the Plant and Animal Relationships unit, click Chapter 1, and locate the lessons below:

      Lesson 1.6

      • Activities 2–4, Step-by-step tab
      • Plant and Animal Relationships Student Investigation Notebook (note: located in your Unit Kit), pages 15–19

      Lesson 1.7

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab, Possible Responses tab, and Critical Juncture Assessment (hummingbird icon)
      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab

      Lesson 2.2

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 4–12) and Possible Responses tab
      • Student bookA Plant is a System (note: located in your Unit Kit)

      DCI ESS2.D: Weather and Climates
      Before you begin reviewing these lessons, make sure to locate the following materials from your Unit Kit: Weather and Climate Student Investigation Notebook; Student Books Dangerous Weather Ahead and Sky Notebook.

      Select the Weather and Climate unit, click Chapter 4, and locate the lessons below:

      Lesson 1.4

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab 
      • Student bookSky Notebook (note: located in your Unit Kit)

      Lesson 2.3

      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab and Possible Responses tab
      • Weather and Climate Student Investigation Notebook, page 28 (note: located in your Unit Kit)

      Lesson 3.2

      • Lesson Brief, Digital Resources, “Anchorage, Queenstown, and Saint Petersburg Graphs copymaster”
      • Activities 2 and 3, Step-by-step tab

      Lesson 3.3,

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab, Possible Responses tab, and On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon)

      Lesson 3.6

      • Activity 1, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 3–5) and On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon)

      Lesson 3.7

      • Lesson Brief,  Digital Resources, “End-of-Unit Writing: Arguing About Future Island Weather Version A copymaster” and “Assessment Guide”
      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 3–7)

      Lesson 4.2

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab, Possible Responses tab, and On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon)
      • Student book, Dangerous Weather Ahead (note: located in your Unit Kit)

      DCI PS4.A: Wave Properties
      Before you begin reviewing these lessons, make sure to locate the following materials from your Unit Kit: Student books Warning: Tsunami! and Patterns in Communication.

      Select the Waves, Energy, and Information unit, click Chapters 1 and 3, and locate the lessons below:

      Chapter 1

      Lesson 1.4

      • Activity 1, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 1, and 4)
      • Student bookWarning: Tsunami! (note: located in your Unit Kit)
      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab, On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon), and Teacher Support tab (“Instructional Suggestion, Providing More Experience: Waves in Water”)

      Chapter 3

      Lesson 3.1

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 4–8) and On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon)
      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab and Waves, Energy, and Information Simulation

      Lesson 3.2

      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab, On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon), and Waves, Energy, and Information Simulation 

      Lesson 3.3

      • Activity 4, Step-by-step tab and On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon)
      • Student bookPatterns in Communication (note: located in your Unit Kit), pages 6–7

      DCI LS2.A: Interdependent Relationships in Ecosystems
      Before you begin reviewing these lessons, make sure to take out the following materials from your Unit Kit: Student books Restoration Case Studies and Walk in the Woods; Organism Print Name Cards: Set 1.

      Select the Ecosystem Restoration unit, click Chapters 1, 2, and 3, and locate the lessons below:

      Lesson 1.6

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab, Possible Responses tab, and Ecosystem Modeling Tool (Box 2 on student apps page, “1.6 Healthy Ecosystem Model”)
      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 2 and 3), Possible Responses tab, and Critical Juncture Assessment (hummingbird icon)

      Lesson 1.7

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab
      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 3–7) and On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon)
      • Printable Resources, Print Materials (8.5” x 11”), Organism Name Cards: Set 1, pages 12–17 (note: located in your Unit Kit)

      Lesson 1.8

      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 6–8) and Possible Responses tab

      Lesson 2.3

      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 1–4), Possible Responses tab, and Ecosystem Modeling Tool (Box 3 on student apps page, “2.3 Plant Needs Model”)

      Lesson 2.5

      • Activity 3, Step-by-step tab
      • Student bookRestoration Case Studies (note: located in your Unit Kit)

      Lesson 3.2

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab
      • Student bookWalk in the Woods (note: located in your Unit Kit), pages 6–10

      Lesson 3.3

      • Activity 4, Step-by-step tab and Ecosystem Restoration Simulation

      Lesson 3.4

      •  Activity 2, Step-by-step tab, Possible Responses tab, On-the-Fly Assessment (hummingbird icon), and Ecosystem Restoration Simulation

      Lesson 3.5

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab and Teacher Support tab (“Instructional Suggestion, Going Further: Balance and Interdependence of Ecosystems: Impacts of Invasive Species”)
      • Student bookRestoration Case Studies (note: located in your Unit Kit), pages 11, 31, and 47

      Lesson 3.6

      • Activity 2, Step-by-step tab (especially steps 4–5), Possible Responses tab, and Critical Juncture Assessment (hummingbird icon)

      Lesson 3.7

      • Activity 1, Step-by-step tab, Possible Responses tab, and Ecosystem Modeling Tool (Box 5 on student apps page, “3.7 No Decomposers Model”)

      Looking for help?

      Contact your Rochester Account Executive:

      Jennifer Fosegan
      (585) 590-4200
      jfosegan@amplify.com

      Professional development for core programs

      Amplify professional development provides learning experiences that intentionally develop the knowledge and skills you need for effective and self-sustaining implementation.

      Learn and apply impactful instructional techniques and develop a deeper understanding of your Amplify program(s) by investing in professional development.

      Amplify professional development has been vetted by Rivet Education’s team through a rigorous three-step process and is listed in the Professional Learning Partner Guide.

      A man writes at a desk; adjacent images include a math graph with weights labeled 5 and 8, and an open book with stars above it.

      About Amplify core programs

      Amplify’s programs help you teach inspiring lessons that develop student brilliance through robust scaffolding and differentiated instruction.

      Literacy

      • Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA) 2nd Edition and 3rd Edition
      • Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Edition
      • Amplify ELA 2nd Edition

      STEM

      • Amplify Math
      • Amplify Desmos Math* (for Grades PreK–5, 6–Algebra 1, or high school)
      • Amplify Science (for Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Contact your account executive for extended PD catalog options or quotes.

      *Amplify Desmos Math is our new K–12 program (English and Spanish) using a problem-based approach for deep conceptual understanding. Contact us for available packages.

      About Amplify professional development (PD)

      Take a systemic approach to drive lasting change. Partner with us to create a learning plan that enhances implementation, instruction, and student impact.

      At each phase of your journey, packages include different types of learning experiences strategically bundled for multiple touchpoints throughout the year.

      Four circular icons in a row showing a lightbulb, pencil, whiteboard, and podium, connected by arrows in a cycle, representing stages of a process.
      Prepare
      Begin
      Practice
      Advance


      Shift literacy and math instruction and deepen understanding of research-based practices to support new program implementation.


      Build the foundational knowledge and skills necessary to begin teaching with your Amplify program(s).


      Refine instructional skills, expand knowledge of your Amplify program(s), and explore more advanced instructional strategies.


      Deepen understanding of content and pedagogy and build-in house capacity to support a robust, sustainable implementation.

      Click to learn more:

      Review this page to learn more about the Begin and Practice packages.

       

      Click to learn more:

      Session types within packages

      LAUNCH STRENGTHEN COACH
      Beginning of the year
      Mid-year, end of the year Mid-year, end of the year
      Three people work together at a computer in a classroom; one woman points at the monitor while the others watch attentively.
      Two people sit at a table reviewing documents together against a yellow background. An icon of a barbell is displayed in the top left corner.
      Two women sit side by side at a table, each with a laptop. One woman points at the other’s screen as they focus on the display against a plain blue background.
      Introduce programs and support implementation Target specific instructional practices

      Explore the Strengthen sessions for your:

      Tailored learning for specific needs

      Begin packages

      You’re ready to shift to evidence-based practices in your first year with Amplify programs. Let us support your educators with professional development that builds new skills and knowledge.

      Choose from flexible on-site, hybrid, or virtual packages which include:

      • One Launch session to introduce Amplify programs and support strong implementation.
      • One Strengthen session to deepen understanding of the program.
      • One Coach session to elevate instructional practice and meet specific needs.
      • Suggested add-ons are available.

      Each package supports up to 30 participants in similar grade bands.

      On-site 15 package

      Three people stand in front of a whiteboard with colorful sticky notes, discussing content on a tablet. A graphic indicates "Begin: On-site package" and "15 hours.

      Participate in 15 hours of program-aligned professional development across three sessions for up to 30 participants. Build understanding of research-based practices and develop knowledge through curated Launch, Strengthen, and Coach sessions.

      Begin: On-site 15 package

      Session type Modality/duration What’s included
      Launch (1) On-site, 6-hr. Initial training for teachers
      Strengthen (1) On-site, 3-hr. Program-specific Strengthen session (selected based on your needs) for Core Literacy and STEM programs.
      Coach (1) On-site, 6-hr. Coach session
      Suggested enhancements
      Launch add-on On-site or virtual, 3-hr. Program overview for leaders
      Launch add-on Virtual, 1 hr. Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Begin: Launch: Initial training for teachers

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition, Amplify CKLA/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, and Amplify Desmos Math high school sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site, 6 hours

      Initial training sessions are designed for educators who are new to our program. In our initial training session, educators are oriented to the key components of their program(s), including learning how to navigate, teach, and monitor student progress, while exploring content and program resources. Participants will leave the session with the foundational knowledge and skills necessary to begin teaching with the program.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades PreK–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Program overview for leaders

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site or virtual, 3 hours

      The program overview for leaders session supports district and school-level instructional leaders in effectively coordinating the implementation of the program. Leaders will learn the foundational elements of the program, build an understanding of the key teacher and student practices to look for in classrooms, and develop an implementation plan.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Available July 2026

      Suggested enhancement: Launch add-on: Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Grades 4 and 5 available July 2026

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Learn how to implement Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills in the classroom. Learn the foundational elements of Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills, including becoming familiar with materials and key lesson components.

      Note:

      • Grade 3 Skills is included in the purchase of Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition, while Grade 4 Skills and Grade 5 Skills can be added on.
      • Grades 3–5 Skills are included with the purchase of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades 3–5) or Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Strengthen: Program-specific sessions

      Strengthen your Amplify implementation with program-specific sessions that support personalized learning and practice in your classroom.

      To explore the core Strengthen sessions, select your program:

      Amplify will partner closely with you to select the appropriate session(s) that will deepen educators’ understanding of Amplify program(s) and equip them with the tools they need to improve students’ learning outcomes. Each package includes one Strengthen session. Additional sessions can be added as Enhancements.

      Coach: Customized support

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition, Amplify CKLA/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, and Amplify Desmos Math high school sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site, 6 hours

      Coaching sessions focus on building internal school and district capacity and leadership excellence. Coaching is customized to meet a school or district’s needs and can include model lessons, observations, walk-throughs, and/or co-planning.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Individual teachers, grade-level teams, PLCs,
      and/or instructional leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Hybrid 15 on-site package

      Two women smiling and looking at a computer screen in an office setting; text reads "Begin: Hybrid package" and "15 hours.

      Participate in 15 hours of program-aligned professional development across three sessions for up to 30 participants. Build understanding of research-based practices and develop knowledge through curated Launch, Strengthen, and Coach sessions.

      Begin: Hybrid 15 on-site package

      Session type Modality/duration What’s included
      Launch (1) On-site, 6-hr. Initial training for teachers
      Strengthen (1) Virtual, 3-hr. Program-specific Strengthen session (selected based on your needs) for Core Literacy and STEM programs.
      Coach (1) On-site, 6-hr. Coach session
      Suggested enhancements
      Launch add-on On-site or virtual, 3-hr. Program overview for leaders
      Launch add-on Virtual, 1 hr. Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Begin: Launch: Initial training for teachers

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition, Amplify CKLA/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, and Amplify Desmos Math high school sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site, 6 hours

      Initial training sessions are designed for educators who are new users. In our initial training session, educators are oriented to the key components of the program, including learning how to navigate, teach, and monitor student progress, while exploring content and program resources. Participants will leave the session with the foundational knowledge and skills necessary to begin teaching with the program.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Program overview for leaders

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site or virtual, 3 hours

      The program overview for leaders session supports district and school-level instructional leaders in effectively coordinating the implementation of the program. Leaders will learn the foundational elements of the program, build an understanding of the key teacher and student practices to look for in classrooms, and develop an implementation plan.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5 or 6–A1), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Learn how to implement Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills in the classroom. Learn the foundational elements of Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills, including becoming familiar with materials and key lesson components.

      Notes:

      • Grade 3 Skills is included in the purchase of Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition, while Grade 4 Skills and Grade 5 Skills can be added on.
      • Grades 3–5 Skills are included with the purchase of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Strengthen: Program-specific sessions

      Strengthen your Amplify implementation with program-specific sessions that support personalized learning and practice in your classroom.

      To explore the available core Strengthen sessions, select your program:

      Amplify will closely partner with you to select the appropriate session(s) that will deepen educators’ understanding of Amplify program(s) and equip them with the tools they need to improve students’ learning outcomes. Each package includes one Strengthen session. Additional sessions can be added as Enhancements.

      Coach session: Customized support

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition, Amplify CKLA/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, and Amplify Desmos Math high school sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site, 6 hours

      Coaching sessions focus on building internal school and district capacity and leadership excellence. Coaching is customized to meet a school or district’s needs and can include model lessons, observations, walk-throughs, and/or co-planning.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Individual teachers, grade-level teams, PLCs, and/or instructional leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Hybrid 10 package

      Two women smile while looking at a computer monitor in an office. A graphic overlay reads “Begin: Hybrid package” and “10 hours,” with icons for power, fitness, and communication.

      Participate in 10 hours of program-aligned professional development across three sessions for up to 30 participants. Build understanding of research-based practices and develop knowledge through curated Launch, Strengthen, and Coach sessions.

      Begin: Hybrid 10 package

      Session type Modality/duration What’s included
      Launch (1) On-site, 3-hr. Program overview for teachers
      Strengthen (1) Virtual, 1-hr. Program-specific Strengthen Focus session (selected based on your needs) for Core Literacy and STEM programs.
      Coach (1) On-site, 6-hr. Coach session
      Suggested enhancements
      Launch add-on On-site or virtual,
      3-hr.
      Program overview for leaders
      Launch add-on Virtual, 1 hr. Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Begin: Launch: Program overview for teachers

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition, Amplify CKLA/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, and Amplify Desmos Math high school sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site, 3 hours

      Program overview sessions provide a basic introduction for educators who are new users of the program. In a program overview session, educators learn how to get started with the key features and materials of the program.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades PreK–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Program overview for leaders

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site or virtual, 3 hours

      The program overview for leaders session supports district and school-level instructional leaders in effectively supporting the implementation of the program. Leaders will learn the foundational elements of the program, build an understanding of the key teacher and student practices to look for in classrooms, and develop an implementation plan.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy (Grades PreK–5), Amplify ELA 2nd Edition (Grades 6–8), Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Learn how to implement Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills in the classroom. Learn the foundational elements of Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills, including becoming familiar with materials and key lesson components.

      Note:

      • Grade 3 Skills is included in the purchase of Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition, while Grade 4 Skills and Grade 5 Skills can be added on.
      • Grades 3–5 Skills are included with the purchase of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Strengthen: Program-specific sessions

      Strengthen your Amplify implementation with program-specific sessions that support personalized learning and practice in your classroom.

      To explore the available core Strengthen sessions, select your program:

      Amplify will closely partner with you to select the appropriate session(s) that will deepen educators’ understanding of your Amplify program(s) and equip them with the tools they need to improve students’ learning outcomes. Each package includes one Strengthen session. Additional sessions can be added as Enhancements.

      Coach session: Customized support

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition, Amplify CKLA/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, and Amplify Desmos Math high school sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site, 6 hours

      Coaching sessions focus on building internal school and district capacity and leadership excellence. Coaching is customized to meet a school or district’s needs and can include model lessons, observations, walk-throughs, and/or co-planning.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Individual teachers, grade-level teams, PLCs,
      and/or instructional leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Hybrid 15 virtual package

      A person points at a laptop screen displaying an online training module. Icons and text indicate the start of a virtual package with a duration of 15 hours.

      Participate in 15 hours of program-aligned professional development across three sessions for up to 30 participants. Build understanding of research-based practices and develop knowledge through curated Launch, Strengthen, and Coach sessions.

      Begin: Hybrid 15 virtual package

      Session type Modality/duration What’s included
      Launch (1) Virtual, 6-hr.
      (2 half-days)
      Initial training for teachers
      Strengthen (1) Virtual, 3-hr. Program-specific Strengthen session (selected based on your needs) for Core Literacy and STEM programs.
      Coach (1) On-site, 6-hr. Coach session
      Suggested enhancements
      Launch add-on On-site or virtual, 3-hr. Program overview for leaders
      Launch add-on Virtual, 1 hr. Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Begin: Launch: Initial training for teachers

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition, Amplify CKLA/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, and Amplify Desmos Math high school sessions are available July 2026.

      Virtual, 6 hours (2 half-days)

      Initial training sessions are designed for educators who are new to our program. In our initial training session, educators are oriented to the key components of their program(s), including learning how to navigate, teach, and monitor student progress, while exploring content and program resources. Participants will leave the session with the foundational knowledge and skills necessary to begin teaching with the program.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Program overview for leaders

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site or virtual, 3 hours

      The program overview for leaders session supports district and school-level instructional leaders in effectively supporting the implementation of the program. Leaders will learn the foundational elements of the program, build an understanding of the key teacher and student practices to look for in classrooms, and develop an implementation plan.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Learn how to implement Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills in the classroom. Learn the foundational elements of Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills, including becoming familiar with materials and key lesson components.

      Note:

      • Grade 3 Skills is included in the purchase of Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition, while Grade 4 Skills and Grade 5 Skills can be added on.
      • Grades 3–5 Skills are included with the purchase of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Strengthen: Program-specific sessions

      Strengthen your Amplify implementation with program-specific sessions that support personalized learning and practice in your classroom.

      To explore the available core Strengthen sessions, select your program:

      Amplify will closely partner with you to select the appropriate session(s) that will deepen educators’ understanding of Amplify program(s) and equip them with the tools they need to improve students’ learning outcomes. Each package includes one Strengthen session. Additional sessions can be added as Enhancements.

      Coach session: Customized support

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition, Amplify CKLA/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, and Amplify Desmos Math high school sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site, 6 hours

      Coaching sessions focus on building internal school and district capacity and leadership excellence. Coaching is customized to meet a school or district’s needs and can include model lessons, observations, walk-throughs, and/or co-planning.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Individual teachers, grade-level teams, PLCs, and/or instructional leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Virtual 7 package

      A person points at a laptop screen displaying an educational webpage; icons and text indicate the start of a virtual package lasting 7 hours.

      Participate in 7 hours of program-aligned professional development across three sessions for up to 30 participants. Build understanding of research-based practices and develop knowledge through curated Launch, Strengthen, and Coach sessions.

      Begin: Virtual 7 package

      Session type Modality/duration What’s included
      Launch (1) Virtual, 3-hr. Program overview for teachers
      Strengthen (1) Virtual, 1-hr. Program-specific Strengthen Focus session (selected based on your needs) for Core Literacy and STEM programs.
      Coach (1) Virtual, 3-hr. Coach session
      Suggested enhancements
      Launch add-on On-site or virtual, 3-hr. Program overview for leaders
      Launch add-on Virtual, 1 hr. Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Begin: Launch: Program overview for teachers

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition, Amplify CKLA/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, and Amplify Desmos Math high school sessions are available July 2026.

      Virtual, 3 hours

      Program overview sessions provide a basic introduction for educators who are new users of the program. In a program overview session, educators learn how to get started with the key features and materials of the program.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades PreK, K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Launch add-on: Program overview for leaders

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site or virtual, 3 hours

      The program overview for leaders session supports district and school-level instructional leaders in effectively coordinating the implementation of the program. Leaders will learn the foundational elements of the program, build an understanding of the key teacher and student practices to look for in classrooms, and develop an implementation plan.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Learn how to implement Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills in the classroom. Learn the foundational elements of Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills, including becoming familiar with materials and key lesson components.

      Note:

      • Grade 3 Skills is included in the purchase of Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition, while Grade 4 Skills and Grade 5 Skills can be added on.
      • Grades 3–5 Skills are included with the purchase of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Strengthen: Program-specific sessions

      Strengthen your Amplify implementation with program-specific sessions that support personalized learning and practice in your classroom.

      To explore the available core Strengthen sessions, select your program:

      Amplify will closely partner with you to select the appropriate session(s) that will deepen educators’ understanding of your Amplify program(s) and equip them with the tools they need to improve students’ learning outcomes. Each package includes one Strengthen session. Additional sessions can be added as Enhancements.

      Coach session: Customized support

      Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition, Amplify CKLA/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, and Amplify Desmos Math high school sessions are available July 2026.

      Virtual, 3 hours

      Coaching sessions focus on building internal school and district capacity and leadership excellence. Coaching is customized to meet a school or district’s needs and can include model lessons, observations, walk-throughs, and/or co-planning.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Individual teachers, grade-level teams, PLCs,
      and/or instructional leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Practice packages

      You’re familiar with Amplify programs and ready to deepen your knowledge and implementation. Let us support your educators with professional development that emphasizes continuous improvement and enhanced understanding.

      Choose from flexible on-site, hybrid, or virtual packages:

      • One Strengthen session to deepen understanding of the program, expand practice, and drive student outcomes
      • Two Coach sessions to elevate instructional practice and meet specific needs

      Each package supports up to 30 participants in similar grade bands.

      On-site 15 package

      Three people discuss work while looking at a tablet in front of a whiteboard with colorful sticky notes. A "Practice: On-site package" label and "15 hours" badge are displayed.

      Participate in 15 hours of program-aligned professional development across three sessions for up to 30 participants. Build understanding of research-based practices and develop knowledge through curated Strengthen and Coach sessions.

      Practice: On-site 15 package

      Session type Modality/duration What’s included
      Strengthen (1) On-site, 3-hr. Program-specific Strengthen session (selected based on your needs) for Core Literacy and STEM programs.
      Coach (2) On-site, 6-hr. Coach session
      Suggested enhancements
      Launch substitution Virtual, 1-hr. NEW: Amplify Caminos 1st–3rd Ed. transition training for teachers
      Launch substitution Virtual, 1-hr. NEW: Amplify CKLA 2nd Ed/Caminos 1st Ed to Amplify CKLA 3rd Ed/Caminos 3rd Ed transition training for teachers
      Launch add-on Virtual, 1-hr. Amplify CKLA 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers
      Launch substitution
      Virtual, 1-hr. Amplify CKLA 2nd–3rd Edition transition training for teachers
      Launch add-on Virtual, 1-hr. Language Studio for CKLA 3rd Edition session

      Strengthen: Program-specific sessions

      Strengthen your Amplify implementation with program-specific sessions that support personalized learning and practice in your classroom.

      To explore the available core Strengthen sessions, select your program:

      Amplify will closely partner with you to select the appropriate session(s) that will deepen educators’ understanding of Amplify program(s) and equip them with the tools they need to improve students’ learning outcomes. Each package includes one Strengthen session. Additional sessions can be added as Enhancements.

      Coach session: Customized support

      Amplify CKLA, Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition, and Amplify Desmos Math K–5 and 6–A1 are available July 2026.

      On-site, 6 hours

      Coaching sessions focus on building internal school and district capacity and leadership excellence. Coaching is customized to meet a school or district’s needs and can include model lessons, observations, walk-throughs, and/or co-planning.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st and 3rd Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Individual teachers, grade-level teams, PLCs, and/or instructional leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Available July 2026

      Suggested enhancement: Launch substitution: Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Editions, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify Caminos 1st Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Available July 2026

      Suggested enhancement: Launch substitution: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition to Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Editions, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Amplify Caminos 1st Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Learn how to implement Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills in the classroom. Learn the foundational elements of Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills, including becoming familiar with materials and key lesson components.

      Note:

      • Grade 3 Skills is included in the purchase of Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition, while Grade 4 Skills and Grade 5 Skills can be added on.
      • Grades 3–5 Skills are included with the purchase of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch substitution

      Suggested enhancement: Launch substitution: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition to 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Ideal substitution for CKLA 2nd Edition Launch sessions
      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition and Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Launch add-on: Language Studio companion training for teachers

      On-site and virtual, 3 hour

      Ideal add-on for Amplify CKLA (2nd Edition or 3rd Edition) Launch sessions
      Participants will be able to summarize the key features of Language Studio. During this session they will connect key segments of Language Studio to ELD instructional best practices, identify the segments of Language Studio, and plan and practice a Language Studio lesson.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd or 3rd Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Hybrid 15 package

      Two women look at a computer screen and smile in an office setting. Text reads "Practice: Hybrid package" and "15 hours" with icons on the left side.

      Participate in 15 hours of program-aligned professional development across three sessions for up to 30 participants. Build understanding of research-based practices and develop knowledge through curated Strengthen and Coach sessions.

      Practice: Hybrid 15 package

      Session type Modality/duration What’s included
      Strengthen (1) Virtual, 3-hr. Program-specific Strengthen session (selected based on your needs) for Core Literacy and STEM programs.
      Coach (2) On-site, 6-hr. Coach session
      Suggested enhancements
      Launch substitution Virtual, 1-hr. NEW: Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Ed. transition training for teachers
      Launch substitution Virtual, 1-hr. NEW: Amplify CKLA 2nd Ed./Caminos 1st Ed. to Amplify CKLA 3rd Ed./Caminos 3rd Ed. transition training for teachers
      Launch add-on Virtual, 1-hr. Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers
      Launch substitution Virtual, 1-hr. Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition to 3rd Edition transition training for teachers
      Launch add-on Virtual, 1-hr. Language Studio for CKLA 3rd Edition session

      Strengthen: Program-specific sessions

      Strengthen your Amplify implementation with program-specific sessions that support personalized learning and practice in your classroom.

      To explore the available core Strengthen sessions, select your program:

      Amplify will closely partner with you to select the appropriate session(s) that will deepen educators’ understanding of your Amplify program(s) and equip them with the tools they need to improve students’ learning outcomes. Each package includes one Strengthen session. Additional sessions can be added as Enhancements.

      Coach session: Customized support

      Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition and Amplify Desmos Math K–5 and 6–A1 sessions are available July 2026.

      On-site, 6 hours

      Coaching sessions focus on building internal school and district capacity and leadership excellence. Coaching is customized to meet a school or district’s needs and can include model lessons, observations, walk-throughs, and/or co-planning.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Individual teachers, grade-level teams, PLCs,
      and/or instructional leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Available July 2026

      Suggested enhancement: Launch substitution: Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Editions, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify Caminos 1st Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Available July 2026

      Suggested enhancement: Launch substitution: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition to Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Editions, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Amplify Caminos 1st Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Learn how to implement Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills in the classroom. Learn the foundational elements of Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills, including becoming familiar with materials and key lesson components.

      Note:

      • Grade 3 Skills is included in the purchase of Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition, while Grade 4 Skills and Grade 5 Skills can be added on.
      • Grades 3–5 Skills are included with the purchase of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch substitution

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition to 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Ideal substitution for CKLA 2nd Edition Launch sessions
      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition and Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Launch add-on: Language Studio companion training for teachers

      On-site and virtual, 3 hours

      Ideal add-on for Amplify CKLA (2nd Edition or 3rd Edition) Launch sessions
      Participants will be able to summarize the key features of Language Studio. During this session they will connect key segments of Language Studio to ELD instructional best practices, identify the segments of Language Studio, and plan and practice a Language Studio lesson.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd or 3rd Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Hybrid 13 package

      Two women work together at a computer in an office, smiling, with a graphic indicating "Practice: Hybrid package" and "13 hours.

      Participate in 13 hours of program-aligned professional development across three sessions for up to 30 participants. Build understanding of research-based practices and develop knowledge through curated Strengthen and Coach sessions.

      Practice: Hybrid 13 package

      Session type Modality/duration What’s included
      Strengthen (1) Virtual, 1-hr. Program-specific Strengthen Focus session (selected based on your needs) for Core Literacy and STEM programs.
      Coach (2) On-site, 6-hr. Coach session
      Suggested enhancements
      Launch substitution Virtual, 1-hr. NEW: Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Ed. transition training for teachers
      Launch substitution Virtual, 1-hr. NEW: Amplify CKLA 2nd Ed./Caminos 1st Ed. to Amplify CKLA 3rd Ed./Caminos 3rd Ed. transition training for teachers
      Launch add-on Virtual, 1-hr. Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers
      Launch substitution Virtual, 1-hr. Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition to 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Strengthen: Program-specific sessions

      Strengthen your Amplify implementation with program-specific sessions that support personalized learning and practice in your classroom.

      To explore the available core Strengthen sessions, select your program:

      Amplify will closely partner with you to select the appropriate session(s) that will deepen educators’ understanding of Amplify program(s) and equip them with the tools they need to improve students’ learning outcomes. Each package includes one Strengthen session. Additional sessions can be added as Enhancements.

      Coach session: Customized support

      Amplify CKLA; Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition; and Amplify Desmos Math K–5, 6–A1, and high school are available July 2026.

      On-site, 6 hours

      Coaching sessions focus on building internal school and district capacity and leadership excellence. Coaching is customized to meet a school or district’s needs and can include model lessons, observations, walk-throughs, and/or co-planning.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Individual teachers, grade-level teams, PLCs, and/or instructional leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Available July 2026

      Suggested enhancement: Launch substitution: Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Editions, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify Caminos 1st Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Available July 2026

      Suggested enhancement: Launch substitution: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition to Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify Caminos 1st 3rd Editions, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Amplify Caminos 1st Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Learn how to implement Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills in the classroom. Learn the foundational elements of Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills, including becoming familiar with materials and key lesson components.

      Note:

      • Grade 3 Skills is included in the purchase of Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition, while Grade 4 Skills and Grade 5 Skills can be added on.
      • Grades 3–5 Skills are included with the purchase of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch substitution

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition to 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Ideal substitution for CKLA 2nd Edition Launch sessions
      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition and Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Virtual 9 package

      A person points at a laptop screen displaying an educational program. Text indicates "Practice: Virtual package" and "9 hours" of activity. Icons for learning and fitness are shown on the side.

      Participate in 9 hours of program-aligned professional development across three sessions for up to 30 participants. Build understanding of research-based practices and develop knowledge through curated Strengthen and Coach sessions.

      Practice: Virtual 9 package

      Session type Modality/duration What’s included
      Strengthen (1) Virtual, 3-hr. Program-specific Strengthen session (selected based on your needs) for Core Literacy and STEM programs.
      Coach (2) Virtual, 3-hr. Coach session
      Suggested enhancements
      Launch substitution Virtual, 1-hr. NEW: Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Ed. transition training for teachers
      Launch substitution Virtual, 1-hr. NEW: Amplify CKLA 2nd Ed./Caminos 1st Ed. to Amplify CKLA 3rd Ed./Caminos 3rd Ed. transition training for teachers
      Launch add-on Virtual, 1-hr. Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers
      Launch substitution Virtual, 1-hr. Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition to 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Strengthen: Program-specific sessions

      Strengthen your Amplify implementation with program-specific sessions that support personalized learning and practice in your classroom.

      To explore the available core Strengthen sessions, select your program:

      Amplify will closely partner with you to select the appropriate session(s) that will deepen educators’ understanding of your Amplify program(s) and equip them with the tools they need to improve students’ learning outcomes. Each package includes one Strengthen session. Additional sessions can be added as Enhancements.

      Coach session: Customized support

      Amplify CKLA; Amplify Caminos 3rd Edition; and Amplify Desmos Math K–5, 6–A1, and high school are available July 2026.

      On-site, 6 hours

      Coaching sessions focus on building internal school and district capacity and leadership excellence. Coaching is customized to meet a school or district’s needs and can include model lessons, observations, walk-throughs, and/or co-planning.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA (2nd and 3rd Edition), Amplify Caminos (1st Edition), Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition biliteracy, Amplify ELA 2nd Edition, Amplify Math (Grades 6–A1), Amplify Desmos Math (Grades K–5, 6–A1, or high school), Amplify Science (Grades K–5 or 6–8)

      Audience: Individual teachers, grade-level teams, PLCs, and/or instructional leaders (maximum 30 participants)

      Available July 2026

      Suggested enhancement: Launch substitution: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition to Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Editions, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify Caminos 1st Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Available July 2026

      Suggested enhancement: Launch substitution: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Caminos 1st Edition to Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition/Caminos 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify Caminos 1st and 3rd Editions, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition/Amplify Caminos 1st Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Learn how to implement Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills in the classroom. Learn the foundational elements of Amplify CKLA Grades 3–5 Skills, including becoming familiar with materials and key lesson components.

      Note:

      • Grade 3 Skills is included in the purchase of Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition, while Grade 4 Skills and Grade 5 Skills can be added on.
      • Grades 3–5 Skills are included with the purchase of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch substitution

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition to 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Ideal substitution for Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition Launch sessions
      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition and Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Enhancement options

      Want to extend learning for teachers and leaders? Have a unique need that you’d like to address? Seeking more targeted coaching options? Our package enhancements allow you to tailor your PD experience to meet the needs of your staff, whether they’re new or returning to the program.

      Enhancements can be purchased for all teachers/leaders or a subset of educators.

      General enhancement offerings

      Session name On-site,
      6-hr.
      On-site,
      3-hr.
      Virtual,
      6-hr.
      (2 half days)
      Virtual,
      3-hr. 
      Virtual,
      1-hr.
      Leadership Launch session       A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
      Leadership Strengthen session A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
      Launch (Practice) session for teachers and leaders   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
      Strengthen session for teachers and leaders   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
      Coach session for teachers and leaders A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
      Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers         A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
      Launch add-on: Language Studio companion training for K–2 or 3–5 teachers   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
      Launch substitution: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition to 3rd Edition transition         A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Launch add-on: Amplify CKLA Grade 3–5 Skills supplement training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Learn how to implement Amplify CKLA Grades 35 Skills in the classroom. Learn the foundational elements of Amplify CKLA Grades 35 Skills, including becoming familiar with materials and key lesson components.

      Note:

      • Grade 3 Skills is included in the purchase of Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition, while Grade 4 Skills and Grade 5 Skills can be added on.
      • Grades 3–5 Skills are included with the purchase of Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch add-on

      Suggested enhancement: Language Studio companion training for teachers

      On-site and virtual, 3 hours

      Ideal add-on for Amplify CKLA (2nd or 3rd Edition) Launch sessions

      Participants will be able to summarize the key features of Language Studio. During this session, they will connect key segments of Language Studio to ELD instructional best practices, identify the segments of Language Studio, and plan and practice a Language Studio lesson.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 2nd or 3rd Edition (Grades K–2 or 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Launch substitution

      Suggested enhancement: Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition to 3rd Edition transition training for teachers

      Virtual, 1 hour

      Ideal substitution for CKLA 2nd Edition Launch sessions
      Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Amplify CKLA 2nd Edition and Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition, including becoming familiar with changes in materials; the digital platform; and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

      Session options: Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition (Grades 3–5)

      Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

      Biliteracy packages

      Biliteracy packages for Amplify CKLA and Amplify Caminos

      We also offer several of the core Amplify CKLA sessions for our biliteracy and Spanish immersion programs. These specialized sessions support educators teaching with both Amplify CKLA and Amplify Caminos programs, facilitated in English, Spanish, or both languages as appropriate.

      Contact your account executive for extended PD catalog options or quotes.

      Companion programs

      Additional sessions are available for Amplify CKLA’s companion programs (Writing Studio and Language Studio).

      Get in touch with a PD expert.

      What is Amplify Science?

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
      Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

      Proven to work

      A pdf cover from wested titled "learning and literacy development together: initial results from a curriculum study," featuring an adult helping children with schoolwork in a classroom.

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 1

      Read More

      Pdf cover titled "curriculum materials designed for the next generation science standards: initial results from gold standard research trials", published by wested.

      WestEd Randomized
      Control Trial for Grade 7

      Read More

      A teacher and students engage in a science activity around a table. The text promotes the Amplify Science K–8 curriculum, highlighting its focus on hands-on learning and real-world problem-solving.

      Amplify Science NE
      Grades K–5

      Read More

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      Do

      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      Talk

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      Read

      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      Write

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      Visualize

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS, and support students in mastering the Utah Science Standards.

      Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

      In grades 6–8:

      • One unit is a launch unit.
      • Three units are core units.
      • Two units are engineering internships.

      Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

      Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

      Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

      Unit sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      Three columns listing education curriculum topics for grades 6, 7, and 8, focusing on science themes such as microbiomes, mars geology, and harnessing human energy.

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

      Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

      These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

      A laptop displays a PowerPoint presentation in presenter view, with slides about observing objects in plastic containers and related sensory instructions.

      Explore your print samples

      With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

      It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

      Three laptop screens displaying educational content on earth's energy system, including diagrams and text annotations.
      • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
      • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      Our unit-specific kits:

      • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
      • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
      • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      At your request, we did not include our materials kits with our submissions samples. However, we did provide grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit, which you can also find with the links below.

      Access your digital samples

      Explore as a teacher

      Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: t.msscienceut@tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: AmplifyNumber1
      • Click the Science icon.
      • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

      Explore as a student

      Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a student.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: s.msscienceut@tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: AmplifyNumber1
      • Click the Science icon.
      • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      Resources to support your review

      A powerful partnership

      Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works.

      DO
      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit, from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      TALK
      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      READ
      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      WRITE
      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      VISUALIZE
      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Resources to support your review

      Remote and hybrid learning support

      A child sits at a desk using a laptop. Next to the desk is a bookshelf with books, a fishbowl, and a soccer ball.

      Amplify has launched a new remote learning solution called Amplify Science@Home. Intended to make extended remote learning and hybrid learning easier, Amplify Science@Home includes two useful options for continuing instruction: @Home Videos and @Home Units. 

      Amplify Science @Home Videos are recordings of real Amplify Science teachers teaching the lessons. For those teachers who are unable to meet synchronously with their students, the recorded lessons are a great way to keep their students on track and engaged with Amplify Science while at home. These videos will be produced for all K–5 units, and for the first four units of each 6–8 grade level. Their release will be rolling, beginning in August.   

      Amplify Science@Home Units are modified versions of Amplify Science units, strategically designed to highlight key activities from the program. The @Home Units take significantly less instructional time than the complete Amplify Science program and allow students to engage with science at home. @Home Units will be developed for all Amplify Science K–8 units. Each @Home Unit includes:

      • Teacher overviews explaining how to use the materials, including suggestions for enhancing the @Home Units if synchronous learning or in-class time with students is available.
      • Overviews to send home to families.

      Student materials are available in two formats:

      • @Home Slides (PDF/PPT) + Student Sheets (PDF) for students with access to technology at home.
      • Downloadable @Home Packets (PDF) for students without access to technology at home.

      Download the Remote and hybrid learning guide.

      What’s included:

      Flexible resources that work seamlessly together

      Science articles
      The middle school science articles serve as sources for evidence collection and were authored by science and literacy experts at the Lawrence Hall of Science.

      Amplify Science articles

      Student Investigation Notebooks
      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks provide space for students to:

      • record data.
      • reflect on ideas from texts and investigations.
      • construct explanations and arguments.

      Available with full-color article compilations for middle school units.

      Louisiana-specific Materials

      Louisiana Companion Student Booklet

      Collection of educational books from 'amplify science' on topics including ocean atmosphere, matter and energy ecosystems, and insect interactions, displayed in various angles.

      Digital student experience
      Students access the digital simulations and modeling tools, as well as lesson activities and assessments, through the digital student experience. Students can interact with the digital student experience as they:

      • conduct hands-on investigations.
      • engage in active reading and writing activities.
      • participate in discussions.
      • record observations.
      • craft end-of-unit scientific arguments.
      A digital illustration showcasing a laptop and a tablet displaying complex data analysis software interfaces with graphs and heatmaps.

      Teacher’s Guides
      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including:

      • Louisiana Companion Teacher Booklet (6-8)
      • Classroom Slides 
      • detailed lesson plans.
      • unit and chapter overview documentation.
      • differentiation strategies.
      • standards alignments.
      • in-context professional development.
      A laptop displaying the Geology on Mars webpage sits beside a book titled "Geology on Mars," both featuring the same cover image of Mars and a spacecraft, perfect for enhancing three-dimensional learning in any science classroom.

      Hands-on materials kits
      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science. Each unit kit contains:

      • consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials.
      • print classroom display materials.
      • premium print materials for student use (sorting cards, maps, etc.).
      A perforated rectangular board, three small containers with different powders, a black battery holder with red wires, and three colored alligator clips are arranged on a white background.

      Scope and sequence

      Amplify Science Louisiana K–5 Program Brochure

      GRADE

      UNITS

      Kindergarten

      • Needs of Plants and Animals
      • Pushes and Pulls
      • Sunlight and Water

      Grade 1

      • Animal and Plant Defenses
      • Light and Sound
      • Spinning Earth

      Grade 2

      • Plant and Animal Relationships
      • Properties of Materials
      • Changing Landforms

      Grade 3

      • Balancing Forces
      • Inheritance and Traits
      • Environments and Survival
      • Weather and Climate

      Grade 4

      • Energy Conversions
      • Vision and Light
      • Earth’s Features
      • Waves, Energy, and Information

      Grade 5

      • Patterns of Earth and Sky
      • Modeling Matter
      • The Earth System
      • Ecosystem Restoration

      GRADE

      UNITS

      Grade 6

      • Launch: Microbiome
      • Populations and Resources
        Additional instruction added: Human impact on Earth systems and Louisiana’s natural resources
      • Matter and Energy in Ecosystems
        Additional instruction added: Structure and properties of matter Structure and function of cells
      • Force and Motion
      • Engineering Internship: Force and Motion
      • Magnetic Fields
      • Earth, Moon, and Sun
      • Light Waves
        Additional instruction added: The function of the cell nucleus

      Grade 6 Louisiana  Resources

      • 5 Companion Lessons
      • Units with Companions Lessons: Populations and Resources; Matter and Energy in Ecosystems; Light Waves
      • Louisiana Companion Materials Kit

      Grade 7

      • Metabolism
      • Engineering Internship: Metabolism
      • Phase Change
      • Chemical Reactions
      • Traits and Reproduction
      • Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate
      • Weather Patterns
      • Earth’s Changing Climate

      Grade 7 Louisiana  Resources

      • 8 Companion Lessons
      • Units with Companions Lessons: Phase ChangeTraits and ReproductionOcean, Atmosphere, and ClimateWeather PatternsEarth’s Changing Climate
      • Louisiana Companion Materials Kit, not needed in 7th grade

      Grade 8

      • Launch: Geology on Mars
      • Plate Motion
      • Engineering Internship: Plate Motion
      • Rock Transformations
      • Thermal Energy
      • Natural Selection
      • Engineering Internship: Natural Selection
      • Evolutionary History

      Grade 8 Louisiana Resources

      • 6 Companion Lessons
      • Unit with Companions Lessons: Plate MotionRock TransformationsThermal EnergyNatural Selection
      • Louisiana Companion Materials Kit

      Amplify and the Lawrence Hall of Science have created custom Amplify Science Louisiana materials for middle school students and teachers. The Louisiana edition of Amplify Science 6–8 differs from our national program in a few key ways:

      • Standards cited are Louisiana State Standards for Science (LSSS) instead of NGSS
      • A custom scope and sequence tailored to the LSSS is used
      • Louisiana Companion Lessons are included
      • Louisiana companion kits, which contain materials to accommodate the added companion lessons, are available for grades 6 and 8

      Explore the Digital Teacher’s Guide

      When you’re ready to review, click the orange button below and use your provided login credentials to access the Amplify Science Digital Teacher’s Guide.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital Teacher’s Guide, watch our navigational guide videos:

      Grades K–5:

      Grades 6-8

      Looking for help?

      Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support

      Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We have developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program. This service is completely free for all educators who are using our programs and includes:

      • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans.
      • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials.
      • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify programs.
      • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more.

      To reach our pedagogical team, use our live chat within your program, call (800) 823-1969, or email edsupport@amplify.com

      Timely technical and program support

      Our technical and program support is included and available from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.

      For your most urgent questions:

      • Use our live chat within your program.
      • Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969.

      For less urgent questions:

      Contact us

      Contact your Louisiana representative:
      Wayne Hebert
      whebert@amplify.com
      (337) 298-7833

      Welcome, K–8 Program 1 reviewers!

      We’re honored to introduce you to Amplify California Language Arts. We’re confident you’ll find this comprehensive program to be a powerful tool for bringing the vision of the California ELA Framework to life in classrooms across the state.

      Please start with the video on the right to learn how to navigate the program and access key features referenced within our submission. Below you’ll find additional resources to support your review.

      Your review samples

      We’re excited for you to begin your review of Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA) California and Amplify ELA California. Physical and digital review materials will vary by grade level.

      Reviewer Binders (K–8)

      Your physical samples should have arrived in grade-specific boxes with three Reviewer Binders.

      • The first binder will contain logistical program review information and the printed Evaluation Criteria Map.
      • The second binder will contain the printed Standards Maps for grades K–4.
      • The third binder will contain the printed Standards Maps for grades 5–8.

      Physical samples (K–5)

      You can expect to receive 15 boxes of physical materials for your review. As you begin the process of organizing your materials, please refer to the inventory checklist found inside each box as well as within your Reviewer Binder. Please note you will not receive any physical samples for grades 6–8. Your review of the program for grades 6–8 will be entirely digital.

      Digital samples (K–8)

      In order to access your digital samples, you’ll need to log in to our platform using your unique login credentials found on a Digital Review Credential flyer inside of your Reviewer Binder. Once you have located the flyer:

      • Click the orange button below to access the platform.
      • Click “Log in with Amplify.”
      • Enter the username and password provided on your Digital Review Credential flyer.

      Navigation tips

      Before you get started, please review these important functionality notes:

      Criteria Map and Standards Maps must be opened on Microsoft Word on your desktop to function as intended. If you open the documents without Microsoft Word on your desktop, citations will be cut off at the bottom of most tables within the document.

      Many of our citations are deep-links to PDFs, meaning they will take you to the right page or the first page in the sequence for the citation in question. To ensure this functionality works, please disable any PDF-viewing extensions or plug-ins such as Adobe Acrobat Pro Browser Extension.

      [Reviewer program navigation video] Grades K–5

      [Reviewer program navigation video] Grades 6–8

      Click here for additional information on navigating the digital materials for grades 6–8.

      Category 1: English Language Arts (ELA) and English Language Development (ELD) Content/Alignment to Standards

      Evaluation Criteria Map

      Linked below is the Evaluation Criteria Map for grades K–8. Please note that you will need to be logged into the digital platform to access the links in the Evaluation Criteria Map.

      ELA Standards Maps

      The links below provide the Standards Maps for Amplify California Core Language Arts for each grade level. Please note that you will need to be logged into the digital platform to access the links in the Standards Maps.

      Category 2: Program Organization

      The Amplify California Language Arts Program 1 submission includes Amplify CKLA California for Grades K–5 and Amplify ELA California for Grades 6–8. This comprehensive curriculum provides a full year of evidence-based instruction for each grade level, transitioning from foundational literacy to advanced text analysis.

      Program structure

      Amplify’s California Language Arts programs are built on what the research shows: Strong readers need both word recognition and language comprehension. Our comprehensive curriculum suite follows the Simple View of Reading and The Reading Rope–bringing together foundational skills and knowledge building to deliver instruction grounded in evidence-based literacy practices.

      Flowchart illustrating skilled reading as the product of language comprehension and word recognition, grounded in the science of reading.
      Diagram illustrating the interplay between language comprehension and word recognition in reading, as seen in early literacy stages. It highlights pathways through knowledge, vocabulary, and sentence understanding, reflecting principles from the CKLA reading program.

      Each lesson follows a predictable structure with clearly marked components, beginning with warm-up routines, progressing through explicit instruction with guided practice, and concluding with independent application activities. The program provides detailed teacher language, including question stems and discussion prompts, ensuring clear and consistent delivery of instruction.

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program organization for Category 2

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program structure for grades K–2

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program structure for grades 3–5

      [Reviewer highlight video] Program structure for grades 6–8

      Amplify CKLA California empowers teachers to deliver effective instruction and keeps students engaged with the following resources:

      • Teacher Guides
      • Assessment Guides
      • Authentic texts and trade books
      • Knowledge Image Cards
      • Knowledge Flip Books
      • Remediation and intervention resources
      • Decodable readers
      • Student Readers and novels
      • Student Activity Books
      • Poet’s Journals
      • eReaders
      • Sound Library featuring articulation videos and songs
      • Instructional routine modeling videos
      • Assignable Practice Games
      • On-demand professional development

      Amplify ELA California students stay engaged with the following resources:

      • Teacher Guides that include:
        • Detailed lesson plans
        • Standards alignment and exit tickets
        • Real-time differentiation strategies
        • Robust reporting
      • Student Editions that include:
        • High-quality narrative and informational texts
        • Videos, audio supports, and digital experiences that capture their attention
        • Personal Writing Journal to keep all student writing in one place
      • Trade Books

      Core literacy philosophy

      Support every learner. Meet all learning needs with a Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) that brings together universal screening, scaffolded core instruction, support for English learners, and data-driven intervention to ensure every student gets what they need to succeed.

      Deliver consistent foundational skills instruction. Daily explicit, systematic skills instruction in grades K–2, with targeted yet flexible support for students still building decoding confidence in grades 3–8, ensures mastery of essential reading foundations.

      Build lasting knowledge across all grades. Through coherently sequenced, content-rich instruction that revisits key vocabulary and concepts with increasing complexity, students build meaningful connections that deepen their vocabulary and reading comprehension.

      Strengthen reading through writing at every level. Regular writing instruction grounded in the Science of Writing supports reading comprehension, improves sentence-level writing, and provides the foundation for high-quality composition. As students progress through the upper grades, they engage in increasingly complex analytical tasks—synthesizing ideas, drawing generalizations, and interpreting multiple textual layers through both focused quick-writes and comprehensive essays. 

      Foster oral language development. Structured opportunities for academic conversation and evidence-based dialogue build students’ ability to express complex ideas with precision and allow them to participate confidently in classroom discussions.

      Measure growth with comprehensive assessments. Assessments range from in-the-moment checks for understanding to summative assessments that measure progress toward skills mastery and standards proficiency, providing the data needed to drive targeted instruction.

      Scope and sequence

      Below you can view the scope and sequence for each grade level. 

      Routines

      Amplify CKLA California and Amplify ELA California include several structured instructional routines that provide predictable patterns for both teachers and students:

      Discussion and collaboration routines:

      • Turn and Talk: Partners discuss text-specific content using sentence starters and frames
      • Think-Pair-Share: Students engage in individual thinking, partner discussion, and whole-class sharing
      • Partner reading: Students sit shoulder-to-shoulder, taking turns reading and listening

      Foundational Skills routines:

      • Sound-spelling review: Warm-up activities that reinforce phonics patterns
      • Oral blending warm-ups: Teacher-guided practice progressing to independent application
      • Finger tapping: Techniques for blending sounds
      • Chaining activities: Students manipulate letters to transform one word into another
      • Word Work: Daily short activities focused on domain-specific and academic vocabulary

      Knowledge-building routines:

      • Vocabulary preview: Introduction of new words before reading
      • Read-aloud procedures: Established routines for introducing and discussing complex texts
      • Text discussions: Structured comprehension conversations with scaffolded questioning

      Fluency routines:

      • Teacher modeling: Demonstration of proper intonation, expression, and pacing
      • Choral reading: Whole-class reading practice
      • Partner reading: Paired fluency practice

      Close reading routines

      The program includes carefully structured close reading activities that guide students through multiple encounters with complex texts. These routines help students develop deeper comprehension through systematic analysis and discussion.

      Each routine includes comprehensive instructional guides with clear-cut directions for implementation, straightforward explanations of concepts, and suggestions for discussion.

      Category 3: Assessments

      Systematic MTSS alignment

      In alignment with the additional 2025 Guidance 3.1.a, the assessment systems align with MTSS tiers, including universal screening, diagnostic assessments for students demonstrating a need for additional support, and progress monitoring tools that complement California’s required universal screening schedule per SB 114.

      Tier 1:
      Universal/ differentiated support
      Tier 2: 
      Supplemental/ targeted support
      Tier 3: 
      Intensified/ intensive support
      Core instruction assessments




      Frequency of administration
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify ELA California assessments


      Daily, Weekly, Monthly
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify ELA California assessments


      Daily, Weekly, Monthly
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify ELA California assessments


      Daily, Weekly, Monthly
      Universal screening assessments

      Frequency of administration
      mCLASS DIBELS and mCLASS Lectura

      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      mCLASS DIBELS and mCLASS Lectura

      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      mCLASS DIBELS and mCLASS Lectura

      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      Formal progress monitoring assessments


      Frequency of administration
      mCLASS DIBELS and mCLASS Lectura


      3 times per year – BOY, MOY, EOY
      mCLASS DIBELS and mCLASS Lectura


      Monthly
      mCLASS DIBELS and mCLASS Lectura


      Bi-weekly
      Informal progress monitoring assessments



      Frequency of administration
      Amplify CKLA California, Amplify ELA California core assessments


      Daily
      Intervention Toolkit progress monitoring assessments


      When linked to a lesson in the toolkit
      Intervention Toolkit progress monitoring assessments


      When linked to a lesson in the toolkit
      Diagnostic assessment



      Frequency of administration
      Amplify skill diagnostic assessment


      Optional after universal screening assessment is administered
      Amplify skill diagnostic assessment


      After universal screening assessment is administered

      Universal assessment system

      Amplify’s mCLASS® DIBELS® 8th Edition (K–8) and mCLASS Lectura (K–6) are universal and dyslexia screening assessments that should be administered three times per year (BOY, MOY and EOY) to all students. The assessments evaluate student literacy risk, determine progress toward grade-level goals, and indicate the level of instructional  support a student may need. Beginning-of-year screenings require adequate instructional time before administration, particularly in grades K–1, while mid-year and end-of-year assessments evaluate instructional effectiveness and guide tier placement adjustments. These screenings also identify students at risk for dyslexia. Universal screening provides essential data for targeting instruction and measuring instructional system effectiveness.

      Core instruction assessments

      Amplify CKLA California and Amplify ELA California provide a comprehensive suite of assessments for Grades K–8 that range from low-stakes, informal formative assessments to more formal summative assessments. These assessments incorporate a variety of methods and question types, including multiple-choice questions, open-ended questions, and oral and written responses.

      Formative assessments:

      • Checks for Understanding: Incorporated into each lesson segment throughout daily instruction. Quick pulse-checks that provide immediate feedback during lesson delivery (grades K–5). 
      • Daily formative assessments: Highlighted moments within each lesson for teachers to plan to track mastery of Primary Focus objectives and standards of each lesson to get a clear snapshot of individual and whole-class progress (grades K–5). 
      • Activity pages: Completed as part of lessons and can be used to assess lesson content understanding through various formats (grades K–5).
      • Exit Tickets: Located at the end of lessons, these provide a quick gauge of students’ ability to meet the lesson’s focus standards (grades 6–8).  
      • Writing Prompts: Prompts integrated throughout lessons during writing activities that provide skill snapshots within lessons and tracks patterns of skill development over time (grades 6–8).
      • Independent reading activities (Solos): At the end of every lesson, students complete an independent reading activity (“Solo”) with reading questions that are scored to measure comprehension (grades 6–8).

      Summative assessments:

      • Skills end-of-unit assessments (grades K–2) 
      • Knowledge end-of-domain assessments (grades K–2) 
      • End-of-unit assessments (grades 3–5) 
      • Unit essays: A culminating end-of-unit set of lessons that guide students through crafting an essay with a rubric to score mastery of writing skills (grades 6–8)
      • Unit Reading Assessments: Auto-scored responses and two constructed response items evaluate comprehension, content understanding, and reading skills using the passages students read during the unit (grades 6–8)

      Performance Assessments

      Student Performance Assessments are multi-day assessments administered in Grades K–5 at the beginning, middle, and end of year to help teachers gauge student mastery of grade-level Core content. These assessments provide critical data to help teachers set targeted instructional goals and monitor individual and class-wide progress towards core objectives.

      Progress monitoring

      Amplify’s mCLASS® DIBELS® 8th Edition and mCLASS Lectura provide formal progress monitoring in the discrete skills that are indicative of reading growth and predictive of overall success to provide the most instructionally meaningful information to teachers.


      Informal progress monitoring tools can be found within the Intervention Toolkit, including materials for teachers to record, track, and evaluate student progress.

      Diagnostic assessment

      Interventions within Amplify’s literacy programs are informed by a skill diagnostic assessment that provides detailed data on foundational literacy skill deficits. The Amplify Skill Diagnostic Assessment and Amplify Spanish Skill Diagnostic assessment serve as critical tools in this process, administered specifically to students identified as at risk for reading difficulty through universal screening assessments—particularly those demonstrating mCLASS DIBELS 8th Edition or mCLASS Lectura composite scores in the Well Below or Below Benchmark ranges. These diagnostic assessments provide teachers with the precise skills to begin intervention and remediation.

      Category 4: Universal Access

      Amplify CKLA California and Amplify ELA California were built on the principles of Universal Design for Learning (UDL) and reviewed by CAST, a nonprofit education research and development organization. The program is developed using the Universal Design for Learning framework to proactively ensure that all learners can access and participate in meaningful, challenging learning opportunities.

      Universal Design for Learning

      The programs incorporate opportunities for engagement, representation, action, and expression based on the guidelines of Universal Design for Learning.

      • Multiple Means of Engagement: The programs incorporate interesting and motivating ways for students to interact with information and content. In Amplify CKLA California, the Universal Access section in the introduction of each lesson provides specific lesson-level options based on the needs of individual classrooms and students. Scaffolding for students with various levels of need is incorporated into the design of each lesson.
      • Multiple Means of Representation: The programs provide multiple means of presenting content to maximize student understanding. This includes digital component files that allow for a range of presentations of images and text to support learning. Amplify provides access to universal supports such as point-of-use audio for all core texts, embedded definitions for critical vocabulary, and glossaries in multiple languages. Amplify CKLA California includes clarification on language found throughout the program, with sidebars that include support on transition words and syntax, and illustrations to help students understand the concepts they are learning.
      • Multiple Means of Action and Expression: The programs include a range of methods for all students, including English learners, to navigate and demonstrate learning. This includes physical actions, a range of methods for response, appropriate tools for composition, and varied scaffolding. In Amplify ELA California, lessons provide multiple ways for students to interact with text, allowing their brains to process the language through distinct pathways. Activities harness multiple learning modes, using media tools, digital apps, and a variety of visual and physical experiences to strategically support and enhance student learning.
      • Accessibility: Universal access features include visual aids, enlarged materials, physical objects, and multiple learning modalities through activities like Push & Say and Wiggle Cards. The Universal Access section in the introduction of each lesson provides specific lesson-level options based on the needs of individual classrooms and students.

      Embedded differentiation

      Amplify CKLA California and Amplify ELA California provide built-in differentiation strategies in every lesson for all students.

      • Pre-teaching supports include mini-lessons on:
        • Core vocabulary building
        • Core connections
        • Essential background information building
        • What Have We Already Learned?/What Do We Already Know?
      • Differentiated Support for Core Instruction tables, located in the overview of each K–2 Skills Teacher Guide, provide a list of specific opportunities for reteaching and additional support in each lesson based on skill.
      • Support and Challenge Sidebars in lesson margins offer educators immediate guidance in implementing point-of-use differentiation techniques.
      • Flexible Grouping within lessons provides opportunities for teachers to facilitate small groups, partners, or individualized support based on students’ needs. In the Skills Strand, teachers receive specific guidance for differentiated small-group instruction, with targeted support and activities outlined for both Group 1 (students needing additional support) and Group 2 (on-level students) based on data. 
      • Amplify ELA California provides point-of-use supports embedded within key core lesson activities with six levels of differentiation. The goal of these supports is to fully enable access to grade-level content for all students, including students with disabilities, English learners, and students ready for an additional level of challenge.
      • The Universal Access section of Advance Preparation in each lesson includes varied strategies to ensure all students can access and engage in each lesson.
      • Frequent use of graphic organizers and visual supports in lessons provide opportunities for differentiation based on need. The program also includes a variety of technological supports, such as eReaders with audio.
      • Extension opportunities are suggested throughout lessons, often embedded in writing tasks, which include prompts to use more complex and descriptive vocabulary, figurative language,  multi-clause and complex sentences, and  informational text characteristics.

      Assessment-driven MTSS resources

      • The K–8 Intervention Toolkit is available online and provides easy-to-use resources that assist teachers in filling gaps in students’ reading skills, with activities to support print concepts, phonological awareness, phonics, fluency, and other key skills
      • Fluency Packets (Grades 2–5)
      • Foundational Skills Intervention Program for Grades 3–8 support students who would benefit from direct and explicit intervention instruction in the full continuum of foundational skills in the upper grades
      • Flexible Instructional Time including:
        • Pausing Points built into the curriculum that provide teachers with dedicated time to address specific student needs through targeted reteaching, remediation, practice, and extension activities 
        • Pausing Point activities designed to support English learners’ competence and confidence through differentiated whole-group, small-group, or individual instruction
      • Boost Reading is a K–5 student-led digital intervention program. Boost Reading follows Amplify CKLA California’s scope and sequence to reinforce the same foundational skills taught in core instruction. It integrates easily into daily routines, while the robust data provided by mCLASS® DIBELS® 8th Edition offers a detailed view of how students progress across all instructional tiers.

      Category 5: Instructional Planning and Teacher Support

      Amplify CKLA California and Amplify ELA California teachers are empowered to deliver effective instruction with various print and digital resources. The program provides comprehensive planning and support materials designed to help teachers prepare for and execute lessons effectively and fulfill the requirements of Category 5.

      Implementation supports across K–8

      Planning and preparation resources

      • Unit Overviews that provide important background and context for the texts students will read, including highlighted elements within the text and guidance for how students will work with those elements
      • Sub-unit Overviews (Grades 6–8) that provide an overview of Lesson Objectives and reading and writing assignments, as well as a list of any projections, multimedia, or digital apps that can be projected from the teacher’s included digital license
      • Lesson-by-lesson preparation checklists (Grades 6–8) accompanying each Sub-unit Overview
      • Lesson Briefs for each individual lesson providing important background and context
      • Content knowledge materials regarding topics that students will examine

      Point-of-use instructional guidance

      • Teacher Editions that feature insets of the same text and activity instructions as the corresponding Student Edition, wrapping teacher instruction around these materials
      • Activity guidance at point of use
      • Lesson standards clearly called out
      • Discussion suggestions embedded in lessons
      • Differentiation tips at point of use
      • Detailed Instructional Guides in each activity that include sequencing and grouping suggestions, tips for facilitating discussion, possible student responses and exemplars
      • Student Supports in all core lessons provide teachers with targeted supports in daily core instruction, addressing which might serve the student best in the moment—support, strengthen, stretch—with additional call-outs for newcomers

      Multimedia and digital support

      • Teacher tip videos provide modeling and guidance for implementing key foundational skills routines within the program
      • Digital platform access where teachers can access printable PDFs of differentiated support materials for English learners and readers struggling with text, including translated Unit Background and Context Documents and Text Previews
      • Teacher Dashboard and reporting tools (Grade 6–8) that provide real-time visibility into student progress and work for immediate instructional response

      Caregiver supports

      Communication and overview resources

      • Caregiver Hub available in English and Spanish that provides an overview of the curriculum
      • Caregiver Letters for each K–2 Knowledge Domain and unit in Grades 3–5 that provide an overview of the content, the skills students learn, as well as practical methods that continue the learning and knowledge building at home
      • Unit-specific Caregiver Letters (Grades 6–8) that provide detailed information regarding what students will read and learn in each unit, including conversation starters that allow caregivers to ask questions and discuss specific aspects of a unit with their student
      • Welcome letters that explain the assessment and placement process while inviting parent involvement and offering support
      • Editable Home-School Communication letters available in English and Spanish
      • Editable Progress Reports for teachers to update parents and guardians on what their child is learning

      Content and learning support materials

      • Unit Background and Context documents that provide an introduction and overview to the unit’s topic and themes, available in English and Spanish
      • Text Previews that provide a brief introduction to formative, independent reading assignments (called Solos in Grades 6–8), available in English and Spanish
      • Unit Overview and Support documents (Grades 6–8) designed for caregivers that provide information about important questions, assignments, and key aspects of the unit texts, available in English and Spanish
      • Conversation starters included in Knowledge Strand Caregiver Letters to discuss domain topics at home

      Home practice and extension activities

      • Take-Home pages in the Skills Strand that include copies of decodable passages, enabling students to share their reading progress with families and continue practicing their skills outside of school
      • Take-Home Letters in the Skills Strand that provide specific guidance for parents to support skills practice at home, such as sound-sorting activities, with detailed instructions and materials for home practice activities
      • Take-Home pages in the Knowledge Strand that provide suggested activities families can do together to reinforce and extend learning beyond the classroom
      • Games and activities on Take-Home Pages that extend classroom instruction, including all the materials and instruction necessary to help families assist students in a fun and engaging way
      • Digital access to decodable texts through the Amplify Caregiver Hub, allowing students to practice their reading skills both in class and at home
      • Weekly spelling lists and directions to decoding activities that can be practiced at home

      An open book with a butterfly, jellyfish, globe, ocean scene, and colorful fish emerging, symbolizing exploration and learning about nature and the world.

      Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition Knowledge Experience Kit

      Knowledge Experience Kit educator,

      We are thrilled to introduce you to your Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA) 3rd Edition Knowledge Experience Kit. Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition builds on the proven instructional approach of previous editions of Amplify CKLA to provide you with better-than-ever teaching and learning support. We truly appreciate the work you’re doing and are here to support you along the way.

      Below, you’ll find resources to help you get started, including a materials checklist, detailed unit and domain information, support videos, and more! These tools will support your core literacy instruction with Amplify CKLA. We hope you find this site helpful in getting started.

      Thank you for all you do,

      —The Amplify CKLA team

      Get started

      To get started with your Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition Knowledge Experience Kit, you’ll first want to review the following:

      You may also find the resources below helpful as you begin your Knowledge Experience Kit:

      Amplify CKLA’s all-in-one digital platform offers essential tools that streamline instruction for teachers and engage students with meaningful content. Teachers can plan and deliver lessons efficiently, while students can access assignments, assessments, and fun practice games.

      Presentation Screens
      Deliver interactive lessons with ready-made, customizable slides for every lesson.

      Auto-scored digital assessments
      Assess vocabulary, comprehension, and knowledge development at the end of each K–2 Knowledge and 3–5 Integrated Unit.

      Standards-based reports
      Identify strengths and growth areas for individuals, small groups, or your entire class. Interactive dashboards offer detailed results from assessments and activities.

      Skill-building practice games
      Engage students with interactive games that reinforce concepts and make learning fun. Powered by Boost Reading™, these games align with lessons and provide real-time feedback.

      eReader
      Students access texts, take notes, and use audio-enabled eReaders to enhance their reading experience.

      Sound Library
      Students watch articulation videos and listen to songs for each sound to support phonological awareness.

      Two computer screens display educational software. One screen shows an assessment report, and the other displays a student exercise about word usage, both featuring multiple-choice options.
      Three educational book covers are displayed: one about geography with a world map, one about poetry with butterflies, and one about oceans with marine life.

      Amplify CKLA Knowledge Experience Kit components checklist

      Below are the components of your Amplify CKLA Knowledge Experience Kit, organized by grade level and teacher/student materials. Please click on your grade level to review the teacher and student materials listed and verify that all items have been received.

      Cover of a geography teacher guide titled "All Around the World: Geography," featuring images of a globe, landscapes, and people.

      Materials

      Knowledge 7 Teacher Guide
      Red Amplify CKLA activity book cover featuring a globe, sunflowers, and a list of contents related to geography and art.

      Materials

      Knowledge 7 Activity Book Sampler
      Cover of "All Around the World: Geography" book, featuring a globe, children, and photos of various landscapes and cities.

      Materials

      Knowledge 7 Image Cards
      Cover of "Charting the World: Geography" teacher guide, featuring a hand-drawn world map with colored pins, a compass, and pencils.

      Materials

      Knowledge 5 Teacher Guide
      Cover of an activity book titled "Amplify CKLA." It features an open book with a person, a space shuttle, and nature in the background. A list of knowledge themes is included.

      Materials

      Knowledge 5 Activity Book Sampler
      A geography workbook cover featuring a hand-drawn world map, various papers, a magnifying glass, a compass, and pencils on a wooden table.

      Materials

      Knowledge 5 Image Cards
      Cover of a book titled "Sounds and Stanzas: Poetry" with whimsical illustrations of animals and leaves emerging from an open book. It is labeled as a Teacher Guide, Level 2.

      Materials

      Knowledge 7 Teacher Guide
      Green cover of an activity book titled "Amplify CKLA," featuring a hot air balloon and a medieval castle illustration. Text includes various learning topics.

      Materials

      Knowledge 7 Activity Book Sampler
      Colorful book cover with a person reading, surrounded by illustrated animals and autumn leaves. Text reads, "Amplify CKLA, Knowledge 7, Sounds and Stanzas: Poetry, Image Cards.

      Materials

      Knowledge 7 Image Cards
      A book cover titled "Rhythm and Rhyme: Poetry" for Grade 3. It features an illustration of a pond with butterflies, a frog, and water lilies.

      Materials

      Knowledge Unit 3 Teacher Guide
      A book titled "Rhythm and Rhyme: Poetry" with an illustrated cover featuring a pond, butterflies, and foliage. The book is part of Amplify CKLA, Unit 3, Poet’s Journal.

      Materials

      Poet’s Journal
      Illustrated cover of a book titled "Rhythm and Rhyme: Poetry" featuring a pond with butterflies, lily pads, and a barcode at the bottom left. Grade 3 and "Amplify CKLA" are noted in the corner.

      Materials

      Knowledge Unit 3 Image Cards
      Cover of "Inspiration and Ingenuity: American Innovation," featuring a classroom with a chalkboard, window view, and a lit bulb on a desk.

      Materials

      Knowledge Unit 9 Teacher Guide
      Educational book cover featuring a classroom with science equipment, a chalkboard with drawings, and an open window showing a Ferris wheel. Title: "Inspiration and Ingenuity: American Innovation.

      Materials

      Knowledge Unit 9 Activity Book Sampler
      Book cover of "Patricia's Vision: The Doctor Who Saved Sight" showing a girl looking through an eye examination machine.

      Materials

      Trade Book: Patricia’s Vision
      Illustrated book cover titled "Mr. Ferris and His Wheel" by Kathryn Gibbs Davis, depicting a Ferris wheel against a starry night backdrop.

      Materials

      Trade Book: Mr. Ferris and His Wheel
      Cover of "The Deep Blue World: Oceans" teacher guide featuring illustrations of marine life, including a whale shark, turtle, and various fish. The background is a vibrant ocean scene.

      Materials

      Unit 5 Teacher Guide
      Activity book cover titled "The Deep Blue World: Oceans" with illustrations of a diver, sea creatures, and an open book on a purple background.

      Materials

      Unit 5 Activity Book Sampler
      Textbook cover titled "Life in the Fathoms" featuring a diver, various sea creatures, and colorful coral reefs.

      Materials

      Unit 5 Reader

      Access the Amplify CKLA all-in-one digital platform

      Teachers will receive Amplify CKLA 3rd Edition demo login information to access the digital platform.

      If you have not received your demo login information, please contact your administrative team. If you are in charge of Knowledge Experience Kit demo accounts for your school/district and have not received login information, please reach out to your account representative or help@amplify.com.

      Contact your account executive to sign up for implementation training.

      Sign up

      Inspiring the next generation of Massachusetts scientists, engineers, and curious citizens

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Amplify Science

      Amplify Science is Chicago Public Schools’ recommended K–8 core science instructional material. Looking for support ordering? Contact ScienceCPS@amplify.com or (855) 559-5757.

      A powerful partnership

      Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

      Learn more about the Lawrence Hall of Science.

      Looking for pricing or ordering support? Email scienceCPS@amplify.com or call (855) 559-5757.

      What sets Amplify Science apart?

      • Authored by the industry-leading science curriculum team at U.C. Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science, who have 50 years of experience in K–12 science education and who will continue to enhance and update the program for years to come
      • New curriculum built to meet 100% of the Next Generation Science Standards
      • State-of-the-art, highly engaging curriculum that invites students to take on the role of a scientist or engineer in every unit to solve relevant real-world problems
      • Flexible, truly blended program that combines comprehensive print components and compelling online content with hands-on learning in every unit
      • Robust teacher support for ease of use by a wide range of teachers in diverse classroom contexts, with carefully crafted lessons, standards alignment, differentiation strategies, and ELL supports throughout the program
      • Embedded assessments throughout the program, including both formative and summative assessments for every grade level

      Grades K–5 overview

      Each unit focuses on a specific learning goal in the form of an overarching unit question. Rather than following linear steps in an experiment, the program leaves room for students to make connections across concepts and make their own discoveries. In this way, Amplify Science replicates the realities and ambiguities of scientific research and thinking.

      Learn more about the program structure
      Download the K–5 unit sequence
      NGSS correlations
      Hear from K–5 teachers

      Amplify Science blends physical materials with a suite of digital tools, presenting students with the resources they need to investigate real-world problems, and empowering and supporting teachers as they lead instruction and gain insight into student growth and progress.

      • Student Investigation Notebooks for every unit allow students to interact with content while taking notes, answering questions, and conducting investigations. Review a sample from the Grade 2 Plant and Animal Relationships unit.
      • Student Books enhance science topics and allow students to practice reading within the science content area.
      • Instructional materials for teachers. The Amplify Science curriculum website hosts all lesson content, media, digital simulations, and more, and is the primary tool “open” for teachers during class time. You can view complete unit samples by accessing the curriculum at the bottom of this page.
      • Robust digital simulations (grades 4–5) and digital applications, developed exclusively for the Amplify Science program. Supported devices include: iPad 3+, Chromebook, Windows PC, and MacBook.
      • Unit kits for each unit in the program including consumable and nonconsumable hands-on materials, printed classroom display materials, and the students books.
      • Embedded formative and summative assessments are meant to support and guide student instruction.

      View an on-demand webinar.

      Grades 6–8 overview

      Each unit focuses on a specific learning goal in the form of an overarching unit question. Rather than following linear steps in an experiment, the program leaves room for students to make connections across concepts and make their own discoveries. In this way, Amplify Science replicates the realities and ambiguities of scientific research and thinking.

      Beginning in school year 2018-19, Chicago Public Schools recommends that schools follow the integrated scope and sequence for middle school science. The decision to shift from discipline-specific to integrated science was informed by a group of 30 CPS middle school science teachers who served on an Advisory Team during school year 2017-18 as well as guidance from other state and national committees with expertise in implementing the Next Generation Science Standards. Amplify’s 6–8 curriculum and CPS’ 2018-19 REACH Performance Tasks align to the integrated scope and sequence.

      Learn about the program structure
      Download the 6–8 unit sequence
      NGSS correlations
      Learn about the flexible, blended program

      Amplify Science blends physical materials with a suite of digital tools, presenting students with the resources they need to investigate real-world problems, and empowering and supporting teachers as they lead instruction and gain insight into student growth and progress.

      • Student Investigation Notebooks for every unit allow students to interact with content while taking notes, answering questions, and conducting investigations. Review a sample from Metabolism.
      • Instructional materials for teachers. The Amplify Science curriculum website hosts all lesson content, media, digital simulations, and more, and is the primary tool “open” for teachers during class time. You can view complete unit samples by accessing the curriculum at the bottom of this page.
      • Robust digital simulations and digital applications, developed exclusively for the Amplify Science program. Supported devices include: iPad 3+, Chromebook, Windows PC, and MacBook.
      • Unit kits for each unit in the program including consumable and nonconsumable hands-on materials, and printed classroom display materials.
      • Embedded formative and summative assessments are meant to support and guide student instruction.

      View an on-demand webinar.

      Science and literacy

      The Amplify Science program capitalizes on the wealth of opportunities provided by science to learn about the world via reading and writing, and on the strong link between science and literacy practices. It is a core science program designed for three-dimensional learning and can also be considered a supplementary literacy program because it addresses the Common Core Standards for English Language Arts (ELA) related to disciplinary literacy.

      Through its integration of literacy practices authentic to science, Amplify Science addresses the ELA Anchor Standards as well as the standards for Reading Informational Text, Writing, Listening/Speaking, and Language that are related to acquiring and using academic vocabulary. (Less discipline-specific reading standards, such as the “Reading: Foundational Skills” and “Reading: Literature,” fall outside the purview of the Amplify Science program. Please see each unit’s Overview of Standards and Goals for a list of which Common Core ELA standards are addressed in the program.)

      The focus of literacy instruction in Amplify Science is on increasing students’ facility with reading informational text, engaging in scientific discussions, and writing scientific explanations and arguments. The program takes into account the specific needs of young students as they are learning to read, write, and discuss science concepts, but does not take full responsibility for teaching basic skills such as phonemic awareness, phonics, reading fluency, or writing mechanics.

      Learn more

      Access and equity

      Diversity in the science and engineering classroom is an asset. It offers countless opportunities for creativity and innovation and opens the door to multiple perspectives and cross-cultural understanding. Historically, however, certain groups of students — including ethnically diverse students, English learners, standard English learners, students with disabilities, girls and young women, foster children and youth, and students experiencing poverty — have not had equitable opportunities for intellectually stimulating, language-rich, and culturally relevant science and engineering education. The vision of the new standards is “all standards, all students.” Amplify Science is designed to fulfill this vision by providing quality and supportive materials for teachers so that every student — regardless of their background, where they live, the language they speak at home, or their learning characteristics — has access to and benefits from deep and engaging science and engineering learning opportunities. Two overarching conceptual frameworks informed Amplify Science’s approach to ensuring access and equity for all students: Universal Design for Learning and Culturally and Linguistically Responsive Teaching.

      Learn more

      Start your review

      Amplify Science is not a textbook. Each lesson in the program consists of a sequence of activities that engage students with a variety of materials, including scientific texts, hands-on materials, digital simulations, engaging media, formative and summative assessments, and so much more. Learn more about the grades K–8 program by reviewing the following pages:

      Looking for support ordering?
      ScienceCPS@amplify.com
      (855) 559-5757

      Winter Professional Learning Schedule for Chicago Public Schools

      Ready to look inside Amplify Science?

      Elk Grove Science K5

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Administrators, welcome to mCLASS!

      Here you’ll find information about enrollment and licensing, technical requirements, professional learning resources, and more.

      A young girl with curly hair smiling and holding a stylus and tablet, with colorful abstract shapes in the background.

      Onboarding: What to expect

      Welcome to mCLASS! There are six basic steps to onboarding. Use this visual as a reference, but also know that our dedicated implementation team will be there to support you during the entire process.

      Vertical flowchart showing six sequential steps for a project, starting with "sale closes," and concluding with "continued outreach." steps are connected by dotted lines.

      Technology requirements and guidelines

      To ensure that your hardware and network meet the minimum technical requirements for performance and support of mCLASS, please see Amplify’s customer requirements page.

      You’ll also want to add the URLs on this page to the corresponding district- or school-level filters so that your teachers and students can access their mCLASS materials.

      Data sharing agreement

      Partnering with Amplify through our data sharing program deepens learning outcomes and gives you the performance analysis you need to make impactful decisions within your district or school. By signing our data sharing agreement, your district will help us to better understand student performance as it relates to your state’s standards. It also allows us to compare results with the curriculum-embedded assessments and state-level assessments. These analyses will help you identify the areas where your teachers and students are excelling or may be experiencing challenges.

      Stay tuned for additional updates.

      Enrollment and licensing overview

      During the enrollment and licensing call, your Amplify implementation partner will walk you through the enrollment process. We recommend exploring the enrollment web tool ahead of the call for suggestions on which enrollment method may be best for your district.

      The following guides provide additional information about enrollment methods and the data sharing process.

      Button with text "2021 Enrollment methods" and "Download PDF" in orange border. There is an icon of a document with a downward arrow.
      A white and orange button with an icon of a document and downward arrow, labeled "Data sharing overview." Below it, there is a link saying "Download PDF".

      You can also reference the mCLASS Enrollment Help collection for additional information.

      Preparing for your materials

      If you have ordered printed assessment kits, you or the materials coordinator at your school or district will receive a shipping logistics survey to ensure a smooth delivery. It is critical that this survey be completed prior to the shipment of materials. If your school or district has not received a survey, reach out to your Amplify implementation manager.

      What’s included in the kits?

      Below you will find a list of the print materials included in each mCLASS kit.

      DIBELS 8th Edition

      The mCLASS DIBELS® 8th Edition kits are grade-specific and contain the student materials for assessment with mCLASS software. K–6 (Kits for each grade sold separately):

      • How to Get Started with mCLASS one sheet
      • Student Benchmark Assessment materials
      • Student Progress Monitoring Assessment materials
      • Assessment Administration and Scoring manual

      Maze administration:

      • Maze for grades 2–6 is typically administered online to a group of students, each on their own computer or device. No printed materials are needed.
      • If your school does not have sufficient student devices or if your students are not yet ready for online assessment, you may administer Maze with paper and pencil and enter the scores manually. Get more information.

      Materials for additional assessments in the mCLASS suite

      For customers who use Text Reading and Comprehension (TRC), IDEL®, TRC Spanish, mCLASS® Math, and/or Intervention, we provide the following:

      TRC Atlas Benchmark kit

      • 76 leveled readers covering levels A–Z (both fiction and nonfiction)
      • Tabs to organize books by level grouping
      • Information pamphlet

      mCLASS: Math

      Kindergarten and grade 1 combination kit

      • Activities Guide
      • Counting chips
      • Screening and Progress Monitoring student materials

      Grade 2 kit

      • Activities Guide
      • Counting chips
      • Screening and Progress Monitoring Teacher Guide and answer key
      • Screening and Progress Monitoring forms 1–10

      Grade 3 kit

      • Activities Guide
      • Screening and Progress Monitoring teacher guide and answer key
      • Screening and Progress Monitoring forms 1–10

      Multi-grade kit, including K–3

      • All materials listed above

      IDEL

      IDEL Multi-grade kit (K–3):

      • Kit includes K–3 student and teacher materials

      TRC Spanish

      TRC Spanish Benchmark kit (K–3)

      • 20 leveled readers covering Descrubriendo la Lectura (DLL) levels 1–24 (both fiction and nonfiction)
      • Information pamphlet
      • 16 additional texts available online via the mCLASS home training page

      Intervention

      K–3 and 4–6 kits (sold separately)

      • Printed cards
      • Puppet
      • Whiteboard
      • Sticker book
      • 25 resealable bags
      • Magnifying glass
      • Burst® binder
      • Burst messenger bag
      • User Guides
      • Accordion file
      • Burst posters
      • Light blue carrying case (includes double-tipped markers, dry erase markers, counting chips, and sand timers)
      • Assessment books

      Announcements

      Use stimulus funding to drive transformation
      Learn about ESSER I, II, and III funding (or CARES, CRRSA, and ARP) and how to use these funds to help with learning recovery and acceleration. Districts have significant flexibility in how to use the ESSER money, with ESSER II and III specifying that some of the funds should be used to address unfinished learning. All Amplify programs and services meet the criteria for the funding. Get more information about funding and timelines.

      Next steps: How do I support my teachers?

      Logging in to mCLASS Home
      mCLASS Home is where you will access mCLASS Reporting, Instruction, and other helpful resources. Teachers can log in by navigating to mclass.amplify.com.

      Setting up your assessment device
      Assessments are administered using the mCLASS app. The mCLASS app is installed by creating a shortcut from your school’s preferred web browser on the desktop or home screen of a teacher’s device. Share this link with teachers for best practices specific to their device’s operating system.

      Professional development
      We partner with every district to make sure the mCLASS rollout meets their unique needs. Check out our professional development site to get a better understanding of what our team has to offer.

      Contact us

      Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support
      Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We’ve developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support at no cost to educators using our programs. This free service includes:

      • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more.
      • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans.
      • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with mCLASS.

      To reach our pedagogical team, click the orange icon while logged into mCLASS to get immediate help, call (866) 629-2446, or email edsupport@amplify.com.

      Timely technical and program support
      Our Customer Care and Support team is available Monday through Friday, 7 a.m. to 9 p.m. ET, and Sunday, 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. ET, through a variety of channels:

      • Live chat: Click the orange icon while logged into mCLASS to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.
      • Phone: Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969.
      • Email: Send an email to help@amplify.com.

      Join our community
      Our mCLASS Facebook group is a community of mCLASS educators from across the country. It’s a space to share best practices, ideas, and support on everything from implementation to instruction. Join today.

      An open book on an orange background with origami planes and abstract illustrations of hands, light bulbs, and various doodles emerging from the pages.

      High-quality instructional materials in action

      What are high-quality instructional materials, and why do they matter? We’ve assembled resources for you to explore how to support your district or school in adopting a high-quality program.

      Why high-quality instructional materials?

      A growing body of research shows that, in addition to the influence of teachers, curriculum has a significant effect on student learning. Quality curriculum is also a great tool for teachers: It saves them time and enables them to focus on interacting with their students. See what the research says about high-quality instructional materials, or HQIM.

      A teacher in a red shirt and glasses reading a book to a young girl in a classroom, with High Quality Instructional Materials on the wall behind them.
      Two students engage in a science experiment in a classroom using high quality instructional materials, one holding a beaker above a petri dish as the other observes intently.

      Five fundamentals of HQIM in action

      Beyond all-green ratings from reviewers at EdReports.org or a Tier 1 designation from the Louisiana Department of Education, what does high-quality curriculum look like in real classrooms? How does it come to life for teachers and students? Here are five fundamentals of how we think about it at Amplify.

      DECIDE: 6 tips for a successful curriculum adoption

      Curriculum adoption is a complex process. You’ve got to evaluate multiple programs and build consensus among stakeholders—all while managing communication, scheduling, and people. Our new actionable guide with strategies from the field will help you keep your curriculum adoption process as smooth as possible.

      Two women in an office setting, smiling and working together with High Quality Instructional Materials, one using a laptop and the other writing in a notebook.

      What do high-quality materials look like in action?

      Every educator has a story about curriculum coming to life. We have stories, too, driven by our belief that all students deserve excellent curriculum. Check out our video and see what high-quality instructional materials mean to Amplify educators and staff.

      Read about our all-green programs on EdReports.org.

      See what the evaluators at EdReports have to say about Amplify’s high-quality curriculum.

      Two students in school uniforms writing in notebooks at their desks in an Amplify education classroom, with other classmates in the background.
      A woman in a blue shirt and glasses smiles while observing a young girl in a red headscarf playing with colorful blocks at a classroom table with High Quality Instructional Materials.

      District leaders as science champions

      The need to support science teaching and learning is more urgent than ever. Establishing science’s importance alongside ELA and mathematics will require leaders who champion it at the district leadership level. This guide will support you in leading these shifts, including evaluating and selecting high-quality instructional materials and creating the conditions for implementation success.

      Inspiring the next generation of Indiana scientists, engineers, and curious citizens

      Amplify Science is a proven effective core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning that provides an immersive experience for science students. Amplify Science was developed in partnership with the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science.

      image of Amplify Science and science classroom materials for science teachers

      What is Amplify Science?

      Amplify Science is a curiosity-driven science curriculum that empowers students to Do, Talk, Read, Write, and Visualize like scientists. Through phenomena-based, literacy-rich, and interactive learning experiences, students develop as critical thinkers who will gain the skills they need to solve real problems in their communities and the world.

      Each unit of Amplify Science engages students in a relevant, real-world problem where they investigate scientific phenomena, engage in collaboration and discussion, and develop models or explanations in order to arrive at solutions.

      Grounded in research

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science in partnership with the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • A phenomena-based approach where students construct a deep understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, lively discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver truly authentic three-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.

      See more of our research.

      Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.
      Two boys sit at a desk using a laptop in a classroom. Insets show a close-up of sewing, and a child in rain boots splashing in water.

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the research-based proven effective pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize.

      Here’s how each element works:

      Do

      Learners engage with scientific phenomena by conducting student-centered investigations.

      Talk

      Students engage in collaborative and inquisitive discussions and scientific argumentation.

      Read

      Reading scientific texts is an act of inquiry: Students ask questions, gather evidence, and make connections through literacy.

      Write

      Students write to share what they have learned and apply new evidence to strengthen written arguments and explanations.

      Visualize

      Students gather evidence through simulations, physical models, and modeling tools, allowing them to see and investigate complex, microscopic, or otherwise unobservable phenomena.

      What’s included

      Flexible resources that work seamlessly together

      Four children gather around a desk, engaged in a hands-on activity. Two illustrations frame the main image: a storm cloud on the left and a sea turtle on the right.

      Grades K–5 materials

      A stack of educational science books, ideal for the curious mind of a science student, with titles like "What My Sister Taught Me About Magnets" and "Made of Matter." Perfectly aligned with any science curriculum to inspire young learners in the classroom.

      Student Books

      Age-appropriate Student Books allow students to:

      • engage with content-rich texts
      • obtain evidence
      • develop research and close-reading skills
      • construct arguments and explanations
      Three science notebooks ideal for the science student, titled "Balancing Forces," "History of Earth and Sky," and "Properties of Matter." Each features colorful illustrated covers that enhance three-dimensional learning in the classroom.

      Student Investigation Notebooks

      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks provide space for students to:

      • record data
      • reflect on ideas from texts and investigations
      • construct explanations and arguments
      A digital illustration displays a laptop with screens showcasing environmental graphics, including plants and diagrams, perfect for a science student exploring rich science resources.

      Simulations and practice tools (grades 2+)

      Developed exclusively for the Amplify Science program, these engaging digital tools:

      • serve as venues for exploration
      • enable data collection
      • allow students to explore scientific concepts
      • show what might be impossible to see with the naked eye


      A laptop displaying a web page titled "Spinning Earth" sits next to a book on investigation, ideal for the science student delving into valuable science resources.

      Teacher’s Guides

      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including:

      • detailed lesson plans
      • unit and chapter overview documentation
      • differentiation strategies
      • standards alignments
      • in-context professional development
      A pegboard with pegs, a small solar panel with clips, and three containers with different powdered substances are perfect science resources for enhancing your science curriculum.

      Hands-on materials kits

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science. Each unit kit contains:

      • consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials
      • print classroom display materials
      • premium print materials for student use (sorting cards, maps, etc.)

      Grades 6–8 materials

      A laptop displays a diagram about jellyfish population explosion; next to it is a magazine page featuring a scientist who preserves artwork.

      Science articles

      The middle school science articles serve as sources for evidence collection and were authored by science and literacy experts at the Lawrence Hall of Science.

      Four Amplify Science investigation notebooks are displayed, perfectly enhancing any science classroom with their covers showcasing diverse scientific topics.

      Student Investigation Notebooks

      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks provide space for students to:

      • record data
      • reflect on ideas from texts and investigations
      • construct explanations and arguments
      • Available with full-color article compilations for middle school units
      Images of data visualization tools displayed on a laptop, showcasing graphs, maps, and analytical data—essential resources for any science student looking to enhance their understanding through interactive learning.

      Digital student experience

      Students access the digital simulations and modeling tools, as well as lesson activities and assessments, through the digital student experience. Students can interact with the digital student experience as they:

      • conduct hands-on investigations
      • engage in active reading and writing activities
      • participate in discussions
      • record observations
      • craft end-of-unit scientific arguments


      A laptop displaying the Geology on Mars webpage sits beside a book titled "Geology on Mars," both featuring the same cover image of Mars and a spacecraft, perfect for enhancing three-dimensional learning in any science classroom.

      Teacher’s Guides

      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including:

      • detailed lesson plans
      • unit and chapter overview documentation
      • differentiation strategies
      • standards alignments
      • in-context professional development
      A pegboard with pegs, a small solar panel with clips, and three containers with different powdered substances are perfect science resources for enhancing your science curriculum.

      Hands-on materials kits

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science. Each unit kit contains:

      • consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials
      • print classroom display materials
      • premium print materials for student use (sorting cards, maps, etc.)
      Collage of four images: a hairdryer testing a paper structure in a science classroom, a cartoon monkey on a vine, two kids interacting with a wall activity emblematic of three-dimensional learning, and a hand displaying dinosaur-topped pencils with math cards.

      Unit Sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multimodal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning—and practice and apply concepts—than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      A chart lists science topics by grade, from Kindergarten to Grade 5, covering subjects like plants, animals, forces, materials, weather, and Earth systems.
      A list of science curriculum topics for Grades 6, 7, and 8, organized under each grade with bullet points for subjects like microbiome, geology, energy, and natural selection.

      Contact us

      Support is always available. Our team is committed to helping you every step of the way. Contact your dedicated Indiana representative here for program access, samples, and additional information.

      A woman with long brown hair and a white top smiles at the camera in front of an orange background, showcasing her passion for the Science of Reading and dedication to Indiana middle school education.

      Elizabeth Sillies Callahan

      Southern IN
      (513) 407-5801

      A woman with long brown hair and blue eyes smiles gently at the camera. The background is a light purple circle, reflecting her passion for the Science of Reading and dedication to Indiana middle school education.

      Jody Kammer

      Central IN
      (310) 402-7837

      Woman with long brown hair, large black glasses, and a nose ring, wearing a striped shirt and dark blazer, posing in front of a neutral background—professional style suited for the Indiana Department of Education.

      Amanda Knipper

      Northern IN
      (260) 894-5123

      A woman with wavy red hair and blue eyes, dressed in a purple turtleneck, smiles at the camera against a dark background—reflecting the approachable spirit of Indiana middle school teachers.

      Paige Lawrence

      District enrollment below 1200
      (980) 421-2608

      Utah ELA Review for Grades PK–5

      Thank you for taking the time to review Amplify’s core ELA program for PK–5. Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts® (CKLA) is a state-approved core ELA curriculum designated as a primary core program that fully meets the Science of Reading requirements outlined in SB 127.

      Amplify CKLA, developed in partnership with the Core Knowledge Foundation, was designed to help teachers implement Science of Reading principles and evidence-based instructional practices. Scroll down to learn how CKLA is uniquely designed to help all your students make learning leaps in literacy.

      Illustration of a diverse group of people engaged in creative activities, including a woman holding architectural plans and a young girl reading a book.

      Step 1: Program Introduction

      Welcome to Amplify CKLA! Before you dive into our materials, watch the video below to learn about the big picture behind Amplify CKLA’s pedagogy.

      In this video, Susan Lambert (Chief Academic Officer and host of Science of Reading: The Podocast) shares why Amplify CKLA was created, how it is built on the Science of Reading, and the impact it’s making across the country.

      Step 2: Program Overview

      Amplify CKLA is different for a reason. Watch the overview video below to learn about these differences and why educators love them.

      In this video, you’ll get an in-depth look at the program’s overall structure and organization, the design behind our proven lessons, and the materials included to support teaching and learning.

      The Amplify CKLA Program Guide also provides an in-depth view of how Amplify CKLA works, how it’s structured, and why it’s uniquely capable of helping you bring reading instruction based on the Science of Reading to your classroom.

      Evidence-based design

      Amplify CKLA is rooted in Science of Reading research. Mirroring Scarborough’s Rope, Amplify CKLA delivers a combination of explicit foundational skills with meaningful knowledge-building.

      • In Grades PK–2, dedicated knowledge-building and explicit skills instruction are taught simultaneously through two distinct instructional strands.
      • In Grades 3–5, dedicated knowledge-building and explicit skills instruction are woven together and delivered through one integrated strand.
      Scarborough's Rope

      Grades K–2 Skills and Knowledge Strands
      Every day students in Grades K–2 complete one full lesson that explicitly and systematically builds foundational reading skills in the Skills Strand, as well as one full lesson that builds robust background knowledge to access complex text in the Knowledge Strand. Through learning in each of these strands, students develop the early literacy skills necessary to help them become confident readers and build the context to understand what they’re reading.

      Grades 3–5 Integrated Strand
      In Grades 3–5, Knowledge and Skills are integrated in one set of instructional materials. Lessons begin to combine skills and knowledge with increasingly complex texts, close reading, and a greater writing emphasis. Students can then use their skills to go on their own independent reading adventures.

      Key features

      For each Amplify CKLA key feature below, click the drop down arrow to learn more.

      Built out of the latest research in the Science of Reading, Amplify CKLA delivers explicit instruction in both foundational literacy skills (systematic phonics, decoding, and fluency) and background knowledge in grades PK–2 with an integrated approach to explicit instruction in grades 3–5.

      Review this Science of Reading toolkit to learn more about the Science of Reading best practices integrated throughout CKLA.

      Amplify CKLA aligns with the instructional principles recommended by Orton Gillingham and LETRS.

      • Structured–Concepts are taught through consistent routines
      • Sequential–Concepts are taught in a logical, well-planned sequence
      • Systematic–Phonemes are taught from simplest to most complex
      • Explicit–Decoding and encoding concepts are taught directly and explicitly
      • Multi-sensory–Instruction is delivered through visual, auditory, and kinesthetic-tactile pathways
      • Cumulative–Concepts are applied in decodable, connected texts with constant review and reinforcement

      Watch this video to learn more!

      Additionally, great reading instruction starts with helping kids develop great decoding skills. Our instruction is supported by:

      The Science of Reading reveals knowledge as an essential pillar of reading comprehension and lifelong literacy. Hear from author Natalie Wexler and CKLA customers on edWebinar about the importance of knowledge-building in reading instruction.

      Students build grade-appropriate subject-area knowledge and vocabulary in history, science, literature, and the arts while learning to read, write, and think creatively and for themselves. Our instruction is supported by:

      • Knowledge builders that provide a quick overview of each domain with its key ideas.
      • Interactive Read-Alouds designed to build knowledge and vocabulary.
      • Content-rich anchor texts that support students as they tackle increasingly complex text and sharpen their analytical skills.
      • Social and emotional learning paired with lessons in civic responsibility.

      Amplify CKLA not only received an all-green rating from the rigorous evaluators at EdReports, but it was also recently recognized by the Knowledge Matters Campaign as a high-quality literacy program that excels in building knowledge. Our shared message: background knowledge is essential to literacy and learning.

      Student-led reading practice should be purposeful and connected to the core. That’s why Amplify createdBoost Reading. As an optional add-on to Amplify CKLA, students have the opportunity to practice skills directly tied to the skills they’ve been working on during core reading time. Boost Reading also adapts to each student to address their personal gaps and bolsters foundational skills at a pace that supports their individual development.

      Boost Reading’s collection of 40+ adaptive games target foundational reading skills and develops them in alignment with Science of Reading principles. Unlike other adaptive games, we ensure students:

      • Practice the right skills at the right time. Our embedded placement tool ensures students receive the content and skill practice most appropriate for their current reading level. From there, students move through our curriculum along their own learning pathway where they encounter personalized content tailored to their evolving skill and grade levels.
      • Progress along a pathway that adapts on multiple dimensions, not just one. For example, a student can work on early first-grade decoding in one game while building more advanced vocabulary knowledge in another.
      • Practice skills in tandem. For example, a student is never forced to master one skill area before proceeding to the next. Instead, we offer students that opportunity to work on multiple skills concurrently.
      • Feel supported with scaffolding, instruction, and practice that adapts based on student performance.
      • Stay engaged by giving them immediate and clear feedback. These results are never punitive. Instead our always-positive feedback is delivered in the context of the game world and is designed to motivate students to keep trying.

      Click the buttons below to learn more:

      Step 3: Program Resources

      Easy-to-use print materials

      Amplify CKLA’s easy-to-use materials bring foundational skills and knowledge to life in the classroom.

      Download the Amplify CKLA Components guide to see components by grade and watch the print materials walkthrough below.

      Engaging CKLA digital experience

      The top-rated content of Amplify CKLA is now live with the digital experience that enhances instruction and saves time.

      Two digital dashboards are displayed: one for teachers showing recommendations and a program list, and one for students showing to-do items and a lesson named Mount Olympus, Part II.

      With the digital experience, everything is in one place, making it easier and more engaging than ever to plan lessons, present digital content, and review student work. Click the arrows below to learn more.

      With the digital experience, teachers have access to ready-to-use and customizable lesson presentation slides, complete with all the prompts from the print Teacher Guide embedded in the teacher view. As teachers deliver each lesson, students can engage with the content in one cohesive experience—through these CKLA resources: Activity Books, slides, digital components, videos, Student Readers, and more.

      The innovative live review tool found in the digital experience enables you to keep an eye on all of your students as they work on drawing, recording audio, uploading and capturing images, and typing or writing in pre-placed textboxes in their Activity Pages. This dynamic tool provides countless classroom management benefits, enabling you to spot and correct common mistakes as they’re happening, praise your students for thoughtful work, and identify students who are not engaged in the task at hand. Simply put, it will give you those valuable “eyes in the back of your head” you’ve warned your students about!

      The digital experience integrates with various LMSs, allowing you and your students to access Amplify CKLA with the software you’re already comfortable using.

      In the Amplify CKLA student digital experience, your students have one intuitive access point to fully engage with classroom instruction. Through the Student Home, students can easily access digital lessons with slides, Activity Pages, ebooks, videos, and other interactives from one simple dashboard. Students can draw, record audio, upload and capture images, and type or write in pre-placed text boxes in their Activity Pages.

      CKLA review resources

      Step 4: State Review Resources

      Step 5: Program Access

      Explore as a teacher

      Before logging in, watch this brief video on navigating the CKLA Teacher Platform.

      Ready to explore as a teacher? Follow these instructions:

      • Click the Amplify CKLA Teacher Platform button below.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the teacher username: t1.utcklapk5@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the teacher password: Amplify1-utcklapk5
      • Choose CKLA from the “Your Programs” menu on Educator Home.
      • Select a grade level from the drop-down menu at the top of the page.

      Ready to explore as a Student? Follow these instructions:

      • Click the Amplify CKLA Teacher Platform button below.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the student username: s1.utahcklapk5@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the student password: Amplify1-utahcklapk5

      West Virginia’s review of the program built for middle schools, Amplify ELA

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Amplify Tutor Fingerprinting

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Welcome to Amplify CKLA!

      Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA) is a cutting-edge and effective core ELA program for students in grades K–5. It was developed in partnership with the Core Knowledge Foundation, features proven evidence-based instructional practices, and was specifically designed to help teachers implement Science of Reading principles.

      Note: We’re continually adding information to this site, including specific details regarding our alignment with your non-negotiables. Keep checking back with us between now and April 20, 2023.

      Getting Started

      On this site, you’ll find a variety of resources designed to support your review and evaluation of the program. Before you dive in, watch the Orientation Overview and Program Overview videos below to learn about CKLA’s alignment to CCSD’s ELA adoption requirements, as well as where to find key program resources.

      [Video] Orientation Overview

      [Video] Program Overview

      In the video below, learn about CKLA’s structure and materials, as well the research behind the curriculum.

      Evidence-Based

      [Video] Pedagogical Overview with Simple View of Reading

      In the video below, Amplify’s Chief Academic Officer Susan Lambert shares the big picture of CKLA, and explains why it was created and the impact it’s making across the country. Below are a few portions of the video that you may find particularly helpful as you conduct your review.

      • 0-1:00 Why CKLA?
      • 1:00-4:40 How CKLA was built on the Simple View of Reading
      • 4:40-8:00 How to review the CKLA Components
      • 8:00-end Teacher Testimonial

      [Features] Supporting the Simple View of Reading

      Built out of the latest research in the Science of Reading, Amplify CKLA delivers explicit instruction in both foundational literacy skills (systematic phonics, decoding, and fluency) and background knowledge in grades K–2 with an integrated approach to explicit instruction in grades 3–5.

      Review this Science of Reading toolkit to learn more about the Science of Reading best practices integrated throughout CKLA.

      See our Science of Reading solutions in action! Click here to see a real example of how one Ohio district is implementing and educating their K–8 community on the Science of Reading as a response to Ohio’s Plan to Raise Literacy Achievement Initiative.

      Great reading instruction starts with helping kids develop great decoding skills. By building a solid foundation of phonological awareness and phonics, reading the words on the page becomes automatic so that comprehension and critical thinking can happen. Our instruction is supported by:

      • Step-by-step lessons with multisensory approaches, clear lesson objectives, and embedded formative assessments.
      • Decodable books and student readers with ebook and audiobook versions that feature engaging plots and relatable characters.
      • An engaging sound library with fun songs and videos that develop phonological awareness.
      • An interactive Vocab App featuring engaging activities with immediate feedback and automated, customized instruction based on student performance.

      Students build grade-appropriate subject-area knowledge and vocabulary in history, science, literature, and the arts while learning to read, write, and think creatively and for themselves. Our instruction is supported by:

      • Knowledge builders that provide a quick overview of each domain with its key ideas.
      • Interactive Read-Alouds designed to build knowledge and vocabulary.
      • Content-rich anchor texts that support students as they tackle increasingly complex text and sharpen their analytical skills.
      • Social and emotional learning paired with lessons in civic responsibility.

      Easy-to-Use Materials

      Amplify CKLA offers a number of digital and multimedia resources to support instruction and enhance the teacher and student experience.

      • Amplify CKLA Digital Experience Site: All teacher and student materials are posted on this site for planning and information purposes, including Teacher Guides, Readers, Activity Books, Ancillary Materials, videos, additional resources, and links to other useful sites, such as the Professional Learning site.
      • The Professional Learning Site: This site includes training materials, best practices, and other resources to develop program expertise. Access professional development anywhere, anytime.
      • Intervention Toolkit: The Intervention Toolkit provides easy-to use resources to assist teachers in filling gaps in students’ foundational skills. Teachers will find hundreds of activities to support phonics, fluency, comprehension, handwriting, and other key skills.
      • The Science of Reading: The Podcast: Hosted by Susan Lambert, The Podcast delivers the latest insights from researchers and practitioners in early reading. Each episode takes a conversational approach and explores a timely topic related to the Science of Reading.

      In addition to the videos below, our CKLA Components Guide can be a helpful tool as you explore the materials provided within your sample tubs.

      [Video] Physical Materials Walkthrough

      As you explore your physical samples, the material walkthrough video below can be a helpful resource. In particular, we suggest watching the following portions of the video.

      • 0-4:38 CKLA components for K–2
      • 4:38-7:00 CKLA components for 3–5
      • 7-7:30 CKLA Program Guide
      • 10:12-13:20 CKLA’s Teacher Resource Site

      Note: The below video covers both our K-5 program (Amplify CKLA) as well as our 6-8 program (Amplify ELA).

      [Video] Digital Materials Walkthrough

      In the video below, learn about CKLA’s digital tools for teachers and students across both classroom and asynchronous environments.

      As you prepare to explore our digital platform, be sure to watch and refer to the video below.

      Diverse Texts

      In Amplify CKLA, texts serve a variety of purposes, from building background knowledge, vocabulary, and comprehension to building decoding and fluency skills.

      In grades K–2, instruction is segmented between two strands: Knowledge and Skills.

      • Reading within the Knowledge Strand is centered around authentic read-alouds and trade books that are intentionally sequenced to build content knowledge and vocabulary in specific domain topics around literature, history, science, and the arts. Because research shows that students’ listening comprehension outpaces their reading comprehension until their early teens, Amplify CKLA strategically uses read-aloud text in this strand, allowing students to focus their cognitive energy on gaining meaning from the words and better understanding from the images.
      • Reading within the Skills Strand centers around carefully crafted Student Readers that teach students how to read. Structured as chapter books, these readers are 100% decodable and were developed to align with Amplify CKLA’s scope and sequence for phonics, directly connecting instruction to student practice in connected texts. Students use the Readers to practice decoding, fluency, and comprehension during shared reading lessons, targeted close reading sessions, in small groups, and independently.

      In grades 3–5, integrated units bring the Skills and Knowledge strands together as students become increasingly automatic and strategic in their word recognition and language comprehension skills. Student reading and comprehension activities involve a variety of reading materials:

      • Authentic Read-Alouds and trade books ensure students encounter a variety of perspectives as they use these complex text to increase their knowledge while practicing vocabulary and listening comprehension skills.
      • Student Readers connect to each theme and are designed to increase in complexity over time, providing a continual challenge as students’ reading and listening comprehension skills develop and strengthen throughout the year.
      • Novel Guides provide teachers a flexible option for extending authentic reading and text-based activities in the classroom using award-winning and acclaimed novels.
      • ReadWorks articles give students access to additional high-quality texts aligned to both Amplify CKLA knowledge topics and the topics outlined in the Common Core State Standards.

      Decodable Readers at Grades K–2

      Our Decodable Readers are designed to progress in skills, mirroring the scope and sequence of instruction, which allows students to immediately apply what they are learning to 100% decodable text. More specifically, our decodables:

      • Are uniquely designed to provide intensive practice with the CKLA code while students read compelling and engaging stories and informational texts for the first time.
      • Gradually introduce students to “tricky” spelling concepts, such as different sounds that use the same letter code.
      • Increase in text complexity (i.e., content, length, and vocabulary) as students progress through the grades.
      • Include fiction and nonfiction text.
      • Are available as ebooks and audiobooks.

      Below, you can see how students grow from year-to-year across grades K–2.

      Student Readers at Grades 3–5

      By grades 3–5, students have mastered the basics of decoding and are hungry to use what they’ve learned to reach out to the world. Although Read-Alouds remain an important part of lessons, students are also encouraged to practice independent reading starting in grade 3 with the support of carefully crafted Student Readers. These readers are chock-full of various text types, cultural stories, and a blend of fiction and nonfiction texts that are tied to and support the overarching theme of the unit.

      Read-alouds

      Authentic literature exposes students to a variety of text types and perspectives to deepen their knowledge of fascinating topics in social studies, science, literature, and the arts. Authentic texts support text-to-self, text-to-world, and text-to-text connections for readers.

      Trade books

      Our optional Trade Book Collection (and suggested list of additional trade books) align with our grade-level topics, and extend the knowledge students are learning through an authentic text.

      Novel Guides

      Novel Guides bring students beyond the CKLA curriculum. We provide fifteen full days of instruction on contemporary trade books, as well as writing prompts that help students navigate the authentic literature they love.

      ReadWorks

      Amplify CKLA and ReadWorks® have partnered to deliver high-quality texts curated to support the Amplify CKLA Knowledge Sequence and to extend student learning. Texts include high-interest nonfiction articles in topics in social studies, science, literature, and the arts. These texts are accompanied by vocabulary supports and standards-aligned formative assessment opportunities. Teachers can monitor their students’ progress using the ReadWorks reporting features.

      Reading resources

      The following resources may be helpful as you explore our approach to reading and the role that diverse texts play in the program.

      Writing

      CKLA is rich with opportunities for students to develop, practice, and hone their writing skills. While the shape of writing instruction looks slightly different at each grade level, a commonality across all grades K–5 is that writing isn’t taught in isolation. Rather, it’s embedded within the context of each unit, and is connected to what students read.

      At Grades K–2, writing takes place in both the Skills and Knowledge strands.

      • Explicit instruction in writing skills (such as sentence structure) and handwriting takes place in the Skills Strand, and is tied to the decodable readers used within each unit.
      • Extended writing and writing process activities take place in the Knowledge Strand.

      At Grades 3–5, writing is embedded through the integrated units.

      • Across each unit, students work on smaller, more discrete writing skills alongside their Student Reader. These skills eventually culminate at the end of each unit in the form of a writing project.
      • In 4th and 5th grades, we expand writing even further with the addition of Poetry units.

      Writing and text-dependent questions

      The overwhelming majority of questions, tasks, and assignments in CKLA materials are text-dependent. Every CKLA unit and domain is based around key texts that are either read aloud, with a peer, or independently. These readings are followed by class discussions where students are expected to refer to these texts when answering literal, inferential, and evaluative questions, both orally during class discussions and through written responses.

      • Literal questions assess students’ recall of key details from the text. These are text-dependent questions that require students to paraphrase and/or refer back to the portion of the text where the specific answer is provided.
      • Inferential questions ask students to infer information from the text and to think critically. These text-dependent questions require students to summarize and/or reference the portions of the text that lead to and support the inference they are making.
      • Evaluative questions ask students to build on what they have learned from the text using analytical and application skills, often to form an opinion or make a judgment. These questions require students to paraphrase and/or cite the textual evidence that substantiates their argument or opinion.

      In addition, students are often asked to generate additional questions based on the texts. Students further demonstrate understanding in writing by applying what they have learned and providing evidence from the text to back up their answers and opinions. For example, Grade 3 students learning about sea exploration write a paragraph from the perspective of a sailor on John Cabot’s ship, stating their opinion of whether the hardships they experienced are worth the adventure or glory and citing examples from the text to support their response. Grade 5 students studying the Adventures of Don Quixote write a four-paragraph persuasive essay arguing whether they believe Don Quixote’s good intentions justify his often calamitous actions, using reasons and evidence from the text to support their claims.

      Writing with authentic literature

      Novel Guides are designed around authentic texts students love. They not only help students foster a love for reading, they also present authentic opportunities for students to express themselves through writing. Novel Guides provide daily text-based writing and discussion through five activity types:

      • Ask contains questions for discussion, reflection, or brief written responses. These questions cover information all students should understand as they read the text.
      • Explore prompts offer brief research opportunities centered around items mentioned in the text.
      • Imagine activities promote creativity and further reflection.
      • Observe items ask students to take notes or make other kinds of observations about what they have read.
      • Understand questions push students to explore connections to the text.

      Writing and enrichment

      Writing tasks throughout the program provide almost limitless opportunities for extension. Feedback from the teacher, peers, and self-reflection provide students opportunities to strengthen their writing. For example, advanced students can be encouraged to:

      • Use more complex and unusual descriptive vocabulary.
      • Incorporate figurative language into their writing.
      • Write multi-clause sentences with more complex joining words.
      • Create longer or richer opinion, explanatory, and narrative pieces.
      • Evaluate the use of informational textual characteristics and use in their own writing (e.g., headers, bullets).

      Writing resources

      The following resources may be helpful as you explore our approach to writing and how writing develops across the program.

      Access the program

      Explore as a teacher

      Before logging in, watch this brief video on navigating the CKLA Teacher Resource Site.

      Ready to explore as a teacher? Follow these instructions:

      • Click the CKLA Teacher Resource Site button below.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: t1.ccsd-k5-ckla@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-ccsd-k5-ckla
      • Click the CKLA Teacher Resource icon
      • Select a grade level

      Explore as a student

      Before logging in, watch this brief video on navigating the CKLA Student Hub.

      Ready to explore as a student? Follow these instructions:

      • Click the CKLA Teacher Resource Site button below.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: s1.ccsd-k5-ckla@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-ccsd-k5-ckla
      • Click the CKLA Teacher Resource icon
      • Select a grade level

      Check out these additional resources

      Nevada submission resources:

      CKLA review resources:

      Amplify Science resources for Richmond Public Schools

      Welcome! This site contains supporting resources designed for the Richmond Public Schools adoption of Amplify Science.

      Authored by UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science, Amplify Science is a comprehensive program that blends literacy-rich activities, hands-on investigations, and engaging digital experiences to empower Richmond students to think, read, write, and argue like 21st-century scientists and engineers.

      Click here to visit Richmond Public Schools’ Science Department page.

      Welcome!

      This site contains supporting resources designed for the Richmond Public Schools adoption of Amplify Science for grades 3–8. Here are some resources to get you started, but make sure to check back for exciting updates!

      Program-wide resources

      Click the button below to explore the Amplify Science  Program Guide. You can access the full digital Teacher’s Guide from the Program Guide to explore the program.

      Onboarding videos

      To start using Amplify Science quickly in your classroom, check out the following onboarding videos. They cover what you need to know to get started fast, from unpacking materials to logging in and navigating the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Getting Started: K-5

      This section allows you to become familiar with the program and to guide you through initial preparation for implementing Amplify in your classrooms. here you will find look-for-tools, pacing/planning guides, and editable documents to support unpacking the unit lessons.

      The following materials lists and videos give you a quick look into our Amplify Science classroom kits. For each grade level, we have a video for the first unit in the scope and sequence, and we show you how to unpack the kits for all the units.

      NOTE: These materials kits are not specific to the Richmond unit progression. Please reference these Richmond unit progression docs for 3–5 and 6–8 so you’ll know which kits to look for in each grade.

      Materials lists

      Unpacking videos

      Getting Started: 6-8

      This section allows you to become familiar with the program and to guide you through initial preparation for implementing Amplify in your classrooms. here you will find look-for-tools, pacing/planning guides, and editable documents to support unpacking the unit lessons.

      The following materials lists and videos give you a quick look into our Amplify Science classroom kits. For each grade level, we have a video for the first unit in the scope and sequence, and we show you how to unpack the kits for all the units.

      NOTE: These materials kits are not specific to the Richmond unit progression. Please reference these Richmond unit progression docs for 3–5 and 6–8 so you’ll know which kits to look for in each grade.

      Materials lists

      Unpacking videos

      6th grade Integrated

      7th grade Integrated/Physical science

      Additional units

      Getting Started: Admin

      Admin resources

      Getting Started Checklist

      Administrator Reports support

      K-5 Frequently-Asked Questions

      6-8 Frequently-Asked Questions

      Professional learning opportunities

      Check back for a list of upcoming sessions!

      Frequently asked questions

      We get it…pacing your instruction, especially with a new program, can be really challenging. In Amplify Science, students internalize concepts through repeated exposures over multiple days with different modalities. We say students get multiple “at-bats” with each concept. As you move through the lessons, avoid looking for concept mastery each day. Instead, try to move through the lesson according to the timing guidelines, maintaining a quick pace.

      In classroom discussion activities in particular, you may be tempted to keep the conversation going to ensure that your students fully master the content in that class period. We recommend, though, if the lesson overview says discuss for 10 minutes, cut it off at 10 minutes.

      Every Amplify Science unit includes hands-on investigations. But, just as scientists gather evidence from many types of sources, so do students in Amplify Science. Like scientists, students using Amplify Science also gather evidence from physical models, digital models, texts, videos, photographs, maps, and data sets. Doing so requires using the full range of the practices in multi-dimensional learning. It also offers students different ways of acquiring knowledge and experience, multiple means of expressing their understanding, and a variety of resources through which to engage with the content.

      Often, students enjoy hands-on investigations, but don’t sufficiently learn key concepts from those experiences. The Amplify Science investigations are designed for efficiency and effectiveness. For teachers who wish to supplement the lessons with more hands-on activities, optional hands-on “flextension” activities are included in many units. Instructional guidance, student sheets, and other supporting resources for them are included as downloadable PDF files and materials needed are either included in the unit kit or easily sourced.

      First, take a breath, and know that you will gradually internalize the program routines and overall flow. Also, remember that your students are experiencing the program for the first time with you. Together, you’ll be peeling the onion one layer at a time.

      It can be intimidating to begin the school year with a brand-new curriculum: where do you start? The Richmond Resources Site will help you navigate the different supports and resources we have for new Amplify Science teachers. 

      The Program Hub is also a great place to direct your own, independent learning about Amplify Science instruction. Once you log into the platform, click on the directory on the top left side. Click into the Program Hub, then Professional Learning, and Getting Started. This will give you access to prioritized resources that will help you plan for your Amplify Science instruction. Additionally, the Amplify Science Help center (also accessible from the Global Navigation menu) is great for short videos about specific topics like supporting EL students, using Classwork, etc.

      The variety of multimodal activities that are included in Amplify Science provides students with the opportunity to dive deeply into understanding science ideas, make science exciting to students, and allow for all students to have the benefit of multiple opportunities to access rich science content. Think about how many times you’ve taught a concept and then discovered your students had minimal recall at the end of the week. The truth is, students need multiple, varied exposures to key concepts.

      In the program, we make sure that students have the opportunity to DO, TALK, READ, WRITE, and VISUALIZE every important idea. We think of this as providing students with multiple at bats— each encounter with the idea provides students with additional evidence, and the opportunity to develop deeper understanding. Students have multiple opportunities to construct their understanding of the same idea.

      This multimodality may feel repetitive, but it is purposeful and impactful. Sometimes the repetition is for 1) hitting other Science and Engineering Practices, and/or 2) giving students multiple and varied opportunities to express their understanding. Many students can easily parrot back what they read and one may think they know it — but ask them to draw a model, and one might see that their understanding is only so deep.  Ultimately we believe that this approach not only serves a broader range of students but will also result in more retention in the long run.

      Looking for help?

      Technical or pedagogical support

      Amplify provides a unique kind of free support you won’t find from other publishers. Technical and pedagogical support teams are available from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday.

      For your most urgent questions:

      • Use our live chat within your program
      • Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969

      For less urgent questions, send us an email!

      • Technical support: help@amplify.com
      • Pedagogical support: edsupport@amplify.comWhat is pedagogical support? We have developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program. This service is completely free for all educators who are using our programs and includes:
        • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans
        • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials
        • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify programs
        • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more

      Order exceptions

      If you need to arrange for the return or exchange of items, contact help@amplify.com and be sure to identify yourself as a Richmond Public Schools teacher.

      Plan your professional development

      We’re excited to partner with you on your Amplify journey. Flexible professional development pathways have been designed to meet your needs.

      Illustration of three educational phases: a teacher launches a rocket, another reads a book, and four individuals discuss in a meeting setting.

      Recommended Professional Development Plan

      Our team has curated a recommended professional learning path from initial launch to continuous support. Use the Professional Development Planning Guide below to discuss the plan that best meets your school or district needs with your Account Executive.

      mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition sessions overview

      AudienceTitleDurationModality
      Launch
      New mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition customers with limited time for PDmCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition program overviewHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      New mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition customersInitial training1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Initial training: Train the Trainer1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Initial trainingSelf-pacedOnline course
      Strengthen
      mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition customers with limited time for PDUnderstanding your classroom dataHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      All mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition customersClassroom data analysis and instructional planning1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Classroom data analysis and instructional planning: Train the Trainer1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Classroom data analysis and instructional planningSelf-pacedOnline course
      All mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition customersUnderstanding your school or district dataHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      Data-driven leadership practices 1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Data-driven leadership practices: Train the Trainer1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Data-driven leadership practicesSelf-pacedOnline course
      Strengthening consultation session60 min.Remote
      Strengthening consultation session package3 60-min. sessionsRemote
      Coach
      All mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition customersCoaching session1 dayOnsite
      Coaching sessionHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      Building readers
      All mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition customersBuilding readers for leaders2 half daysOnsite/Remote
      Building readers for teachers3 half daysOnsite/Remote

      Launch

      mCLASS with DIBELS 8th edition program overview

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to implement the assessment and collect reliable data using standardized guidelines.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Initial training

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to implement the assessment, collect reliable data using standardized guidelines, and use the targeted lessons available on mCLASS to drive differentiated instruction.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Initial training: Train the Trainer

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to implement the assessment, collect reliable data using standardized guidelines, and use the targeted lessons available on mCLASS to drive differentiated instruction. Participants receive annotated session materials to turnkey the session to colleagues.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Initial training

      Self-paced

      This PD is an individual seat to our self-paced, on-demand online course that contains approximately 6 hours of training. Participants will learn how to implement the assessment, collect reliable data using standardized guidelines, and use the targeted lessons available on mCLASS to drive differentiated instruction. Participants will access and revisit the course anytime for up to one year as a refresher.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome)
      Modality: Online

      Strengthen

      Understanding your classroom data

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to understand their students’ data by utilizing the reports available on mCLASS. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Classroom data analysis and instructional planning

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to deeply understand their students’ data and create actionable instructional plans by utilizing the reports and skills-focused lesson plans available on mCLASS.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      *This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Classroom data analysis and instructional planning: Train the Trainer

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to deeply understand their students’ data and create actionable instructional plans by utilizing the reports and skills-focused lesson plans available on mCLASS. Participants receive annotated session materials to turnkey the session to colleagues.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      *This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Classroom data analysis and instructional planning

      Online course (self-paced)

      This PD is an individual seat to our self-paced, on-demand online course that contains approximately 6 hours of training. Participants will learn how to deeply understand their students’ data and create actionable instructional plans by utilizing the reports and skills-focused lesson plans available on mCLASS. Participants will access and revisit the course anytime for up to one year as a refresher.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome)
      Modality: Online

      Understanding your school or district data

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to use their data in making schoolwide decisions. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Audience: Administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Data-driven leadership practices

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to use their data in making school-wide decisions and build a schoolwide culture of data-driven instruction. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Audience: Administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Data-driven leadership practices: Train the Trainer

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to use their data in making school-wide decisions and build a schoolwide culture of data-driven instruction. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data. Participants receive annotated session materials to turnkey the session to colleagues.

      Audience: Administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Data-driven leadership practices

      Online course (self-paced)

      This PD is an individual seat to our self-paced, on-demand online course that contains approximately 6 hours of training. Participants will learn how to use their data in making school-wide decisions and build a schoolwide culture of data-driven instruction. Participants will access and revisit the course anytime for up to one year as a refresher.

      Audience: Administrators
      Modality: Online

      Strengthening consultation session

      (60-min.)

      This 60-minute session will focus on a specific topic that will deepen educators’ understanding of mCLASS and equip them with the tools needed to drive stronger student outcomes. An Amplify facilitator will align with the school or district leadership team in advance of the session on the topic (chosen from a menu of options) that will best meet educators’ unique needs.
      Topics include:

      • Progress Monitoring
      • Zones of Growth
      • Data Walkthrough for Leaders

      Audience: Teachers and/or administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Remote

      Strengthening consultation session package

      (3 hours)

      This package consists of three 60-minute sessions that can be delivered on the same day or on different days. Each session will focus on a specific topic that will deepen educators’ understanding of mCLASS and equip them in driving towards stronger student outcomes. An Amplify facilitator will align with the school or district’s leadership team in advance on the topics that will best meet educators’ unique needs.
      Topics include:

      • Progress Monitoring
      • Zones of Growth
      • Data Walkthrough for Leaders

      Audience: Teachers and/or administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Remote

      Coach

      Coaching session

      1 day (6 hours)

      This PD will deepen educators’ understanding of how to utilize mCLASS in order to accelerate data-driven student outcomes. An Amplify facilitator will visit one or two school sites for one day and work with teachers and/or leaders. Prior to the visit, the Amplify facilitator will align with each school’s leadership team on their needs and customize the visit schedule accordingly.

      Audience: Teachers and/or administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite

      Coaching session

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD is up to 3 hours of training and will deepen educators’ understanding of how to utilize mCLASS in order to accelerate data-driven student outcomes. An Amplify facilitator will visit one school site for a half-day and work with teachers and/or leaders. Prior to the visit, the Amplify facilitator will align with each school’s leadership team on their needs and customize the visit schedule accordingly.

      Audience: Teachers and/or administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Building readers

      Building readers for leaders

      2 half days (6 hours)

      This training session is split into 2 half-day sessions (3 hours each). The same participants should attend both sessions in order to receive all content, which includes learning the Science of Reading and how to align this theory with schoolwide instruction. Part 2 should be scheduled two to three weeks after Part 1.

      Audience: Administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite

      Building readers for teachers

      3 half days (9 hours)

      This training series is split into three half-day sessions (3 hours each). The same participants should attend all sessions in order to receive all content, which includes learning the Science of Reading and how to align this theory with classroom instruction. Part 2 should be scheduled two to three weeks after Part 1, and Part 3 should be scheduled two to three weeks after Part 2.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition and TRC sessions overview

      AudienceTitleDurationModality
      Launch
      New mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition and TRC customersInitial training1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Initial training: Train the Trainer1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Initial trainingSelf-pacedOnline course
      Strengthen
      All mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition and TRC customersClassroom data analysis and instructional planning1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Data-driven leadership practices1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Coach
      All mCLASS with DIBELS 8th Edition and TRC customersCoaching session1 dayOnsite
      Coaching sessionHalf dayOnsite/Remote

      Launch

      Initial training

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to implement the assessment, collect reliable data using standardized guidelines, and use the targeted lessons available on mCLASS to drive differentiated instruction.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Initial training: Train the Trainer

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to implement the assessment, collect reliable data using standardized guidelines, and use the targeted lessons available on mCLASS to drive differentiated instruction. Participants receive annotated session materials to turnkey the session to colleagues.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Initial training

      Self-paced

      This PD is an individual seat to our self-paced, on-demand online course that contains approximately 6 hours of training. Participants will learn how to implement the assessment, and collect reliable data using standardized guidelines and use the targeted lessons available on mCLASS to drive differentiated instruction. Participants will access and revisit the course anytime for up to one year as a refresher.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome)
      Modality: Online

      Strengthen

      Classroom data analysis and instructional planning

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to deeply understand their students’ data and create actionable instructional plans by utilizing the reports and skills-focused lesson plans available on mCLASS.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      *This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Data-driven leadership practices

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to use their data in making schoolwide decisions and build a schoolwide culture of data-driven instruction. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Audience: Administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Coach

      Coaching session

      1 day onsite (6 hours)

      This PD will deepen educators’ understanding of how to utilize mCLASS in order to accelerate data-driven student outcomes. An Amplify facilitator will visit one or two school sites for one day and work with teachers and/or leaders. Prior to the visit, the Amplify facilitator will align with each school’s leadership team on their needs and customize the visit schedule accordingly.

      Audience: Teachers and/or administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Coaching session

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD is up to 3 hours of training and will deepen educators’ understanding of how to utilize mCLASS in order to accelerate data-driven student outcomes. An Amplify facilitator will visit one school site for a half-day and work with teachers and/or leaders. Prior to the visit, the Amplify facilitator will align with each school’s leadership team on their needs and customize the visit schedule accordingly.

      Audience: Teachers and/or administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      mCLASS Lectura sessions overview

      AudienceTitleDurationModality
      Launch
      New mCLASS Lectura Customers with limited time for PDmCLASS Lectura program overviewHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      New mCLASS Lectura customersmCLASS Lectura initial training1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      mCLASS Lectura initial training: Train the Trainer1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      mCLASS Lectura Initial trainingSelf-pacedOnline course
      Strengthen
      All mCLASS Lectura customers with limited time for PDUnderstanding your classroom dataHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      All mCLASS Lectura customersClassroom data analysis and instructional planning1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Classroom data analysis and instructional planning: Train the Trainer1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Understanding your school or district dataHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      Data-driven leadership practices 1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Data-driven leadership practices: Train the Trainer1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Strengthening consultation session60 min.Remote
      Coach
      All mCLASS Lectura customersCoaching session1dayOnsite
      Coaching sessionHalf dayOnsite/Remote

      Launch

      mCLASS Lectura program overview

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to implement the assessment and collect reliable data using standardized guidelines.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      mCLASS Lectura initial training

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to implement the assessment, collect reliable data using standardized guidelines, and use the targeted lessons available on mCLASS to drive differentiated instruction. While the assessment must be administered in Spanish, English-speaking educators educators who would like to learn about the program but will not be administering the assessment may attend.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      mCLASS Lectura initial training: Train the Trainer

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to implement the assessment and collect reliable data using standardized guidelines. While the assessment must be administered in Spanish, English-only speaking educators who would like to learn about the program but will not be administering the assessment may attend. Participants receive annotated session materials to turnkey the session to colleagues.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      mCLASS Lectura initial training

      Online course (self-paced)

      This PD is an individual seat to our self-paced, on-demand online course that contains approximately 6 hours of training. Participants will learn how to implement the assessment, collect reliable data using standardized guidelines, and use the targeted lessons available on mCLASS to drive differentiated instruction. Participants will access and revisit the course anytime for up to one year as a refresher.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome)
      Modality: Online

      Strengthen

      Understanding your classroom data

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to understand their students’ data by utilizing the reports available on mCLASS. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Classroom data analysis and instructional planning

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to deeply understand their students’ data and create actionable instructional plans by utilizing the reports and skills-focused lesson plans available on mCLASS.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      *This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Classroom data analysis and instructional planning: Train the Trainer

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to deeply understand their students’ data and create actionable instructional plans by utilizing the reports and skills-focused lesson plans available on mCLASS. Participants receive annotated session materials to turnkey the session to colleagues.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      *This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Understanding your school or district data

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to use their data in making schoolwide decisions. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Audience: Administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Data-driven leadership practices

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to use their data in making school-wide decisions and build a schoolwide culture of data-driven instruction. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Audience: Administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Data-driven leadership practices: Train the Trainer

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to use their data in making schoolwide decisions and build a schoolwide culture of data-driven instruction. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data. Participants receive annotated session materials to turnkey the session to colleagues.

      Audience: Administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Strengthening consultation session package

      (3 hours)

      This package consists of three 60-minute sessions that can be delivered on the same day or on different days. Each session will focus on a specific topic that will deepen educators’ understanding of mCLASS and equip them with the tools needed to drive stronger student outcomes. An Amplify facilitator will align with the school or district leadership team in advance of the session on the topic (chosen from a menu of options) that will best meet educators’ unique needs. Topics include progress monitoring, goal setting, and a data walkthrough for leaders.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Remote

      Coach

      Coaching session

      1 day (6 hours)

      This PD will deepen educators’ understanding of how to utilize mCLASS in order to accelerate data-driven student outcomes. An Amplify facilitator will visit 1–2 school sites for one day and work with teachers and/or leaders. Prior to the visit, the Amplify facilitator will align with each school’s leadership team on their needs and customize the visit schedule accordingly.

      Audience: Teachers and/or administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite

      Coaching session

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD is up to 3 hours of training and will deepen educators’ understanding of how to utilize mCLASS in order to accelerate data-driven student outcomes. An Amplify facilitator will visit 1 school site for a half-day and work with teachers and/or leaders. Prior to the visit, the Amplify facilitator will align with each school’s leadership team on their needs and customize the visit schedule accordingly.

      Audience: Teachers and/or administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      LaunchStrengthenOngoing
      BOYAfter BOY or MOYAfter BOY or MOY
      New customersProgram overviewUnderstanding your classroom dataCoaching session
      Initial trainingUnderstanding your school or district dataBuilding readers for teachers
      Strengthening consultation session/packageBuilding readers for leaders
      Returning customersCoaching session (refresher content)Classroom data analysis and instructional planningCoaching session
      Data-driven leadership practicesBuilding readers for teachers
      Strengthening consultation session/packageBuilding readers for leaders
      *Note: If you are currently delivering instruction in a hybrid or remote model, we recommend that all of the sessions above be delivered remotely.

      mCLASS Express sessions overview

      TitleDurationModality
      Launch
      Initial trainingHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      Initial trainingSelf-pacedOnline course

      Launch

      Initial training

      Half day (3 hours)

      Take the first step in launching mCLASS Express! The half-day initial training will help educators understand how mCLASS Express’ voice-recognition scoring generates immediate instructional recommendations for students reading below grade level. Educators will also learn how to utilize the teacher portal to assign assessments, review and correct scoring, track student growth over time, and leverage the program’s activities to create an action plan for a single classroom or across classes/grades.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Initial training

      Self-paced (2 hours)

      Take the first step in launching mCLASS Express! The two-hour initial training will help educators understand how mCLASS Express’ voice-recognition scoring generates immediate instructional recommendations for students reading below grade level. Educators will also learn how to utilize the teacher portal to assign assessments, review and correct scoring, track student growth over time, and leverage the program’s activities to create an action plan for a single classroom or across classes/grades.

      As this is a self-paced, on-demand online course, participants will be able to access the course anytime, move as quickly or slowly as needed through different sections, and revisit the course up to one year as a refresher in the future.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Online

      mCLASS: IDEL sessions overview

      TitleDurationModality
      Launch
      mCLASS IDEL program overviewHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      Initial training1 dayOnsite/Remote
      Initial training: Train the Trainer1 dayOnsite/Remote
      Initial trainingSelf-pacedOnline course

      Launch

      mCLASS IDEL program overview

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to implement the assessment and collect reliable data using standardized guidelines.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Initial training

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prepare to implement your mCLASS:IDEL assessment with fidelity! Learn about the five basic early literacy skills that are crucial for reading development, and understand how they are assessed on the mCLASS:IDEL assessment. Then, practice administering and scoring each assessment measure and receive targeted feedback from a facilitator. Upon completion of this session, participants will be on their way to collecting reliable data to support all students.

      Audience: Teachers and/or administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Initial training: Train the Trainer

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Prepare to implement your mCLASS:IDEL assessment with fidelity! Learn about the five basic early literacy skills that are crucial for reading development, and understand how they are assessed on the mCLASS:IDEL assessment. Then, practice administering and scoring each assessment measure and compare your responses to exemplars. As this is a Train the Trainer session, participants will receive annotated session materials in order to turnkey the session to colleagues.

      Audience: Teachers and/or administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Initial training

      Online course (self-paced)

      This PD is an individual seat to our self-paced, on-demand online course that contains approximately 6 hours of training. Participants will learn how to implement the assessment, collect reliable data using standardized guidelines, and use the targeted lessons available on mCLASS to drive differentiated instruction. Participants will access and revisit the course anytime for up to one year as a refresher.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome)
      Modality: Online

      TRC Atlas Español

      Launch

      TRC Atlas Español program overview

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to implement the assessment and collect reliable data using standardized guidelines.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      mCLASS Math sessions overview

      AudienceTitleDurationModality
      Launch
      New mCLASS Math customers with limited time for PDmCLASS Math program overviewHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      New mCLASS Math customersInitial training1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Initial training: Train the Trainer1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Strengthen
      All mCLASS Math customers with limited time for PDUnderstanding your classroom dataHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      All mCLASS Math customersClassroom data analysis and instructional planning1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Classroom data analysis and instructional planning: Train the Trainer1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Understanding your school or district dataHalf dayOnsite/Remote
      Data-driven leadership practices1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote
      Data-driven leadership practices: Train the Trainer1 day onsite or 2 half days remoteOnsite/Remote

      Launch

      mCLASS Math program overview

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to implement the assessment and collect reliable data using standardized guidelines.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Initial training

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Learn the foundational research for mCLASS Math and how it supports students’ abilities in mathematical reasoning. Understand the various assessment components and develop techniques for interviewing students and documenting their thinking. Interpret assessment results, and brainstorm suggested instructional activities. Upon completion of this session, participants will be on their way to collecting reliable data.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Initial training: Train the Trainer

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      Learn the foundational research for mCLASS Math and how it supports students’ abilities in mathematical reasoning. Understand the various assessment components, and develop techniques for interviewing students and documenting their thinking. Interpret assessment results, and brainstorm suggested instructional activities. Upon completion of this session, participants will be on their way to collecting reliable data. Participants receive annotated session materials to turnkey the session to colleagues.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Strengthen

      Understanding your classroom data

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to understand their students’ data by utilizing the reports available on mCLASS. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Classroom data analysis and instructional planning

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to deeply understand their students’ data and create actionable instructional plans by utilizing the reports available on mCLASS.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      *This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Classroom data analysis and instructional planning: Train the Trainer

      1 day Onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days Remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to deeply understand their students’ data and create actionable instructional plans by utilizing the reports available on mCLASS. Participants receive annotated session materials to turnkey the session to colleagues.

      Audience: Teachers (administrators welcome), maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      *This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Understanding your School or District Data

      Half day (3 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to use their data in making schoolwide decisions. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Audience: Administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Data-driven leadership practices

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to use their data in making schoolwide decisions and build a schoolwide culture of data-driven instruction. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data.

      Audience: Administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Data-driven leadership practice: Train the Trainer

      1 day onsite (6 hours) or 2 half days remote (6 hours)

      This PD prepares participants to use their data in making schoolwide decisions and build a schoolwide culture of data-driven instruction. This session should be scheduled after the most recent benchmark window has closed so that participants can work with their own data. Participants receive annotated session materials to turnkey the session to colleagues.

      Audience: Administrators, maximum 30 participants
      Modality: Onsite/Remote

      Contact

      Amplify welcomes the opportunity to partner with schools and districts to design professional development plans and answer your questions.

      If you would like to order any of our professional development services, please contact your local Amplify sales representative or call (800) 823-1969.

      The High Impact Tutoring Implementation Workshop Series

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Five fundamentals of high-quality materials in action

      So what do we mean by high quality instructional materials, or HQIM?  We can start with how EdReports.org, the leading third-party reviewer of curriculum, defines it:

      • Materials that help educators teach to rigorous standards. 
      • Materials that are relatively easy to use.

      Beyond these important starting points, what does high quality curriculum look like in action—in real classrooms?  Here are five fundamentals of how we think about it at Amplify.

      Dos estudiantes en un salón de clases realizando un experimento científico. Uno sostiene una pequeña taza transparente con líquido y una pipeta, mientras el otro observa atentamente. Los útiles escolares y los papeles están sobre el escritorio.

      1. It looks like ALL students engaged and thinking.

      Students at all levels are able to engage deeply with important questions, to think deeply, creatively, and for themselves. 

      There’s a commitment to fairness and a “low floors/high ceilings” approach: all students get the scaffolding they need to grapple with the things great minds in the subject area find important, beautiful, and true.

      Two girls sit at a classroom table, looking at a laptop screen together. One is typing while the other watches, surrounded by colorful decorations and High Quality Instructional Materials in the background.

      2. It looks like teachers using materials that work harder for them.

      Teachers find the program easy and enjoyable to teach. The rich content inspires them to do some of their best teaching. 

      Teachers also have powerful tools and data that enable them to understand their students more deeply and give more precise feedback.

      A teacher helps two young students with their reading and writing at a classroom desk.

      3. It looks like a vibrant classroom community.

      The pedagogy of the program supports the formation of a classroom community where teachers and students wonder, share, debate, and learn together. 

      It looks like a model of civil society.

      high quality informational materials five fundamentals

      4. It looks like a culture of continuous learning for educators, districts, and publishers.

      Professional development is not one and done. The district not only provides teachers with high-quality training upfront, but also ongoing ways for teachers to compare notes and share best practices in implementing a new program.

      The publisher also collaborates with districts on the initial training as well as provides ongoing support to teachers with on-demand resources, customer support, and online communities. Both the publisher and district continuously respond to teacher feedback and data to keep improving the program and classroom-level implementation.

      Two women sit at a table working together. One types on a laptop while the other writes on a spiral-bound notebook. Posters and office supplies are in the background.

      5. Finally and most importantly, it looks like improved learning outcomes for students.

      The program has demonstrated the ability to raise student achievement.  It may start with growth on benchmark assessments and then, over time, you can see it on state tests. 

      The district continues to track how well the program is helping to drive strong learning outcomes, and the publisher also continues to seek ever higher levels of efficacy through ongoing product improvement and measurement.

      high quality informational materials five fundamentals

      USBE Data Analysis for K-3 Reading Assessment Program

      Introduction

      mCLASS Assessment: Acadience™ Reading

      How it works: Quickly identify the needs of each student and inform next steps with instant analysis, reports, and instructional planning tools included in the only licensed mobile version of the research-based Acadience Reading assessment.

      • Use short, 1-minute fluency measures for foundational reading skills.
      • Replace manual calculations with instant results and recommended activities.
      • Compare student progress with predictive, research-based benchmark goals.
      • Track progress and target instruction to individual student needs.
      • Support decision-making at every level using aggregate reports.
      • Translate class- and student-level reports into individualized instruction using the Now What?Tools.
      • Get a more complete view of early literacy skills with the new mCLASS:Early Literacy Measures (ELM).
      Enrollment for mClass

      Please review the Utah Enrollment for mCLASS document for important information about the rostering process for LEAs in Utah.

      Benchmark Windows

      The USBE has required that each Acadience Reading testing benchmark window occur within the below dates:

      BOY — the first benchmark before October 14
      MOY — the second benchmark between December 1 and February 5
      EOY — the third benchmark between the middle of April and June 15

      Benchmark windows for LEAs are set to the state benchmark window dates in mCLASS. Each LEA is to have 2-4 week benchmark period that is within the state benchmark window dates and LEA leaders are to share those dates with staff. The benchmark windows in mCLASS are set to the state benchmark window dates; not the LEA benchmark window dates and this can not be changed in mCLASS. If a student moves into your LEA and your benchmark window is closed, but the state benchmark period is still open, the student must be benchmarked. Should your LEA need an extension of a benchmark window beyond the close of the state benchmark windows, that must be approved by the USBE Assessment Department. Once the benchmark window closes, do not give the benchmark to a student, instead, educators can progress monitor the student on the measures they would have received a benchmark in order to get the students current instructional levels.

      If you have questions regarding your current benchmark window dates, feel free to reach out to Amplify Customer Services at help@amplify.com.

      Acadience Reading Benchmark Invalidations

      Before you invalidate a benchmark probe, review the USBE’s list of acceptable reasons for invalidating on the Frequently Asked Questions: Acadience Reading Invalidations document. If a district/charter has a significant percentage of invalidations, contact and further action will be deployed. If you believe an invalidation is required, please contact your District/Charter Literacy Director. If they need support, they can contact Sara Wiebke, sara.wiebke@schools.utah.gov, to request an invalidation.

      Progress Monitoring

      The impact of progress monitoring

      Progress monitoring is the most powerful tool we offer with regards to student achievement.

      “Scores for Daze increase more slowly than they do for other Acadience Reading measures, so more frequent monitoring may not be as informative. For students who need to be monitored on Daze, we recommend monitoring once per month.”
      Progress Monitoring with Acadience Reading 
      © Acadience Learning
      October 2012

      The Acadience Reading authors recommend progress monitoring students in the Well Below Benchmark category once every 7-10 days (and once every 10-12 days for students in the Below Benchmark category).

      Progress monitoring is the practice of testing students briefly but frequently on the skill areas in which they are receiving instruction, to ensure that they are making adequate progress. When students are identified as at risk for reading difficulties, they can receive progress monitoring testing more frequently to ensure that the instruction they are receiving is helping them make progress. (Acadience Learning/October 2012, Progress Monitoring Guide)

      The purposes of progress monitoring are:

      • to provide ongoing feedback about the effectiveness of instruction,
      • to determine students’ progress toward important and meaningful goals, and
      • to make timely decisions about changes to instruction so that students will meet those goals.

      How to progress monitor?

      • Select students for progress monitoring
      • Select Acadience Reading materials for progress monitoring
      • Set progress monitoring goals
      • Determine the frequency of progress monitoring
      • Conduct progress monitoring assessment
      • Access data through class and student reports
      • Evaluate progress and modify instruction.

      The key to progress monitoring: Instruction should link to progress monitoring and progress monitoring should link to instruction. They should run parallel and merge as one to confirm student growth in reading.

      Check your progress monitoring fidelity report in mCLASS to ensure you are on track with these students. For more information regarding progress monitoring guidelines, visit the official progress monitoring guidelines.

      Support Team

      Amplify Customer Services

      (800) 823-1969
      Monday to Friday, 5 a.m. to 5 p.m. MT
      help@amplify.com

      Educational Support Team

      Pedagogical Questions
      (800) 823-1969
      Monday to Friday, 5 a.m. to 5 p.m. MT
      edsupport@amplify.com

      For more information, please contact:

      Sarah McCarty
      Associate Director, Educational Partnership
      (812) 593-5776
      smccarty@amplify.com

      Donna Bright
      Educational Partnership Manager
      (303) 960-3772
      dbright@amplify.com

      Robert McCarty
      Regional Director of Educational Partnership
      (435) 655-1731
      rmccarty@amplify.com

      Cydnee Carter
      Assessment Development Coordinator
      (801) 538-7654
      cydnee.carter@schools.utah.gov

      Liz Williams
      Elementary ELA Assessment Specialist
      (801) 538-7542
      Liz.williams@schools.utah.gov

      Sara Wiebke
      Literacy Coordinator
      (801) 538-7935
      sara.wiebke@schools.utah.gov

      Krista Hotelling
      K-3 Literacy Specialist
      (801) 538-7794
      krista.hotelling@schools.utah.gov

      Christine Elegante
      K-3 Literacy Specialist
      (801) 538-7551
      christine.elegante@schools.utah.gov

      Julie Clark
      K-3 Literacy Specialist
      801-499-2515
      julie.clark@schools.utah.gov

      Melissa Preziosi
      Assessment Data Specialist
      (801) 538-7949
      melissa.preziosi@schools.utah.gov

      Resources

      Helpful tips and guides
      mCLASS:Acadience Reading tutorials
      Technical resources

      Amplify Enrollment This guide walks you through the necessary steps to complete enrollment using the manual enrollment tools on Amplify Home. It shows you how to manage staff, student, and class assignment information, and maintain the accuracy of your staff, student, and class assignments.

      Devices & Requirements Ensure mCLASS is compatible with your devices and systems for optimal performance and support.

      Remote Assessing

      Videos:

      Remote Assessment Guidance from the Acadience Team:  
      mCLASS®: Acadience® Reading (formerly known as DIBELS Next)

      Key Points:

      Before you assess:

      1. Determine how you will show student materials and score in mCLASS at the same time. 

        Description

      Description

      Recommended set up

      • One computer for video conferencing and sharing student materials.
      • One touchscreen device for scoring in mCLASS.
      Modified set up
      • One computer.

      Note: mCLASS app is optimized for touchscreen; scoring with a mouse may need more practice.

      2. Familiarize yourself with the digital copies of student materials.

      3. Schedule virtual meetings with students. To communicate with English-speaking caregivers, consider sending this email or video. To communicate with Spanish-speaking caregivers, consider sending this email or video.

      4. Determine how you will handle scenarios where there’s a lag:

        Description
      Record the meeting
      • Before the assessment begins, press the recording button on your video conferencing tool.
      • After the virtual meeting, listen to recording and rescore in mCLASS if needed.
      • Pick a decision rule for how to score ambiguous items and be consistent. For example, if you decide that you will give a student the benefit of the doubt and mark ambiguous similar sounding items correct when you can’t quite hear their answer, do this for all students you assess.
      Use a phone
      • Before the assessment begins, call caregiver’s phone using your phone (type *67 before your number if you want your number to be hidden).
      • Ask the caregiver to press the speaker button. 
      • Mute yourself and your student on the virtual learning platform.

      While you assess: 

      1. Take the opportunity to connect individually with your students as they experience so much change. Don’t make the session solely about testing, and remind caregivers and students that the assessment is a way to see how you can best tailor instruction.

      2. Make student materials visible to your student.

      For Maze, choose the model that works best for you:

      Enter results into the mCLASS web reports

      • Students complete online Maze during a video conference
        • Put a link to the student assessment site (mclass.amplify.com/student) and the student’s credentials into the chat box (learn how to generate student credentials in this video)
        • Ask your student to complete Maze.
      • Students complete online Maze outside of a video conference (caregiver support is needed with log-in)
        • To provide student credentials and instructions to English-speaking caregivers, consider sending this email and video. To provide student credentials and instructions to Spanish-speaking caregivers, consider sending this email and video.
      • Students complete Maze on paper
        • Locate the benchmark Maze Acadience Learning’s site.
        • Print a copy of the form you need (e.g. BOY) for each student in your class.
        • Send the form home in a sealed envelope with students, mail the form to caregivers, or have caregivers get forms via school-based pick-up. Provide instructions not to open the envelope until the student is ready to take the assessment.
        • Provide parents with instructions on how to proctor the assessment for their child. They need to:
          • Give the form to their child
          • Sit with their child and read the instructions and practice items
          • Tell their child to stop when 3 minutes has elapsed
          • Send screenshots of their child’s work via email or text, or return the completed form to the school in a sealed envelope provided by the school.
        Guidance
      Acadience:Reading 

      Use the share screen feature to display student materials on your screen.

      Optional next step for measures that have student materials:

      Zoom users: grant your student control of your screen so you can see their cursor as they read:

      • Click “Remote Control” and select your student’s name in the dropdown.
      • Ask your student to use their cursor to point to words as they read.

      Note: For Mac OSX, you will need to give Zoom access in the Accessibility tab in the Privacy and Security preferences of your Mac. For more information on giving Zoom access in Security and Privacy, click here.

      3. Score in mCLASS.

      Student materials

        Benchmark Progress monitoring
      Acadience Reading (formerly known as DIBELS Next) Available for free download on the Acadience Learning website

      New Mexico Educators: Welcome to Amplify Science 6–8!

      Amplify Science is an engaging core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning that is rated ‘all green’ on EdReports.  

      With Amplify Science, New Mexico students don’t just passively learn about science concepts. Instead, they take on the role of scientists and engineers to actively investigate and figure out real-world phenomena. They do this through a blend of cohesive and compelling storylines, hands-on investigations, collaborative discussions, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools.

      Students conduct science experiments using lab equipment, flashlights, and prisms. The EdReports logo and "Review Year 2020" are also shown.

      Amplify Science Success Story

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
      Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      Do

      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      Talk

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      Read

      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      Write

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      Visualize

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS and support students in mastering the New Mexico STEM Ready! Science Standards.

      Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

      In grades 6–8:

      • One unit is a launch unit.
      • Three units are core units.
      • Two units are engineering internships.

      Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

      Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

      Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

      Unit sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3-D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      Amplify Science Flextension

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

      Middle School Materials Kit List 

      Assorted office and household items displayed on a white background, including rubber bands, binder clips, cardboard, and sports balls.

      Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Amplify Science Student Investigation Notebooks

      These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

      Amplify Science Classroom Slides

      Full coverage of NGSS and New Mexico STEM Ready! Science Standards

      Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS). As such, it aligns to the New Mexico Science Standards, which were also borne out of the NGSS.

      K-8 NGSS Correlation by Dimension

      K-8 NM STEM Ready! Standards Correlation

      Explore your print samples

      With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

      It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free Teacher Guide!

      A laptop screen displays a simulation of energy arrows entering and exiting Earth's system, flanked by diagrams explaining water flow and an energy token model.
      • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical Teacher Guide that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
      • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      Our unit-specific kits:

      • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
      • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
      • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      Materials Kit List

      Access your digital samples

      Explore as a teacher

      Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: t20.sci6-8@tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: AmplifyNumber1
      • Click on Science in Your Programs
      • Click on the Program drop-down menu and select your desired domain
      • Select any unit.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

      Explore as a student

      Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a student.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: s20.sci6-8@tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: AmplifyNumber1
      • Click Science in Your Programs
      • Click on the Program drop-down menu and select your desired domain
      • Select any unit title.

      Additional resources to support your review

      Get to know Amplify ELA

      Start by taking a look at the Amplify ELA Program Guide, where you’ll find:

      • Grade-level overviews for grades 6–8 (pages 11–31)
      • Amplify ELA pedagogy (page 10)
      • Sample lesson routine (page 38)
      • Amplify ELA foundations (pp 70-80)

      Want to go deeper or look at Amplify ELA’s approach to writing, vocabulary, grammar, and differentiation? Check out the Table of Contents for all this and much more! 

      Navigating the curriculum

      Amplify ELA is a truly blended curriculum, designed specifically for grades 6–8. The program includes instructional guidance and student materials for a year of instruction, with lessons and activities that keep students engaged every day. Materials can be accessed either digitally or through print materials, depending on what your class needs.

      Navigating in print

      1. Watch this video exploring the print resources available for students and teachers in Amplify ELA.
      2. Follow this link to open an ebook version of the print materials for your grade level and explore Unit A (the first unit).

      Navigating digital

      1. Watch this video exploring the digital curriculum platform and the many resources available for teachers and students.
      2. Log in to the curriculum at learning.amplify.com using the demo account and password provided by your Sales rep.
      3. Once you have finished the tour, try out the scavenger hunt below!

      Amplify ELA Scavenger Hunt

      Inside a lesson

      1. Overview & planning

      Screenshot of an educational webpage for "Lesson 2: Your Movie Crew" on Amplify ELA, showing lesson navigation, overview, and a stylized illustration of a masked figure.

      The Lesson Brief equips teachers with the tools they need to plan instruction. It begins with an Overview, which describes the big ideas students will grapple with and summarizes the lesson’s sequence of activities. Next, there is a Preparation section, which points out key moments and materials to prepare. The Preparation section also describes the location and content of the lesson’s Exit Ticket.

      The Lesson Brief also includes: the Lesson Objective, which details the reading, writing, and/or speaking and listening objectives; Words to Use, which points out key vocabulary from the reading; Skills & Standards, which lists the focus and coverage standards; and Differentiation, which describes differentiated supports and provides additional suggestions for modifying activities.

      2. Vocab App

      The Vocab App helps students master vocabulary words through game-like activities based on morphology, analogy, synonyms/ antonyms, and deciphering meaning. These activities help students develop dictionary skills by focusing on parts of speech, etymology, and multiple meanings. There are also activities for ELL-appropriate words from the unit’s texts, asking students to match an English definition, Spanish translation, context sentence, audio pronunciation, and visual definition. These activities also align to vocabulary standards.

      Vocab App (Teacher View)

      3. Work Visually

      Visualization activities are an essential part of Amplify ELA, as they open the door to more comprehensive understanding of complex texts. In these learning experiences, students break apart the text in visual ways or use visual cues to “see” key details as they construct meaning.

      In this early lesson from grade 7, students unpack propaganda images and short videos from the Chinese Cultural Revolution to build their understanding of the setting before beginning the memoir Red Scarf Girl.

      Other units include visualization activities such as using an app to “see” the evidence for and against scientific theories, making storyboards and planning visual adaptations of texts to “read like a movie director,” and comparing and contrasting illustrations with key textual moments.

      4. Author Videos & Dramatic Readings

      Students benefit from using listening comprehension skills as they build fluency with complex texts. In these close reading experiences, students listen to the text, perform the text out loud, or watch a dramatic reading of the text.

      In this lesson, students listen and watch as author Ji-Li Jiang reads the opening prologue of her memoir, Red Scarf Girl. Her facial expressions, tone of voice, and emphasis help students develop early ideas about what matters to this narrator.

      Additional author videos and dramatic readings are embedded in other units. In Unit 8D: Shakespeare’s Romeo & Juliet, students watch WordPlay Shakespeare videos where actors perform each selected scene next to the text of that excerpt. In Unit 8B: Liberty & Equality, two members of the Marvel cinematic universe—Chadwick Boseman and Elizabeth Olsen—offer masterful performances of Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass, an American Slave and A Confederate Girl’s Diary.

      5. Reading/eReader

      Reading standards establish high expectations for all students, even as they enter the middle grades at a variety of reading levels. In Amplify ELA lessons, students access universal supports embedded in the eReader (and built into the print versions of the text) to help them participate fully in grade-level activities.

      Point-of-use vocab in print: The print Student Edition places key vocabulary words and their relevant definitions in the text margin to support students and keep them reading.

      Reveal: By clicking on these pre-selected words, students access short contextual definitions for key and challenging vocabulary.

      Highlight, Bookmark, and Notes: The digital highlighting, bookmarking, and annotation tools allow students to save and review any text notes from any lesson.

      Text size and line spacing: Students can adjust text size and line spacing to find what works best for them

      6. Writing

      Two or three times a week, students complete their reading work by developing a piece of writing to refine their reading analysis. They write for 10–15 minutes, focusing on one claim in response to a prompt, and using evidence from the text in support of their claim.

      In this lesson, students build on their discussion of the setting and their analysis of the passage to determine the author’s point of view at the start of her memoir.

      Differentiated supports: Five levels of differentiated supports can be assigned in the moment or in advance to help every student work productively. Levels can be assigned ahead of time (by simply dragging and dropping students into groups) and students remain in their assigned levels until they’re changed by the teacher. For more information on differentiation in Amplify ELA, click here.

      Automated Writing Evaluation: The Automated Writing Evaluation (AWE) tool has been developed in conjunction with Amplify’s regular writing activities, which ask students to use textual evidence to develop one focused idea or claim about the text and communicate that idea clearly and effectively to an audience. AWE is a tool designed to help teachers understand, track, and support student skill progress with these key foundational skills, which are a strong indicator of a student’s analytic writing proficiency. AWE provides auto scores for Focus and Conventions, allowing teachers to prioritize their assessment of a student’s progress with Use of Evidence, a skill that is relatively new for many middle-grade students.

      7. Share

      Establishing a supportive writing community in the classroom helps students develop their voices as writers. Each writing activity is coupled with a sharing session, where clear routines and student-facing feedback protocols support students as they share and respond to each other’s writing. Here, students try out their writing with an audience of their peers to figure out how to express their ideas in a clear and convincing way. In addition, these sharing sessions allow students to learn from the range of perspectives in the classroom.

      Clear and consistent Response Starters ensure that students provide feedback that targets key skills and focuses on where a student is using a skill effectively, fostering an effective and supportive feedback environment.

      8. Solos

      Solos are an important part of the ELA curriculum, and are designed to be completed as homework—but not every student has a computer at home. However, most students DO have access to a mobile device. The new Mobile Solos give every student access to this part of the curriculum, protecting valuable classroom time for lessons and group activities.

      Navigating the first unit

      Dig into Unit A

      It’s time to continue your journey by exploring the first unit!

      1. Choose a 6th-, 7th-, or 8th-grade Unit A.
      2. Find the Print Materials for your grade level’s Unit A and review the unit overview. (password: middle678school)
      3. Log in to the curriculum and navigate to your chosen unit.
      • Scroll down to the unit guide. Open each section and read it.
      • Read the background and context document in the Materials section.
      • Go to Sub-unit 3 and read the Sub-unit Overview.
      • Choose two lessons to explore further.
      • Open the first lesson and read the Lesson Overview. Be sure to open and read each section in the Lesson Overview.
        • Open each activity tab and read the teacher Instructional Guide. Familiarize yourself with the entire lesson and note where students are building reading and writing skills
        • Repeat with the second lesson.

      Diving Deeper

      Check out Amplify ELA’s professional learning website, featuring self-guided training modules and videos to help you with planning and pacing, navigation, and learning key curriculum features. 

      You can log in using your Amplify credentials or the demo account and password provided by your sales rep.  

      Additional support

      As you continue to explore the curriculum, you may also want to take a look at the Amplify ELA Resources Website, which is full of additional information on the program. If you have any questions, please contact us through the Amplify Help section.

      And you’ll find even more information by watching this session from our Literacy Symposium, in which Sarah Kitzmiller from the Niswonger Foundation and Teddy Redding from Amplify discuss some of the challenges of the 2020–21 school year. 

      Amplify’s Literacy Symposium session: Focusing on the Fundamentals to Start the Year Right

      You may choose to view other sessions from the Literacy Symposium as well, all accessible from the schedule menu in the top left corner. 

      This webinar also offers valuable insight, with Baltimore City middle school ELA teacher Lucas Drerup describing his experiences with Amplify ELA and discussing how he brings middle school ELA to life, even in a remote teaching setting. 

      How to bring middle school ELA to life: A teacher’s perspective

      Support

      Utah – USBE Data Analysis for K-3 Reading Assessment Program – New

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Students take on the role of a scientist or engineer every day.

      Amplify Science is a blended curriculum developed to align with the New York City PK–8 Science Scope and Sequence that meets the New York State Science Learning Standards.

      Amplify Science for grades K–8 has been rated all-green by EdReports.

      Read the review on EdReports.

      Check out the New York City Resource Site for supporting resources designed for the New York City Department of Education Amplify Science adoption for grades K–8.

      An illustration of a whale with jellyfish and turtles from Amplify Science

      Begin your review

      What sets Amplify Science apart?

      • Aligned to the New York City PK–8 Science Scope and Sequence, and meets New York State Science Learning Standards.
      • State-of-the-art, highly-engaging curriculum that invites students to take on the role of a scientist or engineer in every unit to solve relevant real-world problems.
      • Flexible, truly blended program that combines comprehensive print components and compelling online content with hands-on learning in every unit.
      • Robust teacher support for ease of use by a wide range of teachers in diverse classroom contexts, with carefully crafted lessons, standards alignment, differentiation strategies, and ELL supports throughout the program.
      • Embedded assessments throughout the program, including both formative and summative assessments for every grade level.
      • Authored by the industry-leading science curriculum team at U.C. Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science, who have 50 years of experience in K–12 science education and who will continue to enhance and update the program for years to come. To learn more about how the Lawrence Hall of Science collected research, designed the curriculum, and field tested the program with teachers, download our research base document.

      The Amplify Science approach

      The scope and sequence of the program is designed to show that scientific concepts are interconnected and multifaceted. Each unit focuses on a specific learning goal in the form of an overarching unit question. Rather than following linear steps in an experiment, the program leaves room for students to make connections across concepts and make their own discoveries. In this way, Amplify Science replicates the realities and ambiguities of scientific research and thinking.

      Each course in Amplify Science K–5 consists of 3–4 units, with each unit containing 22 lessons. Each lesson in grades K and 1 is written for a 45-minute session, while lessons in grades 2–5 are written for 60-minute sessions. Teachers can always expand or contract the timing to fit their needs.

      Each course in Amplify Science 6–8 consists of 7-9 units, with each core unit containing 19 lessons, each launch unit containing 11 lessons, and each engineering internship containing 10 lessons. Each lesson in grades 6–8 is written for a 45-minute session. Teachers can always expand or contract the timing to fit their needs..

      Download the K–5 unit sequence

      Download the 6–8 unit sequence

      Components overview

      Amplify Science blends physical materials with a suite of digital tools, presenting students with the resources they need to investigate real-world problems, and empowering and supporting teachers as they lead instruction and gain insight into student growth and progress.

      Grades K–5

      • Student Investigation Notebooks (K–2) for every unit allow students to interact with content while taking notes, answering questions, and conducting investigations. Review a sample from the Grade 2 Plant and Animal Relationships unit.
      • Student Books enhance science topics and allow students to practice reading within the science content area.
      • Instructional materials for teachers. The Amplify Science curriculum website hosts all lesson content, media, digital simulations, and more, and is the primary tool “open” for teachers during class time. Print Teacher’s Guides are included. You can view complete unit samples by accessing the curriculum at the bottom of this page.
      • Robust digital simulations and digital applications, developed exclusively for the Amplify Science program. Supported devices include: iPad 3+, Chromebook, Windows PC, and MacBook.
      • Unit Kits for each unit in the program including consumable and nonconsumable hands-on materials, printed classroom display materials, and the students books.
      • Embedded formative and summative assessments are meant to support and guide student instruction.
      • Pacing guides have been developed for teachers to support the implementation of the program.

      Grades 6–8

      • New York City Student Editions enhance science topics and allow students to practice reading within the science content area.
      • Special “NYC Companion Lessons” directly target the additional standards in NYSSLS not found in the NGSS.
      • Instructional materials for teachers. The Amplify Science curriculum website hosts all lesson content, media, digital simulations, and more, and is the primary tool “open” for teachers during class time. Print Teacher’s Guides are included. You can view complete unit samples by accessing the curriculum at the bottom of this page.
      • Robust digital simulations and digital applications, developed exclusively for the Amplify Science program. Supported devices include: iPad 3+, Chromebook, Windows PC, and MacBook.
      • Unit Kits for each unit in the program including consumable and nonconsumable hands-on materials and printed classroom display materials for 5 uses of a class of 40 students.
      • Embedded formative and summative assessments are meant to support and guide student instruction.
      • Pacing guides have been developed for teachers to support the implementation of the program.

      Review grades K–5

      Amplify Science K-5 is an elementary science curriculum that provides teachers with the tools and practices necessary to meet the expectations of the NYSED P–12 Science Learning Standards. The program also aligns to the new NYCDOE PK–8 Science Scope and Sequence. Learn more about Amplify Science K-5 by reviewing the following::

      Click the orange button below to access the digital Teacher’s Guide and begin your review.

      Review grades 6–8

      Amplify Science 6–8 New York City Edition is a new blended curriculum developed to align to 100 percent of the New York City PK–8 Science Scope and Sequence 2018 that meets 100 percent of the New York State Science Learning Standards. Learn more about Amplify Science 6-8 New York City Edition by reviewing the following:

      Click the orange button below to access the digital Teacher’s Guide and begin your review.

      Watch an overview

      Watch curriculum experts walk through the Amplify Science K–5 and 6–8 programs and share information on how you can start to make the shifts to the NGSS with a literacy-rich approach to science instruction.

      Ready to order?

      When you are ready to place an order for Amplify Science, please reference the ordering checklist on the Core Curriculum Ordering Guide, and then head to:

      Welcome, Iowa reviewers!

      Designed from the ground up for the NGSS to teach students to think, read, write, and argue like real scientists and engineers, Amplify Science combines literacy-rich activities with hands-on learning and digital tools to engage students in exploring compelling phenomena in every unit.

      A badge for EdReports Review Year 2023, two students at a computer, two students discussing with a tablet, and an educational diagram of a spider on a screen.

      A powerful partnership

      Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

      Learn more about the Lawrence Hall of Science.

      Grades K–5 overview

      Each unit focuses on a specific learning goal in the form of an overarching unit question. Rather than following linear steps in an experiment, the program leaves room for students to make connections across concepts and make their own discoveries. In this way, Amplify Science replicates the realities and ambiguities of scientific research and thinking.

      Amplify Science blends physical materials with a suite of digital tools, presenting students with the resources they need to investigate real-world problems, and empowering and supporting teachers as they lead instruction and gain insight into student growth and progress.

      Student Investigation Notebooks for every unit allow students to interact with content while taking notes, answering questions, and conducting investigations. Review a sample from the Grade 2 Plant and Animal Relationships unit.

      Student Books enhance science topics and allow students to practice reading within the science content area.

      Instructional materials for teachers. The Amplify Science curriculum website hosts all lesson content, media, digital simulations, and more, and is the primary tool “open” for teachers during class time. You can view complete unit samples by accessing the curriculum at the bottom of this page.

      Robust digital simulations (grades 4–5) and digital applications, developed exclusively for the Amplify Science program. Supported devices include: iPad 3+, Chromebook, Windows PC, and MacBook.

      Unit kits for each unit in the program including consumable and nonconsumable hands-on materials, printed classroom display materials, and the students books.

      Embedded formative and summative assessments are meant to support and guide student instruction.

      Grades 6–8 overview

      Each unit focuses on a specific learning goal in the form of an overarching unit question. Rather than following linear steps in an experiment, the program leaves room for students to make connections across concepts and make their own discoveries. In this way, Amplify Science replicates the realities and ambiguities of scientific research and thinking.

      Amplify Science blends physical materials with a suite of digital tools, presenting students with the resources they need to investigate real-world problems, and empowering and supporting teachers as they lead instruction and gain insight into student growth and progress.

      Student Investigation Notebooks for every unit allow students to interact with content while taking notes, answering questions, and conducting investigations. Review a sample from Metabolism.

      Instructional materials for teachers. The Amplify Science curriculum website hosts all lesson content, media, digital simulations, and more, and is the primary tool “open” for teachers during class time. You can view complete unit samples by accessing the curriculum at the bottom of this page.

      Robust digital simulations and digital applications, developed exclusively for the Amplify Science program. Supported devices include: iPad 3+, Chromebook, Windows PC, and MacBook.

      Unit kits for each unit in the program including consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials, and printed classroom display materials.

      Embedded formative and summative assessments are meant to support and guide student instruction.

      Ready to look inside Amplify Science?

      Contact

      Tammy Tvetene
      District Manager

      Email: ttvetene@amplify.com
      Phone: (314) 619-8846

      Screenshot of a language learning interface showing a spanish word "húmedo" broken into phonetic parts, with a timer set at 21 seconds.

      mCLASS in NYC

      This website is designed to help you take this critical step: better understanding your students and helping them grow as confident, lifelong readers through the use of mCLASS DIBELS 8th Ed and mCLASS Lectura.

      Support students and prepare for MOY 2025-26!

      Screenshot of an educational platform's dashboard titled 'welcome, teacher hartman!' featuring options for boost reading, math, and other learning modules.

      Support student progress and prep for MOY:

      • School leaders – get to know the new mCLASS Admin Reports.
      • Reach out to Lauren to set up any refresher PD before beginning BOY.
      • Discuss a plan for ensuring assessment fidelity.
      • Ensure you have the materials and access you need. Check out the Support section of the website for more.

      Interested in Boost Reading and Boost Lectura this year? Reach out to mkasloff@amplify.com.

      Implementing mCLASS and mCLASS Lectura

      S3-01: Science as the underdog, and the research behind it

      A graphic with the text "Science Connections" and "Amplify" features colorful circles and curved lines on a dark gray background.

      Get ready for season 3 of Science Connections: The Podcast!

      In our first episode, we unpack the research around our season theme of science as the underdog with Horizon Research, Inc. Vice President Eric R. Banilower and  Senior Researcher Courtney Plumley. Eric and Courtney dive into the research they’ve found and their experiences as former educators to show how science is often overlooked in K–12 classrooms. We discuss how the science classroom compares to other subjects in terms of time and resources, how schools are a reflection of society, and what’s needed to change science and its impact on a larger scale.

      We hope you enjoy this episode and explore more from Science Connections by visiting our main page!

      DOWNLOAD TRANSCRIPT

      Courtney Plumley (00:00):

      We asked teachers how much science, professional development, they’ve had in the last three years, and nearly half of elementary teachers said none.

      Eric Cross (00:10):

      Welcome to Science Connections. I’m your host, Eric Cross. I am super-excited to be kicking off the third season with the show. This entire season will be exploring the theme of science as the underdog. And we’re gonna make the case for science, by showing how and why it can be used more effectively. In the coming episodes, we’re gonna talk about how science can be better integrated into other content areas like literacy and math, and explore some of the benefits that you might not be thinking about good science instruction. But first, science as the underdog. I bet some of you out there feel like science is the underdog in your community at school. I know I have at times. To kick off this season, I’m gonna talk to two people who really studied this question by looking at the state of science instruction across the US. Eric Banilower is Vice President of Horizon Research and Courtney Plumley is Senior Researcher at Horizon Research. Eric was the principal investigator and Courtney an author of the latest in a series of studies called “The National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education.” We’re gonna dive into the findings of their most recent report to see what the data’s showing us. Please enjoy my discussion with Eric Banilower and Courtney Plumley. Courtney, hello. And thank you so much for joining us.

      Courtney Plumley (01:25):

      Hi Eric. It’s nice to be here.

      Eric Cross (01:26):

      And Eric, welcome.

      Eric R. Banilower (01:27):

      We’re thrilled to be here, so thank you for having us.

      Eric Cross (01:30):

      I was reading through the report. Four hundred…a very thorough report, 471 pages, I think, as I got it?

      Eric R. Banilower (01:37):

      And that’s only one of the many reports from that study.

      Eric Cross (01:40):

      Yeah. You all have done your work, so I’m really excited to to talk to you about this. And on this season of the show, we’re exploring the theme of science as the underdog. And I think a lot of our listeners, we feel like science is an underdog either in their school or in their district. But you’ve actually done some research on this, in a 2018 study, “The National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education.” So I wanna talk about this report. But first I was hoping you can kind of set the stage. How did you come to work on this report, and then, big picture, what were you hoping to find out?

      Eric R. Banilower (02:10):

      So the 2018 study that you just mentioned was actually the sixth iteration of a series of studies dating back to 1977. And we collect data every decade or so—you know, plus or minus a few years. And really, what we’re trying to do is get a snapshot of what the science and math education system looks like in in the nation. So my role grew. I started working at Horizon in about 1998, after teaching high school for five years in California. And then going to graduate school. And right about that time, the company was doing the 2000 iteration of the survey. And I worked on it with the team here at Horizon. And then we did it again in 2012. And I had a much more prominent role in that study, and became the kind of leader of the study. And in 2018, the most recent version, we just did it again. So the goal of this study is really to kind of examine key aspects of the K–12 STEM education system. And the main audience of the work has traditionally been policy makers, researchers, and practitioners who work at the federal, state, and district level.

      Eric Cross (03:30):

      So this study, you took kind of a sample size, but it’s reflective of trends that we tend to see across the nation as a whole. Would that be fair to say?

      Eric R. Banilower (03:38):

      Yes, definitely it is. It is a random sample of schools in the country. So we start with a list of all the public and private schools in the nation, and then do a random sample of those schools, and then work really, really hard to recruit schools to agree to be in the study. And that has gotten harder every time we’ve done the study, for many understandable reasons. And then once we have schools on board, we sample teachers within schools. So we don’t even survey every teacher in a school. It’s really a sub-sample. So that we can make inferences about the nation as a whole.

      Eric Cross (04:14):

      Makes sense. And so Courtney, what did you find out about the time spent on science instruction in US schools?

      Courtney Plumley (04:22):

      So, I’m gonna talk about elementary teachers to begin with.

      Eric Cross (04:26):

      Because that was your past life, right?

      Courtney Plumley (04:28):

      I am a former elementary teacher, yeah. So that’s kind of where my head is. And that’s relatable for me. Right? So we asked teachers, like, how many days of the week or weeks of the year that they teach elementary school. And fewer than 20% teach science every day of the school year. They kind of do one or two things, for the most part. They teach a couple days a week or they teach every day of the week, but only for, like, maybe six weeks, and then they swap with social studies and they kind of do that across the school year. Which is really different from, like, math, right? We also asked elementary teachers, how often do they teach math, and it’s every day of the year. Then we also asked them how many minutes they teach when they’re teaching, and we kind of did the math to figure out, all right, if they taught science every day of the school year, how many minutes would it be in a single day, so that we could make a more comparable comparison with math and ELA. If you were to work it out, how many minutes of science an elementary teacher teaches across the year, and break it down to per day, it’s like 18 minutes for the lower elementary grades, 27 for the upper elementary grades. Which is not a lot. But it’s pretty much an hour a day in math, and 80 plus minutes in ELA. So, a lot less. And then, you know, when I was teaching, the first thing to go was always science, right? If there was an assembly, if there was early release or whatever, that was the first thing to go. So those numbers might even be higher. Just because they aren’t factoring that kind of thing in, too.

      Eric Cross (06:05):

      So, now I’m curious. That is something that I’ve seen just anecdotally, science being the first thing to go. I feel like I’ve seen that almost…it’s almost become a meme, that I’ve heard that so often. Just in your experience, why do you think that is that huge disparity between the two?

      Courtney Plumley (06:26):

      Well, I mean, when I was teaching, I was teaching third grade. I had an end-of-grade test in math and ELA for my kids. I didn’t have one in science. So the administration said, “Hey, if you’re gonna drop something, drop something that’s not tested.”

      Eric Cross (06:41):

      Simple as that. And Eric, you, past life: physics teacher. High school. What did you see? ‘Cause our listeners run the gamut from elementary all the way up to high school. What did you see, as far as relative science instruction in the secondary level?

      Eric R. Banilower (07:00):

      Sure. You know, secondary is just a whole different situation than elementary. Rght? Because you have departmentalization. I taught science. I didn’t have to teach other subjects. And students had periods, and they still do, sorry, they still have periods, even though it’s been a long time since I taught. And you know, they rotate from one class to another. So all the classes were essentially the same length. So, you know, when I was teaching, it was about 50-minute periods. So in terms of minutes of a class or minutes on a subject, it’s not really different. But what is different is what students are required to take in order to graduate high school. One of the things we asked schools about in this study was how many years of a subject do students have to take in order to graduate? And what we saw was in mathematics, over half the schools in the nation require students to take four years of mathematics to graduate. OK? And the vast majority of the rest, about 44%, require three years in science. Most schools require three years. Very few require four years. And many, or a fair number, still only require two years to graduate. So the expectation of what students are taking is lower in science than it is in mathematics.

      Eric Cross (08:20):

      So you were seeing the same trend in secondary, essentially.

      Eric R. Banilower (08:24):

      Yes.

      Eric Cross (08:24):

      The amount of time devoted to the instruction of science…we’re kind of seeing it mirrored just across K–12 across the board.

      Eric R. Banilower (08:33):

      That’s correct.

      Eric Cross (08:34):

      And that’s across the country. ‘Cause the sample size represents teachers from Alaska, Hawaii, the South, SoCal, everywhere. So what’s been the reaction to that number? Like 18 to 20 minutes is…I mean, it’s, it’s half of my lunch at our school. What’s been the reaction to that number since this data has been published?

      Eric R. Banilower (08:58):

      I don’t know, Courtney, if you want to take that…

      Courtney Plumley (09:00):

      It’s a lot of what you just did. Like, what??? Like, how is it possible to teach all the things you need to teach in such a little amount of time?

      Eric R. Banilower (09:08):

      What’s really kind of surprising to me, though — though now that I’ve worked on three iterations of the study, it no longer surprises me, but it did at first — is that these numbers really aren’t changing since we’ve started doing this study. You know, people thought maybe with No Child Left Behind and the increase in accountability, time on science might actually go down, because there was more testing in math and English Language Arts. It didn’t happen. It was pretty much constant, that this has been kind of the state of science education for a long time.

      Eric Cross (09:44):

      So Eric, if I’m hearing you right: The past studies, we’re not seeing an increase or a decline. This has been this way for how many years, roughly, would you say? Since it’s been studied?

      Eric R. Banilower (09:54):

      You know, I’d have to go back to the 1977 report to get the numbers, but I’m gonna say since then, it has not changed much, if at all.

      Eric Cross (10:03):

      So this has kind of been entrenched. This has been the norm for almost for the career of a teacher, almost generationally. We’re looking at anyone who’s been in the highest levels of leadership to someone just entering the classroom, this has been the way it’s always been. This is kind of for many people what they’ve only known.

      Eric R. Banilower (10:20):

      Right.

      Eric Cross (10:21):

      Kind of become the norm.

      Courtney Plumley (10:21):

      We didn’t even have science when I was in elementary school. We had science on a cart that came by, you know, every other week.

      Eric Cross (10:28):

      Was that like a food truck, but like the science version of it? It shows up and does quick science and takes off?

      Courtney Plumley (10:35):

      And New York was, I mean — we always watched Voyage of the Mimi. I don’t know if you ever watched that. But that’s what we watched every single time the Science on the Cart came. So it’s like a marine biology show. Ben Affleck was on it when he was a kid.

      Eric Cross (10:48):

      <laugh> Really? For me it was, Mr. Wizard. For some of my students, even now, Bill Nye. You know, the Bill Nye show or something would come on. So what happens when you look at less wealthy districts? Is there a relationship between community resources and science instruction, or is it pretty much equal no matter what the district resources are, the school’s resources are? Did you see any data there?

      Eric R. Banilower (11:12):

      Yes. We actually did a lot of disaggregating the data by community type, student demographics in the schools, to look to see whether there were areas of inequities across the country. And, you know, one of the factors we looked at was kind of a measure of socioeconomic status. You know, wealth in the community. By looking at percentage of students eligible for free or reduced-price lunch. And interestingly, in terms of time on science instruction, there is actually not a relationship between income level and how much time is spent at the elementary level on science, which actually surprised us.

      Eric Cross (11:54):

      Because you might have expected it to be the other way now. And granted, it’s 18 to 20 minutes, there isn’t much more to shave off off of that. But were there other differences, like when you compared those communities? Maybe it wasn’t the amount of science instruction, but was there anything else, like teacher preparedness, resources? Were there anything else that you did see discrepancies in? Or was it equal across the board?

      Eric R. Banilower (12:13):

      No, unfortunately there, there have been, and still are, a number of areas where community resources are related to pretty substantial differences in educational opportunities that students have. So, you know, we’re talking about the high school science requirements. One of the things that we saw was that high schools in less wealthy communities tend to offer less rigorous science courses than high schools in better-off-financially communities. So they may not be AP courses or second year advanced courses to the same extent that there are in the wealthier communities. That’s one big difference that we saw. Another one was what you were just saying about, sort of, the teachers who teach in these communities. You know, I think that for many years people have had a feeling that the best teachers go to the better off schools because it’s easier to teach there. Well, we see that the schools with the most poverty, they tend to have the newer teachers, who are just starting their career. They tend to have teachers who are less well prepared to teach their subject. And there’s a host of other differences we found. And you know, you mentioned the report being 400 pages. This other report that looks at these differences is also quite long, and, you know, identified a number of areas where there are these disparities in the system.

      Eric Cross (13:43):

      Well, we appreciate you synthesizing this for us, because this is super-important. And you’ve fleshed out a lot of things. And the fact that it’s driven by data, we as science teachers, we as scientists, being objective, really, really value that. Because this is actually validating a lot of the things that our listeners and myself, we experience anecdotally. But you don’t have a lot of things to network you. And sometimes, when you see this, you wonder if it’s just you, or is are other people experiencing this? And so as you start talking about this data, realizing, oh wow, this is not something in isolation. This is systemic. This is something that’s impacted. And then Eric, what you said about schools that were lower-income, that were under-resourced, and didn’t offer those advanced classes, what are some of the impacts of that, maybe downstream, of doing that? Not having those AP classes? I just kind of wanted to put that out there and ask you.

      Eric R. Banilower (14:31):

      You know, this is a really…this is a current debate right now, about what the goals of schooling K–12 should be. You know, are all kids meant to go to college? Should there be alternative paths? And you know, I know when I was teaching, I would have students say, “Why do I need to know this? I’m not gonna go into science. I’m not gonna study physics. Why do I need to take this?” And, you know, the answer I used to give them was, “You never know where your life is gonna end up and what opportunities you’ll have. And by having these educational experiences, you have more opportunities available to you. Whether or not you choose to go down those paths, you have opportunities. And when you don’t take this kind of coursework, you know, even if you don’t want to go to college, you limit your potential careers. Because so many careers nowadays require some technical knowledge, some knowledge of science, even if it’s not explicitly a science job. It is embedded in our society now. We are a technological and science-based society.”

      Eric Cross (15:37):

      It reminds me of something that I’ve told my students, that if you become a scientist, that’s awesome. I love that. But if you don’t, and you want to be a dancer or an actor or a lawyer or anything that may not be directly related to STEM, I want you to choose it because it was a choice, and not a lack of options. So as long as you’re choosing not to go in STEM, and you don’t make that decision because you can’t, or because you weren’t given the opportunity. So that’s how I’ve always had this mindset as a teacher. And I’ve explained it to my students. So if you say, “Cross, you know what I want to do, I wanna be an awesome chef,” which, you know, low-key that’s science, right? <laugh> Molecular gastronomy, we know that. But like, you be the best chef. But as long as you’re being a chef because you choose that, and you’re like, “I love science, but I don’t wanna go that direction,” we’re good.

      Eric R. Banilower (16:26):

      Right. And if you think about, a lot of social justice issues with pollution and climate change, and you look at which communities are more affected by some of these larger environmental problems and challenges, it tends to be the lower socioeconomic communities, the more poverty-stricken communities have worse water, have worse air quality. And so if, if people from these communities are going to make informed decisions about who they’re gonna vote for, about what policies they’re gonna support, those are science topics that you have to have some understanding in order to make informed decisions in your life.

      Eric Cross (17:09):

      Courtney, you were one of the Swiss Army Knife teachers. This is how I perceive it for elementary. You had to teach everything. And shout out to all of my elementary school teachers that have to be mathematicians and grammar whizzes and scientists and PE instructors and social emotional, all of those different things. you also looked at teacher preparedness. How did teachers feel about teaching science compared to other subjects like language arts and math? Did you see anything there?

      Courtney Plumley (17:39):

      We did, we did. And I’m glad you said, “How did they feel about it?” Because one thing that, you know, in a survey you can’t really do is capture how someone actually…how good someone actually…the quality of someone’s instruction. But you can ask them how prepared they feel. And you can even ask them like stats, like, “What did you major in in college?” You know. But you really are going on based on what what they say. So we ask them how prepared they feel to teach all the core subjects. And two-thirds of elementary teachers felt very well prepared to teach reading. They felt very well prepared to teach math. But when it comes to science, it’s less than a third felt very well prepared. And you know, like you said, when you’re teaching elementary school, you’re teaching all the subjects. But also in science, there’s usually four main instructional units in a school year. And they’re all from different science disciplines. So not only are you going on, like, “Maybe in college took a lot of bio classes, but I didn’t take any physics classes, and now I have to teach physics to my kids and I have no experience there.” So, you know, we also ask them how well-prepared they felt in these different disciplines. And the numbers are even smaller, you know. Fewer than a quarter felt very well-prepared in life science. And like 13% felt very well-prepared in physical science. So there’s definitely a big difference between how much teachers feel prepared for ELA and math versus science.

      Eric Cross (19:08):

      And just from a human perspective, when we don’t feel prepared for something, we’re not really gonna probably lean into it as much as we are into our strengths. Like, that’s just kind of how we are across the board.

      Courtney Plumley (19:18):

      Yeah.

      Eric Cross (19:18):

      I’m even like that with my own chores in the house. Or when I have things I need to get done, and I might not be as good at doing those things—it’s gonna be a heavy cognitive load; I’m gonna have to do some background research—I tend to find other areas to excel in. Like, I’m gonna be productive in this other area. I’m gonna really crush it here. But this other thing gets put to the back burner.

      Courtney Plumley (19:36):

      Totally. And the same reason I might skip science today, <laugh> ’cause it’s scary.

      Eric Cross (19:41):

      Yeah, exactly. But I love this book. <Laugh> Or we could do this math, and let’s really, really dive deep into it. Now, did you also look at professional development and instructional resources that are being provided?

      Courtney Plumley (19:53):

      We did.

      Eric Cross (19:54):

      And on the whole, how was the amount—and I’m seeing a trend here, so I’m kind of feeling like I know where this might go—but I wanted to ask it, did the amount of professional development and resources for science, was there much of a difference between that and other subjects?

      Eric R. Banilower (20:10):

      Well, I’ll start on this, and Courtney, feel free to jump in. You know, one of the things that we asked was how much kind of discretionary funding do schools devote to science and how much to mathematics? So, for consumables or equipment and supplies or computer software for teachers to use in the classroom. And it’s hard to compare, I think, across subjects because the demands for this kind of supplies, et cetera, is very different, I think, in science than it is in mathematics. Right? We have a lot of, you know, equipment for doing investigations, consumable supplies in science. And those things need to be replenished on a regular basis. It turns out, when we look at the data for school discretionary spending on this kind of stuff, the median school spends less than $2 per student at the elementary level on science, compared to over $6 for mathematics. At the high school level, it’s kind of reversed. Schools spend more money on high school science than they do on high school math. but even still, at the high school, it’s less than $7 per student. Which is not a lot of money being devoted to thinking about all the materials, supplies, chemicals, et cetera, that you need to teach science well, at the high school level. More disturbing is the fact that, you know, we were talking about inequities before, schools that serve less well-off communities spend less than schools that serve wealthier communities, by quite a big amount.

      Eric Cross (21:46):

      So essentially the per-student thing just kind of popped out to me: So, like, an expensive Starbucks drink is what we’re spending on science per student.

      Eric R. Banilower (21:57):

      At the high school level. Yes.

      Eric Cross (21:58):

      At the high school level. And I get those catalogs in the mail, from all of those big science companies. You can’t get much for seven bucks. At least, nothing high-level. And I know I do a lot of 99-cent store science. I go down the street, go to the 99-cent store. Thankfully we could do a lot of awesome science with just, you know, cheap things. But a lot of the higher level experiences, they’re pricey. But the experiences are so rich! And $7 at the high school level is nothing. It’s not much at all.

      Eric R. Banilower (22:28):

      Yeah. It is definitely, you know, kind of shocking to think about what we’re investing in our children’s future.

      Eric Cross (22:37):

      Now, just to put you both on the spot, ’cause I feel like that we’ve identified some…we’re seeing a trend here, we’re seeing a pattern. We’re talking about, you know, being science teachers. There’s a pattern going on here. Do you think it’s fair to characterize science as the underdog?

      Courtney Plumley (22:52):

      I think in elementary school, it is a fair statement. Because, like we said before, I mean they’re gonna preference math and ELA almost all the time. I mean, the other thing you’d asked a little bit ago was about professional development, too. And we do have some data on that. And we ask teachers, you know, how much science professional development they’ve had in the last three years. And nearly half of elementary teachers said none. And I know I didn’t have any science professional development. If I was gonna pick from among the catalog, I was picking one that I needed more, like math. Math and ELA. I keep making that statement, but just over and over, it’s the truth.

      Eric Cross (23:31):

      And going back to what you said earlier, because that’s where the accountability was, right? And that kind of came top-down.

      Courtney Plumley (23:38):

      Yes.

      Eric Cross (23:38):

      And influenced everything else.

      Eric R. Banilower (23:40):

      Yeah. Now, really interesting thing that we did, a year or so ago, ’cause someone asked us, you know, “Hey, could you look at this?” is we compared elementary science instructional time among states where science counted towards accountability versus states where science doesn’t count towards accountability. And at the upper elementary grades, more time was spent on science in schools in states where they had science accountability. Now I’m not arguing for adding science to accountability systems. But that’s a pretty telling piece of data.

      Eric Cross (24:19):

      What gets measured gets done.

      Eric R. Banilower (24:20):

      Yeah.

      Eric Cross (24:20):

      Or what was getting evaluated was getting done. And that raises, that opens up a myriad of other questions about testing, and what that reveals, and all of those different things. But at the end of the day, what you’re finding is that the things that were getting tested were the things that were getting the priority.

      Eric R. Banilower (24:36):

      That’s right.

      Eric Cross (24:37):

      How did we get to this point? And Eric, you said it goes back at least to ’77, but we look at society and we’re…I wanna say we’re post-pandemic, but we’re we’re not. but we’re trying to, we’re trying to get past that. But we’re looking at…we had innovations in biology, we have innovations right now in green energy and electric cars and all of these things that are STEM-based. We know that these are things that have moved humanity forward. And we look at the pipeline of people who are in STEM and we, we see the disparities and things like that. Why was science given less of a priority? I’m just curious. Maybe, Courtney, we could start with you, if you have any ideas. Or Eric. Either one. But how did we get here?

      Eric R. Banilower (25:22):

      <laugh> I think Courtney wants me to take that one. I’m older so I’ve seen more <laugh>. So, you know, I have the gray hair. She doesn’t. I think it’s complicated. And I know this sounds cliche, but but schools are a reflection of society, right? And, and so science education, you know, if you think back when Sputnik was launched, there became this great demand in America to improve and produce more scientists and engineers in response to this Cold War threat. Right? And then in the ’80s there was rising, oh, the gathering storm was an economic argument that we needed to increase science and math, you know, education and people going into those fields in order to compete economically against the global competitors. And I think that America has always produced a fair number, a large number, of high-quality scientists and engineers, you know. And we still lead the world in many ways. But where we’ve identified as a problem is who has those opportunities to go into those fields. You know, it used to be a very select, a very male-dominated, white male-dominated field. Right? And other people didn’t have the opportunity, or they were shown the way out pretty early. And we, I think, have come to realize as a country that, you know, the, the greater the diversity of thought that we can get into these discussions, the more innovative we can be and the more productive as a society we can be. And so I think we’ve had this shift in the country to, instead of thinking about just the quality for the select few, but to be thinking about the quality for everyone. And so that makes it seem like some of these challenges are greater than they used to be. And I think they’re different challenges, right? We’ve evolved as a society and I think schools have evolved.

      Eric Cross (27:40):

      There is a conversation I was in on a plane with a person who was a materials manager for a company that made the adhesive for sandpaper. And we were flying…I was flying to Denmark and he was flying to some other Scandinavian country. And we were just talking about it. And he came from another industry, and somehow the conversation led to science. I don’t know how that happened. But somehow I just started talking about science and I asked him about, Eric, kind of what you said about the US kind of leading the way in science innovation versus the rest of the world. And I asked him why. And he said one of the reasons why is because the heterogeneous thought. The different groups of people that are coming to a problem actually create more innovative and novel solutions. Versus when it’s more homogeneous. And everyone’s either culturally or just for whatever reason, kind of thinks a certain way. While they might have a more efficient way, the variety of solutions are not as varied and not as novel. I was reminded of that story based on what you just said. So it’s really interesting. So it seems to be that it benefits if we have more heterogeneous groups, more folks who are contributing to STEM, because that’s gonna be solving the next problem more efficiently. Or I guess maybe in my head it seems like the next we need…we do really well when we have a dragon to slay. I mean, it seems like we come together when that’s the case, right? Like, I dunno.

      Eric R. Banilower (29:06):

      No, I think that’s…I think that’s accurate.

      Eric Cross (29:09):

      Later on the season of the podcast, we’re gonna explore ways to better integrate science with other subjects like literacy and math. Were you able to study at all any more integrated approaches to science instruction? Does any of your research support that approach?

      Courtney Plumley (29:25):

      Not on the national survey, we didn’t study that. And it’s something that we’ve talked about before, because it’s difficult to get teachers to…we were talking about instructional time. It’s hard for teachers to put a number on it when they’re integrating, because, you know, it’s not like I have my science block from 3 to 3:30 anymore. Now it’s kind of scattered about. But it’s something that has been in the ether. We’ve been looking at it in a couple of projects. So there’s some evidence that it can be effective, especially for getting more, you know…the idea is you can get more time for science if you are integrating with other subjects. But one thing to kind of caution is like, students need to have opportunities to learn each discipline when they’re doing integrated instruction. So you don’t wanna just have, like, math in your science. Kids already know to just, like, support it. Then it’s hard to take time from math to put it into science when they’re not actually learning anything new. That’s the easy thing to do, though, is say, “Oh, my kids already know how to measure. We did that in a previous unit. So now we’ll we’ll do it as part of our science instruction.” So it’s a lot of work to make it so they’re learning something new, mathematics and science, at the same time. And it’s not really something that we think that teachers should be having to do on their own, with all the other things that teachers have to do. The last thing they need to do is be creating their own, you know, curriculum. Something that’s already…you know, it’s not straightforward. So we’ve been talking about it, we think it’s really something that instructional materials maybe need to be focusing on instead of teachers having to do that on their own,

      Eric Cross (31:01):

      Teachers would implement it, but asking them to create it is a whole different thing, and it’s a huge ask.

      Courtney Plumley (31:08):

      Yes.

      Eric Cross (31:08):

      Yeah. And, did I hear you right? So the ideal situation would’ve been the students learning a newer math concept, but embedded in a science kind of context? Or was that the better way? Versus, “I’m gonna take a math concept they already know and then just put it into the science setting?”

      Courtney Plumley (31:26):

      Well, if the idea is that you can get more science time if you’re, you know, integrating things, so you can maybe take time away from a specific math block by putting it with science, or whatever, then if the math is something that the kids already know, now you’re just taking away. I think that that has to be new in both cases, in order to justify having more time.

      Eric Cross (31:49):

      Right. Eric, in the secondary level, any thoughts on that? On integrating these disciplines together?

      Eric R. Banilower (31:56):

      I think, you know, just like at the elementary level, it can be challenging to do it well. When I taught, I taught my last couple years in a kind of school-within-a-school kind of situation, where our goal was to try to integrate science, mathematics, and language arts. And it’s hard to do that in a meaningful way. And we did not have curriculum materials given to us to help us do this. We were trying to figure out how to do this on our own, while we were teaching 200 kids a day in our subjects. Right? And five preparations. And you know, it’s a big ask of any teacher. And there are teachers who thrive on this and are great at this. And, you know, that’s one thing I wanna, make clear: our data is about the system, and we are former teachers. Almost everyone who works at Horizon is a former teacher. We have the greatest respect for teachers and what they do. And what our data is showing is are kind of like areas where the system isn’t providing teachers and their students the opportunities to do great things. I think at the high school level, there has been this idea of project-based learning where students are bringing together different skills, different ideas from across disciplines. And I think there’s, again, a lot of potential in doing that. But trying to develop those experiences so that they are doing service to the different subjects, so students are learning what they’re supposed to learn in English Language Arts, that they’re learning, important mathematics, and that this is in a science context, where they are getting to do and understand what science is and how science, as a discipline, operates…that’s just a really hard thing to develop.

      Eric Cross (33:53):

      So what I’m hearing—and I really appreciate the nuance in this, because it’s not a simple “Yes. Integrated is better,”—I’m hearing “Yes. Quality control.” “Yes. It needs to be written not by teachers; they’re the practitioners.” It’s “Yes. And,” not just simply binary. Which…it’s so easy to wanna chunk things and say yes or no on things. But this one seems a much more nuanced approach. And in a future episode, you mentioned project-based learning, we’re gonna try and talk to people who have thoughts on this. And I really appreciate that you talked about project-based learning, because also, how do you evaluate that? How do you evaluate whether or not it is high quality? Is this is something I see? You know, high-quality standards, highest quality science teaching, highly qualified teachers. It’s something that I see often. Now, based on all your research, this is kind of the 30,000-foot view. What advice might you have for people who are thinking about changing the way science is taught in this country? Which hasn’t changed since 1977, at least since we’ve been measuring it. Any advice for people who do want to act? Another way to ask, it might be, if you were given a magic wand, <laugh>, you have all power, what might you do if you can control the entire vertical system?

      Eric R. Banilower (35:07):

      Yeah, so a clarification, I do think science instruction has changed. It has evolved. I think there’s a lot of really good things going on in different pockets of the country. One of the challenges is bringing those good ideas and good practices to scale. Right? There are approximately 1.2 million teachers of science K–12 in this country. That’s a lot of people. And about 80% of those are elementary teachers who are responsible for teaching other subjects as well. So my thinking is often about, “How do we take what we know and that we’ve learned through decades of research is effective, and impact a large number of teachers, and therefore a large number of students?” And you know, Courtney I think has hinted at this already. And you’ve mentioned it too, Eric, is that teaching is a profession, right? And it’s a craft. But in no other profession do practitioners have the expectation that they’re developing their own tools and methods for their work. I know when I was in my teacher preparation program, and it’s still extremely common, one of the assignments perspective teachers are given is to develop a unit and develop a lesson, right? You don’t have doctors being asked to develop new treatments and new tests to use. Their job is to get to know their patient, assess what’s going on, and then using research-based methods to develop a plan of action, right? And I think that analogy works really well in education and is a way that we could have a scalable approach for kind of raising the floor across the country for the quality of science education. Giving teachers research-based materials, high-quality instructional materials, that they can then use and adapt to meet the needs of their students, would allow them to focus on getting to know their students, seeing what their strengths are, seeing where they have room for growth, and using the materials they’re given to help those students progress. And I think that is definitely a way where we could have a big impact at a large scale.

      Eric Cross (37:39):

      Courtney, same question: Magic wand, all power. You can change systems from the elementary perspective. What would you do? I’m assuming part of it’s gonna be changing that 18 to 20 minute time. But even for that to happen, what would you do? What would you change?

      Courtney Plumley (37:57):

      Well, I don’t know. Like, for it to change, I don’t know the answer to that. But yes, increasing the time would be great. And like Eric was saying, giving teachers— ’cause again, I’m coming in, not enough probably background in science—and then, you know, when I was, when I was teaching, we had one set of textbooks for the entire grade. Six classes, right? Like, share them. But third graders aren’t gonna read textbooks anyway, right? So instead I’m going to the teacher store. I’m pulling things off the shelf. And like, “OK, yeah, sure, I’ll use this.” And nowadays, teachers are going to Teachers Pay Teachers or whatever. Because I didn’t have anything good to use. So like Eric is saying, if I had instructional materials that were good instructional materials that were gonna teach my kids, that they were gonna be engaged, that they weren’t sitting and listening to science, but they were doing science, you know, and I had professional development to actually help me do it? That’s what I think we need to have. And I mean, I know there are some people out there that are working on that, but it’s not a lot. I mean, if you look at Ed Reports, they rate how well-aligned science curriculum are to standards. And there are two right now that have Ed Reports green lights. There’s Amplify and there’s OpenSciEd. You know, so there’s not much out there for teachers to use. And, so it’s hard. It’s hard. Where am I gonna go and get this stuff if it doesn’t exist? And so I’m making it up by myself. Which we already said is not the best use of teachers’ time, when they’ve got so many other demands on their time.

      Eric Cross (39:27):

      Eric and Courtney, listening to both of your responses, it created a visual in my mind. And Eric, I loved your analogy of…I started thinking of a chef, a welder, and a farmer. And I thought about the chef saying like, “You’re a great chef! Now, can you go farm, and make your own food, so that you can cook it?” Or the welder who has to make his own welding tools and go smelting. You know, making the different rods. I’m not a welder. But you know, all those different parts. Or the farmer who has to build his own tractor and innovate all that stuff. You’re absolutely right, the way you articulated that. And then Courtney, you essentially said, “Give them the tools and then teach them how to use it so they can go and actually be effective with it, because you’re in front of kids doing so many different things.” There’s only so much time in the day, and teachers want to do these things; they want to, but you end up having to triage when you’re asked to. Going back to Eric’s analogy, if you’re in the ER, but you’re also creating the vaccines and you’re also doing the research on which types of vaccines are gonna be the most effective, that’s, that’s a lot to ask. And so, I appreciate both your responses on that. Now, last question, what are you both working on now? This report came out in 2018. What’s, what’s next on the horizon? Actually literally, that’s no pun intended. <laugh> What’s next? <laugh> What’s next for, for you both? What are you working on?

      Eric R. Banilower (40:42):

      Well, you know, we would love to do another national survey, in a few years. We have to get funding to do it. And you know, that’s always something that takes effort and isn’t a guarantee. We’ve written grants to do these studies in the past, and there’s also the dealing with the reality of the situation. I think a lot of schools, still coming off the tail end of dealing with Covid, are overwhelmed. And we’ve had a hard time, I mentioned before, recruiting schools, and it gets harder every time, just ’cause they have so much on their plate. And I couldn’t see going to a school now and saying, “Hey, one more thing. Do you mind?” So I think we have to kind of wait a little bit for things to settle down before we can do another one of these studies. It just doesn’t seem feasible right now. But we’d love to in the not-too-distant future. Other than that, Courtney and I actually work on some projects together and some projects not together. One of the things that we’re working on together is a study of a fifth grade science curriculum that was developed by Okhee Lee at NYU and her colleagues, that is both aligned with the NGSS and purposely designed to support multilingual learners in developing both their science knowledge and skills as well as their language skills. And we’ve been working with the crew at NYU to study this curriculum and try to figure out, how well it’s working and under what circumstances. So that’s been a really interesting project that’s going on right now.

      Courtney Plumley (42:26):

      I recently worked on a report with the Carnegie Corporation in New York that actually I think, compliments what we’ve been talking about a lot. It’s about the status of K–12 education in the US—or science education in the US! <Laugh>—and so as part of that report we interviewed like 50 science education experts across the country. We surveyed teachers, people in the university settings, researchers, and everything to kind of get a little bit more update of the state of science education right now. And so a lot of the things we’ve been talking about, we still are talking about with the people in this report four years later. So, work in progress. <Laugh>

      Eric Cross (43:09):

      And again, going back to 1977, based on what Eric was saying earlier, we’re looking at these large systems, these systemic changes don’t happen overnight.

      Eric R. Banilower (43:20):

      That’s right.

      Eric Cross (43:21):

      It’s very slow-moving.

      Eric R. Banilower (43:22):

      That’s right. I would say there is progress. I think we’ve learned a lot. We are getting better. Are we there yet? No, we’re not happy with where we are. But I think, you know, I think it’s important to be hopeful about the direction things are going in.

      Eric Cross (43:37):

      Well-said. I agree. Courtney. Eric, thank you so much for unpacking that report that speaks to, that validates what so many teachers across the country are experiencing. And thank you for your advocacy for high-quality science education and your passion for supporting teachers and being that voice from a data-driven perspective of what teachers experience and then advocating for solutions for them. It’s super-encouraging for me, and I know it’s gonna be really encouraging for a lot of our listeners. So thank you.

      Eric R. Banilower (44:10):

      Thank you for having us.

      Courtney Plumley (44:12):

      Yeah. Thank you, Eric.

      Eric Cross (44:15):

      Thanks so much for listening to my conversation with Eric Banilower, Vice President of Horizon Research, and Courtney Plumley, Senior Researcher at Horizon Research. For much more, check out the show notes for a link to the 2018 National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education. And please remember to subscribe to Science Connections wherever you get podcasts, so that you’re not missing any of the upcoming episodes in Season three. Next time on the show, we’re gonna start laying out the road map for using science more effectively. And we’ll start by looking at the how and the why of integrating literacy instruction.

      Susan Gomez Zwiep (44:49):

      When we look at Science First and build language development around it, the experience tends to be more authentic and organic.

      Eric Cross (44:58):

      That’s next time on Science Connections: The Podcast. Thanks so much for listening.

      Stay connected!

      Join our community and get new episodes every other Wednesday!

      We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month!

      What Eric R. Banilower says about science

      “Our data is showing us places where the system needs to provide teachers and their students the opportunities to do great things.”

      – Eric R. Banilower

      Vice President of Horizon Research, Inc.

      Meet the guests

      Eric R. Banilower is a Vice President at Horizon Research, Inc. (HRI), and has worked in education for over 30 years. Eric was previously a high school physics and physical science teacher before he joined HRI in 1997, where he has worked on a number of research and evaluation projects. Most recently, he has been the Principal Investigator of the 2012 and 2018 iterations of the National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education, a nationally representative survey focusing on the status of the K–12 STEM education system.

      A middle-aged man with light hair, glasses, and a short beard is smiling, wearing a plaid shirt. The photo has a circular frame with a star and decorative lines.

      Courtney Plumley is a Senior Researcher at Horizon Research, Inc. She began her career in education as an elementary school teacher before starting at HRI in 2009. In her time at HRI she has worked on many K-12 STEM research and evaluation projects. Most recently, Ms. Plumley has worked with Carnegie Corporation of New York on mapping the landscape of K-12 science education in the US and is managing the field test for the OpenSciEd elementary materials.

      A woman with wavy brown hair and a red top smiles at the camera, framed by a circular graphic with a star and accent lines.
      A laptop screen displays the “Science Connections: The Community” private group page, with science-themed icons decorating the background and edges.

      About Science Connections

      Welcome to Science Connections! Science is changing before our eyes, now more than ever. So…how do we help kids figure that out? We will bring on educators, scientists, and more to discuss the importance of high-quality science instruction. In this episode, hear from our host Eric Cross about his work engaging students as a K-8 science teacher. 

      Welcome to Grade 7

      Look below to learn more about our Matter and Energy in Ecosystems unit and to find select lessons and instructional materials related to the teaching and learning of this disciplinary core idea.

      Collage of four images: underwater digital art, two students conducting a science experiment, hands constructing a structure from red straws, and an abstract painting of colorful figures.

      About this unit

      Matter and Energy in Ecosystems is the last of nine units taught at this grade level. During this unit, students take on the role of ecologists and figure out why a sealed biodome mysteriously crashed despite following the advice of experts.

      This video explains just a few of the topics students learn about throughout the entire year.

      Before diving into the lessons below, use review this guide to get a big picture understanding of how this unit is organized, the key questions that guide learning, and how the storyline develops across chapters.

      Lessons about Ecosystems

      Amplify Science California is a multi-modal program, not a traditional textbook. Therefore, multiple components are utilized in the teaching and learning of the NGSS standards.

      This video explains the instructional materials used to teach.

      Scroll down to find select lessons and instructional materials used in teaching Ecosystems. Below each description, you’ll find links to download the PDFs your committee requested.

      A spiral-bound teacher’s guide and a laptop displaying an online curriculum titled “Matter and Energy in Ecosystems: Biodome Collapse” from Amplify Science.
      Teacher’s Reference Guide

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3-D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      A laptop displays a PowerPoint presentation in presenter view, with slides about observing objects in plastic containers and related sensory instructions.
      Classroom Slides

      These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

      Assorted craft supplies including a bottle of rubbing alcohol, plastic containers, colorful beads, small dropper bottles, plastic cups, and clear plastic spoons on a white background.
      Materials Kits

      Our kits include enough non-consumable materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, you have enough materials to support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean you just grab the tub you need and then put it all back with ease.

      Educational graphic depicting the energy flow in an ecosystem, showing sun, producers, consumers, and decomposers with corresponding actions like eat, cycle, and decompose.
      Simulations and Practice Tools

      Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

      Collection of educational books from 'amplify science' on topics including ocean atmosphere, matter and energy ecosystems, and insect interactions, displayed in various angles.
      Consumable Notebooks

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      Notebook for this unit

      Cover of a science textbook showing a girl doing an experiment, surrounded by animals, jellyfish, a rocket, and scientific symbols, with the title "Amplify Science.
      Student Edition Hardcover

      This durable Student Edition is grade-level specific and contains all of the articles that students refer to throughout the year. Districts may choose to pair these traditional student texts with our digital student experience or new 2-volume consumable notebook set.

      Line drawing of a person using a laptop, with headphones and a line illustration of a rocket launching above their head, symbolizing creativity or inspiration in Boost Reading.
      Coming Soon

      Unlike other publishers, we don’t make you wait until your next adoption to get the latest and greatest from Amplify. We’re always launching new and exciting features. What’s more, we’ll push them out to you even after you adopt us!

      See what’s coming for 2020-2021

      In addition to reviewing the “printed” resources above, we invite you to explore our program digitally.

      • Click the orange button below to access the platform.
      • Choose Teacher to continue.
      • Select Grade 7 from the drop-down menu.
      • Click on the Matter and Energy in Ecosystems unit to find your program materials.

      Navigating a Core Unit

      Core units introduce a real-world problem and support students as they figure out the anchoring phenomenon and gain an understanding of the unit’s DCIs, SEPs, and CCCs.

      Navigating Classwork and Reporting

      Classwork is our new online grading tool that gives you quick and easy access to unreviewed work, student portfolios of work, and automatically generated differentiation groups.

      Bring the world to students with a proven PreK–5 literacy curriculum

      Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA) is the leading early literacy curriculum grounded in the Science of Reading. By combining knowledge-building and research-based foundational skills, our instruction guides educators in developing strong readers, writers, and thinkers.

      With a powerful online platform and a parallel Spanish language arts curriculum, Amplify CKLA provides a comprehensive solution for PreK–5 educators and students. Para la versión en español, haga clic aquí.

      Background knowledge drives results

      The Amplify CKLA PreK–5 literacy curriculum equips students with rich knowledge that intentionally builds to inspire curiosity and drive results. Explore research revealing the power of our knowledge-based curriculum including a study that meets qualifications for ESSA Tier I: Strong Evidence.

      Amplify CKLA serves

      38,000+

      Classrooms

      2,700,000+

      Students

      50

      U.S. States and D.C.

      Independently and rigorously reviewed

      Amplify CKLA is among the few curricula that is both recognized by the Knowledge Matters Campaign—for its excellence in intentionally building knowledge—and rated all-green on EdReports, earning green scores across all gateways.


      Read the review on EdReports

      Our approach

      Grounded in the Science of Reading and following the Core Knowledge approach, the Amplify CKLA PreK–5 curriculum combines rich content knowledge in history, science, literature, and the arts with systematic, research-based foundational skills instruction.

      Grounded in the Science of Reading

      As the first publisher to build a curriculum based on the Science of Reading, we put research into action with explicit systematic foundational skills instruction alongside a proven knowledge-building sequence. In collaboration with education experts and practitioners, we provide powerful resources that drive real results. Explore our Science of Reading success stories.

      Developing foundational skills with explicit, systematic instruction

      Amplify CKLA’s research-based scope and sequence progresses from simple to more complex skill development, starting with phonological and phonemic awareness. Instruction guides you in explicitly teaching the 150 spellings for the 44 sounds of English, with an intentional progression and review of skills to set your students up for success.

      Following a proven knowledge-building approach

      Following the Core Knowledge Sequence–a content-specific, cumulative, and coherent approach to building knowledge–students dig deeper and make connections across content areas to build a robust knowledge base for comprehending complex texts. See how the Core Knowledge curriculum is proven to improve reading scores and eliminate achievement gaps.

      Built in partnership with the Core Knowledge Foundation

      Amplify CKLA is the premier high-quality instructional materials offering for elementary language arts, built in partnership with the Core Knowledge Foundation to help students effectively develop deep content knowledge and foundational skills.

      Learn more about the Core Knowledge Foundation

      Cultivating biliteracy with parallel English and Spanish programs

      Amplify Caminos is the perfect Spanish language arts partner to Amplify CKLA. The aligned programs combine rich content knowledge with systematic foundational skills instruction grounded in the Science of Reading that follows biliteracy principles, and supports multiple teaching models.

      Learn more about Amplify Caminos

      Amplify CKLA efficacy study

      Tier I ESSA Evidence: Amplify CKLA knowledge-building improves achievement.

      Download now

      What’s included

      The program provides engaging print and multimedia materials designed to build a robust literacy-rich foundation in every classroom.

      CoreELD and companions

      High-quality teacher materials

      Amplify CKLA teachers effectively deliver instruction with print and digital resources, including:

      • Teacher Guides with embedded differentiation.
      • Formal and informal assessments.
      • Ready-made and customizable lesson slides.
      • Trade books and Novel Guides.
      • Teacher resources and on-demand professional development.

      Immersive student resources

      Amplify CKLA students stay engaged with a variety of print and digital resources, including:

      • Original decodables and read-aloud Big Books (K–2), Student Readers (3–5), and trade books (K–5).
      • Student Activity Books with embedded assessments (K–5).
      • Research units for independent research built around a trade book (K–5).
      • Poet’s Journal and Writer’s Journal (write-in student readers for Grades 4–5).
      • Quests for the Core to support immersive, problem-based learning in Grades 3–5.

      Hands-on phonics materials

      Multisensory phonics and foundational skills resources help students practice key skills using fun, varied approaches that build independence.

      • Chaining Folder (K)
      • Letter Cards (K–2)
      • Syllable Cards (K–2)
      • Image Cards (K–3)
      • Blending Picture Cards (K)
      • Consonant and Vowel Code Flip Books (1–2)
      • Exclusive digital Sound Library

      Robust digital experience

      Amplify CKLA teacher and student resources are available through a digital experience platform that enhances instruction and saves you time. With everything you need in one place, you can effectively plan lessons, present content, and review student work.

      • Ready-made yet customizable lesson presentation slide decks
      • Dynamic live-review student tool
      • Interactive and student-friendly experience
      • LMS integration
      • Knowledge Builder animated videos
      • Recorded Read-Alouds
      • Professional development website
      • Real-time program support via email, live chat, and phone

      English Language Learner program

      Language Studio, designed for Amplify CKLA, provides WIDA-aligned daily instruction for English Language Learners to deepen their academic English.

      Writing explorations program

      A unique companion for Amplify CKLA, Writing Studio provides a deep dive into informational, narrative, and opinion writing to build strong, passionate writers.

      Covers of four "Writing Studio Teacher Guide" books for different grades, featuring educational icons in orange, purple, blue, and teal color schemes.

      Explore more programs based on the Science of Reading

      All of the programs in our literacy suite are designed to support and complement each other. Learn more about our related programs:

      1. Scope

      These Customer Terms and Conditions are a legal agreement between Amplify Education, Inc. (“Amplify”) and the local education agency or authority, school district, school network, independent school, or other regional education system (“Customer”) for the license and use of one or more of Amplify products or services (the “Products”), as specified in the receipt, price quote, proposal, renewal letter, or other ordering document containing the details of this purchase (the “Quote”). These Customer Terms and Conditions, all addenda, attachments, and the Quote, as applicable (together, the “Agreement”), constitute the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof. The provisions of this Agreement will supersede any conflicting terms and conditions in any Customer purchase order, other correspondence or verbal communication, and will supersede and cancel all prior agreements, written or oral, between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

      2. Agreement Acceptance

      This Agreement becomes effective at the earliest of the following: (i) issuing a purchase order, shipment request, or payment against the Quote; (ii) accessing, downloading, or using the Products; or (iii) otherwise accepting this Agreement. This term of the Agreement will be as specified in the Quote and may be renewed or extended by mutual agreement of the parties. Customer represents and warrants that: (1) Customer is of legal age to accept this Agreement; (2) Customer is authorized to accept this Agreement and to access and use the Products; and (3) Customer’s use of the Products will comply at all times with Amplify’s Acceptable Use Policy available at amplify.com/acceptable-use (“AUP”). The Customer may not access, download, or use the Products if the Customer does not agree to this Agreement.

      3. License

      Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Amplify grants to Customer a non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicensable license to access and use, and permit Authorized School Users, as defined below, to access and use the Products in accordance with the AUP, for the duration specified in the Quote (the “Term”), and for the number of Authorized School Users specified in the Quote for whom Customer has paid the applicable fees to Amplify. “Authorized School User” means the K–12 students registered or authorized for instruction with Customer and the educators, agents and staff members who use the Products as authorized by Customer who Customer permits to access and use the Products subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, solely while such individual is so employed or so registered. Each Authorized School User’s access and use of the Products will be subject to the AUP in addition to the terms and conditions of the Agreement. Violations of this Agreement or the AUP may result in suspension or termination of the applicable account.

      4. Restrictions

      Customer may access and use the Products solely for non-commercial instructional and administrative purposes. Guidelines for such purposes may be set forth at
      https://amplify.com/amplify-program-usage-guidelines/ and additional guidelines may be detailed in materials associated with the Product the Customer is accessing. Further, Customer may not, except as expressly authorized by Amplify: (a) copy, modify, translate, distribute, disclose, or create derivative works based on the contents of, sell, or otherwise exploit, the Products, or any part thereof; (b) decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer the Products, or otherwise use the Products to develop functionally similar products or services; (c) modify, alter, or delete any of the copyright, trademark, or other proprietary notices in or on the Products; (d) rent, lease, or lend the Products or use the Products for the benefit of any third party; (e) avoid, circumvent, or disable any security or digital rights management device, procedure, protocol, or mechanism in the Products; (f) use any content from the Products, including but not limited to text, images, videos, assessments, lesson plans, or code, as input or training material for any machine learning or artificial intelligence system, including large language models, neural networks, or other algorithmic models, for any purposes, commercial or non-commercial; or (g) permit any Authorized School User or third party to do any of the foregoing. Customer also agrees that any works created in violation of this section are derivative works, and, as such, Customer agrees to assign, and hereby assigns, all right, title, and interest in such works to Amplify. The Products and derivatives thereof may be subject to export control laws, restrictions, regulations, and orders of the U.S. and other jurisdictions (together, “Export Laws”). Customer agrees to comply with all applicable Export Laws, and will not, and will not permit Authorized School Users to, export, or transfer for the purpose of re-export, any Product to any prohibited or embargoed country in violation of any U.S. export law or regulation. Further, Customer represents that it is not a party subject to sanctions by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control or included on any restricted party list maintained by the U.S. Bureau of Industry and Security. The software and associated documentation portions of the Products are “commercial items” (as defined at 48 CFR 2.101), comprising “commercial computer software” and “commercial computer software documentation,” as those terms are used in 48 CFR 12.212. Accordingly, if Customer is the U.S. Government or its contractor, Customer will receive only those rights set forth in this Agreement in accordance with 48 CFR 227.7201-227.7204 (for Department of Defense and their contractors) or 48 CFR 12.212 (for other U.S. Government licensees and their contractors).

      5. Reservation of Rights

      SUBSCRIPTION PRODUCTS ARE LICENSED, NOT SOLD. Subject to the limited rights expressly granted hereunder, all rights, title, and interest in and to all Products, including all related IP Rights, are and will remain the sole and exclusive property of Amplify or its third-party licensors. “IP Rights” means, collectively, rights under patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret laws, and any other intellectual property or proprietary rights recognized in any country or jurisdiction worldwide. Customer must promptly notify Amplify of any violation of Amplify’s IP Rights in the Products, and will reasonably assist Amplify as necessary to remedy any such violation. Amplify Products are protected by patents (see amplify.com/virtual-patent-marking). Amplify reserves the right to update or modify the Products at any time and to discontinue the Products upon reasonable notice.

      6. Payments

      In consideration of the Products, Customer will pay to Amplify (or other party designated on the Quote) the fees specified in the Quote in full within 30 days of the date of invoice, except as otherwise agreed by the parties or for those amounts that are subject to a good faith dispute of which Customer has notified Amplify in writing. Customer will be responsible for all state or local sales, use or gross receipts taxes, and federal excise taxes unless Customer provides a then-current tax exemption certificate in advance of the delivery, license, or performance of any Product, as applicable.

      7. Shipments

      Unless otherwise specified on the Quote, physical Products will be shipped FOB origin in the US (Incoterms 2010 EXW outside of the US) and are deemed accepted by Customer upon receipt. Upon acceptance of such Products, orders are non-refundable, non-returnable, and non-exchangeable, except in the case of defective or missing materials reported to Amplify by Customer within 60 days of receipt. In such case, Customer may not return Products without Amplify’s written authorization.

      8. Account Information

      For subscription Products, the authentication of Authorized School Users is based in part upon information supplied by Customer or Authorized School Users, as applicable. Customer will and will cause its Authorized School Users to (a) provide accurate information to Amplify or a third-party service as applicable, and promptly report any changes to such information, (b) not share login credentials or otherwise allow others to use their account, (c) maintain the confidentiality and security of their account information, and (d) use the Products solely via such authorized accounts. Customer agrees to notify Amplify immediately of any unauthorized use of its or its Authorized School Users’ accounts or related authentication information. Amplify will not be responsible for any losses arising out of the unauthorized use of accounts created by or for Customer and its Authorized School Users. 

      9. Confidentiality

      Customer acknowledges that, in connection with this Agreement, Amplify has provided or will provide to Customer and its Authorized School Users certain sensitive or proprietary information, including software, source code, assessment instruments, research, designs, methods, processes, customer lists, training materials, product documentation, know-how, or trade secrets, in whatever form (“Confidential Information”). Customer agrees (a) not to use Confidential Information for any purpose other than use of the Products in accordance with this Agreement and (b) to take all steps reasonably necessary to maintain and protect the Confidential Information of Amplify in strict confidence. Confidential Information shall not include information that, as evidenced by Customer’s contemporaneous written records: (i) is or becomes publicly available through no fault of Customer; (ii) is rightfully known to Customer prior to the time of its disclosure; (iii) has been independently developed by Customer without any use of the Confidential Information; or (iv) is subsequently learned from a third party not under any confidentiality obligation. 

      10. Student Data

      The parties acknowledge and agree that in the course of providing the Products to the Customer, Amplify may collect, receive, or generate information that directly relates to an identifiable student of Customer (“Student Data”). Student Data may include personal information from a student’s “educational records,” as defined by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (“FERPA”). Student Data is owned and controlled by the Customer and Amplify receives Student Data as a “school official” under Section 99.31 of FERPA for the purpose of providing the Products hereunder. Individually and collectively, Amplify and Customer agree to uphold our obligations, as applicable, under FERPA, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (“COPPA”), the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment (“PPRA”), and applicable state laws relating to student data privacy. Amplify’s Customer Privacy Policy at amplify.com/customer-privacy (“Privacy Policy”) will govern collection, use, and disclosure of Student Data collected or stored on behalf of Customer under this Agreement. In addition, Amplify has entered into the data privacy agreements listed at amplify.com/privacy-security aligned with state and national templates to facilitate compliance with applicable state laws and help expedite Customer’s student data privacy documentation process. Customer is responsible for providing notice and obtaining appropriate consents under applicable laws to authorize Authorized School Users’ use of the Products, including making a copy of the Privacy Policy available to the parents or guardians of users who are under the age of 13.  

      11. Customer Materials and Requirements

      Customer represents, warrants, and covenants that it has all the necessary rights, including consents and IP Rights, in connection with any data, information, content, and other materials provided to or collected by Amplify on behalf of Customer or its Authorized School Users using the Products or otherwise in connection with this Agreement (“Customer Materials”), and that Amplify has the right to use such Customer Materials as contemplated hereunder or for any other purposes required by Customer. Customer is solely responsible for the accuracy, integrity, completeness, quality, legality, and safety of such Customer Materials. Customer is responsible for meeting hardware, software, telecommunications, and other requirements listed at amplify.com/customer-requirements

      12. Warranty Disclaimer

      PRODUCTS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND BY AMPLIFY. AMPLIFY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY AS TO TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE. CUSTOMER ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR SELECTING THE PRODUCTS TO ACHIEVE CUSTOMER’S INTENDED RESULTS AND FOR THE ACCESS AND USE OF THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING THE RESULTS OBTAINED FROM THE PRODUCTS. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, AMPLIFY MAKES NO WARRANTY THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL BE ERROR-FREE OR FREE FROM INTERRUPTIONS OR OTHER FAILURES OR WILL MEET CUSTOMER’S REQUIREMENTS. AMPLIFY IS NEITHER RESPONSIBLE NOR LIABLE FOR ANY THIRD-PARTY CONTENT OR SOFTWARE INCLUDED IN PRODUCTS, INCLUDING THE ACCURACY, INTEGRITY, COMPLETENESS, QUALITY, LEGALITY, USEFULNESS, OR SAFETY OF, OR IP RIGHTS RELATING TO, SUCH THIRD-PARTY CONTENT AND SOFTWARE. ANY ACCESS TO OR USE OF SUCH THIRD-PARTY CONTENT AND SOFTWARE MAY BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AND INFORMATION COLLECTION, USAGE, AND DISCLOSURE PRACTICES OF THIRD PARTIES.

      13. Limitation of Liability

       TO THE EXTENT SUCH LIMITATION IS NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL AMPLIFY BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER OR TO ANY AUTHORIZED SCHOOL USER FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, RELIANCE, OR COVER DAMAGES, DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST DATA OR LOST BUSINESS, OR ANY OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES, EVEN IF AMPLIFY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. TO THE EXTENT SUCH LIMITATION IS NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AMPLIFY’S ENTIRE LIABILITY TO CUSTOMER OR ANY AUTHORIZED USER ARISING OUT OF PERFORMANCE OR NONPERFORMANCE BY AMPLIFY OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES IS BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE, MAY NOT EXCEED THE AGGREGATE OF CUSTOMER’S OR ANY AUTHORIZED USER’S DIRECT DAMAGES UP TO THE FEES PAID BY CUSTOMER TO AMPLIFY FOR THE AFFECTED PORTION OF THE PRODUCTS IN THE PRIOR 12-MONTH PERIOD. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL AMPLIFY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENCES OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THE PRODUCTS BY AN AUTHORIZED SCHOOL USER THAT VIOLATES THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION.

      14. Termination

      Without prejudice to any rights either party may have under this Agreement, in law, equity, or otherwise, a party will have the right to terminate this Agreement if the other party (or in the case of Amplify, an Authorized School User) materially breaches any term, provision, warranty, or representation under this Agreement and fails to correct the breach within 30 days of its receipt of written notice thereof. Upon termination, Customer will: (a) cease using the Products, (b) return, purge, or destroy (as directed by Amplify) all copies of any Products and, if so requested, certify to Amplify in writing that such surrender or destruction has occurred, (c) pay any fees due and owing hereunder, and (d) not be entitled to a refund of any fees previously paid, unless otherwise specified in the Quote. Customer will be responsible for the cost of any continued use of the Products following termination. Upon termination, Amplify will return or destroy any Student Data provided to Amplify hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing will require Amplify to return or destroy any data that does not include Student Data, including de-identified information or data that is derived from access to Student Data but which does not contain Student Data. Sections 3–14 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

      15. Miscellaneous

      This Agreement may not be modified except in writing signed by both parties. All defined terms in this Agreement will apply to their singular and plural forms, as applicable. The word “including” means “including without limitation.” For United States-based Customers, this Agreement will be governed by  and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the U.S., state, commonwealth, or territory in which Customer resides based on the address set forth in the Quote, without regard to that state’s, commonwealth’s, or territory’s choice of law rules. For Customers based outside of the United States, this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the U.S., state of New York, without giving effect to the choice of law rules thereof. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. The parties expressly understand and agree that their relationship is that of independent contractors. Nothing in this Agreement will constitute one party as an employee, agent, joint venture partner, or servant of another. Each party is solely responsible for all of its employees and agents and its labor costs and expenses arising in connection herewith. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated by Customer or any Authorized School User without the prior written consent of Amplify. If one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement will for any reason be held to be unenforceable at law, such provisions will be construed by the appropriate judicial body to limit or reduce such provision or provisions so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with applicable law. Amplify will have no liability to Customer or to third parties for any failure or delay in performing any obligation under this Agreement due to circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including acts of God or nature, fire, earthquake, flood, epidemic, pandemic, strikes, labor stoppages or slowdowns, civil disturbances or terrorism, national or regional emergencies, supply shortages or delays, action by any governmental authority, or interruptions in power, communications, satellites, the Internet, or any other network. Each party represents and warrants that it has all necessary right, power, and authority to enter into this Agreement and to comply with the obligations hereunder.

      Last Modified: February 2, 2026